-------
Chapter A6.9 Secondary Aluminum
Revision of this chapter was limited to adjusting the pollution
control costs to 1981 dollars and editing the discussion of regulations.
Regulations
No NSPS has been proposed for secondary aluminum plants.
Particulate standards in SIPs apply to this industry. Most states have
general process weight rate standards patterned after those suggested in
Appendix B (40 CFR 51, App. B) as achievable with RACT. Only Pennsylvania
specifically regulates particulate emissions from the sweating, melting,
and refining of aluminum.
Industry Characteristics
In this report, the secondary aluminum industry is defined as
that industry which produces secondary aluminum ingot, or hot metal, to
chemical specifications from aluminum scrap and sweated pig. Therefore,
the industry covered here excludes primary aluminum companies, the
activities of the nonintegrated fabricators, and scrap dealers.
All metallic scrap can be divided into new and old (or obsolete)
scrap. New aluminum scrap is generated in primary aluminum production,
semi fabricated aluminum mill products, or. finished industrial and consumer
products. Such scrap includes aluminum borings, turnings, clippings and
punchings, forgings, dross, skimmings, and slag.
Old aluminum scrap consists of those aluminum-bearing end
products that are discarded at the end of their economically useful lives
and are collected for metal recovery. Old aluminum scrap therefore may be
almost any aluminum item that has sufficient weight and cleanliness that is
economical to recycle. Typical items are cans, utensils, automobile parts,
wire and cable, and pipe. The major markets for aluminum are in building
and construction, transportation, electrical equipment and supplies,
containers and packaging, and machinery and equipment. Obsolete products
from any of these market segments can and probably will end up as recycled
scrap. It is estimated that the secondary aluminum industry will have an
annual growth rate of about 6 percent between now and 1985. The basis for
this estimate is the growing realization that the recycling of aluminum
aids in conserving natural resources, that recycling of aluminum requires
approximately 10 percent of the energy required to produce primary
aluminum, and recycling helps in cleaning up the environment. Also, there
is considerable interest in recycling municipal solid wastes for recovery
of Btu values from paper, plastics, and rubber, recovery of ferrous and
nonferrous metals, and alleviating the problems of landfill disposal.
The secondary aluminum smelter industry at the end of 1977
consisted of about 70 companies operating about 90 plants. These figures
A6.9-1
-------
do not include those plants operated by primary aluminum producers. The
plant inventory available to this study is believed to be approximately
accurate with regard to the relatively large secondary aluminum smelters.
However it is likely that not all small smelters were identified. The
secondary metals industry, including the secondary aluminum smelters, is
different from many other industries. The secondary aluminum smelter
industry is made up of a rather large group of small- to medium-sized
companies, and a small group of large companies. The smaller companies a
not highly capitalized and their existence tends to rest on being able to
purchase scrap at the proper price so that a company may process it and
make a profit at the price the buyer will pay. It is not unusual for
secondary smelters to suspend operations or go out of business when the
price structure of buying and selling is not favorable. The level of
availability of the proper scrap raw material in a smelter area also
influences the size of operation.
The identifiable annual capacity of the secondary aluminum ingo
industry at the end of 1977 was estimated to be 968,300 metric tons
(1,065,100 short tons). It is believed that the actual capacity may be
closer to 1.1 million metric tons (1.2 million short tons).
Pollutants and Sources
The most serious emission sources during secondary aluminum
smelting are: the drying of oil from borings and turnings, the sweating
furnace, and the reverberatory furnace. Emissions from the drying proces
are vaporized oils, paints, vinyls, and other hydrocarbons; the sweating
furnace produces vaporized fluxes, fluorides, etc; and the reverberatory
furnace emissions are similar to the other two plus hydrogen chloride,
aluminum chloride, and magnesium chloride from the chlorine gas treatment
used to remove magnesium. As of 1970, an estimated 25 percent of
chlorination station emissions were controlled, and it is estimated that
1980, 80 percent will be controlled.
The several processes that cause emissions during the operation
of a reverberatory furnace must be understood to calculate control costs
properly. These are:
• Emissions at the forewell,
• Emissions from the bath, and
• Emissions caused by chlorination.
Emissions at the Forewell. Secondary smelters charge scrap
directly into the forewell of the reverberatory furnace, and any oil,
paint, vinyl, grease, and other hydrocarbons, on the scrap vaporize. The
emissions from the charging process vary greatly with the material charge
Quantitative data on the forewell emissions or the need for control are n
available and costs or possible costs cannot be estimated.
Emissions From the Bath. During the time the aluminum bath is
molten, it is covered with a flux to protect it from oxidation.
A6.9-2
-------
Emissions Caused by Chiorination. The magnesium content of scrap
aluminum can be reduced by chlorination, but chlorination produces chloride
emissions. Maximum magnesium removal requires about 18 kilograms of
chlorine per metric ton (36 pounds per short ton) of aluminum which has an
emission rate of 9 kilograms of particulates per metric ton (18 pounds per
short ton) of aluminum. Magnesium removal is practiced by plants
representing 92 percent of the estimated industry capacity. A small
portion of these plants use aluminum fluoride fluxing for magnesium removal
rather than chlorine. This report assumes that control costs for these few
plants are similar to those that use chlorination. Wet scrubbing is the
usual means of controlling chlorination station emissions; recent
innovations on a dry control process are being tested.
Control Technology and Costs
Dryer emissions are often treated with afterburners; however,
there are insufficient data relating to the drying operations to permit
evaluations of possible costs that might be expended to meet air-quality
specification.
Sweating furnace emissions, fluoride emissions from fluxes,
organic materials, oils, and others, can be controlled by using
afterburners, followed by a wet scrubber or baghouse. However, no data are
available on the number, capacity, or location of sweating furnaces. Thus,
a realistic estimate of control costs cannot be made.
The costs reported here were based on the assumption of the
application of caustic scrubbers to the known chlorine dejagging
operations. The estimated costs developed for this industry are given in
Table A6.9.1.
A6.9-3
-------
o
en
I
m o
OB o
a
O
O
-o o
CO O
CN
CO
•-o
o o co a co
o o -" o —>
CO O «T O
c^J o --i a
en
o o
CO
en o
a —i o
CO
en
en
e-
en
p
J es o7
O < w
as J x
=- >j —
2 O
O Q Ed
CJ CJ
Cu <
Z 0 J
C a.
-. en
5- Z Z
3 O -
_Z h^
»i -- J
CD J <
31 — »
« 3^
-i 2 <
< -H 0
cn
c^
Z O.
< t— <
J cn en
a, t-
M 2
=^ O a <
z z en —
a (— ' ^-» o< ej
£ =- a, > 2
5- en i-i a 2 a
Ul i-i V3 35 Ed 3
ax 2
> C'l
z
-H
03
6-
03
O
cj en
r1
- z
—i "-i _^
o en « a.
< r* 1<
oo en < cj
^» O cj Z
3 25 CJ ^*
u a >J> j r- c
i «C «i -3 £4 a ** r" Qrt
-*a2o3<^ << ^031-^
•32Saz-J r< <^-en
Z O 3 X
S- z a
z
2^
HH
03 en P>
r1 CJ
a z <
a < a
en J -».
^ G- en 2i
a 3 en < <
~ z "" b
CH
03
r4
03
O
CJ
j
ri;
3
Z
Z
_J
^;
E^
O
A6.9-4
-------
Chapter A6.10 Brass and Bronze Industry
Revision of this chapter was limited to adjusting the pollution
control costs to 1981 dollars and editing the discussion of regulations.
Regulations
The NSPS for secondary brass and bronze smelters (40 CFR 60.130)
was promulgated on March 8, 1974. The standards govern particulate
emissions from reverberatory furnaces and plume opacity from reverberatory,
blast, and electric furnaces.
The brass and bronze industry is subject to SIP particulate
standards. Most states have general particulate standards, which are
patterned after Appendix B (40 CFR 51, App. B). Several states have
applied the NSPS to existing brass and bronze smelting operations.
Pennsylvania is the only state with a process weight regulation for
particulates from the melting and refining of brass and bronze.
Industry Characteristics
The secondary brass and bronze industry may be divided into two
segments: ingot manufacturers and brass mills. Both segments of the
industry charge scrap into a furnace where it is melted and alloyed to meet
design specifications for chemical composition. Ingot manufacturers use
either a stationary reverberatory furnace or a rotary furnace for most of
their production. The daily capacity range is from 4.5 to 90 metric tons
(5 to 100 short tons) for reverberatory furnaces, and from 2 to 27 metric
tons (2 to 30 short tons) for rotary furnaces. Small quantities of special
alloys are processed in crucible or electric-induction furnaces. A few
cupolas exist in which highly oxidized metal, such as skimmings and slag,
is reduced by heating the charge in contact with coke. Ingot manufacturing
invariably requires injection of air to refine the scrap. Brass mills use
scrap that does not require such extensive refining; the channel induction
furnace is the most common type used in these mills.
The number of bronze ingot manufacturing furnaces in the industry
was estimated to be 122. Of these furnaces, 13 were large, 29 were medium,
and 80 were small. The large furnaces produced 50 percent of the total
annual ingots, while the medium furnaces produced 30 percent, and the small
furnaces produced 20 percent.
No substantial growth is expected in the ingot manufacture; in
1980, ingot production is expected to be at the level of 272 thousand
metric tons (300 thousand short tons). Adequate capacity currently exists
in terms of additional available operating hours to be able to meet
increases in demand.
A6.10-1
-------
The capacity of channel induction furnaces for brass mills range
from 0.5 to 5 metric tons (0.6 to 6 short tons), with smaller furnaces
being the most common. It was estimated that there were 35 plants in 197S
with an average of 3.7 furnaces per plant, or a total of 13C furnaces.
Pollutants and Sources
Metallurgical fumes, containing chiefly zinc oxide and lead
oxide, are the major emissions from the reverberatory and rotary furnaces
used by ingot manufacturers and from the induction furnaces used by the
brass mills. Fly ash, carbon, and mechanically produced dust are often
present in the exhaust gases, particula'rly from the furnaces used by the
ingot manufacturers. Zinc oxide and lead oxide condense to form a very
fine fume which is difficult to collect. The emission factors for
particulates are 35 kg per metric ton (70 pounds per short ton) of metal
charged for a reverberatory furnace, 30 kg per metric ton (60 pounds per
short ton) for a rotary furnace, 3.2 kg per metric ton (6.4 pounds per
short ton) for an electric induction furnace, 6 kg per metric ton (12
pounds per short ton) for a crucible furnace, and 36.75 kg per metric ton
(73.5 pounds per short ton) for a cupola furnace.
Control Technology and Costs
Ingot manufacturers use fabric-filter baghouses, high-energy we'
scrubbers, and electrostatic precipitators because of their high efficiem
in collecting the fine zinc oxide fumes; 67 percent use a baghouse, 28
percent use a scrubber, and 5 percent use an electrostatic precipitator.
Assumptions were that the collected dust has a value of 10 cent:
per kilogram (4.5 cents per pound), and an average collector 97.5 percent
efficiency. This value of collected dusts was applied as a credit to
control costs.
Fabric filter baghouses are used on the brass induction furnaces
to collect the particulates. Investment and annual costs were obtained
from three plants that use furnaces with capacities ranging from 22 to 32
metric tons (24 to 35 short tons) per day. The average value for the thre
plants was used for the model furnace of 25 metric tons (27.6 short tons)
per day. No credit for collected dust is assumed for brass mills.
Control costs and industry operating statistics are detailed in
Table A6.10.1.
A6.10-2
-------
o
o>
i
»^
03
C^ O -< O —
.....
r- o in o (*>
U1 O
..
m o
Q O
..
*o o
OO
..
co o
CMO
..
tN o
OO
.
en
3
•a
oo
i
TV
o — < o
o
s-
u
zz
en
S^a> a. u
£H en M a 3 ai <
uiMtnisaz-J
ax z
en
O
c-
J2
o U z
DZX
O<
H
enen
en
t-en
enE-
OZO,
CJ
-------
Chapter A6.ll Secondary Lead Smelting
This chapter presents cost estimates for control of lead and
other participate emissions from secondary lead smelting processes. This
edition incorporates revisions of the regulations and industry
characteristics sections of the chapter text, in addition to minor changes
in the costing methodology.
Regulations
Secondary lead smelters are regulated by NSPS promulgated on
March 8, 1974 (40 CFR 60.120). The NSPS limit particulate emissions and
opacity for reverberatory and blast (cupola) furnaces and opacity for pot
furnaces with a capacity greater than 550 pounds.
SIPs establish particulate and lead emission limits for secondary
lead smelters. State standards for particulate emissions are often
provided in general industrial process weight rate or concentration
limitations. RACT can meet the standards of the particulate process weight
table of Appendix B (40 CFR, Part 51). Pennsylvania has a specific process
weight limit for secondary lead smelting. Several states have incorporated
the NSPS into their regulations and have made them applicable to existing
secondary lead smelters. SIPs must also include additional requirements
for control of fugitive lead emissions at secondary smelters whose
emissions contribute to violations of the lead NAAQS.
Industry Characteristics
The secondary lead industry is defined as the industry that
recovers lead or lead alloys by smelting lead scrap; this does not include
the activities of scrap dealers who may sweat lead. Approximately 30
companies in the secondary lead smelting industry operate about 44 plants.
The amount of secondary lead produced by all sources, as reported by
the Bureau of Mines, rose from 685,000 short tons in 1975 to 880,000 tons
in 1979. Secondary production then decreased to 742,000 tons in 1980 and
776,000 tons in 1981. A large component in these overall figures is
associated with battery manufacture.
Emission Sources and Pollutants
Emission of particulates occurs from lead-processing furnaces.
Generally, about 67 percent or more of the output of the secondary lead
industry is processed in blast furnaces that are used to reduce lead oxide
in the form of battery plates or dross to lead. If oxide reduction is not
needed, then lead scrap can be processed in reverberatory furnaces. Kettle
or pot furnaces may be used to produce small batches of alloys for molding
or refining lead. These lead processing furnaces represent obvious
particulate emission sources, the primary emissions being lead oxide fumes.
A6.11-1
-------
Other participate emission sources are the slag tap and feeding ports on
the cupolas and reverberatory furnaces. Although lead is occasionally
sweated in a reverberatory furnace, reclamation of secondary lead by this
means represents a very small portion of the total lead production.
Emissions factors from slag operations are not known.
The industry estimate of 90 percent net control in 1970 indicates
that nearly all plants had emission controls of some sort. A control
increase to 98 percent estimated by 1980 was based on implementation of t
New Source Performance Standards.
The ambient air quality standard of 1.5 micrograms per cubic
meter will require stringent fugitive emission controls. The earliest
attainment date is anticipated to be 1985.
Control Technology and Costs
Either a baghouse or a wet scrubber can be utilized to achieve
emission control. The baghouse is chosen for this cost analysis because
is generally less expensive; it is assumed baghouse life averages 20 year
Since the lead oxide collected in the control equipment is recycled into
the smelting furnace, it has value as a by-product; therefore, the recove
of this lead oxide lowers estimated operating and maintenance costs.
The air pollution abatement costs for the secondary lead
industry presented in Table A6.11.1 were based on the following key
considerations:
t Costs for controlling stack emissions were based on
information in EPA-450/2-77-012 (Control Techniques for Lead),
December 1977, and include costs for controlling blast and
reverberatory furnaces. These costs are net of the estimated
value of recovered dust.
t Costs as currently projected for controlling fugitive
emissions amount to $99 million dollars (in 1976 dollars) in
capital costs in the mid 1980's with an associated annual cost
of $22 million per year.
These cost estimates were developed for the economic impact
assessment of the lead NAAQS and are based on installation of
building evacuation systems by the plants existing at the time
the NAAQS was proposed. These costs are overstated to the
extent that secondary smelters are able to use less expensive
controls, and they do not reflect the recent closure of
several secondary smelters.
A6.11-2
-------
HI
en
T3
ca
cu
as
H
o
m
I
<•*
CD
> O
O
O O
O O
en
o o
m o
(N O
•«r o
o
o o
o o
o
m
BO
c
00
I
en
i o
1 O
oo o
IN O
o o
ri a
in o
r- o
in
in
00 O
•H O
O O
a o
o o
o o
••a
o •»
o
•^
a
O O
O O
O O
O O
o
o
o o
.0
CN o
O O
o o
o o
o o
o
o
ONTROL COST!
DOLLARS)
E (KIP) :
0 U
Z O J
o a.
M en
H 2 2
3 O «
J M
J J -3
O J <
0, M £-,
X 04
M Z <
< M CJ
en
c*
Z
<
O.
5- C
2 Z
a M
S E-" Q<
E* en M
en M en
Cd X
> CU
Z
0,
en en
6-
Q 2
U <
en -:
M CU
U 2
QM CU
2
E-
0
m
-*^
en cs
a, cu _:
en < <
z J ^
b
EH
en
en
o
U en
£H
J z
S3
en M a-
=- a.
en < o
o u z
CJ l-c
J 6- fl.
J < en M
3 Z X
Z Z Ei]
Z <
O.
hH
en en
P-I
a z
OJ <
en —
1-1 a.
^
u ^
CSt CU
z
6-
ej
03
en 2S
& u
en
O Z
CJ <
X CU
•a ej
z
O «
c* a
<; M ej
3 X
z a
z
<
a*
;n en
&4
O Z
CJ <
en *3
H4 CU
- >
3 2£ CU
Z
j.
£J
<
--,,
en o;
a. a -
Z j 8«
p
en
O
CJ
*4
«s
3
2
Z
J
<
O
e»
A6.11-3
-------
-------
Chapter A6.12 Secondary Zinc
Revision of this chapter was limited to adjusting the pollution
control costs to 1981 dollars and editing the discussion of regulations.
Regulations
There is no NSPS for secondary zinc plants. The industry is
subject to SIP particulate standards, most of which apply to all process
industries and are patterned after RACT standards in Appendix B (40 CFR 51,
App. B). Pennsylvania's process weight rate table has specific standards
for the sweating and refining operations of secondary zinc smelting.
Industry Characteristics
Zinc ranks after aluminum, copper, and lead in tonnage of
nonferrous metals produced in the United States. Major uses are zinc-base
alloys, particularly die-cast alloys used in automotive and electrical
equipment (38 percent), galvanized steel used in construction and
electrical transmission equipment (38 percent), brass and bronze used for
plumbing, heating, and industrial equipment (15 percent), zinc chemicals,
particularly zinc oxide, used in the rubber, paint, and ceramic industries
(4 percent), and rolled zinc used in dry cells and lithographic plates (3
percent).
Secondary zinc comes from two major sources: the zinc-base
alloys and the copper-base alloys. Most of the secondary zinc that is
recovered comes from reconstituted copper-base alloys; slab zinc is next in
importance, followed by chemical products, and zinc dust. For purposes of
this report, the 11 operating plants that comprise the secondary zinc
industry use sweating and/or distilling operations to produce zinc slab,
dust, and oxide solely from scrap. The secondary zinc industry is not
considered to include the activities of:
• Primary zinc producers that may manufacture zinc from scrap
and .ore
• Secondary brass and bronze plants that recover zinc in copper
alloys
• Chemical manufacturers that produce zinc compounds by chemical
treatment of zinc scrap
• Scrap dealers that may sweat zinc.
The Bureau of Mines' 1976 Minerals Yearbook lists eleven
secondary zinc plants with a total capacity of about 44,000 metric tons of
slab zinc. The same source indicated that in 1976 about 23,500 metric tons
A6.12-1
-------
of redistilled secondary zinc was produced at secondary smelters. Zinc
oxide and zinc dust were also produced by the secondary zinc plants and b}
the primary zinc smelters, but no definitive tonnages of these products ar
published for secondary smelters.
Pollutants and Sources
At least four operations generate emissions in the secondary zir
industry: materials handling, mechanical pretreatment, sweating, and
distilling. This analysis considers only control costs for emissions fror
the sweating and distilling operations, as insufficient data are available
for calculating the possible costs of controlling emissions from the othe
sources.
In the sweating operation, various types of zinc-containing sere
are treated in either kettle or reverberatory furnaces. The emissions va
with the feed material used and the feed material varies from time-to-time
and from plant-to-plant. Emissions may vary from nearly 0 to 14 kg of
particulates per metric ton (0 to 30 pounds per short ton) of zinc
reclaimed. For purposes of this report, it is assumed that the maximum
emission rate applies.
In the case of the various types of zinc distilling furnaces, t
accepted emission rate is 23 kilograms per metric ton (46 pounds per shor
ton) of zinc processed. Some distillation units produce zinc oxide, and
normally utilize a baghouse for collection of the product. This report
assumes that these baghouses are sufficient to meet national ambient air
standards. However, for the purpose of calculating control costs, it was
assumed that essentially all of the estimated zinc oxide capacity could bi
switched to slab zinc or dust production, and emission controls would be
required.
Controlled and uncontrolled emissions from secondary zinc
sweating operations cannot be estimated with an acceptable degree of
probable accuracy because reliable data are not available.
Control Technology
The major emission of concern is particulates, consisting main!;
of zinc oxide. Baghouses have been shown to be effective in controlling
both distillation and sweating-furnace emissions except when the charge
contains organic materials such as oils.
Costing Methodology
A complete accounting of secondary zinc plants by type of
furnaces used and the product or products produced is not available. Bas
on the limited information, it is assumed that the industry's 11 plants c
be represented by two models: two plants, each consisting of 7,260 metri
tons per year (8,000 short tons per year) sweating capacity and 10,900
metric tons per year (12,000 short tons per year) distilling capacity; an
nine plants, each consisting of 4,080 metric tons per year (4,500 short
A6.12-2
-------
tons per year) of sweating capacity and 4,990 metric tons per year (5,500
short tons per year) of distilling capacity.
In the industry cost model, costs for baghouses are applied 'to
the sweating and distilling capacities of the respective large and small
model plants. Some uncertainty exists in the factors of utilization rate
of reported capacity and multiple product lines (slab, dust, and oxide);
however, the estimated costs given in Table A6.12.1 are judged to represent
the costs of control at recent production levels.
A6.12-3
-------
o
a\
I
03
ri
o a
o o
o' o
o o
o o
o
o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o
o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o
o
o
o
CONTROL COST!
DOLLARS)
CE (KIP) :
ttt *3.
Z 0 J
O 04
i—* tn
5-i Z Z
3 2 H
i-3 J J
O J <
ll* NM £-t
S ->
ex a.
1-1 Z <
< W O
tn
z
<
»3
a.
z z
a >-<
2 6-
5- en
a x
> a
z
M
34
k-4.
en en e->
5- U
a z <
a a. M
M w 3 en <
en a a z J
z
•3
c£
&>l
O
61
tn
tn
u tn
2 <
6" J
en >-* a.
E-i 34
tn < o
o u z
U w
J S-l O4
J *C en HH
cu a
a 3 en <
a: a z -3
z
_:
^
i^
b
6-
cn
en
O
o
J
^
3
z
2
,j
<
6-
O
r-
A6.12-4
-------
Chapter A7. Mineral-Based Industries
For the purposes of this report, the Mineral-Based Industries are
defined as those establishments which gather, process, and prepare
materials to be used in the construction industry. Wood products are
specifically excluded; these are covered in Chapter 9. The industrial
sectors covered in this chapter are the:
• Cement Industry
0 Structural Clay Products Industry
• Lime Industry
• Asphalt Concrete Processing
• Asphalt Roofing Manufacture
Costs for the abatement of air pollution for these industries are
summarized in Table A7. These costs and other data are repeated below in
the appropriate section together with the assumptions and other details
specific to each industrial sector.
A7-1
-------
m v o\ m o fn
— o <-• vo as oo
f-
e
i — vo
• «-1 01
o
01
i
(N 39 — in O1
1A 33 •"• 33 in
in ^ vo c^
SP
u
c.
5
U3
z e
O <
a ?- S
a 3 o
en -: a
a o-
I 0. 33
< at —
x M _
Z *0
5 3
« w o
I- U M
< S 3
J. w
u «j:
a a z
< 2 M
33
(N
33
I
ON
a
m
!N
^ \o in <
33 (N O «
— 1-1 o
33
01
U
>
Z
r» 01 1*1 o
r» •» in (N
» 01 09 1-1
33
I
en
tn
o
a
Z
Z —
< 33
I
91
m o
a» r-
in 33
m 33
m
33
1-1
03
(N
91
O O O (N
39 O3 O fN
r» m o» r»
(N O\ (N —
I
O
r-
01
33
r*
I
a — i
o
a
z
en
5-
• z en
K M 5-
18 S
a a:
2*1'^ rf ^ _3
W •— ^ •". B^
^iil?p|
•j en I; < < C z
1-1 ^r in
c-
a,
(^ ^ l^
r» p» r*
•£< <
A7-2
-------
Chapter A7.1 Cement Industry
Revision of this chapter was limited to adjusting the pollution
control costs to 1981 dollars and editing the discussion of regulations.
Regulations
The NSPS for port!and cement plants (40 CFR 60.60) was
promulgated on December 23, 1971. The regulation sets particulate and
opacity limits for cement kilns and clinker coolers, and opacity limits for
several other affected facilities in port!and cement plants.
The cement industry is also subject to SIP particulate standards.
Most states have general process weight standards patterned after Appendix
B (40 CFR 51, App. B).
Industry Characteristics
Portland cement, which accounts for approximately 96 percent of
cement production in the United States, is processed from a blend of
various calcareous, argillaceous, and siliceous materials including
limestone, shell chalk, clay, and shale. As the binder in concrete,
Portland cement is the most widely used construction material in the United
States. The four major steps in producing portland cement are: quarrying
and crushing; blending, grinding, and drying; heating the materials in a
rotary kiln to liberate carbon dioxide and cause incipient fusion; and
fine-grinding the resultant clinker, with the addition of 4 to 6 percent
gypsum. Finished cement is shipped either in bulk or in bags. All
Portland cement is produced by either wet or dry grinding processes, the
distinguishing characteristic being whether the raw materials are
introduced into the kiln as a wet slurry or as a dry mixture.
In 1971, 170 plants producing portland cement clinker, plus five
plants operating grinding mills to produce finished cement, were controlled
by 51 companies and were located in 41 states and Puerto Rico. These
plants had an annual capacity of 79.5 million metric tons (87.7 million
tons).
By 1977 (year end), some 160 plants were in operation with an
annual capacity of 87.5 million metric tons (96.4 million short tons).
Fifty percent of this cement industry capacity is owned by multiplant
companies, and the eight leading companies account for about 47 percent of
the total. Overcapacity has resulted in low profit margins and has
inhibited modernization and construction of new plants. More stringent
air-pollution regulations have increased both capital and operating costs.
Recent trends are toward an increase in utilization. Typical utilization
is about 80 percent. Recent trends are toward increased operations through
installation of larger kilns to replace older marginal kilns, permitting
more economic and efficient pollution control. The cement manufacturing
plant capacity and size distribution are given in Table A7.1.1.
A7.1-1
-------
Table A7.1.1. Cement Manufacturing Plant Size Distribution
(capacities in metric tons with short tons in parentheses)
Annual capacity
range (1000)
Less than 181
(less than 200)
181-363.1
(200-400)
363-544
(400-600)
544-726
(600-800)
726-907
(800-1000)
Greater than 907
(1000)
Totals
No.
plants
4
43
47
38
8
20
160
Total annual
capacity
1000
603
(665)
12,061
(13,298)
21,303
(23,487)
24,037
(26,502)
6,483
(7,148)
23,030
(25,392)
87,521
(96,495)
Total
capacity (
0.7
13.8
24.3
27.5
7.4
26.3
100.0
A7.1-2
-------
Size distribution is expected to shift upwards as new plants are
constructed and existing plants modified or closed, so the total number of
plants is expected to remain about the same. It is also assumed that there
will be no major shift in production capacity percentages between dry and
wet grinding processes, with the latter presently estimated at 56 percent.
Pollutants and Sources
Primary emission sources are the dry-process blending and
grinding, kiln operation, clinker cooler, and finish grinding. Other
sources include the feed and materials-handling systems. The primary air
pollutant is dust particulates. The estimated dust-emission factor for an
uncontrolled dry-process kiln is 122 kg per metric ton (244 pounds per
short ton) of cement, compared with 114 kg per metric ton (228 pounds per
short ton) for the wet-process plant, giving a weighted average emission
factor of 118 kg per metric ton (236 pounds per short ton) of product. The
corresponding emission factors for the blending, grinding, and drying
processes are 48 kg (dry) and 16 kg (wet) per metric ton (96 and 32 pounds
per short ton), respectively, for a weighted average of 32 kg per metric
ton (64 pounds per short ton).
Control Technology
Emissions from the blending, grinding, and drying process are
generally controlled with fabric filters. Where ambient gas temperatures
are encountered during grinding, conveying, and packaging processes, fabric
filters are used almost exclusively. The greatest problems are encountered
with high-temperature gas streams which contain appreciable moisture.
Both fabric filters and electrostatic precipitators are used in
controlling dust emissions from the kilns. Condensation problems from the
high-moisture content in the wet-process plant may be overcome by
insulating the ductwork and preheating the systems on start-up. Current
State regulations may be met either with fabric filters or with
electrostatic precipitators; however, fabric filters may be required to
meet emissions limits established by the NSPS. At least one plant has a
wet scrubber, but costs for the plant were estimated on the basis of an
electrostatic precipitator.
Costing Methodology
The total cost of control for portland cement plants was found by
estimating the costs for control devices for grinding, mixing and drying
(drying not included in the wet process) and/or kilns, which are the major
sources of pollutants. Baghouses are used for dry-process kilns and
electrostatic precipitators for wet-process kilns. Baghouses were assumed
to have been used for the combined grinding, mixing, and drying processes.
Other sources, including clinker coolers, packaging, and crushing, are not
costed due to prevailing industry control prior to the 1970 Clean Air Act
and/or minimal costs.
The capital cost of baghouses is assumed to be proportional to
the 0.91 power of capacity, while the capital cost of electrostatic
A7.1-3
-------
precipitators is proportional to the 0.67 power of capacity, in each case
the operating cost is linearly proportional to the capacity. The cost of
baghouses for the grinding, mixing, and drying operations was scaled in t
same manner. However, the required size was scaled by 0.78 (dry) and 0.2
(wet) to account for the smaller airflow rates of these processes, and th<
absence of control required for the wet-process raw material grinding
mills.
Control costs for the cement industry are detailed in Table
A7.1.2. It should be noted that only costs for new sources are indicated
reportedly all existing plants are in compliance with State Implementatio
Plans. (EPA report FR-41U-649, August, 1972).
A7.1-4
-------
O
Cn
I
CO
cn
O O !N O
O O O O
cn
o
o o
o o
co o co
cn o sn
fN CM
O
i-l O
o o -
z
cn
EH
«^
_3
2u
CJ
z
EH 0.
cn M
M C/5
X
W
0.
cn en
a z
w <
cn J
w a, cn
> a.
a 3 cn
cs u z
z
EH
U
<
m
*•*.
CU J
— t cn
3 Z X
z z u
z <
a.
H4
cn cn
EH
Q Z
Cd <
cn -i
M a.
>
2i Cil
Z
EH
CJ
:
Z M
Z
a.
M
cn cn
SH
Q Z
w •<
tn —
>H BU cn
a 3 cn
a: -^ z
z
L*
CJ
31
Cfi
a -J
«C <
•H EH
Q
«H
cn
EH
cn
O
CJ
•^
<
3
Z
Z
_]
<;
t^H
0
A7.1-5
-------
Chapter A7.2 Structural Clay Products Industry
Revision of this chapter was limited to adjusting the pollution
control costs to 1981 dollars and editing the discussion of regulations.
Regulations
No NSPS covers the structural clay products industry. SIPs
regulate sulfur dioxide, hydrocarbon, and carbon monoxide emissions from
facilities in this industry. The SIP limits, which are often patterned
after RACT standards in Appendix B (40 CFR 51, App. B), apply to general
process industries and are expressed as concentrations, gas volumes, or
process weight rates.
Industry Characteristics
In 1978, 466 plants in the United States manufactured structural
clay products, including common brick, fireclay or refractory brick, and
sewer pipe. The brick category represents approximately 90 percent of the
total production of structural clay materials, with common brick being by
far the largest category, representing approximately 75 percent of total
production. Plants are located in 45 states with North Carolina, South
Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and Texas accounting for about 45 percent of
production capacity.
For purposes of estimating air abatement costs, the industry was
divided into those plants using either continuous tunnel kilns or batch
kilns; an average plant capacity was selected for each process, as shown in
Table A7.2.1.
Miscellaneous clays and shales are used to manufacture common
brick, sewer pipe, and refractory brick. Typically, the plants are located
in the proximity of the clay mines. The clays are crushed and ground at
the plant, after which they are screened and mixed with water for the
forming operation. Common brick, sewer pipe, and some refractory brick are
formed by extrusion; most refractory brick are formed by die pressing.
The formed materials are fire-treated by either continuous tunnel
or intermittent periodic kiln processes. In the continuous tunnel kiln,
the charge is preheated by airflow escaping from the bake oven, passed
through the oven at temperatures of approximately 1,050 C (1,900 F), then'
passed through a cooling stage. In contrast, the periodic kiln heats the
charge from ambient temperature to a peak temperature, after which the fuel
is shut off, allowing the charge to cool to ambient temperature again; this
cycle requires about 2 weeks, during which fuel is burned about 50 percent
of the time. The remainder of the period is used for cooling and physical
discharging of the product, steps which emit few, if any, air pollutants.
A7.2-1
-------
Table A7.2.1 Plant distribution assumed for structural clay
industry (capacity in thousands of metric tons per year
with thousands of short tons per year in parentheses)
Estimated 1974
Average No. capacity Total
capacity plants (thousands) capacity (
Periodic kilns
Continuous Tunnel
kilns
21
(23)
100
(110)
336
130
6.9
(7.6)
12.9
(14.2)
35
65
Total
466
19.8
(21.8)
100
A7.2-2
-------
A process frequently practiced by manufacturers of common brick
is flashing. This process involves firing the brick in a reducing
atmosphere to achieve architecturally desirable surface colorations. The
process is noted because when it is used in conjunction with periodic
kilns, carbon monoxide and/or hydrocarbon emissions usually result.
Pollutants and Sources
Atmospheric emissions from the manufacture of clay construction
products are primarily sulfur dioxides released during the firing process.
These originate from the sulfur contained in the clay and in the fossil
fuels consumed in the firing operation. Uncontrolled sulfur dioxide
emissions are estimated to be about 3.7 kg per metric ton (7.4 pounds per
short ton) of clay processed. The flashing process associated with the
manufacture of certain types of brick can also result in hydrocarbon and
carbon monoxide emissions. Approximately 4.2 kg of hydrocarbons and/or
carbon monoxide are estimated to be released per metric ton (8.4 pounds per
short ton) of brick flashed.
Control Technology and Costs
It is anticipated that wet scrubbers will be used to control
sulfur dioxide emissions from the production of clay construction
materials. Only a few plants were found to be exercising this or any other
control option. Hydrocarbon and carbon monoxide emissions can be
controlled by using afterburners. The requirement for afterburners will
depend on the duration of the flashing treatment at different plants.-
Likewise, it is probable that certain plants will have minimal requirement
for scrubbers because of the negligible sulfur content of some clays.
About 10 percent of existing plants producing common brick, sewer pipe, and
refractory brick were assumed to be either equipped with adequate controls
or using new clay materials sufficiently low in sulfur content to avoid the
need for wet scrubbers.
Costs and industry operating statistics are detailed in Table
A7.2.2.
A7.2-3
-------
OOOOO ~< O O O -« « O O O ^O r-
o .... ......
cr\ r~ o o o r- ooooo co o o o as- co
I V ^ O O CO CO 03
.-*—* ^* fN* ?NtN CN , *r
CO
O
CO O O O CO (NOOOtN T O
•H I eo co r- r~ o
o\ «
M en
O —
3
•a
o
u
CL
^ r^ r^ \rt \f) o
I""* F-4 ..... ..... .
U co (NOOO
eg r-
3 "*
u
O
3
O O
oooooao
o
c~
en
en —
-: K a> en
o < 1-1 &••
cs J ^ cn
&• J — O en en
20 en Utn 5-« &-
OQU5-1 r- cne-i en
CJCJ 2O. J2Q. OZO- O
6U < < 1H <Q.CZ<: cz< <
HZZ E-uiK a, u J JS-CL> a. a J s^o,> o.a -: <
C~< E- w 1-1 BJ 3 M < < Ja Hzsa E- s w E- s-
>-
-------
Chapter A7.3 Lime Industry
this chapter was limited to adjusting the pollution
dollars and editing the discussion of applicable
Revision of
control costs to 1981
regulations.
Regulations
The NSPS for lime manufacturing plants (40 CFR 60.340) was
promulgated on March 7, 1978. The regulation set particulate and opacity
limits for rotary lime kilns and particulate limits for lime hydrators.
Following a review of this NSPS, EPA proposed a revision on September 2,
1982, that would relax the particulate limit and exempt lime hydrators from
the standard (47 FR 38831).
States set general particulate emission standards, which apply to
lime plants. Most SIPs are patterned after the general process weight
table in Appendix B (40 CFR, 51 App. B). Only a few states (e.g.,
Pennsylvania and Iowa) have regulations with specific limits on lime
manufacturing emissions.
Industry Characteristics
As of 1977, there were 162 lime-producing plants in the United
States. These plants can be divided into seven size ranges, based upon
production; the number of plants in each size range and their estimated
production are shown in Table 7.3.1.
The U.S. lime industry can be conventionally divided into two
product sectors. Approximately 22 percent of the output is consumed by the
producers, while the remaining 78 percent is sold in the open market.
Plants are located in 41 states and Puerto Rico. Over 22 percent of U.S.
capacity is in Ohio, and other major capacities are located in
Pennsylvania, Texas, and Michigan. Recent trends are toward the closing of
small, old plants and replacing old kilns with larger units.
In 1977, producers at 162 plants sold or used 18,1 million metric
tons (19.9 million short tons), according to the Bureau of Mines, U.S.
Department of Interior. This was a 1 percent decrease from 1976, and 8
percent below the 1974 record.
Should the use of lime in processes for the removal of sulfur
oxides from combustion gases become standard practice, the demand for lime
will be increased substantially. The number of plants, meanwhile, has
declined from 195 in 1970 to 162 in 1977. Further consolidation may be
expected to economically justify the increased cost of emissions controls.
A7.3-1
-------
Table A7.3.1. Lime Industry Production Distributions in 1977
in Thousands of Metric Tons Per Year (with thousands
of short tons per year in parentheses)
Size range
0-9
(0-10)
9-23
(10-25)
23-45
(23-50)
45-91
(50-100)
91-181
(100-200)
181-363
(200-400)
More than 363
(More than 400)
Total
No.
plants
22
27
32
21
24
28
8
162
Estimated 1977
production (1,000)
112
(124)
419
(462)
1,050
(1,158)
1,429
(1,575)
3,310
(3,649)
6,390
(7,640)
4,879
(5,378)
18,128
Perce
of tot.
1
2
6
8
18
38
27
100
Source: Mineral Industry Surveys, Bureau of Mines, 1977.
A7.3-2
-------
Lime is formed by expelling carbon dioxide from limestone or
dolomitic limestone by high temperatures. This calcination process forms
quicklime. Hydrated lime is made by the addition of water to the
quicklime. The calcination of dolomite results in dead-burned (refractory)
dolomite.
Major uses of lime are for basic oxygen steel furnaces, alkalies,
water purification, other chemical processes, and refractory dolomite.
About 70 percent of lime is produced in two basic types of rotary
kilns: the long rotary kiln, and the short rotary kiln with external
preheater. Vertical kilns are used to supply 28 percent of lime. Almost
all new lime production is done using the rotary process.
Pollutants and Sources
Atmospheric emissions from lime manufacture are primarily
particulates released when crushing the limestone to kiln size, calcinating
the limestone in a rotary or vertical kiln and crushing the lime to size;
also, fly ash is released if coal is used in calcination. Other emissions,
such as sulfur oxides, may be generated by fuel combustion.
Uncontrolled emissions from rotary kilns are about 170 kg per
metric ton (340 pounds per short ton) of lime processed, compared with 4 kg
per metric ton (8 pounds per short ton) from vertical kilns. However,
economics favor use of the rotary kiln, and virtually all new and expanded
production is expected to use this method.
Control Technology and Costs
Gases leaving a rotary kiln are usually passed through a
dust-settling chamber where the coarser material settles out. In many
installations, a first-stage, primary dry cyclone collector is used. The
removal efficiency at this stage can vary from 25 to 85 percent by weight
of the .dust being discharged from the kiln.
The selection of a second stage to meet a high efficiency level
of 23 mg per actual cubic meter (0.01 grain per actual cubic foot) may be
either a high-energy wet scrubber, fabric filter, or electrostatic
precipitator. The higher capital cost of the electrostatic precipitator
may be more than offset for specific installations by lower operating and
maintenance costs.
It is believed that vertical kilns can be effectively controlled
to allowable emission limits with baghouses, scrubbers, or cyclone/scrubber
combinations. In the latter cases, efficiencies of 99 percent have been
reported.
Industry Cost Model
The industry cost model was based on production levels and plant
populations from Bureau of Mines data. Eighty percent of the total U.S.
A7.3-3
-------
production was considered to be commercial, independent operations based c
a recent EPA estimate (NSPS Support Document). The costs for the twenty
percent of production by captive plants are covered by other chapters (Ire
& Steel, Paper). Vertical kiln capacity has been constant since 1969 (ze
growth). Baghouses were considered the predominant methods of control (6(
percent) with some wet scrubbers and ESPs being used (20 percent each).
The resulting estimated costs are listed in Table A7.3.2.
A7.3-4
-------
en
i
CO
en
C- O
in
00 O
CN O
ao
o
a
en
in
co o
I O
I O
in
en
00 ^T -> en
=- 2
=3 0
3 —
o >-*
Cu »— 1
£
2£
u^ Z
< M
a.
<
j
a.
•z
M
^
*£
£-1
H4
CM
<
CJ
en
<
cu
i- O
•^ 2
£ ?
5» «
en w
M X
> M
•z
*+
en en
c z
Cd <
en -3
M Q. en
a, > a.
M a 2 01
en a a z
E-
CJ
a:
r*_
Cl^ J
< <
0
AL COSTS
fr-
en 1-1
r- a.
en <
O CJ
CJ
j S
< 3
3 Z
Z Z
2 <
tn
cu
z
<
_;
cu
ej
z
— 0.
eh w
i- en
X
a
Cu
en en s-
c- CJ
a z <£
a i M
td 3 01 <
SS il 2 J
Z
J
•^
^u
b
—i
COSTS
ANTS
J
S a.
-» ej
2
O >-•
r- Cu
-1 en «
< >- en
3 X
z a
z
<
cu
M
en en ->-
Q 2 <
a < m
en — --
w a. ui ca
> cu a
u 3 en <
2
COSTS
a
<
3
Z
Z
«a.
— ' M
O <
£H c—
b
H
A7.3-5
-------
-------
Chapter A7.4 Asphalt Concrete Processing
Revision of this chapter was limited to adjusting the pollution
control costs for 1981 dollars and rewriting the discussion of applicable
regulations.
Regulations
The NSPS for asphalt concrete plants (40 CFR 60.90) was
promulgated on March 8, 1974. The regulation sets particulate and opacity
limits for dryers; screening and weighing systems, storage, transfer, and
loading systems; and dust handling equipment.
General particulate limits in SIPs apply to this industry. Most
states pattern these regulations on the suggested RACT standards in
Appendix B (40 CFR 51, App. B).
The asbestos NESHAP (40 CFR 61.20), which was promulgated April
6, 1973, prohibits visible emissions of asbestos from the manufacture of
asphalt concrete. Compliance with SIPs or NSPS virtually assures
compliance with this NESHAP.
Industry Characteristics
Asphalt concrete comprises a mixture of aggregates and an asphalt
cement binder. Aggregates usually consist of different combinations of
crushed stone, crushed slag, sand, and gravel. Asphalt concrete plant
processing equipment includes raw-material apportioning equipment, raw
material conveyors, a rotary dryer, hot-aggregate elevators, mixing
equipment, asphalt-binder storage, heating and transfer equipment, and
mineral-filler storage and transfer equipment.
About 4,400 asphalt concrete plans in the United States directly
employ about 15,400 people. In 1975, production was estimated to be 265
million metric tons (292 million short tons). Based on a 1974 survey
conducted by the National Asphalt Pavement Association (NAPA) covering 960
plants, 78 percent were stationary plants and 22 percent were portable.
Continuous mixers comprised 27 percent of the portable plants, compared
with only 4 percent for stationary plants.
Estimation of the size distribution of plants is difficult
because of a lack of data. Of the plants surveyed by NAPA, 12 percent were
less than 98 metric tons per hour (108 short tons per hour) capacity at
average moisture condition. About 60 percent were between 99 and 198
metric tons per hour (109 and 218 short tons per hour) and 28 percent were
larger than 198 metric tons per hour (218 short tons per hour). The
average size was 160 metric tons per hour (176 short tons per hour). The
balance of the industry, 80 percent of the plants, has only 75 percent of
A7.4-1
-------
the capacity. By difference, the average for these plants is 94 metric
tons per hour (104 short tons per hour). The overall industry average is
110 metric tons per hour (121 short tons per hour).
Plants operate an average of only 666 hours per year because of
the seasonal and intermittent nature of the work. Asphalt concrete
production is essentially a batch-type operation; continuous mix
represents, at most, 10 percent of the industry.
Pollutants and Sources
The predominant emissions are dust particulates from the
aggregates used in making asphalt concrete. The largest sources of
particulate emissions are the rotary dryer and screening, weighing, and
mixing equipment. Additional sources that may be significant particulate
emitters, if they are not properly controlled, are: the mineral-filler
loading, transfer, and storage equipment; and the loading, transfer, and
storage equipment; and the loading, transfer, and storage equipment that
handles the dust collected by the emission-control system. Generally, th
uncontrolled emissions .from asphalt batching plants amount to 22.5 kg of
dust per metric ton (45 pounds per short ton) of product.
Control Technology
Practically all plants use primary dust collection equipment,
such as cyclones or settling chambers. These chambers are often used as
classifiers with the collected aggregate being returned to the
hot-aggregate elevator to combine with the dryer aggregate load.
The gases from the primary collector must be further cleaned
before venting to the atmosphere. To meet SIP requirements, 98.3 percent
abatement is sufficient. This can be achieved by the use of multiple
centrifugal scrubbers. NSPS issued in 1975 allow no more than 90 mg/dscn
(0.04 grain per cubic foot) of particulates or any opacity greater than 2
percent. In effect this requires the use of a high energy scrubber or a
fabric filter (baghouse). The most common secondary collector used to me
NSPS is expected to be the baghouse, although venturi scrubbers are used
some plants. The baghouse allows dry collection of dust which can be
returned to the process or disposed of in a landfill. The venturi scrubb
makes dust hauling expensive due to the wetting of the dust. Also, the u
of large settling ponds and the possible need for water treatment
discourage the use of venturi scrubbers.
Costing Methodology
The industry cast model developed from data discussed above
covers about 4400 plants (in 1974) with growth rates in the range from 4.
to 1.3 percent in the future. Sixty percent of the industry was estimate
to use baghouses and 40 percent to use wet scrubbers. The estimated cost
of compliance, based on this model, are given in Table A7.4.1.
A7.4-2
-------
in
in o
o o
-o
CN
O
*-> o
co
03 O
r—
in
vfl
c*1 o
r- o
CO
o o
r- o
00
c
1-1
03
Cfl
0)
a
o
o o
o o
in o
T o
co o
i O
' O
IN
O O
O CN
00 —
e'-
en
0)
u
0)
>-i
a
c
o
y
a.
cn
I
«r\
r~
sn
o o
o o
in o
m o
in f
TO f-« O
vo cn
O O -i O
mo i-i o
v 10
[N
eu
i—I
03
o
IN O
in o
CO
M3 O
03 O
ON
in
O
r- o ys
CN CN
CN
' O
1 O
cn o
in o
CN CO
.-< m
•r vo
o o
o o
o o
o o
o
o
—« o
m o
O
VO
cn
-i O
CO
o o
CN O
on
m
vO
CONTROL COSTS
F DOLLARS)
ACE (KIP) :
z o j
O 3.
i-t cn
C-. Z Z
=5 O «
*~ j *—
O J <
a 1-1 6-
^ S r-4
M Z <
cn
c-.
Z
J
cu
C_i fj
z z
r-"\ )_H
2 =-
5- en
en t-
> a
z
3*
H- 1
en en
S-
Q Z
a <
en J
M a- en
a. > a.
h-« a 3 en
en a; M z
z
E-
ej
<
a
^.
cX
a
<£
j
a
<:
^*
p
AL COSTS
c-t
en M
r- 0.
en <
O O
CJ
j
M a. a
a s en <
ci a z -;
z
en
ch
0
u
a
<
z
z
-------
-------
A7.5. Asphalt Roofing Manufacture
This chapter describes the cost to the asphalt roofing industry
of complying with air pollution control regulations. Revisions of the
chapter includes an update of industry data, redevelopment of SIP costs,
development of costs for the NSPS that was proposed in late 1980, and
estimation of credits due to produce recovery.
Industry Characteristics
The asphalt roofing industry produces asphalt roofing and siding
products (shingles and rolls) and saturated felts. The primary raw
materials are asphalt, dry felts and minerals.
In 1977, there were 110 plants producing 9.5 million tons of
asphalt roofing and siding per year. Roofing accounted for 90 percent of
production; siding accounted for the remainder. The distribution of
production by region is fairly uniform—one-third each in the North Central
and Southern regions, and the remainder about equally divided between the
Northeast and the West. The value of product shipments of this industry,
which is classified into SIC 29523 (Prepared Asphalt and Tar Roofing and
Siding Products) totalled $1.9 billion in 1977.
Between 1972 and 1977, the number of plants increased from 102 to
110, but production remained relatively stable. Demand for roofing- and
siding has been stable because it is dependent on both the demand for new
construction and the demand for building renovation. When new construction
demand falls, renovation and remodeling demand generally rises so that the
demand for roofing and siding is noncyclical.
Asphalt is a residual of oil refining. Fifteen percent of
asphalt production is used to manufacture asphalt roofing and 80 percent,
asphalt paving. About one-third of firms that own asphalt roofing plants
also produce asphalt.
Since the primary raw material is an oil derivative, the price of
asphalt roofing is a function of the price of oil. Increases in the price
of oil, which subsequently produce increases in the price of asphalt
roofing, have depressed the demand for asphalt roofing. No growth is
expected for the industry during the next several years.
Pollutants and Sources
The production of asphalt roofing shingles and felts involves
saturating fiber media with asphalt. Raw asphalt (asphalt flux) is first
prepared by an air "blowing" or dehydrogeneration process in a blowing
still. Asphalt roofing plants either operate their own blowing stills or
purchase prepared asphalt. The products of the blowing operation are
asphalt saturant and coating asphalt. Asphalt saturating machines saturate
A7.5-1
-------
felts with hot asphalt saturant by either spraying or dipping or by a
combination of spraying followed by dipping. The saturated felt passes t<
a wet looper where saturant asphalt continues to saturate the felt. For
surfaced products, a coater coats felts with a mixture of coating asphalt
and mineral stabilizers, called fillers (e.g., lime, silica, and slate).
Mineral surfacing materials, either parting agents (talc or sand) or
granules, are applied to surfaced products for protection.
Inorganic and organic particulate matter and gaseous hydrocarbo
are the primary pollutants from asphalt roofing plants. There are also
small amounts of carbon monoxide, sulfur dioxide, and aldehydes. The maj<
source of gaseous hydrocarbon emissions is the asphalt blowing still. Th<
sources of particulate emissions are asphalt blowing stills (for plants
that operate them), saturators, wet loopers, coaters, asphalt storage
tanks, and mineral storage bins.
Regulations
SIPs. Most states in which asphalt roofing plants are located
have particulate standards for all types of process emission sources.
These regulations are similar to RACT process rate tables (40 CFR 51, App
B). Volatile organic compound (VOC) standards are patterned after
suggested RACT standards in Appendix B or Los Angeles Rule 66 for organic
compound emissions from organic solvents. By 1977, only twenty states ha<
included VOC standards in their SIPs. The 1977 Clean Air Act Amendments
require that the remaining states with ozone nonattainment areas revise
their SIPs to include VOC regulations.
NSPS. The NSPS for asphalt processing and asphalt roofing
manufacture was proposed November 18, 1980 (45FR764Q4). It includes
particulate emission standards for blowing stills and saturators and
opacity standards for blowing stills,, saturators, asphalt storage tanks,
and mineral handling and storage areas. The particulate limits for blowi
stills vary according to the type of blowing process, either conventional
or catalytic, and the type of fuel oil fired in the afterburner.
Control Technology
Control systems applied to asphalt roofing plants include vario
types of hoods, enclosure capture systems, and add-on control devices. T
most commonly used control devices are afterburners, high velocity air
filters (HVAFs), electrostatic precipitators (ESPs), cyclones, and fabric
filters.
Afterburners incinerate both particulate and gaseous VOC
emissions from blowing stills, saturators, coaters, and asphalt storage
facilities for compliance with both SIPs and NSPSs. HVAFs and ESPs can
control particulate emissions from saturators and coaters to meet SIP and
NSPS requirements. Control of inorganic particulate matter from filler
surge artd parting agent bins is achievable with cyclones for SIP compliant
and fabric filters for NSPS compliance. The afterburners recover heat,
which may be used for many plant processes, and the collection devices
A7.5-2
-------
recover both hydrocarbons and minerals, which are in the form of filler and
parting agent.
Compliance with SIPs requires about 80 percent removal efficiency
for controls on blowing stills, filler surge bins, and parting agent bins
and more than 90 percent efficiency for controls on saturators and coaters.
NSPS compliance requires from 93 to over 98 percent removal efficiency for
controls on all emission sources.
Existing asphalt plants are assumed to comply with SIPs by 1982
as more states establish hydrocarbon regulations in their SIPs. New and
modified plants beginning operation in 1982 are assumed to comply with the
NSPS upon completion.
Costing Methodology
Table 7.5.1 reports the control devices and removal efficiency
assumed for costing the compliance of each emission source with SIPs and
NSPS. The SIP controls include a HVAF with hood, fan, and duct on the
saturator, wet looper, and coater; cyclones on the filler and parting agent
bins; and an afterburner on the blowing still. The NSPS costs assume a
HVAF with full enclosure hood, fan, and water spray cooler on the
saturator, wet looper, and coater and on the asphalt storage tanks;
baghouses on the filler and parting agent bins; and an afterburner on the
blowing still. The removal efficiency levels are assumed to be sufficient
for meeting each regulation, as described in the previous section. The
largest one-third of the plants are assumed to operate their own blowing
still.
Total costs for controls on asphalt roofing plants are presented
in Table A7.5.2. Capital and O&M cost equations were developed from data
on costs for SIP and NSPS controls for three model plant sizes as reported
in the Environmental Impact Statement background document for the proposed
NSPS (EPA 450/3-80-021a). Separate credit equations were also developed
from this document to account for the value of products recovered with the
pollution control devices. Both costs and credits are expressed as a
function of total annual production in thousands of tons.
A7.5-3
-------
Table 7.5.1,
Control devices costed for asphalt
roofing operations
Emission Source
Controls and Control Device Efficiency
NSPS
Saturator, wet looper,
and coater
Filler surge bin
and storage
Parting agent bin
and storage
Asphalt storage
Blowing still
HVAF*, 93.3%, with
hood, fan and duct
Cyclone, 80%
Cyclone, 80%
Afterburner with
heat recovery,
77.7%, with duct
and fan
HVAF*, 93.3%, wit
full enclosure hoi
ducts, fan, and
water spray coole
Baghouse, 98.4%,
with duct and fan
Baghouse, 98.4%,
with duct and fan
HVAF*, 93.3%, wit
full enclosure ho>
ducts, fan, and
water spray coole
Afterburner with
heat recovery,
93.9%, with duct
and fan
*HVAF - high velocity air filter.
A7.5-4
-------
to
JS
a.
CO
o
33 O
O O
o o
3
CO
O O
o o
<-i a
i-i O
o s
3 O
CU
S-l
3
-j
u
S3
'-U
3
C
a]
6
00
O
O
u
-» O
r* O
O O >T
00 i-
o
l"» O
o
00 <•»
~ o
»• O
O O
O O
O
CM o
O O
o o
O O i. u
z
z
<
r- z Z
Z <
A7.5-5
-------
-------
Chapter A3. Manufacturing and'Services Industries
The subject group of industries include the following categories
Paint Manufacturing Industry
Surface Coatings
Dry Cleaning Industry
Printing Ink Manufacture
Synthetic Fiber (Nylon) Manufacture
Lead-Acid Storage Batteries
These types of activities have in common the characteristics of
(1) not being based on primary raw materials, their starting materials
being manufactured items and (2) generating similar types of emissions,
i.e., solvents and other hydrocarbons.
Costs for the control of air pollution in these industries are
given in summary form in Table A8. The specific aspects and costs of air
pollution control for the individual industry segments are given in more
detail in the following sections.
A8-1
-------
oo ^ ca in
en 2
* O
a o — .
en en
2 =:
a O <
— _J
d ^* •—
232
as —
3 O -
r- O, CD
CJ en
< as -.
Cb -
3 < Cb
2 O
3 en
2
• en o
CD 03 M
M -1
< s -:
e- H
cd en s
-: 3
a a 2
< 2 —
!• j ^ ^0.
1
en
r*-
on
•M
6-
2
£
u.
en or- o
U (N en o ea
2 o O O an
M« «M -* 1/1
09 f*l
1
S
en
<4
(•< «a m
oo r~ o 4 (N
r» *^
1
O
^ M
•» O •»
00 —
r^
m
^o in ^o
in m r»
IN — (N
fM CN
(N
en
O
O
2
2 —
< CD
I
en
vO CK
T o\ i »• en 2
£" UU2 U SCd Qd
en u, «sc w «•- £
3 XMW2 t- OC6 r«
a cjiJi** cd 4^cd en
2 e- < y e- r- = • =-,"
a.encft."~x — C
u as
2 cd en
M a r-
f. U * i- en
>• < 2 2 i. O
as . o « M en u
r> « O 2 O Q Id
en Lb < c; « >- —
3 £CdU2 =- w Z
2 U -3 » Cd < Ld
2 f- < U 6- • = • r- -3
— 2Cb 2Cr-UCJ- — <
— SC>»"zuar*2
a-enoo. en - 02
s- <
-, (N m »
93 CO CO CO
— (N m •» m ^o
oo oo oo ea oa oo
< <
A8-2
-------
Chapter A8.1 Paint Manufacturing Industry
Revision of this chapter included adjusting pollution control
costs to 1981 dollars, updating industry data, and editing the discussion
of regulations, industry characteristics, and emission sources and
pollutants.
Regulations
No NSPS have been developed for paint manufacturing nor are any
scheduled. SIPs regulate both VOC and particulate emissions from this
industry.
An increasing number of states are adopting general VOC
regulations for industries, such as paint manufacturing, for which no CTG
is available. These regulations are generally patterned after Los Angeles'
Rule 66 or Appendix B (40 CFR 51, App. B). Both of these regulations have
pounds-per-day and pounds-per-hour limits, but compliance is achieved if 85
percent control is demonstrated. Appendix B suggests the use of
incineration or carbon adsorption to achieve this level of emission
reduction.
Most states also pattern their general particulate standards
after the suggested RACT process weight tables in Appendix B.
The asbestos NESHAP (40 CFR 61.20), promulgated April 6, 1973,
prohibits visible emissions of asbestos from the manufacture of paints and
coatings. Compliance with the asbestos NESHAP is achievable with
particulate controls.
Industry Characteristics
In 1977, 1300 companies operated 1600 paint manufacturing plants,
approximately the same number as were operated in 1972. Production of
paint increased at an annual rate of 1.2 percent from 927 million gallons
in 1972 to 1,040 million gallons in 1981. Production is expected to rise
by only 0.1 percent annually in the 1980's.
Of 1,700 plants operated in 1978, only 653 had more than 20
employees. Based on 1972 figures, the largest 33 percent of plants account
for 89 percent of paint production. It "is these larger plants whose
control costs are included in this chapter. The emissions levels of the
smaller plants are low enough that they are exempt from regulations.
The VOC emission rate is substantially lower in the production of
water-based than for solvent-based paints. Control costs in this chapter
are given only for the solvent-based paint manufacturing process. Of total
paint production, about 78 percent is organic solvent-based, and the
A8.1-1
-------
remainder is water-based. This proportion is expected to remain relative!
constant through the 1980's.
Paint manufacturing is classified into SIC 2851 (Paints,
varnishes, lacquers, enamels, and allied products). The value of shipment
for the entire SIC was $6.6 billion in 1977.
Pollutants and Sources
Paint manufacturing involves mixing or dispersing pigments in
oil, resin, resin solution, or latex at room temperature. Mixing is then
followed by the addition of specified proportions of organic solvents or
water to obtain the desired viscosity.
Air pollutants from paint manufacturing are VOCs originating frc
organic solvents and particulates from paint pigments. About 1.8 pounds c
particulates are emitted per short ton of pigment dispersed while the
emissions of hydrocarbons are 30 pounds per short ton of pigment.
Control Technology and Costs
Reduction of hydrocarbon emissions from paint production by 85
percent, which will meet all SIPs, may be accomplished by flame combustior
thermal combustion, catalytic combustion, or adsorption. Thermal
combustion (with heat exchange) is considered the most feasible method of
control; equipment incorporating heat-exchange devices was chosen because
of currently anticipated future fuel shortages and assumed removal
efficiencies of 95 percent. Catalytic combustion units, while highly
promising from the standpoint of lower fuel requirements (but higher
initial investment costs), still present technical operating problems.
Baghouses (fabric filters) are suitable for control of particulates
emissions from pigments; particulate removal efficiencies of more than 95
percent are readily achieved.
Estimates for air-pollution control for the total industry were
based on assumed compliance by plants averaging about 7.95 million liters
(2.1 million gallons) of paint production per year; about 520 plants of
this capacity were assumed to be in operation. Future cost predictions a
complicated by the emergence of technological trends away from the use of
solvent-based paints. Control costs are aggregated in Table A8.1.1.
A8.1-2
-------
00
C
O1OOOW
.....
•* o O O — «
— i O O O —
•-• O
'•n o
O O *»
O O ^
00
01
00
3
03
I
OO
CN
o o
o o
o o
o o
—« O O O ^* f"l
rn o O O ^ --"
.
ea
3
C
flj
S
j-i
C
*r^
03
)—l
CO
1
r-
2
o
rsi o
O 0
OH
O
O O ^
00 O
1—t
o
00 O
oo
00
<
I
o
OOOOO
....
^oooo
OS
.
^o
-.ooo-«
(NOOO
.,..,
— • o o o — i
" "* 03
J —
20
OQia
< 1-1 CJ
w
e-
za,
ou<
zzenJ
cjr-(«cu
r r^ — >
-
<
S-
O
O
otn
f-jenen
enria. j-
£->a,22
^
—
-------
-------
Chapter A8.2 Surface Coating
This chapter provides emission abatement costs associated with
the use of organic solvent-borne surface coatings for the following four
industries.
• Automobiles and light-duty trucks
• Metal furniture
• Large appliances
t Metal coil coatings
These industries are considered together because of similarities in the
coating processes employed, the nature of the resulting emissions, ana the
applicable control technologies. The chapter includes cost estimates for
controlling VOC emissions to comply with both SIPs and NSPS.
This chapter has been revised to include the metal furniture
industry and to update industry data for costing compliance with NSPS and
current SIPs. Beverage can coating, for which an NSPS has been proposed,
is not included in this report. Can coating emission control costs should
be considered in the next version of this report.
Industry Characteristics
In 1980, approximately 96 million gallons (363 million liters) of
surface coatings were consumed by the following four industries:
automobiles and light duty trucks, metal furniture, major appliances and
metal coil coatings.
A discussion of the specific industries follows.
Automobiles and light-duty trucks. In 1980 6,375,506 automobiles
(SIC 3711) were assembled at 43"plants.Twenty-six percent of total output
was produced in Michigan, 9.5 percent in Ohio, and 8.2 percent in Missouri.
Fourteen other states accounted for the remaining 56.5 percent.
About 75 percent of total truck production (SIC 3713) consists of
light-duty trucks, vehicles weighing 8500 pounds or less. Light-duty truck
production was estimated to be 1,465,894 in 1980, with production taking
place at 20 plants. Michigan accounted for about one-quarter of truck
production, Ohio accounted for 15 percent, Missouri for 13 percent, and
Kentucky for 8 percent. Twelve other states accounted for the remainder.
This chapter estimates pollution control costs for the 51 plants
which produce automobiles and/or light-duty trucks. These plants consumed
approximately 43 million gallons of surface coatings in 1980. This level
of consumption is expected to remain relatively constant through 1990. In
addition to the number of vehicles produced, three factors have affected
the volume of coatings used by this industry. First, there has been a
significant increase in the use of precoated metal. This decreases the
A8.2-1
-------
amount of coatings applied by the vehicle manufacturer. Second, automobi'
size is decreasing, although this factor may be offset by the application
of more paint per car for better durability and corrosion-resistance.
Third, plastic parts that do not need a coating have already found much u<
in interior applications and are being developed for more exterior
applications.
Metal Furniture. The metal furniture industry consists of the
following categories:
• Metal household furniture (SIC 2514)
t Metal office furniture (SIC 2522)
• Public building and related furniture (SIC 2531)
• Metal partitions and fixtures (SIC 2542)
In 1976, about 1400 establishments made shipments of metal furniture value
at $3,657 million. Over half of those establishments were located in New
York, California, Illinois, Pennsylvania, and Ohio, with the rest being
spread throughout the country.
Manufacturers of metal furniture used about 20 million gallons c
surface coatings in 1980. Industry growth depends on factors such as the
number of new households, office building and remodeling construction, an<
government spending (for public facilities). EPA documents estimate an
annual growth rate of 4 percent in shipments through 1985.
Large Appliances. In 1978, 95 companies operated 171 plants
involved in the production of large appliances. They are classified as
follows:
* Household cooking equipment (SIC 3631)
• Household refrigerators and home and farm freezers (SIC 3632
• Household laundry equipment (SIC 3633)
• Household appliances, not elsewhere classified (SIC 3639)
These plants, located in 29 states, consumed approximately 13.5
million gallons of surface coatings in 1980. Their 1977 shipments were
valued at $7,269 million with approximately 32,600,000 units produced.
Annual growth in shipments from 1967 to 1977 was about 3.0
percent, and economists predict an annual growth rate of about 2.6 percen'
through the 1980's. Growth will probably be in the production of
dishwashers, trash compactors and microwave ovens, items that are far fro
the market saturation point.
Coil Coating. Coil coating is the application of organic
coatings to flat metal sheet or strip that is packaged in rolls or coils.
Coil coating (a small part of SIC 3479) is performed in approximately 109
plants with 147 coating lines. The plants are typically located in or ne«
industrial areas. One-half of the plants are located in Illinois, Ohio,
Pennsylvania, and California.
.AS.2-2
-------
In 1977, North American shipments of coated metal coil were
approximately 4 million tons (3.63 million Mg) and were valued at $3.5
billion. About 19 million gallons of surface coatings were used in coil
coating in 1980. Major markets for coil coated metal include the
transportation industry, the building products industry, and the packaging
industry. Industry spokesmen indicate that large appliance manufacturers
will also begin to make greater use of precoated metal stock.
The continual emergence of new end uses for the product enabled
the industry to maintain a 10 percent average annual growth rate (in square
meters of metal coated) between 1968 and 1977. The average growth rate
from 1970 through 1980 was 5.2 percent. A 12 percent growth rate is
forecast for the 1980s.
Pollutants and Sources
The surface coating process consists basically of three steps:
application of the coating, air drying of the product after application
(flashoff), and curing in an oven. All stages produce VOC emissions
through evaporation of the organic solvent in the coating. The coatings
may be applied by spray (the most commonly utilized method), dip, flow, or
roller processes. About 60 percent of all the paint, shellac, lacquers,
and primers used in 1980 were organic solvent-borne.
The volume of VOC emissions depends on coating content,
application efficiency (which can vary from 10 to 100 percent), and add-on
pollution controls, if any. The major sources of coating process emissions
are usually the spray booth and its associated flashoff area.
Regulations
SIPs. Many of the early SIPs regulated VOC emissions from
organic solvents either by setting limits on pounds per hour and pounds per
day or by requiring that 85 percent control be demonstrated. These SIPs
were patterned after Appendix B in the Code of Federal Regulations (40 CFR
Part 51, Appendix B) or LA Rule 66 (the latter listed some solvents which
were exempt from regulation). Some states also regulated surface coating
facilities by a permit system, i.e., on a plant-by-plant basis.
Some newer SIPs are patterned after RACT described in EPA's
Control Technique Guideline (CTG) documents. These SIPs establish, by
industry, allowable VOC emissions per volume of coating solids applied..
The state regulations of Michigan and Missouri contain company specific
standards for surface coating operations in automobile and light-duty truck
manufacturing.
The cost estimates assume that SIP compliance for the surface
coating facilities of the metal furniture, large appliances, and metal coil
coating industries was complete by December 1982. SIP compliance for
automobile and light-duty truck surface coating facilities is assumed to be
complete by 1987.
A8.2-3
-------
NSPS. NSPS have been promulgated for surface coating of
automobiles and light-duty trucks, metal furniture, appliances, and metal
coil coatings. Each of the NSPS allows for coating changes, process
changes, and/or add-on controls to meet the emissions limits.
The NSPS for Surface Coatings of Automobiles and Light-Duty
Trucks (45 FR 85410) was proposed on October 5, 1979 and promulgated on
December 24, 1980. VOC emission limits are given for coatings used in ea
prime, guide (an extra coat needed if electrodeposition is used for the
prime cost), and top coat. These limits are based on the use of waterbor
coatings. Innovative technology waivers from NSPS for five automobile an
light-duty truck surface coating operations were promulgated on February
1983 (48 FR 5452). Cost impacts of these waivers are not estimated in th
report.
The NSPS for Surface Coating of Metal Furniture (45 FR 79390) w
proposed on November 28, 1980. The standard promulgated on October 29,
1982 (47 FR 49278) sets a standard for VOC emissions per liter of coating
solids applied. The NSPS suggests various coatings changes, process
changes, and emissions control devices.
An NSPS for Industrial Surface Coating: Appliances (45 FR 8508
was proposed on December 24, 1980. The standard promulgated on October 2
1982 (47 FR 47778) sets a VOC emission limit per volume of coating solids
used for each prime coat and each top coat operation within assembly plan
where large appliance parts are coated with organic coatings. The standa
does not apply to powder coatings. It may be met through use of coatings
with higher solids content, application equipment with higher transfer
efficiency, emission control devices, or combinations of these approaches
This standard applies to surface coating facilities used in the productio
of 10 different appliances.
NSPS for Metal Coil Surface Coating (45 FR 1102) was proposed o
January 5, 1981, and promulgated on November 1, 1982 (47 FR 49606). The
standard may be met by use of low VOC-content coatings, emission control
devices, or combinations of the two.
Control Technology
The trend in the coatings industry has been toward development
greater product efficiency, including better protection or decoration for
longer periods at lower cost. Present research is aimed toward replicati
the performance of traditional (low soli.ds, organic solvent-borne) coatin
through the development of:
• low organic solvent materials (e.g., waterborne, high-solids
powder coatings)
and
• new application techniques for these materials (e.g.,
electrostatic spray of powder coatings, electrodeposition of
waterborne coatings).
A8.2-4
-------
Most surface coating facilities are expected to control VOC
emissions through the use of new technologies rather than through the
conventional control techniques of incineration and carbon adsorption used
in many other industries. These traditional methods are very expensive
when VOC concentration is low, as is the case for many surface coating
operations. The presence of personnel in spray booths means that large
quantities of air must be injected to dilute the quantity of VOCs to limits
tolerable to humans. If, instead, robots are used in spray booths (as is
beginning to be seen in motor vehicle production), then the traditional
control methods might become more economical. Although incineration of VOC
emissions from ovens is technically feasible, ovens discharge only about 15
percent of the VOC emissions from a coating line. Thus, incineration of
the bake oven exhaust goes only a limited way toward reducing VOC
emissions.
A discussion of industry-specific control techniques follows.
Automobile and Light-Duty Trucks. Electrodeposition of
waterborne coatings (EDP) for the prime coat provides superior corrosion
protection. This report estimates costs for conversion to EDP (for the
prime coat) for SIP compliance. However, it is assumed that new sources
would choose the EDP process even without the NSPS; thus, no incremental
cost is estimated for EDP for NSPS compliance. VOC reduction depends on
the original process and coating material. A change to EDP from a 32
percent solids (68 percent solvent) primer applied by spray, for example,
reduces VOC emissions by 80 percent.
Costs were estimated for two control alternatives for guide coats
and top coats for compliance with SIPs and NSPS: waterborne coatings, and
solvent-borne coatings followed by incineration of the bake oven exhaust.
Metal Furniture. In order to meet the SIP (CTG) limitations,
manufacturers are assumed to use 60 percent solids coating for spray
coating and waterborne coating for dip and flow coating, rather than the 35
percent solids organic solvent-borne coating associated with an
uncontrolled facility. VOC emissions are thereby reduced by 60 to 67
percent. The cost estimates include conversion to waterborne coatings for
20 percent of existing spray plants.
Most new spray plants (80 percent) are expected to comply with
NSPS through use of a high-solids coating. Capital costs for high-solids
coatings are believed to be zero since different equipment is not required.
O&M costs are negative (i.e., a savings is realized) since materials cost
is lower for high solid coatings than for the conventional solvent-borne
coating. The balance of spray plants will use either waterborne coating,
powder coating, or a 60 percent solids coating (SIP complying) followed by
incineration of bake oven emissions. Cost estimates were based on use of
waterborne coating for this remaining 20 percent of the spray plants in
order to simplify the costing. It was assumed that all dip plants would
use electrodeposition of waterborne coatings to comply with NSPS. Cost
estimates for NSPS compliance in flow coating plants were based on 80/20
waterborne coatings (80/20 is the water to solvent ratio). With NSPS
A8.2-5
-------
controls in place, VOC emissions are reduced an additional 30 percent be!
the CTG level.
Major Appliances. Most SIP (CTG) limitations for existing
sources in this industry are equivalent to the NSPS. This report estimat
costs for two alternatives for prime coat emissions control: applicatior
of a high (62 percent) solids coating at a transfer efficiency of 60
percent and application of a waterborne coating by electrodeposition.
These give 70 percent and 94 percent VOC reductions, respectively, and be
meet NSPS and typical SIP requirements. Use of a high-solids coating at
60 percent transfer efficiency was assumed for topcoat emissions control.
Metal coil coating. Since personnel can be isolated from the
coil coating operation, VOC concentration can be high. NSPS compliance
cost estimates were based on the use of thermal incineration with heat
recovery (primary and secondary) and coating rooms for 85 percent of new
sources. This control strategy reduces VOC emissions by 90 percent. It
was assumed that approximately 15 percent of the coating lines would use
waterborne coatings for SIP and NSPS compliance (also resulting in a 90
percent reduction). These control costs were assumed to be zero in EPA
documents. Cost estimates for SIPs requiring 85 percent control were
based on thermal incineration with heat recovery. Multiple zone
incinerators and coating rooms were costed for compliance with the currer
SIPs. VOC emissions are reduced by 64 percent, using these controls.
Costing Methodology
EPA has estimated control costs for various model plants (by s-
and/or type) and control alternatives for each industry in the CTG and N5
documents. The costs and capacity figures were fitted to exponential cos
functions by linear regression of the logarithms. The resulting cost
equations for-capital and O&M were used to estimate total capital
investment and annual O&M costs for each control alternative for each
industry sector, using actual capacity figures and the control technique
assumptions described above. Heat recovery credits were calculated
separately for coil coating. Control costs are shown in Table A8.2.1.
As discussed above, costs are not included for the following
plants: those spray plants that manufacture metal furniture and would
comply with NSPS or SIPs by means of high-solids coatings and those plan
that produce coated metal coil and would comply with NSPS or SIPs by mear
of waterborne coatings.
A8.2-6
-------
o
03 o
in o
v
00
o IN
* o in
o
o
01
CM
en
V]
tn —
J (X 0.
O < M
05 ta3 ^£
EH J —
Z O
o o u
O ° aJ
5" Z Z
cn
£^
en
O
en o
6*
J en w 6< E-
04 frl O « W
Q Z < E<* 0.
Z 0,
j en tn E-
0. r" U
a z a,
0 — — u c/3 s
_: =- a. > a. a
az
e- a. >
w —
— w
W
5"
o
O
_:
<
a; a,
«z<
< M U
wx z
>w
zzu
z<
<
zu
z
AS. 2-7
-------
Chapter A8.3 Dry Cleaning Industry
The dry cleaning industry is a significant source of volatile
organic compounds (VOC), a precursor of oxidants. Since dry cleaning
facilities are concentrated in urban areas where ambient oxidant standards
are likely to be exceeded, there are increasing efforts to regulate this
industry. Revisions of this chapter included adjusting pollution control
costs to 1981 dollars, editing and updating discussion of regulations, and
updating industry data.
Regulations
Although no NSPS has been promulgated for this industry, a NSPS
for perchloroethylene dry cleaning was proposed on November 25, 1980, (45
FR 78174) and a NSPS for petroleum solvent dry cleaning is currently under
development. Both of these regulations would control VOC emissions. The
proposed NSPS for perchloroethylene dry cleaning would limit process wastes
and leaks and require the use of a carbon adsorber or refrigeration
equipment to control emissions from exhausts and vents.
Dry cleaning plants are subject to VOC regulations in SIPs. An
increasing number of states have regulations that limit the VOC emissions
from handling and use of organic solvents. Historically, these regulations
were patterned after Los Angeles' Rule 66 or Appendix B (40 CFR 51, App.
B). Both of these regulations have pounds-per-day and pounds-per-hour
limits, but compliance is achieved if 85 percent control is demonstrated.
In the late 1970's and early 1980's, EPA issued draft and final
control technique documents covering control of volatile organic emissions
from both types of dry cleaning operations as guidance to states for
setting standards for this industry achievable with RACT. States with
ozone non-attainment areas in 1977 were required to revise their SIPs to
include VOC regulations for perchloroethylene dry cleaning facilities by
January 1981. States that were unable to demonstrate attainment for ozone
by the statutory deadline of December 31, 1982, could request extensions
for attainment of the standard. States granted such an extension are
required to submit a further revised SIP including VOC regulations for
petroleum solvent dry cleaning facilities.
In the past, the use of the synthetic solvent, perchloroethylene,
instead of a petroleum solvent, such as Stoddard, was encouraged as a means
of reducing the oxidant problem even when control of the perchloroethylene
was not anticipated. The synthetic solvent was judged to be less reactive
in the atmosphere and thus would tend to reduce photochemical oxidant
formation. However, in 1976 and 1977 EPA released statements (41 FR 5350
and 42 FR 35315) recommending that controls be imposed on perchloroethylene
emissions because (1) even compounds having low reactivity can form
considerable amounts of oxidant under certain atmospheric conditions and
A8.3-1
-------
(2) perch!oroethylene has been reported to have adverse health effects.
Both the health effects and photoreactivity of perchloroethylene are
currently under study.
Industry Characteristics
There are primarily two types of dry cleaning installations tha
release organic-solvent vapors resulting in the formation of photochemica
oxidants in the atmosphere. About 70 percent use synthetic solvents such
as perchloroethylene, and the remainder use petroleum solvents such as
Stoddard.
The trend in dry cleaning operations has been towards increasin
business for "laundromat" facilities and industrial establishments, while
business in the commercial sector (small neighborhood dry cleaning shops)
has declined. The number of facilities predominantly offering dry cleani
services fell from about 28,000 in 1972 to 22,000 in 1977. This 5 percen
annual decline reflected the increased use of synthetic fibers in clothin
which reduced the need for dry cleaning. Because consumer demand for
synthetics has stabilized, we assume that the number of dry cleaning plan
will remain relatively constant in the 1980's.
The dry cleaning plants covered in this chapter are classified
into SIC 7216. Other laundry facilities, which are classified into SIC
7211 (power laundries), 7218 (industrial launderers), and 7213 (linen
supply), also operate some dry cleaning machines. The value of receipts
for SIC 7216 rose only slightly from $1.8 to $1.9 billion between 1972 an
1977.
Pollutants and Sources
In perchloroethylene plants, average solvent losses have been
estimated to be about 10-12 kg of solvent per 100 kg of clothing. Unlike
petroleum plants, where no emission controls are used, many dry cleaning
operations using perchloroethylene solvents have vapor adsorbers to reduc
solvent usage. For adsorber-equipped plants, the solvent losses are
approximately 5 kg per 100 kg of clothing. Other plants are equipped wit
a regenerative filter and a muck cooker. For these facilities, solvent
losses average about 8 kg of solvent per 100 kg of clothing.
Because there is no solvent recovery during the drying cycle nc
from the filter muck, petroleum plants have much higher solvent losses th
synthetic plants. Emissions for petroleum dry cleaners are estimated to
average 23-29 kilograms of solvent per 100 kilograms of materials cleanec
At the present time, very few control systems are known to be operating i
petroleum plants in the U.S.
Control Technology
Historically, the dry cleaning industry has met emission
standards by replacing petroleum solvents with synthetic solvents and usi
equipment that recycles these synthetic solvents. Recycling is encourage
because of the high cost of these solvents.
A8.3-2
-------
Fire-hazards and the lack of economic incentives or air pollution
regulations are the primary reason why carbon adsorbers are not widely used
in the petroleum dry cleaning industry. The low cost of petroleum solvents
in the past has provided little motivation for controlling losses.
The high cost of perchloroethylene solvent has made carbon
adsorption attractive to the synthetic solvent users. Presently about 35
percent of synthetic solvent plants are equipped with adsorption units.
Maintenance, however, is frequently very poor.
Carbon adsorption can be used in perchloroethylene plants to
reduce vented emissions from the washer, dryer, storage tanks, distillation
systems, and chemical separators to a concentration less than 100 ppm. The
application of add-on controls and better house-keeping practices can
reduce annual dry cleaning solvent consumption by an average of 60-70
percent.
Because of the higher capital investment and operating costs
required for emissions controls on petroleum-solvent plants, it is believed
that most new plants will use synthetic solvent and that many of the
petroleum-naphtha solvent plants will convert to synthetic solvent
operations by the mid-1980's. Increasing solvent costs will provide an
incentive for more effective evaporative emission control.
Costing Methodology
Control costs are aggregated in Table A8.3.1. The costing
methodology is largely based on data given in a 1977 draft EPA document but
using the following conditions:
• only industrial and commercial plants will be controlled
(coin-operated plants will not be controlled)
• petroleum solvent plants will convert to other solvents
• compliance will occur in the years 1982 to 1987 by virtue of
Air Quality/SIP and NSPS timing
• thirty-five percent of all perchloroethylene plants are
considered to install carbon adsorption units for reasons of
solvent recovery rather than air regulations.
A8.3-3
-------
o
3>
I
CO
en
33
U1 O
'-O O
in
P» O
in
O "O
33 O U"J
-• O -H
•» vO
-O
r»
~ o
t— o oa •*
^ o in r*
-^ r-
o
00 O
33
O1! O
CO
I
1 o
i o
I1 O
r-l o
03
-O
m o
— O
O O —
•O
c
00
C
1-t
c
53
(U
a
a.
en en r-
C 2 <
a < a
en — -»
« a. en A
> a. a
M 3 en <
a. a 2 -:
z
ta4
^
C^i
O
en
c*
en
0
CJ
en —
S" ^
en
en >-• a
PH en a
X
a
en 5-i
=- CJ
2 <
< a
E en 2
a* a
2 en <
a z -:
2
•J
<
Q
CH
M COSTS
PLANTS
-a c
O >-*
r- Hi
J en M
< M en
3 X
2 M
2
O.
en en e-
r- CJ
a z <
a < o
en — ^.
>— a, en as
> a* a
a 2 en <
a: a z —
2
,J
<
^
o
;-4
1, COSTS
<£
3
Z
Z
*c
-—
•<
ZM
6
AS.3-4
-------
Chapter A8.4 Printing Ink Manufacture
Revision of this chapter was limited to adjusting the pollution
control costs to 1981 dollars and expanding the discussion of applicable
regulations.
Regulations
No NSPS has been promulgated for printing ink manufacture. The
volatile organic compound (VOC) and particulate emission standards in SIPs
apply to this industry. An increasing number of states are including
general emissions limits for photochemically reactive hydrocarbons in their
SIPs. Most of the regulations are patterned after Appendix B (40 CFR 51,
App. B) or after Los Angeles' Rule 66. Although Rule 66 sets emission
limits, the standard can also be met if uncontrolled emissions are reduced
by 85 percent. Appendix B states that the 85 percent reduction is
achievable with RACT. Many states also pattern their general particulate
standards after the suggested RACT process weight tables in Appendix B.
Industry Characteristics
The printing ink manufacturing industry is similar in many
respects to the paint manufacturing industry, although it is considerably
smaller in size. The industry sector described in this chapter is
contained in SIC 2893. Captive shops and their production are part of SIC
27 and are not included in this chapter.
The major components of ink include drying oils, resins, varnish,
shellac, pigments, solvents, and many specialty additives. The three
principal ingredients, vehicles (or varnishes), pigments, and solvents, are
mixed together thoroughly to produce a uniform dispersion of pigments
within the vehicle. The mixing is accomplished using high-speed mixers,
ball mills, three-roll mills, and other types of mills.
Annual printing ink production in the United States now exceeds a
billion pounds. The principal types of printing inks manufactured by the
industry are lithographic, letterpress, gravure, flexographic, and special.
In 1976, the industry was estimated to be composed of about 460 plants with
about 9000 employees involved in production. About 40 percent of the
plants had less than ten employees and about 70 percent less than 20
employees. The historical growth rate of industry sales has been reported
in 1976 as having been about 5 percent per year.
Pollutants and Sources
Varnish or vehicle preparation by heating is the largest source
of emissions from printing ink manufacturing. Air pollutants from printing
ink manufacturing are gaseous organic (hydrocarbons) materials originating
A8.4-1
-------
from the varnishes and organic solvents, and participates from pigment
mixing operations. About 120 pounds of gaseous organics are emitted per
short ton (2000 pounds) of product. About 2 pounds of particulate are
emitted per short ton of pigment dispersed.
Control Technology
Reduction of the gaseous organic emissions from printing ink
formulation by 85 percent, which will meet practically all SIP's, can be
accomolished by thermal combustion, catalytic combustions flame combustic
or adsorption. Incineration of gaseous organic or hydrocarbon emissions
from ink formulating operations using thermal afterburners has proved to
the most effective control method and one that is relatively free of
maintenance problems. Thermal incineration using a direct-fired
afterburner (with heat exchange) achieves control efficiencies of 95
percent, and was considered the preferred method for controlling the
gaseous organic emissions. Catalytic afterburners, although capable of
adequate control, still present some technical operating problems.
Fabric filters (baghouses) are suitable for control of
particulate emissions from pigment mixing. Particulate removal
efficiencies of greater than 95 percent are achieved readily.
Costing Methodology
Estimates of pollution control costs for the printing ink
formulating industry were based on assumed compliance of 230 large plants
in the industry. The model plant for the large-plant category, which
represents about 90 percent of industry production, had an annual
production of 3,750,000 pounds in 1976. The cost of the above technology
for these plants is indicated in Table A8.4.1. Compliance with SIPs was
assumed to occur over the period from before 1970 through 1987.
A8.4-2
-------
o
CT\
1
m
-. o
in
o o f*
I O
I O
o o
o o
CTV O
CO
O O O T
o o cn in
—' :N
0)
'_
3
CO
I
CO O
o o
o o
o o
CO
o
X O
fM O
o o
o o
cr> o
fM O
o o
o o
3
C
03
Ofl
C
C
•H
OH
o
os o
CO
I
o o
o o
o
CO
CO
00 —
O O U1
T O
-< O
O O T
o o —
VO
m
- O
o o
o o
in o
in o
O O
o o
5-
en
O
u -. ..
J a. o7
O < M
as — *:
6* J —
z c
o a M
cj p cj
z o j
O a
5- Z Z
=.0~
O J <
a. F-I 5-
cn
CH
Z
a.
en cn
a z
u <
u
ffi
w a. en a
2; — — > — —
r1 cn w u 3 en <
ax "" z ' '
> u
cn M
r- a.
en *
O CJ
cj
- <
3 z
z z
z <
a. a —
en M M — w < «s
Sen^|z^ g
cn
£•> cn
cn s-1
o z
cj <
a z <
a < a
2 2 s3' ^
C a. > " a. S
— en M y ^ V3 <
— X Z
en
O
cj
3
Z
AS.4-3
-------
-------
Chapter AS.5 Synthetic Fiber (Nylon) Manufacture
Revision of this chapter was limited to adjusting the pollution
control costs to 1981 dollars, editing the discussion of regulations, and
reorganizing the industry description.
Regulations
No NSPS has been promulgated for this industry. General
hydrocarbon standards in SIPs apply to synthetic fiber manufacturing
plants. Most state regulations of hydrocarbon emissions are patterned
after Appendix B (40 CFR 50, App. B) or after Los Angeles Rule 66. Both of
these regulations have pounds-per-day and pounds-per-hour limits, but
compliance is achieved if 85 percent control is demonstrated.
The NSPS underdevelopment for synthetic fiber production plants
will cover only those plants that use an organic solvent in the process.
Production of fibers such as acrylic, modacrylic, cellulose acetate, and
spandex will be included, but not nylon production. In the next edition
of this report, this chapter will be revised to include fibers that will be
covered by the NSPS.
Industry Characteristics
Nylon was probably the first important truly synthetic fiber
produced. It accounted for 26 percent of total synthetic fiber production
in 1976. Nylon fibers have applications in all major fiber use areas,
including carpeting, hosiery, apparel, and tire cord.
The total production of all nylon fibers in 1976 amounted to
about 2,150 million pounds. The estimated plant capacity for 1976 was
2,675 million pounds. Of the 39 plants on line in 1976, 11 plants were
relatively small and had plant capacities of 4.4 million pounds or less.
The average plant capacity for the small plants was 2.6 million pounds per
year. The average plant capacity for the remaining 28 plants was
calculated to be 95 million pounds per year. This average capacity value
was taken to be representative of a model large plant and was used to
estimate emission control costs for nylon fiber manufacture.
Process Description
Melt spinning is used to convert bulk nylon polymer chips into
fiber materials. Polymer chips are melted in a heated screw extruder,
processed in a nitrogen atmosphere, then filtered through a series of metal
gauzes or a layer of graded sand. The filtered molten polymer is then
extruded under pressure at a constant rate through nickel or stainless
steel spinnerets. Extrusion is followed by air cooling. For Nylon 66
fibers, the filaments pass through a steam conditioning tube before
AS.5-1
-------
converging. After the fiber is converged, it is given further treatments
which are dictated by the fiber's intended end use. These treatments
generally include lubrication, drawing, and fiber modification, with the
end product being the finished fiber.
Pollutants and Sources
The source of gaseous emissions from nylon fiber manufacturing
plants is the fiber finishing (drying) operation. Uncontrolled hydrocarb
and oil vapor emissions from nylon fiber production are 7.0 and 15.0 poun
(respectively) per short ton of nylon fiber produced.
Control Technology
Reduction of gaseous organic emissions from nylon fiber
production by 85 percent, which will meet most SIP's, can be readily
accomplished in a direct-fired afterburner. Applicable control methods
include incineration and carbon adsorption. Direct fired afterburners ca
generally achieve 98-99 or more percent reduction of emissions, whereas
carbon adsorption systems can reduce emissions by about 80 to 95 percent.
Because of the greater degree of emission control provided by use'of the
direct fired afterburner, incineration was selected as the control method
for the emissions from nylon fiber manufacturing operations.
Costing Methodology
Pollution control costs for the nylon fiber industry were
estimated using a model plant. The model plant selected was considered
representative of 28 large plants each with an annual capacity for
producing 95 million pounds of nylon fiber. These 28 large plants
accounted for* 99 percent of the plant capacity in the industry.
The estimated costs of control developed on the above basis are
given in Table AS.'S.l. An assumed compliance schedule was used which
distributed compliance over the period from 1970 to 1987.
A8.5-2
-------
• o
O
o o
o o
T O
o o
o o
r- o
•» o
o o
o o
OJ
M
3
O
03
U-J
C
c8
e
s~*
a
r-i
c
M
01
•£j
iw
U
-H
U
CU
iJ
c
c/l
i— ^
i ^S
CM CN
fM O O 0 fN
rr .....
05 — « O O O •-*
1
ON
P-
O O 0 rt
r* fv o o o
2
M
cn
2
J
0-
C
z
r^
r- 2.
cn *—*
M cn
X
a
a.
M
cn cn
6-
Q Z
W <
cn J
« a, cn
> a,
a 3 cn
ex a z
2
C*
a
<
a
a:
a iJ
< <
J E-i
O
AL COSTS
ANTS
£"" --
cn w o-
r- O,
cn < o
O CJ 2
CJ M
•J 5- a.
« ^c cn ^
< 3 1-1 cn
= 2 X
2 <
CU '
1— t
cn cn &»
=1 CJ
a 2 a, a
a 3 cn <
as a z j
j
-------
-------
Chapter A8.6 Lead-Acid Storage Batteries
This chapter has been added to the Cost of Clean Air report
because emissions from lead-acid battery manufacturing facilities present a
significant pollution control problem. Available data indicate that
uncontrolled lead emissions may cause symptoms of lead poisoning to appear
in certain individuals in the vicinity of battery plants. These plants
generally are located near residential areas. The chapter includes cost
estimates of controlling lead-bearing and non-lead bearing particulates for
compliance with SIPs and NSPS.
Industry Description
The lead-acid storage battery manufacturing industry is the
largest single consumer of lead in the United States, accounting for
approximately 62 percent of domestic lead consumption in 1980 (Ref. 6,
p. 33). There were about 190 lead-acid battery plants in 1977. Plants
owned by the six largest companies produced 70 percent of the total output
(Ref. 2, p. 8-1).
Battery plants are generally located in urban areas near outlets
for their products. The larger plants tend to have secondary smelting
facilities and/or lead oxide production facilities; smaller firms tend to
purchase the lead constituents (Ref. 2, p. 3-1).
There are two major types of lead-acid batteries:
(1) starting-lighting-ignition (SLI) batteries used in automobiles, golf
carts, recreational vehicles, and aircraft (SIC 36911) and (2) industrial
storage batteries for low voltage power systems, industrial fork lift
trucks, etc. (SIC 36912). SLI batteries make up 80 percent of the battery
market; 80 percent of SLI batteries are used in automobiles (Ref. 2,
p. 3-6).
Total lead-acid battery production was about 87 million units in
1979 (Ref. 5, p. 109). In 1977, the value of shipments was $1,983 million
(Ref. 7, p. 36 F-12). Throughout the 1970's, the replacement sector
accounted for approximately^ 80 percent of automobile battery production
(Ref. 5, p. 109). Current demand for replacement batteries is dependent
upon automobile sales three to four years ago, automobile sales six to
eight years ago, and extremes, in the weather (Ref. 4, p. M180). This
replacement market is forecast to grow, since owners are keeping their
automobiles longer (Ref. 8).
The decline in new car sales and the recession of the early
1980's have caused uncertainty regarding growth of the lead-acid battery
industry. Between 1968 and 1977 the industry grew at an average rate of
4.9 percent per year (Ref. 2, p. 8-7) but output declined in 1980 and 1981
(Ref. 9).
A8.6-1
-------
Industry sources suggest a three to eight percent growth rate
when the economic downturn ends. Possible growth areas include
recreational vehicles, trucks and commercial vehicles, and electric cars
(if powered by lead-acid batteries (Ref. 8).
According to EPA personnel, new capacity will probably be creat
by expanding the larger existing plants (those with capacities of more th<
6500 batteries per day (Ref. 2, p. 3-8).
Pollutants and Sources (Ref. 2, Chapter 3,4)
The manufacturing of lead-acid batteries has five distinct step;
lead oxide manufacturing, paste mixing, grid casting, the three-process
operation (including plate stacking, element burning, and battery
assembly), and formation.
At approximately 20 percent of the plants there is a sixth
process, lead reclamation, in which scrap lead from defective batteries i:
recycled. Generally, these six processes and their facilities may be
considered independent of one another in that there is not a continuous
flow of materials from one to another.
The major air pollution problem associated with lead-acid batte
manufacture is the emission of particulates, 50 percent of which are
lead-bearing. These particulates are emitted from all but the formation
process. In addition, sulfuric acid mist is emitted during formation. T
manufacture of the new "no maintenance" battery yields the same amount an<
type of pollutants.
Regulations
•MWWP^K^M^B*««MB^-«. ^
SIPs. The various state requirements for particulate control
apply to the lead-acid battery manufacturing industry. Those requirement
are often expressed in terms of allowable emission rates for given proces
weight rates. SIPs may also specify any additional controls needed to me
the lead NAAQS. EPA now requires states to expand their SIPs to regulate
certain specific lead sources, one of which is lead-acid battery plants
producing at least 2,000 batteries per day (40 CFR part 51 subpart E).
State requirements for sulfuric acid emission control also affect lead-ac
battery manufacture.
NSPS. EPA promulgated the first NSPS for sources of lead
pollution ^n~A~pril 16, 1982 (47 FR 16564, 40 CFR 60.370). The proposed
standards regulate the five main lead-emitting operations in a lead-acid
battery plant by setting a lead emissions limit for each operation. Ther
is also a lead emissions limit for "other lead emitting operations." The
regulation covers plants with the design capacity to produce in one day
batteries that would contain, in total, at least 5.9 Mg of lead.
As discussed in the NSPS proposal (45 FR 2790), sulfuric acid
mist from lead-acid battery plants may be regulated in the future when
quantitative data on those emissions are available. Such a NSPS would
A8.6-2
-------
establish sulfuric acid mist as a designated pollutant, and states would
also be required to regulate sulfuric acid mist emissions from existing
lead-acid battery plants.
Control Technology (Ref. 2, Chapter 4)
An estimated 60 percent of the particulate control devices used
by the lead-acid battery industry are baghouses with control efficiencies
ranging from 96 to 99.8 percent; the remaining 40 percent consist of
scrubbers and cyclones with reported efficiencies ranging from 50 to 98
percent.
Most plants vent the stacking, burning, and assembly operations
(the three-process operation) into a common duct prior to cleaning the
gases. Other plants clean the exhaust from paste mixing and the
three-process operation with a common system. Lead oxide production
facilities use mechanical collectors and a baghouse in series to remove the
product lead oxide from the carrier air stream. The baghouse is considered
as both process equipment and air pollution control equipment. The exhaust
gas stream from the lead reclamation process is similar to the grid casting
exhaust gases in that both are characterized by high temperatures and lead
fumes. It is common for these two gas streams to be treated by one control
device, generally a low-energy wet scrubber. Fabric filters are not
presently used to control this stream in any battery plant, but they have
been proven effective in controlling emissions from similar processes in
other industries.
The control technologies for NSPS compliance are impingement
scrubbers for the grid casting and lead reclamation facilities and fabric
filters for the other facilities. NSPS costs are estimated for expansions
of larger (6,500 batteries per day) existing plants. The NSPS cost for
lead oxide manufacturing includes only the incremental cost of a baghouse
with a two to one air to cloth ration relative to one with a three to one
air to cloth ration, which is assumed to be part of the process equipment.
The NSPS costs do not include the costs for impingement scrubbers on the
paste mixing and lead reclamation facilities, which are required for SIP
compliance.
The control technology costed for SIPs includes impingement and
entrainment scrubbers for the paste mixing and lead reclamation processes.
Because of their high process weights the other processes are able to
comply with the typical SIP particulate regulation without control devices
(Ref. 2, p. 8-16). The uncontro^ed formation facility also complies with
SIPs (Ref. 2,-p. 7-9). This report assumes that all SIP particulate
controls were in place by 1978.
Costing Methodology
EPA has estimated costs for the SIP and NSPS controls for various
sized model plants in its Background Information Documents for the proposed
and promulgated NSPS. These cost and capacity figures were fitted to an
exponential cost function by linear regression of the logarithms. The
A8.6-3
-------
resulting cost equations for capital and O&M were employed to generate
total capital investment and annual O&M costs, based on estimated plant
capacities. Control costs are shown in Table A8.6.1.
A8.6-4
-------
o
en
I
03
en
co a
u"i O
03
o o
CO O
CO O
o o
o o
33
CO
CO
a —
r* m
en co
T O O O
en
CD
Tj
OJ
.u
ca
,0
0)
oo
CO
i"rf
o
•LJ
en
•o
iH
O
CO
1
•a
o
1
O
o o
o o
VO O
—« o
o o -o
o o —
o o
o o
o o
o o
o
o
OJ
en
O
CJ ^ ••
en —
-3 cs a.
O < M
E-i J —
2 O
o Q a
CJ CJ
20-
O fi.
E- 2 2
•; «
O 2 <
** Z £
QJ —4
- 2 <
< HI CJ
e-
<
G,
CH CO
2 2
Z 5- c
E- en >•
eo ^^ o
a X
> a
2
r-
a,
HH
en en
g*
'^ 2
U <
en —
-. C, 0
* a 3 o
2
=-i
CJ
<
a
' ?
i <
- "^
en
E-
en
CJ
< -
r^ <
£- 2
2
<
COSTS
S
E->
J 2
< <
H -
M fl4
04
< CJ
'J 2
< en °
zx"
2 14
<
c-
i— i
en
c
Cu
en
w
" a
en r-
J-t CJ
2 <
< a
Oi CO i
s in <
2
en
in
O
0
2
j
O
< —
8- 2
2
<
en
c*
2
<
J
&4
o
2
^"
en —
u
0.
f^
en -T E"
5-1 CJ
Q 2 <
u < a
en M ^
^ ^ ST- ??
a 3 lo < <
2 C
-•
en
03
O
CJ
,j
^
^
2
2
<
~->
Q
r-
A8.6-5
-------
-------
Chapter A9. Forest and Agricultural Products Industries
For the purpose of this report, the Forest and Agricultural
Products Industries are defined as those establishments which process
products grown on the land. Those covered here are:
• Kraft Pulp Industry
• Neautral Sulfite Semichemical Paper Industry
t Grain Elevators
• Feed Mills
• Plywood Veneer
The costs of air pollution control for these categories of
industry are listed in table A9. The industries and more specific details
of controls and costs are discussed in the following sections.
A9-1
-------
\o
(•^ O (^ P^
— — (N
O
cn
i
r» ^ cn
sn — »•
o
cn
i
•*
sa
cn
» o in m
r» m 1/1 —
•v v« m cn m
v •» cn eo m
o
•-O
en w
ii
Q U
O
r- o ^ co on
— or- —
hb "^
o. O
X
« «
rf 2
x O
3 CJ —
S» en
- z s
3 O <
U - -
- &• -
X 3 O
u -J a
< j
o -
j a, oo
f. OS —
en •-
cd < u.
a o
O
h cn
z
• cn O
en U w
>•* ta3
6" «
Gd en Z
- 3
31 Q Z
< Z —
&• M4 ^
TT
*mt
Z*
Z
U
2
e-
en
M
z
m >M
ca
i
en
r^
cn
M«
93
p-
1
a
— 0 nl vO— m
cn ^t ^ — O
rt r\» r*
O '•O cn ff\ ^
*r o co ca CD o
CN o in -* ^* in
*^ in <••! o
rN4 -^ ^
/*^ (^ \o cn <*i in
in O cn cn ^r cn
^ fN — r*
o
r>i rM in co \o *r
*** in en r^ ^a (N
a
2
cn
£- M
OS < 2
u ss > en u
a, u u J >
< a. - -
a, <: u « e
5-
z
a:
en
3
Z
< W < M >• < Z
2 •/! x M -: s- -
ss z u i. - o
en
cn
O
o
en
ec. x
O Ed
j- Ed
e < z
Cd Ot > 05 Cd
0. M Cd - >
< 3. J ^
3. < id - Q
Q. Z O
t> Z O J
i. O w C 2 J <
< en < w » < D
s « (X M — s. 2
^ z a i. a. o z
5- <
a:
Ed
a.
< < < «
a:
a.
U
—• rsi m ^ in
c^ cn cn cn cn
A9-2
-------
Chapter A9.1 Kraft Pulp Industry
Revision of this chapter was limited to adjusting the pollution
control costs to 1981 dollars and editing the discussion of regulations.
Regulations
The NSPS for kraft pulp mills (40 CFR 60.280) was promulgated on
February 23, 1978, and revised in 1978 and 1979. The regulation sets
limits for particulate emissions from recovery furnaces, smelt dissolving
tanks, and lime kilns and opacity limits for recovery furnaces. It also
regulates total reduced sulfur (TRS) emissions from lime kilns, smelt
dissolving tanks, cross recovery furnaces, straight kraft recovery
furnaces, digester systems, brown stock washer systems, multiple effect
evaporator systems, black liquor oxidation systems, and condensate stripper
systems.
Since TRS is not a criteria pollutant, the establishment of NSPS
for TRS required the states (under Section 111 (d) of the Clean Air Act) to
regulate emissions of this "designated" pollutant from existing kraft pulp
mills. EPA provided guidance to the states for establishing these
standards in a March 1979 control technique guideline document. As a
result, states with kraft pulp mills are including TRS limits for the
existing facilities in their regulations.
The general particulate standards in SIPs apply to kraft pulp
mills. Most are patterned after the process weight rates in Appendix B (40
CFR 51, App. B), which were suggested as achievable with RACT. Several
states have regulations covering particulate and TRS emissions from
specific sources at kraft pulp mills. At least one state also regulates
sulfur oxide emissions while another limits organic vapors.
Industry Characteristics
This chapter discusses air pollution control costs for kraft
pulping, the predominate chemical pulping process; chapter 9.2 covers
neutral sulfite semichemical (NSSC) pulping. Wood pulping processes
separate the fiber from other wood constituents and prepare it for further
use in manufacturing paper products. Some pulping methods rely primarily
on mecha'nical processes, others use chemical processes, and others (the
semichemical methods) combine aspects of both mechanical and chemical
pulping.
The kraft pulp industry has a capacity of about 40 million short
tons of pulp per year, with little scheduled capacity growth. In 1979,
there were 121 kraft mills in the U.S., with the majority located in the
South.
A9.1-1
-------
Kraft pulp is used in the production of linerboard, solid-fiber
board, high-strength bags, wrapping paper, high grade white paper,
food-packaging materials, and other products. The kraft pulp industry an
other pulping processes are categorized in SIC 2611.
Pollutants and Sources
Kraft pulping, in simplified terms, consists of seven separate
processes. The digesting liquor in this process flow is a solution of
sodium hydroxide and sodium sulfide. The spent liquor (black liquor) is
concentrated, then sodium sulfate is added to make up for chemical losses
and the liquor is burned in a recovery furnace, producing a smelt of sodi
carbonate and sodium sulfide. The smelt is dissolved in water to form
green liquor, to which is added quicklime to convert the sodium carbonate
back to sodium hydroxide, thus reconstituting the cooking liquor. The
spent lime cake (calcium carbonate) is recalcined in a rotary lime kiln t
produce quicklime (calcium oxide) for recausticizing the green liquor.
Main emission sources in the kraft process are the recovery
furnace, lime kiln, smelt dissolving tank, and the power boilers. The
kraft pulping economics depend upon reclamation of chemicals from the
recovery furnace and lime kiln. Hence, emissions from these processes ar
controlled to minimize losses of chemicals.
Particulates and gasses are emitted from the various sources of
the kraft process. Numerous variables affect the quality and quantity of
emissions from each source of the kraft pulping process. There are sever
sources of emissions in the process and the applicable control technology
and attainable efficiencies of the control methods depend on the quantity
and quality of emissions. The gaseous emissions occur in varying mixture
and are mainly hydrogen sulfide, methyl mercaptan, dimethyl sulfide,
dimethyl disulfide, and some sulfur dioxide. The sulfur compounds are
detectable at a concentration of a few parts per billion. The particulat
emissions are largely sodium sulfate, calcium compounds, and fly ash.
The rates of uncontrolled and controlled emissions of
particulates, total reduced sulfur (TRS), and sulfur dioxide from various
sources of kraft pulping processing are shown in Table A9.1.1.
Most states do not have emission regulations for pulp and paper
making. For this study it has been assumed that all the states would adc
the most stringent current state regulations—those of Oregon and
Washington. Costs for compliance are based on all mills meeting these
regulations. The regulations include the following control provisions:
(1) Total reduced sulfur (TRS) compounds from the recovery
furnace: No more than 1 kg/ADMT (2 Ib/ADT) (1972) to be
reduced to no more than 0,25 kg/ADMT (0.5 Ib/ADT) by 1975.
(2) Noncondensible gases from the digesters and multiple-effect
evaporators: collected and burned in the lime kiln or prov
equivalent.
A9.1-2
-------
Table A9.1.1. Rates af emissions from Kraft process
(In kg/ADMT with Ib/ADT in parentheses) I/
Process
Digester
Washer
Multiple effect evaporator
Recovery furnace
Smelt tank
Lime kiln
Power boiler 2J
Totals
Digester
Washer
Multiple effect evaporator
Recovery furnace
Smelt tank
Lime kiln
Power boiler
*
Totals
Particles
Uncontrol
0.0
(0.0)
0.0
(0.0)
0.0
(0.0)
60.0
(120.0)
7.8
(15.6)
34.0
(68.0)
35.3
(70.6)
137.1
(274.2)
Control!
0.0
(0.0)
0.0
(0.0)
0.0
(0.0)
2.00
(4.00)
0.25
(0.50)
0.50
(1.00)
2.47
(4.94)
5.22
(10.44)
TRS
led
0.72
(1.44)
0.05
(0.10)
0.18
(0.36)
2.95
(5.90)
0.05
(0.10)
0.22
(0.44)
0.0
(0.0)
4.17
(8.34)
ed
Trace
Trace
Trace
0.25
(0.50)
Trace
Trace
0.0
(0.0) '
0.25
(0.50)
Sulfur dioxide
Trace
Trace
Trace
1.2
(2.4)
Trace
Trace
19.7
(39.4)
20.9
(41.8)
Trace
Trace
Trace
1.2
(2.4)
Trace
Trace
10.5
(21.0)
11.7
(23.4)
I/ ADMT = Air-dried metric ton (ADT = Air-dried short ton).
21 Fuel requirement = 3.26 x 1010 joules/ADMT (3.09 x 107 Btu/ADT). Coal
provides 35%, oil 27%, gas 26%, and bark/wood 12% of the energy. Sulfur
content = coal 1.9% and oil 1.8%. Ash content = coal 8.1% and bark/wood
2'9%" A9.1-3
-------
(3) Particulates from the recovery furnace: no more than 2
kg/ADMT (4 Ib/ADT).
(4) Particulates from the lime kiln: no more than 0.5 kg/ADMT
(1 Ib/ADT).
(5) Particulates from smelt tank: no more than 0.25 kg/ADMT
(0.5 Ib/ADT).
(6) Emissions from power boiler will meet the Federal emission
standard.
Industry Costs
The costs reported here were adopted empirically from an Econonr
Impact study published in May, 1977 (EPA-230/3-76-014). Aggregate costs
reported there were adapted using estimated schedules of compliance;
compliance costs for new plants were assumed to be associated largely wit
Kraft mills. The aggregated costs developed on this basis are given in
Table A9.1.2.
A9.1-4
-------
o
«r>
1
CO
en
0 O
0 0
o o
0 O
r-
r-
o
0
o
o
o o
O 0
m
r—
CN
O
0
O
o
O 0
O 0
CN r-
m r-
CO
I
cn
o o
o o
oo i-
o o r*
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
cn
T3
*S- CN
en in
CO CN
CO —I
CN
3
cu
oo
I
Cfv
r»
sn
o o
o o'
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o
CO
Cn
en
•*
CU
1— 1
.a
03
CO
r—
I
o
O O
o o
0 O
O 0
m
CN
m
o o
o o
0
o
o
O CN
O
Z
i-i
en
6-
Z
,j
CU
u
z
M
6^
en
M
X
a
o o
o o
Cu
en
Q
Ed
en
1^
O4 >
M U
w a
CD
o o co
00 —
r-
en E-
z <
< 03
cu en a:
Cu a J
S en < <
M Z J c-i
Z 0
en
LH
en
O
CJ
j
<
3
Z
2
<<
m
o o o o en
o o o a f-i
o
CN
en
S"
en
O
cjcn
J z cu
E- J en en E-
w ew H CJ
cu a z <
< O M < S
cj z cn J ~-
M M a, tn a
•J 5- CU > CU U _3
< ai M a 3 en < <
DMcnccaz-: 5-
z x z o
z a E-
en
e*
en
O
CJ
2
,j
O
J
^
3
Z
Z
«£
05
6"
Z
<£
-J
cu
e^
z
hH
6-
en
X
a
en
O O O O en
o o o o m
TT
^-4
Cu
H-»
en en r->
E- CJ
c z <
M < 03
en — ~v
>"H flti t/3 2S
cu > cu a -
1-1 W 3 en < <
tn cs a z — r-
z O
CM
m
r^
^*
fn
en
e-
en
O
CJ
M
<;
3
Z
Z
j
<
£-t
0
A9.1-5
-------
Chapter A9.2 Neutral Sulfite Semi chemical Paper Industry
Revision of this chapter was limited to adjusting the pollution
control costs to 1981 dollars and editing the discussion of regulations.
Regulations
No NSPS governs this industry. Neutral Sulfite Semichemical
(NSSC) paper mills are subject to sulfur dioxide and particulate emission
standards in SIPs. Most of the limits in SIPs are patterned after
standards suggested in Appendix B (40 CFR 51, App. B) as achievable with
RACT.
Appendix B presents limits for sulfur oxides, expressed as sulfur
dioxide, for several processes of sulfite pulp mills, including blow pits,
washer vents, storage tanks recovery systems, and digesters. The
Appendix B process weight rate limits for particulate emissions from
process industries also apply to these mills. A few states, however, have
set particulate as well as sulfur dioxide standards specifically for
sulfite mills.
Industry Characteristics
Current industry capacity is about 3.95 million dry metric tons
(4.36 million short tons) per year. Most of new capacity is replacement or
expansion capacity due to the high cost of completely new mills. Mills are
currently operating at between 85 and 90 percent of capacity, so the
industry has some marginal capacity to fill limited increases in demand.
Semichemical pulps are produced by digesting pulp wood with
reduced amounts of chemicals, followed by mechanical treatment to complete
the fiber separation. The most prevalent Semichemical pulping process is
the neutral sulfite Semichemical process. In this process, sodium sulfite
in combination with sodium bicarbonate, or ammonium sulfite buffered with
ammonium hydroxide, are used as cooking chemicals. These cooks are
slightly alkaline in contrast to the highly alkaline kraft, and highly or
moderately acidic sulfite cooks. The Semichemical pulping processes are
used for production of high-yield pulps ranging from 60 to 85 percent of
dry wood weight charged to the digestion vessel, and can include kraft and
sulfite processes suitably modified to reduce pulping action in order to
produce higher-than-normal yield pulps.
Semichemical pulps are used in preparing corrugating medium,
coarse wrapping paper, linerboard, hardboard, and roofing felt, as well as
fine grades of paper and other products.
A9.2-1
-------
Pollutants and Sources
Discussions and calculations of air emissions from the neutral
sulfite semichemical (NSSC) process are limited to particulate and sulfur
dioxide. The used cooking liquors are discharged to sewers or in some
cases they are evaporated and cross-recovered with an adjacent kraft mill
or treated in a fluidized-bed system. In this study, fluidized-bed
combustion was assumed for the liquor treatment. Emissions are summarizec
in Table A9.2.1.
Control Technology
For the purposes of this report it was assumed that particulate
emissions from the recovery furnace and power boilers burning coal and
bark/wood, and sulfur dioxide emission from power boilers burning
high-sulfur coal and oil, were subject to control. To meet the particula
emissions standard for recovery furnaces, a control efficiency of at leas'
90 percent is required for the control system. A sodium-based, double
alkali system was assumed for the control of sulfur dioxide from coal- am
oil-burning power boilers.
Control methods for new plants were selected as follows:
Process Pollutant Control Methods
Recovery Furnace
Power Boiler
Particulate
Particulate
Sulfur Dioxide
Electrostatic
Electrostatic
Double alkali
Precipitate
Precipitate
Costs are summarized in Table A9.2.2. Since cost data were taki
from a specific source, rather than developed within the computer model,
new plant costs are included with existing plants.
A9.2-2
-------
Table A9.2.1. Controlled and uncontrolled emissions from various
processes in the NSSC paper industry (in kg per ADMT with
Ib per ADT in parentheses) I/
Process
Particulate Emissions
Sulfur dioxide
emissions
Recovery furnace
Power boiler
Totals
At 1971
control
levels
20.0
(40.0)
35.3
(70.0)
55.3
(110.6)
With
legislated
controls
2.0
(4.0)
2.47
(4.94)
4.47
(8.94)
At 1971
control
levels
0.01
(0.02)
19.7
(39.4)
20.71
(41.42)
With
legislated
controls
0.01
(0.02)
10.5
(21.0)
10.5
(21.0)
_!/ ADMT = Air-dried metric ton (ADT = air-dried short ton).
Source: Atmospheric Emissions from the Pulp and Paper Manufacturing
Industry - Report of NCASI - EPA Cooperative Study Project,
Technical Bulletin No. 69, February 1974.
A9.2-3
-------
3
CO
o
»
1
CO
m
o o
o o
00
o o
o
o
o
o
o
0
o o
0 O
IN
fN
0
03
O 0
o o
0 O
o o
r*
•JS
^
•3
-3
C
U
0)
33
I
o o
o o
o o
o o
o
o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
O O —' Cfl
O o in -H
CO
a
•H
-• J J
C - <
O. PH =-.
*" I-H
cs "" a.
M Z <
en
2
<
a.
r* CO
Z Z
&M -^
S c-
en «
u x
> u
z
M
O O 0 O 0
0 O O O 0
a,
^
en en f<
6- U
C 2 <
w < a
en J ^.
pi a. en as
a, > - M —
M M 3 en < <
en ss Ed z -: r-
z O
00 00
o o o o
en
5-i
en
o
cj en
— z a.
< ^ >M
r« J en eft J«
en M a. r> cj
^ a, c z <
en < C w < co
O cj z en J ^
cj M M o. en ix
J =- — > a, a
— 3*cen— *j32en^a,cj ^
r- <>-
-------
Chapter A9.3 Grain Elevators
This chapter and Chapter A9.4, Feed Mills, discuss participate
emissions control from two stages of the feed and grain industry. The cost
for grain elevator compliance with SIPs and NSPS is estimated in this
chapter.
Industry Characteristics
The grain distribution system effects the transfer of grain from
farm to mill to final user. Grain elevators perform a storage and transfer
function in this system. This chapter covers only grain storage facilities
at distribution sites, not those located in grain or feed mills.
There are two main classifications of grain elevators—country
and terminal. Most country elevators receive grain by truck from nearby
farms for storage or shipment to terminal elevators or processors (mills).
Terminal elevators are generally larger than country elevators and are
located at significant transportation or trade centers. Port terminals
transfer grain to ships for export to foreign countries, whereas inland
terminals transfer grain by truck and rail car to processors and to other
terminals.
Based on Department of Agriculture statistics, we have estimated
that about 9,000 grain elevators with a total capacity of about 6.0 billion
bushels were affected by air pollution control regulations in January 1982.
Country elevators account for 70 percent of capacity, and terminals the
balance. Port terminals represent 15 percent of all terminals with the
remainder being inland terminals.
Country elevator capacity is expected to continue to grow at the
3.5 percent annual rate experienced during the past decade, whereas
terminal capacity will continue to remain relatively constant. Smaller
country elevators are being replaced with larger elevators, which have a
greater throughput. Existing terminals are being expanded to transfer a
larger throughput of grain. This expansion in the number of terminals is
expected to occur at the rate of 1 percent per year.
Grain elevators are classified into SIC 5153, grain wholesale
facilities. In addition to country and terminal elevators, SIC 5153
includes other merchants marketing grain. The Census of Wholesale Trade
reported about 9000 establishments in this SIC with sales of $68.5 billion
in 1977.
Emission Sources and Pollutants
In addition to storage and distribution, grain elevator
operations include the screening, cleaning, and drying of the grain in
A9.3-1
-------
order to prevent spoilage during storage. The major sources of emissions
at a grain storage facility are unloading and loading rail cars, trucks,
and barges; conveying grain within the facility; and screening, cleaning,
and drying.
Most of the air emissions are particulates in the form of grain
kernels, dirt, and dust. The level of emissions depends on the
characteristics of the grain, which include its type, quality, grade, and
moisture content, and the amount of entrained foreign material. Emission
rates are also affected by the method of unloading and the size of the
receiving hopper, the speed of transport on conveyors during tne conveyin'
process, the free fall distance between the loading spout and the receivi
carrier during loading, and the degree of protection from winds during
loading and unloading.
Regulations
NSPS. The NSPS for grain elevators (40 CFR 60.300) was
promulgated August 3, 1978. It regulates both process and fugitive
particulate emissions from truck, barge, and rail car loading and unloadi
stations, grain dryers, and all grain handling operations at grain termin
elevators and grain storage elevators located at feed mills. Exemptions
include grain terminals with storage capacity less than 2.5 million bushe
and grain storage elevators at grain mills with storage capacity less tha
1.0 million bushels. Elevators at feed mills, discussed in Chapter A9.4,
are not covered by this NSPS.
SIPs. Most states set general standards for particulate
emissions from all types of process industries, although some states
specifically address feed milling or grain processing. The emission
standards are expressed in one of four measures:. concentration in air
volume, control efficiency, gas volume, and process weight rate. RACT
standards suggested in Appendix B (40 CFR 51, App. B) are expressed as
emission rate limits for process weight rates.
Control Technology
Particulate emissions from grain handling operations can be
controlled either by eliminating emissions at the source or by collecting
emissions. Techniques that eliminate dust emissions or that retain dust
within the process include enclosed conveyors, covers on bins, tanks, and
hoppers, and maintenance of the system's internal pressure below the
external pressure so that airflow is inward rather than outward from the
openings. Control methods that capture and collect the dust that is
entrained or suspended in the air include cyclones and fabric filters.
These dust collection systems require extensive hooding and aspiration
systems.
In 1972, about 30 percent of country elevators, 40 percent of
inland terminals, and 55 percent of port terminals had dust collection
systems. Most of these were cyclones, although a few terminals used fabr
filters. High efficiency cyclones provide sufficient control for country
A9.3-2
-------
elevators to meet most SIPs. Terminals can comply with SIPs by installing
cyclones on most loading operations and fabric filters on grain handling
and unloading operations. New and modified larger country elevators and
terminals must install fabric filters on all operations to comply with
NSPS.
Costing Methodology
Table A9.3.1 presents a summary of grain elevator control costs.
These total compliance costs for grain elevators were estimated with cost
functions developed from control costs for model plants. There are
separate functions for new and existing small country, large country,
inland terminal, and port terminal elevators. Credit for the grain
recovered with cyclones and fabric filters was estimated with credit
functions derived from product recovery rates and an average grain price.
Costs and credits are functions of million bushels of grain throughput per
year.
Both costs and credits are based on data in the Environmental
Impact Statement for the Grain Elevator NSPS (EPA 450/2-77-OOla).
A9.3-3
-------
o
en
I
CD
at
vo
oo
ys o
at o
r-
at
O VO
G\ O fl O
O O t O
vO • /_•
in rn
vo
(N
aa o
at o
a>
ao o
O
in
CD o oo ^
cu -W en
CN r^ *t
0)
O
U
ca
0)
.—i
0}
C
•H
CO
U
CO
I
en
in o
oo
m
IN
^" o
<-> o
m o
m o
vo
p»
O
vo O
m
o
(N
(N
O O
r- o
vo a
CN O
vo O
at —i
<;
0)
CO
p-
I
o
m o
•w o
•w vo
vo o at
(•» o —
m
oo o
at o •• o •"
VO >» ^
— o
n o
oo
co o
O f
O 00
o o
en
o
en
E-
en
O
U —
en
J si
§5
E- J
SO
o a
u
Gu
z o
o
M en
H z
3 O
J M
J -
O J
CU M
X
1-1 Z
< M
,«*
m
f>4
w4
CO
at
•
••
^M
Cu
w
£
sa
o
A
J
CU
z
M
-J
5-
M
Cu
<£
a
en
s*
"Z
t^
J
Cu
E-i O
Z Z
Cd w
Z E->
H cn
en M
Cd X
> m
z
M
O O
o o
cu
M
en
O
Ed
en
^H
Cu >
M Ed
en c&
^- *T
fN O CM
•wo -w
fN (^|
W &4
&< U
z <
< 03
^J ^^
Cu W X
Cu Cd i-4
3 en < <
Cd Z J =-
z 6
g-t
en
e-
en
O
u
j
<
6«
en M
t» =u
en <
0 (J
U
j
J <
< 3
3 Z
Z Z
z <
o
m
VO
in
en
E-
Z
<
J
Cu
U
Z
M
5- Cu
en M
w en
X
Cd
O
0
CU
hH
en cn
c*
a z
Cd <
en a
M Cu
Cd 3
Z
0 0
— O vo
Cu Cd —
i- cd 3 en < <
en a: a z -: e->
z o
f-
m
en
^i
^^
cn
E-
en
O
CJ
J
<
3
Z
Z
J
E-
O
A9.3-4
-------
Chapter A9.4 Feed Mills
This chapter and Chapter A9.3, Grain Elevators, discuss the
control of participates from two stages of the feed and grain industry.
The cost for feed mill compliance with SIPs is estimated in this chapter.
Industry Characteristics
Feed mills process grain, the primary raw material, and other
constituents into finished livestock feed grains, including corn, oats,
barley, and sorghum grains. Feed mills are distinct from grain mills,
which process food grains such as wheat, rice, and rye. Feed mills receive
grain either directly from farms or from country elevators and grain
terminals, which are discussed in Chapter A9.3.
In 1975 there were about 7000 feed mills with a total production
of 110 million tons per year. Almost 60 percent of mills and almost 40
percent of production are in the north central region of the country. This
region includes the corn belt, the northern plains, and the lake states.
Since 1969, the number of smaller mills (production less than 10 thousand
tons per year) has declined relative to the number of larger mills
(production greater than 25 thousand tons).
Feed mill production grew at an annual rate of 1.1 percent
between 1969 and 1975 and increased to 2.5 percent between 1975 and 1981.
Capacity utilization is estimated to have increased from about 80 percent
in 1975 to an estimated 85 percent in 1981.
Feed mills are classified into SIC 2048, which covers the
manufacturing of prepared feeds for animals and fowls by commercial mills.
Mills operated by livestock and poultry producers are not included in this
SIC code. According to the Census of Manufactures, this industry had 2000
commercial mills with a value of shipments of $8.8 billion in 1977. This
implies that the remaining 5000 mills were operated by livestock and
poultry producers.
Emission Sources and Pollutants
Feed milling involves the receiving, conditioning (drying,
sizing, cleaning), grinding, mixing, and pelleting of the grains, and their
subsequent bagging or bulk loading. The emissions from feed manufacture
are particulates, especially dust.
The greatest source of emissions comes from unloading bulk
ingredients from rail cars and trucks. The other major emission sources
are the grinding and conveying operation and the pellet coolers. Factors
affecting emissions include the type and amount of grain handled, the
degree of drying, the amount of liquid blended into the feed, the type of
A9.4-1
-------
conveying, and the configuration of the receiving pits (whether deep or
shallow).
Regulations
Particulate emissions from feed mills are regulated primarily b;
SIPs. Although most states set general standards for particulate emissio
from all types of process industries, some states specifically address fe
milling or grain processing. The emission standards are expressed in one
of four measures: concentration of air volume, control efficiency, gas
volume, and process weight rate. RACT standards suggested in Appendix B
(40 CFR 51, App. B) are expressed as particulate emission rate limits for
various process weight rates. Most states pattern their SIPs after the
Appendix 8 process weight rates.
No NSPS apply to feed mills. The NSPS for grain elevators (40
CFR 60.300) covers grain handling at grain mills but not at feed mills.
Chapter A9.3 (Grain Elevators) discusses this NSPS.
Control Technology
Cyclones and fabric filters are the principal types of pollutio
control equipment used in feed mills. Cyclones are commonly installed on
pellet coolers and grinding operations for product recovery and dust
control. In 1972, cyclones were installed on pellet coolers in almost 90
percent of feed mills and on grinding operations in about 40 percent of
feed mills. Fabric filters were installed on grinding operations in 15
percent of feed mills. About one third of the mills had installed either
cyclone or fabric filter on receiving and transferring operations.
We assume that cyclones are sufficient controls for plants
existing in 1972 to comply with a typical SIP. Plants beginning operatic
after 1972, however, are expected to install fabric filters on all
operations except pellet coolers to comply with SIPs. Plants existing in
1972 were assumed to be in full compliance by 1978. New plants are
assumed to comply immediately.
Costs
Air pollution control costs are shown in Table A9.4.1.
Compliance costs were estimated with cost functions derived from model
plant cost data. Feed mills were divided into two categories of operatio
processing and handling. Processing includes grinding and pellet coolers
and handling includes receiving, transferring, and shipping. Costs are a
function of feed processing capacity measured in thousands of tons per
year.
Cost functions for cyclones and fabric filters are based on dat
in the 1973 Midwest Research Institute grain and feed study (EPA
450/3-73-003a) and the Environmental Impact Statement for the grain
elevator NSPS (EPA 450/2-77-OOla). Neither the cost functions nor the
resulting cost estimates for this chapter consider the value of products
recovered by the air pollution control.
A9.4-2
-------
en
I
00
on
I- O
l»l O
r-
!N
in
On O
O
on (
m
in
r- o
33
r-
vn
09
oo o
oo
CO
I
en
r-
On
O O
o o
vn
m o
••o o
•-o
1 o
I O
o
CO
(N
o
en
o
•* o — o
on in
•a
OJ
33
1
on
r-
en
o o co o oo
o o -• o -•
r- o
o
' O
1 o
00 O
en o
33
in
en
CO
H
I
o
Z Z
J H4
>J i-3 J
O « <
O4 W 6-1
X * CM
M Z «C
«. M U
PLANTS
s- o
z z
££ w
2 E-1
E- en
en M
U X
^ fc4
z
1— I
Oi
HI
01 0)
Ci
a z
Cd <
en J
W 34
a, >
HH Cd 2
en cc CJ
Z
<
O
en 22
Cu Ci3
02 <
_:
<
p
en
OJ
O
U
en M
E-i CU
en <
O u
CJ
-J <
3 Z
= Z
Z <£
<
Z 04
*£, H4
J 05 en
0. E-<
Q Z
ej Cd <
z en J
M M 04 en
6* 04 > 34
en >—i cd 17 en
M 05 OS Cd Z
U
U
<
03
^.
o:
a
«^
J
J
-------
-------
Chapter A9.5 Plywood Veneer
Revision of this chapter was limited to adjusting the pollution
control costs to 1981 dollars, editing the discussion of industry
characteristics, and revising the discussion of regulations..
Regulations
No NSPS governs this industry. Plywood veneer mills are subject
to particulate and opacity regulations in SIPs.
Most general particulate and opacity standards in SIPs are taken
from Appendix B (40 CFR 51). Oregon is the only state that has particulate
matter and opacity regulations that apply specifically for plywood
manufacture. The opacity regulations cover the condensable organic
compounds from veneer dryers. The noncondensable organic compound
emissions from veneer dryers are not regulated.
Industry Characteristics
It is reported that there are about 500 veneer and plywood mills
in the U.S., 248 of which use softwood, 253 use hardwood, and 27 use a
combination of softwood and hardwood. Hardwood plywood is distinguished
from softwood plywood in that the former is generally used for decorative
purposes and has a face ply of wood from deciduous or broad leaf trees.
Softwood plywood is generally used for construction and structural
purposes, and the veneers are of wood from coniferous or needle bearing
trees. Hardwood and softwood mill locations are based on the availability
of raw materials and product distribution patterns. The largest
concentrations of mills are in Oregon, Washington, and North Carolina.
Pollutants and Sources
Emissions from the manufacturing of plywood include both
particulates and organic compounds. Particulate matter results primarily
from cutting and sanding operations. Veneer dryers emit condensable and
non-condensable organic compounds. The condensable compounds form aerosols
whose plume is regulated by opacity standards.
Control Technology
The control technology costed is incineration of organic compound
emissions from the veneer dryers in a direct fired afterburner (with heat
exchange).'
»
Costing Methodology
Since there were no specific industry data available on either
the applicable technology or costs of controlling the hydrocarbon emissions
A9.5-1
-------
from the plywood veneer industry, the nation-wide cost impact was develop
from the estimated costs of a 100 million square feet of plywood (3/8"
basis) per year model plant and summarized in Table A9.5.1. The costs of
controlling particulates were not considered because there were no data
available and also because of their insignificant impact relative to the
organic compound emissions control costs. The estimated costs presented
the table are based on the use of two sizes of model plants (representing
hard- and softwood operations, each being an average size for that
category) and the application of a cost function reflecting the use of
gas-fired incineration (with heat recovery) of the volatile organic
compounds in the gases from glueing and drying oven operations.
A9.5-2
-------
•» ON O> Ol ON 03
o o •*« ^ooo^ m o o o u"> o
o o o> TOOOT o o o o
PI
00 —i O O O -< 30 O O O 03 <•! o O O
I —I —
01
r-
u-
CD
0)
0)
•a
ON ON o o i —> o
osoooos voooovo ooooo^o
o ^
O 00 ^-OOOT CNOOO1 <*
-H I-
0U °*
QD ..... ....
r- CNOOOCN oooo
OOO —'OOO —i TOOOTVO
OC(N — OOO— OOOO
cn
C
cj _ ..
cn —
j 05 a,
0 < H.
* J*
O Q M
u o
z o J
O 04
H* cn
5- Z Z
3 O HI
2 j j
O J <
i -, EH
£ HI
OX a,
HI Z <
PLANTS
5-t CJ
z z
U H4
S &< 0,
6" cn H,
cn M cn
a x
> u
z
a.
HI
W CO
6"
a z
Ed <
CO —
HI a, cn
> —
M 2 cn
OX — Z
2
CJ
CO
^
Q£
a J
5^
g^
Q
£H
s
1TAL COS1
PLANTS
C^ fi '
cn < cj
O O z
U HI
J EH 0,
< 3 HI cn
D Z X
z z a
z <
a,
cn cn
Q Z
CO «<
cn J
w Q, i-
> C.
a 3 w
a a z
r>
CJ
HI
QJ
a
**_
_;
^
S~
H COSTS
PLANTS
-ad
Z
O HI
H a.
j cn HI
< HI cn
2 X
z u
z
a,
cn cn EI
=-i O
a z <
a < a
cn -3 -^
M a. cn ox
a 2 cn <
s: a 2 -
z
^
<
Q
c*
L COSTS
rtj
3
Z
Z
-3
<;
6-
O
< M 'J
A9.5-3
-------
-------
Chapter A10. Solid Waste Reduction Industries
Except for ocean dumping (which is no longer widely practiced),
the only ultimate disposal for solid wastes is on the land, either in
sanitary landfills or in open dumps. Frequently, however, the volume of
solid waste is reduced by burning, shredding, or composting prior to final
disposal in order to conserve available land disposal areas.
Solid waste reduction contributes to air pollution through
incineration, with or without heat recovery, and by open burning. Air
pollutants emitted to the atmosphere from these practices include
particulates, carbon monoxide, sulfur oxides, nitrogen oxides,
hydrocarbons, fluorocarbons, hydrochloric acid, and odors. The levels of
pollutants emitted are primarily dependent upon the particular waste being
burned. Incinerator emission levels are also dependent upon the
incinerator design and upon the method of operation.
Particulate emissions are the greatest, making them the specific
pollutant subject to controls. There are no current Federal regulations
for odors, hydrochloric acid, or fluorocarbons. Besides air-pollution
laws, federal and state solid waste management regulations have had an
effect on air pollution by reducing open dumps, and thereby reducing open
burning. The relative effect of air-pollution laws versus solid waste
regulatory laws has not been determined.
The costs for control of air pollution from municipal and
industrial incineration operations are shown in summary form in Table
A10-1. These costs represent the application of various control devices to
the different types of incinerators. Details of each category and the
associated costs are given in Chapter A10.1, Municipal Waste, and A10.2,
Industrial, Commercial, and Building Incinerators.
A10-1
-------
oo en
o ->
o
on
i
oo
en
p»
in
e
en
I
ca
en
a
in
-UJ>
z z a 3 z < z
i-5fflM|M
Cd
en z en
< O «* a:
tn
a
to
o
u
J < < O <
< at M z si
« Z 5- Q Z
O « en — w —
Z Z Q 3 Z < 3
3 « Z S3 - e- Z
Z M o Z
a.
<
cj
o o
< <
x
o.
u
o o
< <
A10-2
-------
Chapter A10.1 Municipal Waste
This chapter covers three aspects of municipal waste reduction:
land disposal, traditional incineration, and the newer practice of refuse
incineration in steam-generating (water-wall) incinerators. The
incineration of sewage sludge is not considered here as it is included in
the consideration of Municipal Water Pollution Control in the companion
report. Revision of this chapter was limited to updating the cost
estimates in the tables to 1981 dollars, making minor changes in the
discussions of regulations and industry characteristics for municipal
incineration, and expanding the discussion of regulations for refuse-fired
steam generators.
Land Disposal
Burning in open dumps has been a source of smoke and other
emissions in past decades. Because of this, dumps are discussed here in
terms of regulations and control measures. However, the concept of the
costs of control is complex, because of the difficulty in determining
either the control approach provoked by the prohibition of open burning, or
the fraction of the cost of the control measure attributable to the Clean
Air Act. Previously, the approach to costing the control of burning at
open dumps was to cost the conversion to sanitary landfills. However, it
is judged that such conversions are not totally due to the Clean Air Act
but should be allocated to regulations dealing with public health and waste
disposal. The cost of conversion of open dumps to sanitary landfills for
the period 1970 to 1990 has been estimated to involve a capital investment
on the order of $5 billion and cumulative total annual costs on the order
of $20 billion (both amounts over the twenty-year period). These estimated
costs are not reported here as stated above, although the Clean Air Act
has, by prohibition of open burning, contributed to the elimination of open
dumps.
Regulations. While some state and local air pollution control
agencies had established regulations limiting open burning before the 1970
Clean Air Act, the State Implementation Plans required by the Act
universally included prohibitions on open burning (40 CFR Part 51). Some
types of open burning may still be conducted or may be allowed if a permit
is issued. These include burning in support of crop management, forest
management, petroleum exploration and the flaring of waste gases. The
practice of open burning for reduction of waste volume and for metal
salvage is generally prohibited throughout the country.
Industry Characteristics. Open burning refers to the unconfined
burning of any kind of material or waste, such as leaves, agricultural
waste, domestic waste, etc. Open burning may be intentional, as in the
case of many open burning dumps, agricultural waste burning, leaf burning,
training fires, etc. It may also be accidental, as in the case of forest
fires, coal-refuse fires, structural fires, etc.
A10.1-1
-------
Pollutants and Sources. Emissions from open burning reflect thi
composition of the material burned (volume of paper, plastic, wood, rubbe
etc.), and its physical state (degree of compaction, moisture content,
particulates, carbon monoxide, and hydrocarbons).
Control Technology. There is no control technology that can be
applied to open burning in general. Many common uses of open burning, su<
as burning for silvicultural, agricultural, range, and wildlife managemen
training fires for firefighters; and heating for outdoor workers, are
allowed only under limited conditions of weather, time, and location.
Other frequent sources of open burning, such as forest fires and
coal-refuse pile fires, are accidental, and are extinguished as soon as
possible. The only suitable emission control for open dumps is to
substitute the use of sanitary landfills. For the purposes of this repor
it was assumed that the waste currently going to open dumps would be
diverted to sanitary landfills.
Municipal Incineration
Regulations. New Source Performance Standards for particulate
emissions from incinerators with charging capacities greater than 45.36
metric tons (50 short tons) per day were first promulgated on December 21
1971 (36 FR 24876). Revisions were made in 1974 (39 FR 20790) and 1977 (
FR 37936 and 41424). The NSPS require particulate emissions to be
controlled to 0.18 grams/dry standard cubic meter (0.08 grains/dry standa
cubic foot) corrected to 12 percent C02-
States preparing their SIP's in 1971 were provided with a RACT
for particulate emissions from incinerators (Appendix B of 40 CFR, Part
51). At the time it was promulgated, the RACT stated that the emission o
particulate matter from any incinerator could be limited to grams per
kilogram (0.2 pounds/100 pounds) of refuse charged.
Many states have specific emission regulations for large
incinerators. For existing units the particulate emission standards rang
from 0.1 to 0.3 grains per dry standard cubic foot, although some states
have required that existing incinerators achieve the NSPS.
Industry Characteristics. There are two basic types of municip
incinerators"! The refractory-lined furnace is the most common typ*~ in th
country, the other type is the water-wall, or waste-heat recovery tvpe,
more common in Europe.
Conventional refractory-lined incinerators are usually
continuously fed, large rectangular chambers. The amount of air supplied
to the combustion chamber is greatly in excess of the amount theoretical!,
needed for combustion. The excess air serves as a cooling medium, but it
also causes turbulence and entrains large amounts of particular matter.
The air pollution control equipment must be large enough to handle the
great volumes of air and particulates. With strict air pollution control
requirements, it has become very costly to build adequate air pollution
A10.1-2
-------
control systems for these incinerators. The result has been the
substantial decrease in the popularity of the refractory-lined incinerator
noted above.
Since 1920, 322 municipal-scale incinerators have been built, and
42 modifications have been made to increase the capacity of these
facilities. By 1972, however, there were-only 193 incinerator plants in
operation. The number of facilities decreased to 145 in 1974 and 103 in
1977.
Pollutants and Sources. Municipal incinerators contribute to air
pollution by releasing a variety of pollutants, but primarily particulates,
to the atmosphere. The levels of these pollutant emissions are directly
related to the design and operation of the incinerator, as well as to the
composition of the refuse burned. Particulate limitations generally range
from 80 to 200 grams of particulate per 100 kg (0.08 to 0.2 pounds per 100
pounds) of refuse charged.
Control Technologies. Electrostatic precipitators and wet
scrubbers are used to control particulates. Most commonly, however,
incinerators are closing, rather than upgrading facilities to meet air
regulations. Thirty-nine percent (39%) of the operating incinerators
closed from 1969 to 1974.
s
The Costing Methodology. An estimated population of traditional
municipal incinerators was developed and the costs for application of
electrostatic precipitators applied to this sector of operations. As noted
above, this category of incinerator was considered to decline in numbers
and be replaced by either more modern incinerators discussed below or by
alternative waste disposal such as sanitary landfill.
•
Refuse-Fired Steam Generators
Regulations. NSPS for non-fossil fuel fired boilers are under
development. These standards will include particulate emission limits for
municipal solid waste and refuse-derived fuels. Refuse-fired steam
generators are now governed by SIP regulations established for fuel-burning
installations. The particulate, sulfur dioxide, and nitrogen oxides
standards for refuse-fired generators are generally less stringent than
those for fossil fuel fired boilers.
Industry Characteristics. Domestic, commercial, and industrial
solid wastes contain large quantities of combustible material which can be
used as fuel in a steam generator. In some cases, refuse may be the only
fuel or refuse may be supplemental to fossil fuels. Both cases are covered
in this section. Other waste-to-energy techniques, such as pyrolysis and
small modular incinerators which recover energy in the form of hot water,
are not covered.
The amount of recoverable, dry, combustible material in various
wastes is shown in Table A10.1.1.
A10.1-3
-------
CO
4^
l/>
3
in
3
O
"£j
•—
•2
^
CO
-1-1
£
CO
^
4^
in
1
O
0
£>
-^
„
^
o
rQ
S_
O)
0
0
CO
.
r— 1
,— 1
•
o
<
CO
i—
o
en
en
o
CO
en
(/I
—
o
r~-
>,
r— •
s_
LU
in
c c
o o
^
i— 4->
!E 0
1/1
in
C
C O
O 4->
r— O
^— *f—
•1- i.
<««•• 1 J
^ •*->
CO
in
C C
o o
•r- •»->
i — •(->
•f- S_
2: o
^
_«^
in
(/i
c
C O
O -M
r— U
r-* •!•"
•1- i.
^ 1
in
C C
o o
•t- +J
r— •*->
•i- S_
z o
.C
in
in
C O
O -M
r^ 0
r~~ *r~
•t- i.
S i
E
ns
CO
4-)
in
CO
4*)
in
^0
3
^-v
O CM O O
CO 00 ^^^ ^^
O i— • LO CM
O m cr> y3
co 10 en ^j-
en fH ^r co
O *!f »" •* *-D
t f^ ^^ jn n^
00 *""* l^^ ^^
CO
O O CM CM
00 «5T CO U3
P^» r-H ^f «— H
CO
<• r>.. ua r-»
r^ CM **O *~ ^
UD I-H <^ CO
CM
.— i . If) CO CM
•— ' •— i CM O
I O r—4 ^^ ^_t
CM
CO
in
(O CO
31 \
•+-J
co m
•O 4-> fO
•»- in 3
i— CO t3
o en 3 r—
^^ T3 ^3
3 r— S_
i— i— « 3
t13 1 -^ +J
CL S_ i—
•r- CO +-> 3
O CD i/> O
•r- fO 3 S.
c s -o -i-
3 CO C CT
2! l/l "- 1 «C
CM
LfJ
0
o
en
^»
IT)
0
CO
O
un
^
i-O
Lf)
"31
^j.
CO
Lf)
CO
—<
ID
CM
CO
t—
-------
It is estimated that solid wastes from the largest metropolitan
areas in the U.S. could be converted to supply a small but significant
percentage of the nation's energy needs.
Two principal technologies are used for refuse-fired steam
generators. One is production of steam in a water-wall incinerator,
burning refuse (with or without prior shredding and classification) on
moving grates. The other technology is the preparation of refuse-derived
fuel (RDF), which involves shredding, followed by separation of the wastes
into the light organic (fuel) fraction, and the heavy, principally
inorganic, fraction which may undergo additional processing for recovery of
metals and glass. The RDF is generally suspension-fired in a utility-type
boiler, often as a supplement to fossil fuel.
As of October, 1979, four refuse-fired water-wall incinerators
and five RDF-fired boilers were known to be in operation. At lease four
other RDF-fired systems appeared to be close to operation. Three other
facilities were producing RDF fuel, which was being evaluated as boiler
fuel. It has been estimated that 30-40 such facilities will be committed
by 1982.
Pollutants and Sources. Refuse-fired steam generators emit
principally particulates, sulfur oxides, and nitrogen oxides. Uncontrolled
emissions from coal-fired utility boilers and for municipal incinerators
are shown in Table 10.1.2.
Control Technologies. Electrostatic precipitators are capable of
meeting the particulate standards for existing sources. Most utility
boilers burning supplemental RDF will be equipped with ESP's. The proposed
regulations for new sources will necessitate the installation of fabric
filters. Sulfur oxides are not expected to occur in excess of standards
due to the low sulfur content of solid waste. Nitrogen oxides emissions
are controlled by maintaining the furnace temperature within a range in
which nitrogen oxides do not form in significant amounts.
The Costing Methodology. Costs were estimated empirically.
Costs for pollution control for a typical water-wall incinerator and for a
typical utility boiler burning supplemental RDF are as shown in Table
A10.1.3.
Total estimated costs for the control of emissions from municipal
incinerators are shown in Table A10.1.4. These estimated costs include
both the declining numbers of traditional incinerators 'and the increasing
numbers of steam-generating incinerators.
A10.1-5
-------
t/1
&•
o
4^
fQ
s_
cu
c
u
c
o
4-
. T5
4-J QJ
•^ ^
i— 4-
•*••
4-> C
3 O
•M
^3
O) •*->
s_ s_
••- o
4- J=
1 i/l
(T3 ^™
O OJ
U 0.
= .0
O r—
S-
4- J=
(/I -i—
s_ 2
O
•M "O
U O)
(13 OJ
4- 4-
i/l C
C O
O 4->
•f"
tn cj
(/j «t—
•*•* s~
— 4J
O> OJ
«
-a
CU w
r^ ^J
, — a.
o
w o^
-M -^
c
o c
u •»-
c *^-^*
•^^
•
CM
•
^^
•
o
*"*
O)
r«-
^2
T3
1— •
-a
X
o
c
W
t3
a.
^•^
CO
i— i
^-,1,—
CT^
^.
'
r— i
CO
U—l
r— i
^™ ^
CO
CO
^ —
en
1—4
1 1
•^^
CVl|
r— i
^£
L_J
I—I
**—*
IO
r*-*
^ ~-
CO
-s,^
-•1
3 i/l
0 1-
c ai
•t~ r™ •
£ •«-
3 0
+-> JD
•r—
ai
•a i-
o
i— U
3
a.
^^^
CO
^•^
LO
*
r-H
*n—"»
LO
*
CVJ
^H^r
LO
CM
•
f-H
*^*^
O
,
O • O T3
^j »•"• (J "^^
**N^ (B (/i
3 o a» c
-»-> U JS- O
QQ +J +J
ai
VO J= C 0
O -M 'f- LD
f.^
C S- C
X i- 3 T3
4- .C
O -C i — -U
0 to 3
»— t fO t/l U
^.
- - — _
-^ O) OJ
+-> u u 01
s- s_ c
S- 0) O
r— V> (/I C
•r* T"
O «< OO
^2 ^^
4J 4J (0
>, c c a.
•M ro U
•f- C C C
4-> 0 0 3
3 U U £
i-
-------
Table AID.1.3. Pollution control costs for a typical utility boiler
burning refuse-derived fuel (in 1977 dollars)
Existing sources New sources
Water-wall incinerator: Investment 2,000,000 860,000
O&M 14,000 98,000
RDF/Utility Investment 2,000,000 950,000
O&M 14,0.00 100,000
A10.1-7
-------
o
cj\
i
o
«-* O
r» o
in
O O <^
o o (—
U1 O
in o
O O
o o
ui o
r* in
IN
oa
i
oo
in o
00 o
in
o o
o o
co
m
co
in
cno
oo
o o
o o
in
'fl
cn
OD
m o o o
01
J_l
CO
3
oo
i
y3 O
. .
ooo
O O
. .
oo
o o — •
-<
cc -; a:
E- J —
zo
OQU
z C J
OO.
tn
E-
z
<
6-i
QZ
E-
CJ
<:
en
e*
en
O
cjcn
e-
j z
a,cd
t. en M M 3 en <
cninenflsuzj
CdX Z
> a
Z
<
5-1
O
.
u«i-1Q4ena:
3ZX
zzu
z <
<
=- i
-: en -i
O
=-
<
=-
o
AID. 1-8
-------
Chapter A10.2 Industrial, Commercial, and Building Incinerators
Revision of this chapter was limited to adjusting the pollution
control costs to 1981 dollars and editing the discussion of regulations.
Regulations
The NSPS for incinerators, promulgated on December 23, 1971 (40
CFR 60.50) and revised in 1974, sets flue gas concentration limits for
particulate emissions from incinerators with a charging rate greater than
50 tons per day. Control cost estimates for these large incinerators are
developed in Chapter A10.1. This chapter presents costs only for
intermediate-sized units.
Most SIPs have particulate standards for incinerators. These
standards are expressed in a variety of forms: on a concentration basis or
on the basis of process weight rate, gas volume, or control efficiency.
The limits in many SIPs vary with the capacity size and age of the
incinerator. Some states require that existing larger incinerators meet
the NSPS standard. Appendix B suggest particulate standards achievable
with RACT (40 CFR 51, App. B). Many of the state regulations are patterned
after these limitations, which are based on the weight of refuse charged
per hour.
Industry Characteristics
In 1972, approximately 100,000 on-site incinerators were in use
in this country. These intermediate-sized units are usually associated
with office buildings, large retail stores, and apartment buildings. Of
the over 24 million metric tons (26 million short tons) of solid waste
incinerated annually in the United States, more than one-third is processed
by on-site units that typically process about 81 metric tons (89 short
tons) annually, or approximately 103 kg (228 pounds) per hour. States
bordering the Great Lakes (Minnesota, Ohio, Illinois, Wisconsin, Michigan,
Indiana, New York, and Pennsylvania) account for about 60 percent of the
total number of on-site units in the United States.
There are two types of commercial, building, and industrial
incinerators: single-chamber and multiple-chamber. Single-chamber
incinerators are similar to residential or domestic units and consist of a
refractory-lined chamber with a grate on which the refuse is burned.
Combustion products are formed by contact between under-fire air and waste
on the grate. Additional air (over-fire air) is admitted above the burning
waste to promote complete combustion. Multiple-chamber incinerators employ
a second chamber to which combustion gases from the primary chamber are
directed for further oxidation of combustible gases. Auxiliary burners are
sometimes employed, in the second chamber to increase the combustion
temperature.
A10.2-1
-------
It is estimated that the use of apartment incinerators, which
account for about 6 percent of installations for refuse disposal, will
virtually disappear during the 1976-85 period. The number of industrial
and commercial units should remain stable during that decade because new
installations will primarily be replacements of older units.
Approximately 88 percent of all on-site incinerators are the
multiple-chamber type; emissions from multiple-chamber incinerators are
generally lower than from the single-chamber incinerators. The design
capacity of the incinerator considered in this report is from 23 kg (50
pounds) per hour to 1,800 kg (4,000 pounds) per hour, ana the average
incinerator operates from 3 to 5 hours a day.
Pollutants and Sources
While on-site units emit various products of combustion, only
particulates are released in sufficient quantities to warrant installatio
of controls. Approximate emission factors for single-chamber and
multiple-chamber incinerators of intermediate size are respectively 7.5 a
3.5 kg per metric ton (15 and 7 pounds per short ton) of refuse charged.
Control Technology
Operating conditions (e.g., air supply to the combustion
chamber), refuse composition, and basic incinerator design have a
pronounced effect on the volume and composition of air emissions.
Afterburners and wet scrubbers can be installed to control particulate
emissions and some other combustion products. However, with the shortage
and expense of natural gas and fuel oil, the use of afterburners as
retrofit controls on building incinerators will probably be curtailed.
Furthermore, the newer multiple-chamber units already employ auxiliary
firing techniques which, in effect, fulfill the function of an afterburne
Wet scrubbers will achieve approximately an 80 percent reductio
in particulate emissions. This level of control is sufficient to meet
federal particulate emission standards of 2 kg per metric ton (4 pounds pi
short ton) of refuse charged.
Costing Methodology
The unit investment cost for a wet scrubber required to control
an intermediate size incinerator (approximately 82 metric tons or 90 shor
tons per year) is estimated to be $7,500. Annual operating and maintenan
costs will be about $1,500 per installation.
Control costs are detailed in Table A10.2.1. No costs are show
in the "new plant" category due to the above-mentioned conditions of net
decreasing use of such incinerators.
A10.2-2
-------
05
«,
O
Crt
I
oo
00 O
t—
oo
O O
OD
o
00
c—
in
03
on
O O
co
o\
r- o
*-< o
o o
C2 O
M
0)
C
00
C
•a
09
m o
ao
I
o o
oo
CD
in
iN
en o o o
00
o o
co
o
o o
o o -<
•a
c
CO
03
i-(
u
u
tn
mo
mo
oom
oovn
5
as
r-
r^ooo
2 S
**• a
cu £
en
5-
cn
O
u — ..
U} —
J x cu
O < M
cn -i si
6- J —
SO
ZOJ
OS.
a. M j-
Jz
««<;
5-j
e/ji-ia,
^B->
c-cni-(cd3
cnwenau
MX Z
tnen
zJ
<3«enosus-J
3ZX Z
r-
O
S-
en
£->cn
ene-
02
CJ<
J
SO.
3X
ZW
encn
e-
O
a. Cd
O
E-
en
8-
en
o
U
z
z
AID.2-3
-------
-------
THE COST OF CLEAN WATER
REPORT OF THE ADMINISTRATOR
OF THE
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
TO THE
CONGRESS OF THE UNITED STATES
IN COMPLIANCE WITH
SECTION 516(b) OF PUBLIC LAW 92-500, THE FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION
CONTROL ACT AMENDMENTS OF 1972
-------
-------
CONTENTS
Chapter Page
Wl Introduction and Summary Wl-1
W2 Government Expenditures for Water Pollution Control W2-1
W3 Energy Industries W3-1
W3.1 Coal Mining W3.1-1
W3.2 Oil and Gas Extraction W3.2-1
W3.3 Petroleum Refining Industry W3.3-1
W3.4 Steam Electric Power Generating Industry W3.4-1
W4 Chemicals Industries W4-1
W4.1 Organic Chemicals Industry W4.1-1
W4.2 Inorganic Chemicals W4.2-1
W4.3 Plastics and Synthetics W4.3-1
W4.4 Rubber Manufacturing W4.4-1
W4.5 Soap and Detergent Industry W4.5-1
W4.6 Carbon Black Industry W4.6-1
W4.7 Explosives Industry W4.7-1
W4.8 Pesticides and Agricultural Chemicals ' W4.8-1
W4.9 Fertilizer Manufacturing Industry W4.9-1
W4.10 Phosphorus Chemicals Industry W4.10-1
W4.ll Paint Formulating W4.11-1
W4.12 Printing Ink Formulating W4.12-1
W4.13 Photograph Processing W4.13-1
W4.14 Textiles Mills W4.14-1
W5 Metals Industries W5-1
W5.1 Ore Mining and Dressing W5.1-1
W5.2 Iron and Steel W5.2-1
W5.3 Ferroalloys Industry W5.3-1
W5.4 Bauxite Refining Industry W5.4-1
W5.5 Primary Aluminum Smelting Industry W5.5-1
W5.6 Secondary Aluminum Smelting Industry W5.6-1
W5.7 Electroplating and Metal Finishing Industry W5.7-1
W5.8 Coil Coating W5.8-1
W5.9 Porcelain Enameling .W5.9-1
W6 Mineral-Based Industries ' W6-1
W6.1 Mineral Mining and Processing W6.1-1
W6.2 Glass Manufacturing Industry W6.2-1
W6.3 Insulation Fiberglass W6.3-1
W6.4 Asbestos Manufacturing W6.4-1
W6.5 Cement Industry W6.5-1
W6.6 Paving and Roofing Materials W6.6-1
-------
CONTENTS (Continued)
Chapter Page
W7 Forest Products Industries W7-1
W7.1 Timber Products Processing W7.1-1
W7.2 Timber Products Processing: Wood Furniture and
Fixture Manufacturing W7.2-1
W7.3 Gum and Wood Chemicals W7.3-1
W7.4 Pulp, Paper and Paperboard W7.4-1
W8 Foods and Agricultural Industries W8-1
W8.1 Grain Milling W8.1-1
W8.2 Sugar Processing W8.2-1
W8.3 Canned and Preserved Fruits and Vegetables W8.3-1
W8.4 Canned and Preserved Seafood W8.4-1
W8.5 Dairy Products Processing Industry W8.5-1
W8.6 Feedlots Industry W8.6-1
W8.7 Meat Products Processing W8.7-1
W8.8 Leather Tanning and Finishing Industry W8.8-1
W9 Other Industries W9-1
W9.1 Parmaceutical Manufacturing W9.1-1
W9.2 Hospitals W9.2-1
W10 Nonpoint Sources W10-1
-------
Chapter Wl Introduction and Summary
The Cost of Clean Water Report is written to fulfill the
requirements of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments
(PL92-500, hereafter noted as FWPCA) of 1972. Section 516(b) of the
amendments requires the completion of a detached summary of the costs of
meeting the provisions of that Act.
This report, therefore, provides water pollution control cost
estimates for each industry (or other source category) which incurs high
control costs and/or produces high levels of uncontrolled emissions. The
costs included in this report are those costs which are directly
attributable to control measures (devices, process changes, etc.) and
program costs for research, administration, and enforcement at the federal,
state, and local levels. Sources of water pollution are broken down into
industrial, municipal, and nonpoint source categories.
The costs included in this report are assessments of what will be
required to meet existing technology and water quality standards and to
provide for replacement and expansion of existing facilities and new
facilities. They are not based on surveys of actual industry expenditures
nor projected oulays by federal, state, and local governments to construct
or operate wastewater treatment facilities or non-point source controls.
This report does not attempt to include all costs associated with
the reduction of the pollution of the Nation's Waterways or costs of
various state and local regulations which preceded federal water pollution
control regulations. Thus the costs summarized in this document are
restricted to incremental costs which are over and above any control costs
incurred on the level of control practiced prior to the FWPCA. Incremental
costs were calculated using 1972 as the baseline year. The estimated
direct cost of measures to control water pollution from industrial and
other sources are calculated within this framework, and investment costs
are projected through 1990. All abatement costs in this report are stated
in January 1981 dollars. Where costs are derived relative to another time
period, these costs were updated using the Implicit Price Deflater of the
Gross National Product (Fixed nonresidential investment part).
Estimates of the capital investment and annualized costs
required for implementing the .FWPCA in the year 1981 and 1972-78, 1979-81,
1979-84, and 1981-90 are summarized in Table W1.6. (Annualized costs
include operating and maintenance costs, depreciation of investments, and
interest charges.) Each number in Table W1.6 is repeated within the
appropriate chapter of this report where specific assumptions and
background data are presented and discussed.
Wl-1
-------
The chapter corresponding to each industry is divided into five
sections: Regulations, Industry Characteristics, Pollutants and Sources,
Control Technology, and Cost Methodology. Appendices for each of the
individual chapters are grouped together in a separate volume. The
appendices contain more detailed cost information, descriptions of
regulations, industry data, assumptions, and references. A comprehensive
reference list also appears at the end of this volume. The purpose of tlr
report is to estimate and summarize water pollution control costs for a
very broad range of industries. The report is not intended to provide
detailed discussions of production processes and the complete range of
applicable control techniques.. Interested readers are encouraged to
consult the references for more complete technical descriptions and
evaluations.
Note that this report specifically does not dictate EPA policy
with respect to the application of presently available or projected
technology for the control of effluent quality by an industry or activity,
Simplifying assumptions were required in order to estimate the effect of
EPA Regulations on the industries included. The control technologies, or
mix thereof, which were assumed in order to provide these estimates are
neither specifically required by law nor by EPA; no contrary interpretatit
of the contents of this document should be made.
The remainder of this introduction is presented in two sections
The first section provides an overview of federal water pollution control
requirements and regulations. The second section describes the methodolo*
used in this report to estimate water pollution control costs. These
discussions are presented in this introduction to avoid excessive
repetition within the main body of the report. A thorough reading of the:
sections will enhance the reader's understanding of the individual
chapters.
Federal Water Regulations
EPA promulgates regulations limiting the discharge of pollutant
under Sections 301, 304, 306, 307, and 501 of the FWPCA as amended by the
Clean Water Act of 1977, Pub. L. 95-217 (The "Act"). The Act requires thi
Agency to promulgate water pollution control limitations for industries
discharging to the Nation's waters. The promulgation of these limitation
was intended to occur in phases, beginning with limitations based on the
best practicable control technology currently available (BPT) and later
advancing to the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
Limitations must also be considered for conventional pollutants such as
biochemical oxygen demand based on the best conventional pollutant contro
technology (BCT). New sources are to be regulated under new source
performance standards (NSPS). The Act also requires the Agency to
promulgate regulations limiting the discharge of pollutants by industry t
publicly owned treatment works (POTW). These limitations are known as
pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES) and pretreatment
standards for new sources (PSNS).
Wl-2
-------
In 1976, EPA was sued by several environmental groups for failure
to promulgate toxic pollutant regulations within the time periods specified
in the Act. This lawsuit resulted in a Settlement Agreement (also known as
the NRDC Consent Decree) which sets forth a timetable for promulgation of
regulations controlling the discharge of 65 toxic pollutants and classes of
toxic pollutants from 21 major industries. It also sets forth, in
paragraph 8, bases for an Agency decision not to promulgate regulations for
the various industries or pollutants. The permissible bases for exclusion
are listed in Table Wl.l. A list of industries excluded is included in
Table W1.2. The effect of these exemptions is included in this report.
Management, technical, and legal difficulties precluded EPA from
incorporating the effects of all of the regulatory changes related to the
NRDC Consent Decree and the Clean Water Act. In making a decision whether
to revise estimates of an industry's pollution control costs, EPA
considered the industry's contribution to total pollution control costs and
the availability of supporting documents. The "report status", Table W1.3
provides a summary of the regulatory changes incorporated in the cost
estimates included in this report for the NRDC industries.
Application of the best available technology economically
achievable (BAT) must be attained by July 1, 1984, for toxic pollutants.
BAT must be achieved for nonconventional and non-toxic pollutants within
three years of their establishment or July 1, 1984, whichever is later,
but not later than July 1, 1987.. EPA issued regulations for BAT for some
industries before the NRDC Consent Decree. Some of these regulations were
directed at conventional pollutants, others at toxic pollutants. These BAT
regulations are referred to in the individual chapters as "BAT (old)".
Application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT)
must be attained by July 1, 1984.
Cost Methodology
Cost estimates for each industry are presented in a table
following the corresponding chapter text. To estimate compliance costs the
industry is usually divided into a number of sectors. Sectors are defined
according to production process, control technology, regulations, available
cost data, or any other factors that can influence costs. The cost data
for an individual sector may take one of two forms: "exogenous" total
costs, or cost functions. The cost methodology section in each chapter
indicates the type of cost data used in that chapter.
Exogenous costs are calculated outside the computer model for the
report. The exogenous form is sometimes used because the complexity of the
chapter precludes the use of cost functions alone. In other instances,
these costs are taken from a detailed economic study of the industry
commissioned by the EPA. The use of these studies improves the consistency
and coherency of this report with other EPA publications. Some of these
economic reports may not provide detailed information about control costs.
In these cases the reported costs do not necessarily conform to the
standard format, e.g., new plant costs may not be separately identified,
although costs projected into the future include costs for both new and
Wl-3
-------
Table Wl.l.
Permissible bases for exclusion of toxic pollutants
industry subcategories from regulation If
and
equal or more stringent protection is already provided by
the Agency's guidelines, limitations, and standards under
the Act [8(a)(l)];
except for pretreatment standards, a specific pollutant is
present in the effluent discharge solely as a result of its
presence in intake waters taken from the same body of water
into which it is discharged; [8(a)(ii)];
for pretreatment standards, the specific pollutant is
present in the effluent which is introduced into a POTW
solely as a result of its presence in the point source's
intake water [8(a)(ii)];
a pollutant is not detectable with the use of analytical
methods approved pursuant to 304(h) of the Act, or where
approved methods do not exist, with the use of
state-of-the-art analytical methods [8(a)(iii )];
a pollutant is detectable from only a small number of
sources within a subcategory and the pollutant is uniquely
related to those sources [8(a)(iii)J;
a pollutant is present only in trace amounts and is neither
causing nor likely to cause toxic effects [8(a)(iii)];
the pollutant is present in amounts too small to be
effectively reduced by technologies known to
Administrator [8(a)(iii)];
the pollutant will be effectively controlled by the
technologies upon which other effluent limitations and
guidelines, standards or performance, or pretreatment
standards are based [8(a)(iii)];
the amount and toxicity of each pollutant in the discharge
does not justify developing national regulations in
accordance with the Settlement Agreement schedule
for pretreatment standards, if 95 percent or more of the
dischargers in the industrial category or subcategory
discharge pollutants into publicly owned treatment works and
the pollutants are susceptible to treatment by such
treatment works and do not interfere with, do not pass
through, or are not otherwise incompatible with the
treatment works [8(b)(i)J;
Continued ----
Wl-4
-------
Table Wl.l. (Continued
for pretreatment standards, if the amount and toxicity of
incompatible pollutants discharged to publicly owned
treatment works is so insignificant as not to justify
developing pretreatment standards in accordance with the
schedules in the Agreement [8(b)(ii)].
If Paragraph 8 of the NRDC consent decree.
Wl-5
-------
Table W1.2. Industires excluded from further regulation
under provisions of paragraph 8 in the NRDC Consent Decree
(modified 1979)
CFR part
Industrial category number
Adhesives and sealants 456
Auto and other laundries 444
Carbon black 458
Explosives manufacturing 457
Gum and wood 454
Ink formulation 447
Paint formulation 446
Paving and roofing 443
Photographic equipment and supplies 459
Printing and publishing 448
Rubber processing 428
Soaps and detergents manufacturing If 417
If Exclusion only from those SIC's addressed in the Consent Decree.
Wl-6
-------
a
a>
o
•*>
a
3
01
V
s
at
u
n
.a
I/I
3
ce
c
o
4W
i
u
i.
w
en
•£
3
•W
fD
3
C
Z
U
•4_>
13
03
Wl
O (U
Z >-
— CM, — CMS
COCO CO CO
f! <*^ CM. ^-*
«—» O — « CM
o -« o ^
CM. CM
<& CO T <****
— « t/1 Ch «•
<^ ^ C\J U")
as ce ce a:
U. LL.
*O c^. us ^
— CM O c^J
CO CO CO GO
O O O U)
mm m
CM Ch CM ^-« .
C C
0 0
^3 ^J
IQ en (Q en
o 5 o S
^T U*}
s *
cn
en c
c •*- —
c
U Q.
O)
LU
,
I
'
cn
co
en i
O I
fn
0
CM
1 ;
cc
"^
CO
CO <"")
co ^k
CM *—
CM -— • '
C
o
"3
« cn
a. =
0 0
a. a.
Ol
•a-
H«
4)
(/>
2
o.
t/t t/i
" ^
CO CT* CM
h*. r*» CO
*cr r*-» ^
-. o
i_
CL.
Ol
4^
ra
"a.
o
u
4->
U
LU
,
I
1
CM
CO
LO 1
~ I
^
CM
— 1
LO 1
t
ce
r*.
CM V
co 03
Ol 143
CM
2
c
a
^3
ra en
O 3
a. E
0 0
CL. CL.
^
en
c
«
u
•o
c
to
cn
c
•a
o
z
^~
•W
S
l/l
0)
w-
T3
C
3
O
L4.
I/I
U
*"
§CM
CO
^- cn
CM CM
si
o o
^r CM
*T CM
ce cc
Lk. LU.
if) r*+
O CM
CO CO
o"^
** ^-
^^
c
0
43
10 cn
0 3
§•§
a. a.
J^
s
Wl
U
£
a;
*:
u
C i/i
^ Q_
0
C
t
1
t
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
^^
CO CC^
cn \o
— —
c
o
4_T
ra 01
ii
o a
CL. 0.
LO
*r
^
aj
vi
CL.
I/I
U
"
^^ CM
CO CO
r^« r».
O CM
-^ LO
O 0
CO
CO LO
iS ^
CO (*1
•^ CM
ce ce
u. u.
ia r-^
O CM
CO CO
V 00
CM ~«
CM in
e
o
4_^
«J Ol
a 3
CL =
0 0
CL. CL.
O
CM
gi
^,
3
U
13
3
C
z
^K
s
+.J
T3
C
O
(/I
1)
**
r^ 00
CM r^
O CM
O ^
SO CO
^" ^"
£; °°
co CM
Q£ K
Lk. U_
*r rv
CPl CM
r^ CO
rn P^"
^*
^^
c
0
43
IQ Ol
O 3
CL =
o o
CL. CL.
LO
CM
cn
c
VI
c
Lw
TJ
c
cn
c
c
c
(C
u
OJ
^
J
O
O
Wl-7
-------
•o
ai
3
C
o
o
3
11
Ul
0
Q.
01
at
c
O
^
2
,_
u
4»>
Ul
cn
(U
i-
^v
u
•o
-1
u
u
3 •
S
21
01
"3
W
1
h—
•_
&
at
<->
0
£>
•*J
|
iy»
OJ
CM fi
CO CO
*•* u?
<*) ^*
"*". ^*
So
CM CM
CO CM
r^ r^
a£ of
u*
r*» CO
CsJ m
CO CO
— m
CO r-^
C
o
4-1
iQ Ol
Ul •—
2 3
s-s
cu o.
rO n
m —
•0
c
ISI
"c
u.
,_
V
s
1 1
0 t i O
Z i I Z
m CM CM
CO CO CO
f^ i i! i ! ^ <*?
v^ 1 II II (•"
"•x. *-*.*--»
o o —
CM CO
CM co cn
ro vO in
o t it * i m *w
r-» i ti ii CM m
i ii ii
ce oc QS
IdU Uv l^
CO r*» r*.
m ^-^ *r ^- ^ ^ CM CM
5S 5.5. 5.5. 5.5.
— * •*«^ CM «•* •-* O LO u^
m -N -^ ,— CM O
— -»- m —
c c c c
O O Q O
•*" ^~ *"• *^"
O3 O3 O3 O3
Q.S a.£ Q.e Q.E
oo oo oo oo
_ _ «• o
CM CM f** "^
cn
c
-^*
g
o
u.
^v ^a>
Z X
ui — •— ui cn
0 0 -S
U VI VI '- '=
CU '*" ^Z 0) £
u- a. a. *-
C CO)
0 O l-
z z o
o
z
co
_*
CM
^->
o
ao
CM
co
•"•«
ce
Lt
eo
CM
00
co
CM
CM
0
a.
0
^^
•"
•a
•a
u
•*-*
a
o.
•a
c
Ul
<0
u
i
-C
u
c;
cn
a
i
i
i
i
^p^
CO
m
2-
c
a
*~
cn
o
ip
—
•o
VI
u
u.
u
o>
c
>1
(-O
o
z
CM cn
co co
O O i
cn — i
' — ^*
— 0
cn o
cn if)
m CM i
IT) to 1
as. at
"•
r«^ CO
CM cn --*
CO co cn
-», — . CO
O cn CM
— "" ~
— c
a a
\ o en
Ul Ul •— £i r—
O O 03 •" 3
§•§•51! 1
in
in
Ul
•a
•*—
trt
^
Ou
(/>
a;
cn CM
Ps. CO
— . co
CM ^*
"*«*. "^.
— 2
CM m
cn ^
in u?
r^> <3*
ce ce
u. u.
fn
(/)
u
^J
OJ
c
c
J^
Q.
1
1
1
, ,
1 [
1 1
1 t
^f ^"
CO CO
c
0
*^"
TO cn
Ul •—
S 3
§•§
n
10
cn
C
1
o
u.
T3
C
to
cn
e.
o
Ul
^j
Ul
^_
a.
Ul
Ol
>-
— • CM
co co
J^ ^
(^ ' CM
^ ' — .
O — •
CM
O r-
CO cn
co in
ce ce
>n i-~
— « CM
CO CO
cn m
— —
c
a
"^
m cn
Ul •—
O 3
0. =
o S
•~o
•o
cn
c
^^
c
UJ
c
Ol
u
o
Cv
Ul Ul
O) OJ
^ >•
— CM CM
00 CO CO
o co a
o — —
o — —
00 S
cn o O
^r CM CM
••^ m ^n
ce ce ce
V£) >-« f~-
O CM C.J
CO CO CO
— cn an
— • CM CM
CM.O O
VI
CO
o
a.
o
i— i
Ul *-• Ul
O 3 O
a. = a.
o o o
0 —
•a
.
1
a.
•0
ex.
"3
a.
Ul
D O
^ Z
O CM
co co
v cn
\ ' — -
S —
CO O
CM cn
CO CM
CO CM
^2 m
a ce
m r^
O CM
CO CO
cn r^
o —
c
o
4-f
Wl-8
-------
U1
3
4V
<0
a
a.
c
o
u
Ol
Ol
Si
Ol
•o
Ol
—I
Ol
c
Ol
en —•
r~* CO
4?
CM 00 CM CM
10 CO
C£ 01
en CM en —-
r^ CO r*. CO
O CO O —
O
<_)
01
3
Ol
a.
,— 10 — i
4V i_
o
S 4V
— IO
•o "3
Ol Ol
•o 01
3 U
•«- o
4V Q.
Ol O
u
4V C
o "*°
01 C
4V O
4= U
4V a
I/I Ol
Ol L-
01 -^-r-
u) 01
01-a
>- 3
- c
i. o 1/1
ex a. 01
a. 01 4V
Q u g
01 t/i •<—
"3 !c in
•O w 4,
Ol
O
•a u
u
•o 01
3 —
O CO
w en
01 •
4V CM
01 >
W «
3 TJ
Ol
Ol m
J3 Ol
O U
= -r-
•a
>> o
u z
4V s
c a.
•»- UJ
•§>,
U 1.
— O
T3 4V
C 10
3
: cn
I Ol
Wl-9
-------
existing plants. Similarly, the source document may not use the same
breakdown of annual costs or the same interest rate as is normally used it
the existing computer model. Nevertheless, the overall costs and timing <
the costs are reported as developed in the designated source document.
Costs in most chapter sectors are generated from cost equations
that express control costs as a function of plant capacity. (Larger plan-
usually benefit from economies of scale.) In most cases future cost
estimates are based on the assumption of continued application of current
technologies. Capital and operating and maintenance costs are calculated
separately. The computer program computes total industry costs by applyi
the cost functions to industry plant data, taking into account compliance
schedules estimated by the chapter author. The cost functions, which are
based on engineering model plant costs, are expressed in a standard
exponential form: Cost - AX , where X is a measure of capacity. O&M cos-
are adjusted according to estimates of capacity utilization percentages.
Industry plant data include the plant population for a base year,
historical growth rates, and expected future growth rates. Compliance
information is simply the percentage of the plant population that complie<
with a regulation in each past year and estimates of the percentage that
will comply in each future year. These estimates are based on the
compliance date specified in the pertinent regulation, allowing for lead
time required to construct and install the control technology required.
New plants are assumed to comply upon construction.
To calculate the annual cost of capital, the computer program
uses the stated life of the control equipment and an interest rate of ten
percent. It is understood that other systems of depreciation are used,
that other interest rates are sometimes applicable, that "opportunity
costs" for other uses of capital are not taken into account, and that tax
write-offs are commonly applied to control equipment. The ten percent
interest rate is used as a "compromise" value which is intended to reflec
an average value of the highly varied individual cases.
The computer program also calculates the cost of replacing
control equipment at the end of its useful life. These costs are assumed
to be some fraction of the original cost of equipment as certain elements
such as the foundations, do not need to be replaced.
The program excludes costs associated with water pollution
control that would have been incurred without the inducement of federal
regulations. It does this by excluding from the plant population a
precompliance fraction that is provided by the chapter author. This
fraction represents plants that either can comply with the applicable
regulation without installing controls or plants that installed controls
even in the absence of regulations.
Wastewater treatment costs estimated in this report do not
reflect any actions taken by industrial plants to decrease overall
wastewater discharge after promulgation of regulations. Consequently, thi
cost estimates may be overstated. While it is beyond the scope of this
report to account for this type of overestimate, data collected by the
Wl-10
-------
Bureau of Census indicate that the amount of water which is discharged by
industry is decreasing. This finding implies that industry may be
instituting water conservation measures.
Tables W1.4 and W1.5 reveal wastewater discharge data collected
by the Bureau of Census for 1973 and 1978. The intake and discharge status
of the industry when the Clean Water Act was passed is represented by 1973
data, while the data which are representative of intake and discharge
status after the issuance of BPT regulations and permits are shown for the
year 1978.
Table W1.4 indicates that gross water intake and total water
discharged declined from 1973 to 1978, by 14 percent and 17 percent
respectively. The sources of wastewater by last use are shown on Table
W1.5. This table indicates that only two source categories have
experienced an increase in water discharge since 1973.
The data collected by the Bureau of Census imply that BPT costs
may be overstated due to decreases in the discharge of contact cooling
water (water that comes into direct contact with raw material, intermediate
product, waste product or finished product), which EPA regulations
generally control. However, the amount of the potential overstatement of
costs is unknown, since the data collected by the Bureau of Census does not
delineate between contact and non-contact cooling water.
The cost methodology differs from that followed in the August,
1979 report in that it:
(1) includes estimates of replacement costs,
(2) does not assume that any fraction of industry was controlling
emissions to the level set by New Source Performance Standards
before the promulgation of these standards.
Wl-11
-------
Table W1.4. Wastewater intake and discharge summary
1973
1978
% Chang
Establishments Reporting
Water Intake of 20
Million Gallons
Gross Water Intake
(Billion Gallons)
Gross Water Intake Per
Establishment
(Billion Gallons)
Total Water Discharged
(Billion Gallons)
Water Discharged Per
Establishment
(Billion Gallons)
Treated Wastewater
Discharged
(Billion Gallons)
Untreated Wastewater
Discharged
(Billion Gallons)
10,668
15,024
1.41
6,156
7,987
9,605
12,992
1.35
4,709
6,973
-10
-14
-4
14,144
1.33
11,682
1.22
-17
-8
-8
-13
Source: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census, "1977 Census
of Manufactures; Water Use in Manufacturing." MC77-SR-8 (Augu;
1981).
Wl-12
-------
,
f**>
•o
0)
cn
SM
T5
-C *—»
c
(13 03 C
3 0
co -i-
<^ p^ f«—
o en *•—
no
g
"
3
oo
•
to
f— t
3
cu
1—
f~i
ra
I—
j-
cu
o
o3
•a
OJ
0)
O>
^—
o
CQ
1_
(O
•M
•r—
C
ra
en
c
•f~
t/1
d
(U
tl3
c
o
o
00
CD
C
•f—
r—
O
o
l/l
I/)
(U
o
o
^
a.
"O
OJ
CD
S_
.C
*-H CTi CO
t— too*— t cxjco-t- ^TVOCSJ
-h +
ro co t-O r*x LO co O oo ro
co uo -4* ^r co LO co ^o **o
r— * CM -h C\J C\J -J-
**O CO CO CT^ C^ CO CO f^** CO
•— I CO CM i— * CO CO OOCMO
•—• f*1** ro ^r ^~ o^ uo CM <^o
AMA * •» | MAM
ro r— * «— ^ t^Q 1,0 CTv r*** CM
I 1
•
o r"** f") cr* en o cr> "^o oo
O^ P*** «™H C^ *~^ CO CO C^ O"^
^^ ^^ OO *"H c^j f-H ^^ ^^ *^*
M M | M M | M M |
CM CM — 1 r- 1 CO CO
**o en j P""» ^*. co ^f ^r CM CM
l_O c J 1 ^^ f*T^ ^^ (— ^ ^J" OO Lf^i
r*H p^« 1 ^f en en eD >~^ vo ^r
^o ^f 1 *~^ r^» *sO «~i ^f *"i CM
1 1 .— I f— 1 1
u u o
c c c
O) O) O)
i. i. S-
O) T3 CU 0)
M— CU 4- *+-
O) -r- (T3 -i- ••-
+j a CD a i a
H5COOO S-COOO P**. 4-* r^ r*^ i — r^* t —
i-cTicn ccncn ocncn
H- *-H r— t Z3 r— 4 r-H | r— 1 i — t
C
a>
^^
^^
cu
4^
3
• M
cn
c
Z
4->
O
fl
H-
3
C
Z
<4«
o
01
3
C
f T
1
cn
r— t
™
M
c/1
1/1
(U
0)
1 % ,
<4- f-H
O CO
en
3 »"™i
fQ
d) 4~^
^. W
3 3
CD cn
3
(J
s- co
OJ 1
= Q£
= 00
O 1
O r-.
^_ ^
o s:
^J
c =
ai •
-S a;
s- s_
* 3
(^ ^^
l«U ^^
CD O
^*i (X)
C^.
• 3
OO C
• (O
3 S
01
o
^
3
0
oo
Wl-13
-------
vo
(N
I en
S "
rr 03
CO !N
I -a
en —
o
o
w
3 2
o
—< (N
03 CO
I m
en (N
00
at
o
oa in
p» n
I fn
o in
r-
CA
O
O
-> in
CD \a
Oi
CN
2
-------
in
o
en
CO
ia m I-H
o 03 T
o
en
I
CD
en
o m *r (N
O — i oo o in
en O — < m TT
I •* va o en
*H »H
03
en
in
en
o
°_
3
X
EH
Z
O
O —
en
Z CS
*r
C3
1
en
r~
en
•—4
^O mo
oo o in m
fN m -H
in -H
CD
i~
r*»
*>o
—I VO (N 00 03
m m in *-« ^
m rvi o c^ in
tN vc in o\ m
in T oo 03 p^
fn in *•* ^-*
o
; a
EH
en
M
a r-
a ^
en
O
i
en
r-
on
03
03
CO
r~
I
CN
o on
in en
—i in
CN
m
m
en
O
o
z
Z —
< oo
I
IN
03
m v^ m
CN ^H en
03 in o
\s ^o en
—i
Z
o
CO
e-
z
2 <
en
3
a
z
M ~
CdwO. E-
J z en
o M as u
CO
>• U Z EH
at z O z
EH M C/1 M 2 C3 <
en z < EH 3 z J
3 M O U Cd M O.
Q £ < — Z
z •« « o « oe
M J SH OS Cu H
en
EH
UJ
O
o o
uo
a. o z
. EH
2 3
3 2
Wl-15
-------
P- CO
IN —i
— O
1*1 00
o -i
IH < CO E-i
u z u u w
z a 5 h-IP
Cu C3
* £ Eb
CO U Z
6-1 < cn co os
Z J Ed Ed Ed Ed
Ed S3 > a N E-i
o « a cj
z z z M
.
< en
2 to
6-
Ed
r
><
OS
E-i
CO
Q
Z ^ Z Cn CJ X O
Ed cn-cnu £zzz
= WJCJC E-QcO
c^
H 04 OSo: CJCdCLCbCuO. O,
Cd -HPVI <^ »rin vop-ooeno-H IN m T
a. . . • • .
3 -Z 33 333333 3 3 3
Wl-16
a:
Ed
o
-HIN m rrin vo p~ ao cn o —< IN
33 3 33 333333 3
-------
oo T •» o r» o
o *»• M o en M (N r-
o
en
I
o 10 vo o aa
en fN
^ •••* 00 O tN ^O O *™ * P1" ^
tN^^O^O -V O — * ^O *T
-H ^ (N -H CN
fN ^g* r*
o ••* o% ^* r*» \o r*>
fn^vo^^^ in o o o in
mr-ooas^ ^ o o o <^
in <*i oj CT\ ^ r*
T m —
f* CM
COSTS
1979-84
*J
<
z
2 *^
< CO
f
a\
r-
^
-H
CD
r^
i
fM
r-
cr\
ODO^OVO o^— ar\ o ^o in co
co (M n p- r* *-* (N
^r O r*
f-^ *-*
vn r* r* co »-* r* ^r
crx^ystNCTN cooo o rn
f-Cd« ZMe-zz
MzenJ tS3a.,
C£
c
z
< I-
en MztnJ as 3 o. < w w
3 ZM JW>.
-------
en
cn
O
ce j
. cn X.
~ Q iZ
•» Z HI
o ->-«
cn
oo
cn
r> *r
en
O
cn
i
in m CM
r- o •-*
o
x
£•«
z
o
o —
cn
z a:
O <
£ c- -3
a o o
cn J Q
33 O ^*
1 O, 09
4 OS — I
a: w
U 6- a.
z <0
z cn
z
cn o
U HI
V
00
1
cn
r—
cn
*-«
z
u
r
t>
cn
td
Z
h-t ^^
O3
1
an
r>
I
CN
cn CN
09 IN
cn %£
CN en
m o> m
p» -« 09
O <"* O ^"
cn
o
r* in
m CD
oo
m \
cc
c^
oo
03
CN
09 CTv
o in
03
(-1
o
o
VO
r-
in at f^* en i
in r> ~* ^ •
o
CN
ao
O Cf>
CN TT
in r~ ^ ^r
en oo CN oo
O
o
— O
-------
in en
r- m
X in
o
a\
I
—
CD
ft
•» o
o n vo
en
m
en
CO
I
en
co
I
en
in —
eft (N
— " eo
vo
co
o
en
6-
U5
M
tn
O
O
i O
• co
o
o
eo
I
en
eo
I
en
-< eo r»
[N
S as s s J < z
M 3 D o = 6-1 1-1
&•• fc* O cu O
E-
a:
en
a
z
C
O a tn a.
a: u o >J <
o, cs o < a,
3 3 U
04 6" w ^
U M
a z
s cs
en
E-
en
o
u
EH Ci.
u a. J <
= J «c =
CJ 3 f* Z
Cu O Z
o:
CL
CJ
r- r~ (— p-
333 S
a,
333
Wl-19
-------
o
e*
I
99
in
in
01
cn
VO
O
O
i—
03 ys co -T
en •«• co en i
« »* n cn
o —
o co r1
cn f^>
CO
cn
^ co cn cn f*> r»
va co cn cn CN m
CO O CN —I O VO
CN c*i ^r co in —•
IN in ^r CN m r-
IN in
!^j
O
3:
CH
Z
J O
< o —
3 U3
3 Z =tt
fr; O <
3 E- J
CJ 30
i-i L: Q
o: j
CJ O —
< CL CO
Cn
ji a: -H
Ed
a 5- cu
0 <0
CM "" cn
z
cnc
Ed HI
_ w J
^r
X
1
cn
r*.
cn
r^
5-
z
Cd
2
g*
cn
Cd
^
z
HI ^M
09
1
cn
r-
cn
IN en
CO O
•» o
— . CD
^" CN
cn IA
• «
^ fi
> ^* O
^ eft f*^
r~ o *» P» •«
CN r* T cr» in
CN in o r*«
r^ ri in ^
CO
I
Ul
en
O
u
3
Z
Z —
< CO
I
r-
m
en
o
^* rsj t
o ^ i
CO CN
t tn in
O OS
•V CO
«* CO
r*i en vn ^*
-* ^ O OJ
CO
in
m
in
•9
ro
O O CO CN
r- va o en
.-« in m *^ co
in CN en *f *H
tn r
in
CN
I
CN
09
CO
in cj^ o en o in
o m
CN -• TT
—• CO
f- O
o
CO «
I
CN
cr\ in o
00 CN CN O
cn en CN r*i O
r*i CN en n
CO
O
— o
o o
O m •-* O
CO O "-O C33
CO
en
OS
en
C
z
05 CS Cfl
j 5 S
c-t u] 4 03
S cn <
M CD r-
a
Cd
W
u
Q
O
cn M
3 <
a £«
EH
Z
Ed
£
cn
>< cn o cn
££ J Z £«3
ri -3 M J
cn M cnxco^>a
S cn < o: Q a. i
a
z
o
a
o
Cd
C
z
CO Hi
E-i Z
CJ Z
3 <
Q S-
i*
cn
01
C
o
a Ed o o a. cd
— O
ucn
6-
O4
rt CN n
CO 09 CO
23 3
CO
2
CO CO CO CO
S 3 3 3
Cd ^-1 CN
a* . .
< CO CO
U 33
CO CO
3 3
CD CO CD 03
2223
Wl-20
-------
o
cn
I
IX
cn
^o -v o
o in *a
LI
CN
co
o
in
CO
p
o
a.
O
rj ~
cn
'•n z as
w o <
6- 3 O
cn J Q
Q O -• cn
Z a, eo W
M cn >
Bi -i Z
n so o
rf (Tl —I
co
i
0-1 CN
CN r— en
CN CN
CM
in
cn
oo
CO
I
Z
co \o m
CN *H ^
—t CN fl
01 O
CO
I
r-
cn
tn
tn
O
O
3
Z
Z -t
< co
1
•» cn
O "H
03
< b CO < Z
S "^ = o
CJ
Oi
cn
Q
Z
cn
cn
6-
cn
O
CJ
E-
u
u <
< f<
2 • M ^ J
rf Ch OJ 3 3
= £ O 6- Z
O4 = O Z
E- <
a:
u —
a.
<
cu
<
5
cn
2
Wl-21
-------
-------
Chapter W2 Government Expenditures for Water ^Dilution Control
Introduction
Government funds for water pollution cont ol are spent for three
major purposes:
• To conduct programs of monitoring, enf rcement, technical
assistance, grant assistance, and rese rch,
• To abate pollution created at governme :-owned facilities, and
• To treat wastewater at municipal treat ant facilities.
Generally, states have primary responsibi ity for monitoring and
enforcement, with financial and other assistance pr /ided by the federal
government. Research is conducted primarily by the federal government, and
treatment of municipal wastewater is the responsibi ity of local and state
governments, with major financial assistance from t 2 federal and state
governments.
Federal and State Pollution Control Expenditures
Summary. Federal and state government ex
pollution control are summarized in Table W2.1 for
1990. Actual incremental expenditures, in 1981 do!
1972 through 1981. Projections are shown for 1982
pollution control expenditures are detailed for aba
monitoring, and research and development. Federal
program costs and expenditures by other federal age
Definitions. Abatement is any direct act
emission of pollutants at federal installations. R
is a governmental activity that is indirect in the
that others take action to reduce pollutant emissic
monitoring includes monitoring point discharges, te
pollution, developing and reviewing standards, issu
enforcing existing standards. Research and develop
the purpose of finding and demonstrating new and be
techniques.
Federal Program Costs. Federal pollution
responsibilities, exercised primarily through the U
Protection Agency (EPA), encompass a broad range of
particularly since enactment of the Federal Water P
Amendments of 1972 and 1977. Compliance is encoura
other types of assistance, and it is required throu
anditures for water
alendar years 1972 to
ars, are reported for
hrough 1990. Federal
ament, regulation and
-------
Assistance Programs. The EPA conducts several assistance
programs, including grants for wastewater treatment facilities, grants fo
regional water quality planning program development, technical assistance
and manpower development.
The construction grants program for wastewater treatment
facilities is by far the largest federal pollution control assistance
program. The level of assistance under this program has gradually
increased since the first permanent federal pollution control legislation
was enacted in 1956. A variety of projects are eligible for funding,
including treatment plants and interceptor sewers. Federal, state, and
local government expenditures for wastewater treatment facilities are
discussed in this chapter under Municipal Pollution Control Expenditures
and are not included in the expenditures shown in Table W2.1.
The EPA also provides program grants to assist the state,
interstate, and regional agencies in the expansion and improvement of a
variety of activities essential to the control of water pollution. These
activities include water quality planning and standards setting,
surveillance, enforcement, issuance of permits, executive management, anc
administration of the construction grants program. The level of assistar
varies from one activity to another, as well as from year to year.
Technical assistance is another program receiving major EPA
attention. Many pollution problems are too complex for states,
communities, and industries to handle alone. The EPA offers assistance •
such cases by providing services ranging from technical advice and
consultation to extensive, long-term field and laboratory studies. With-
the limits of available resources, this assistance is provided on reques-
primarily to the states and municipalities.
Federal expenditures for assistance programs related to planni
technical assistance, and manpower development are included in the
regulation and monitoring category in Table W2.1.
Regulatory Programs. To facilitate enforcement of the many ne\
pollution control requirements, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act
Amendments of 1972 and 1977 replaced former enforcement authorities with
new authorities and provided a new regulatory scheme based largely on ttr
imposition of specific requirements through a system of permits termed t
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). Permit conditii
and other requirements of the Act are enforceable through EPA compliance
orders and civil suits. Violators are subject to penalties. A state ma;
assume this responsibility if it meets certain requirements, including t
capability and authority to modify, suspend, or revoke a permit, and it
the powers and procedures necessary for criminal penalties, injunctive
relief, and other enforcement mechanisms.
The Act also required federal agencies to comply with federal,
state, interstate, and local pollution control and abatement requirement
to the same extent as any person must comply. The EPA's role stems from
the Act and is amplified in Executive Order 11752. This role also inclui
W2-2
-------
Table W2.1. Federal and state government incremental water
pollution control expenditures (historical and projected
costs in millions of 1981 dollars)
Federal Expenditures _!/
Year Abatement
Regulation
and
monitoring
Research
and
development
Federal
total
State
expenditures
Total
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
137
242
325
393
355
365
383
386
279
236
236
236
236
236
236
236
236
236
236
Total 5,225
154
186
228
226
213
195
230
264
340
293
293
293
293
293
293
293
293
293
293
4,966
66
117
132
114
118
120
129
134
99
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
2,239
357
545
685
733
686
680
742
784
718
650
650
650
650
650
650
650
650
650
650
12,430
215
233
220
214
275
323
292
241
232
231
231
231
231
231
231
231
231
231
231
4,555
572
778
905
947
961
1,003
1,034
1,025
950
881
881
881
881
881
881
881
881
881
881
16,985
\J Excludes construction grant costs which are included in the municipal
cost section and state program grant costs which are included in the
state totals.
Source: 1972-1981 data are from Rutledge, Gary L., "Pollution Abatement
and Control Expenditures in Constant and Current Dollars,
1972-1981," Survey of Current Business, February 1983.
Projection for 1982-1990 assume a continuation of the 1981 levels
of expenditures. Historical costs for 1972-1981 and projected
costs for 1982 were adjusted by inflation factors to obtain costs
in 1981 dollars. For updated water pollution control
expenditures, refer to the February 1984 Survey of Current
Business, "Pollution Abatement and Control Expenditures,
1972-1982," by Gary L. Rutledge.
W2-3
-------
reviewing the compliance of federal facilities with applicable standards,
providing guidance to the federal agencies for implementing provisions of
the Order, coordinating the compliance actions of federal agencies with
state and local agencies, and furnishing technical advice on waste
treatment technology.
State Program Costs. Although the federal government has taken
increasing responsibility in dealing with water pollution, the states
continue to bear the major share of the responsibility. States inherently
have broad powers to deal with water pollution, and these powers, together
with delegated federal authorities, place the states in a strong position
to regulate all sources of pollution. State powers and responsibilities
under the Act are exercised through a broad range of activities, including
• Preparation of an annual strategy and program report that
describes the interim goals to be achieved during the year,
the state resources to be assigned in meeting the goals, and
the method of assigning resources.
• Development of basin water quality management plans, as
required by Section 303(e) of the 1972 Act. These plans are
designed to be the central management tools of the states in
administering their water quality programs.
• Review of areawide waste treatment management plans called fo
by Section 208 and prepared by local agencies.
• Administration of the construction grants program, including
the responsibility for assigning priorities to the projects
eligible for federal financial assistance. It is intended
that certain federal responsibilities, such as review of plan
and specifications, be transferred to the states as they are
able to assume them. Some states provide funds to assist
communities in constructing waste treatment works. Primary
responsibility for monitoring municipal treatment plants to
see that they operate correctly also rests with the states.
• Planning and implemention of programs for control of nonpoint
sources of pollution.
• Administration of the NPDES permit program. Some states have
assumed, and others are in the process of assuming this
responsibility. States that have assumed responsibility for
this program have concurrently assumed extensive enforcement
responsibilities associated with permit compliance.
• Shared responsibility, with the federal government, for
enforcement.
• Establishment and implementation of water quality standards.
Under the 1972 Act, such standards are extended to intrastate
as well as interstate, waters.
W2-4
-------
• Monitoring and surveillance functions to identify and assess
existing and potential water pollution problems, and also to
measure the effectiveness of the permit and construction
grants program.
Municipal Pollution Control Expenditures
Introduction. The 1972 amendments to the Clean Water Act
established technology objectives and water quality objectives for
controlling pollution from municipal sources. The objectives were restated
and clarified by the 1977 amendments to the Act. The technology objectives
require that all publicly owned wastewater treatment works be upgraded to
secondary treatment levels by 1977 and best practicable wastewater
treatment levels by 1983. Currently, secondary treatment (85 percent
removal of organic and suspended solids waste loads, with the plant
effluent quality not to exceed 30 mg/1 for both BODr and suspended solids,
and pH between 6.0 and 9.0) is considered equivalent to best practicable
treatment. In addition, publicly owned treatment works must control their
waste discharge as necessary to meet water quality standards by 1983.
These standards are based on achieving a level of water quality that will
provide for the protection and propagation of fish, shellfish, and
wildlife, and will provide for recreation in and on the water. This
section reports the costs associated with meeting these dual objectives in
Table W2.2, with the exception of those costs incurred in the treatment and
control of stormwaters.
Defining and Measuring Need. The 1982 Needs Survey, a joint
State/EPA activity, conducted in compliance with Sections 205(a) and
516(b)(2) of the Act, requested that municipal treatment authorities and
the U.S. EPA estimate the expenditures required to meet existing technology
and water quality standards and to provide for replacement or expansion of
facilities as necessary to serve the population projected to 2000. Thus, a
"need" consists of the resources associated with the upgrading,
replacement, expansion, or construction of treatment facilities which
federal, state, and local governments consider to be necessary, based upon
the federal standards, or more stringent state standards.
Details of the Needs Survey may be found in a separate report,
"1982 Needs Survey—Cost Estimates for Construction of Publicly-Owned
Wastewater Treatment Facilities," EPA-430-9-82-009, December 31, 1982.
Defining Cost. The estimate of municipal costs is based on an
assessment of the expenditures that will be required to meet existing
technology and water quality standards and to provide for replacement or
expansion of wastewater treatment facilities. It is not an estimate of
projected outlays by federal, state, and local governments to construct or
operate these facilities. During the period 1971 through 1982, federal
outlays or construction grants amounted to roughly $30 billion. Assuming a
state cost share of 25 percent would'bring total outlays to $40 billion.
W2-5
-------
Table W2.2. Total municipal expenditures for water pollution
control I/ (historical and projected costs in
millions of 1981 dollars)
Year
Capital
expenditures 2/
Operation and
maintenance
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991-2000
6,258
6,774
7,476
7,709
8,192
7,828
9,114
9,084
8,198
6,539
5,936
5,936
5,936
5,936
5,936
5,936
5,936
5,936
5,936
59,360
2,193
2,459
2,657
2,719
3,031
3,384
3,670
3,875
4,099
4,492
4,640
4,891
5,143
5,394
5,645
5,897
6,148
6,399
6,651
80,330
Total
189,962
163,717
_!/ Expenditures apply to wastewater treatment facilities and sewer
systems, but do not include costs incurred for stormwater control
systems. '
2J Capital expenditures include funds from federal construction grants
and matching funds from state and local governments.
Sources: 1972-1981: Rutledge, Gary L., "Pollution Abatement and Control
Expenditures in Constant and Current Dollars," 1972-81, "Survey
of Current Business," February 1983 (current dollars were
converted to 1981 dollars for Table 2.2).
1982-2000: Capital expenditure projections are based on needs 0'
$112.79 billion in 1981 dollars and an assumption of uniform
annual expenditures. The needs are based on the estimate of
$118.35 billion in 1982 dollars, as given in U.S. EPA, 1982 Need'
Survey - Cost Estimates for Construction of Publicly-owned
Wastewater Treatment Facilities, December 31, 1982, p. 6.
Operation and Maintenance (O&M) cost projections are based on
extrapolation of 1972-1981 data by least squares linear
regression. Although some of the capital expenditures will be
for new facilities to replace obsolete existing facilities and
O&M costs would not be expected to increase for such new
facilities, this condition has existed in the past. Therefore,
annual increases in O&M costs according to historical trends are
expected.
W2-6
-------
Not all costs reported herein are proper!;
standards created under the authority of P.L. 92-5CK
attributable to those standards are incremental. Or
associated with upgrading from an existing level of
level of treatment necessary to meet technology and
objectives are properly attributable to the standan
replacement of facilities built prior to 1972 which
different level of treatment, the cost associated w
treatment than would otherwise have been achieved ir
1972, and the cost associated with a higher level o-
necessary to meet the standards should be excluded •
attributed to meeting standards. However, since Se<
assessment of the costs of "carrying out the provis
the construction grant program is an integral part <
range of costs attributed to that program are repor
Actual capital expenditures and operation
in 1981 dollars, are reported in Table W2.2 for 197;
Projections are given for 1982 to 2000.
Categories of Need. The joint State/EPA i
constructing publicly owned treatment works needed •
of the Act are divided into six major categories wh
1982 Needs Survey. All six categories are briefly <
Category I. Secondary Treatment. This C£
costs which facilities incur to achieve secondary
regardless of the treatment levels required at the :
sewers are also included in this category. Incremet
levels beyond secondary treatment were reported in (
Costs for systems designed to serve indiv
reported in Category I. For purposes of the Survey
wastewater treatment technology (BPWTT)" and second;
considered synonymous.
Category IIA. Advanced Secondary Treatme-
costs which are incurred to achieve advanced second,
are reported for those facilities that must achieve
requirement generally exists when water quality stai
of standard pollutants at levels higher than 85 pen
than 95 percent removal, or 10/10.
Category IIB. Advanced"Treatment (AT).
those incurred in Category IIA are reported for fac'
advanced levels of treatment. This requirement gem
water quality standards require removal of such pol
ammonia, nitrates, or organic and other substances.
requirement exists where removal requirements for cc
exceed 95 percent.
attributable to the
The costs
y those costs
reatment to a higher
ater quality
. Thus, costs for
o not require a
h the lower level of
facilities built after
treatment than is
om the costs
ion 516(b) directs
ns of the Act," and
the Act, the entire
d herein.
nd maintenance costs,
through 1981.
timates of the cost of
meet the 1983 goals
h are outlined in the
scribed below.
egory includes the
vels of treatment,
cility site. Outfall
al costs for treatment
tegories IIA and IIB.
ual residences are
"best practicable
y treatment were
(AST). Incremental
y levels of treatment
nese levels. This
ards require removal
nt or 30/30, but less
cremental costs above
ities which require
ally exists where
tants as phosphorus,
In addition, this
ventional pollutants
W2-7
-------
Category IIIA. Correction of Infiltration/Flow. These costs a
for correction of sewer system infiltration/inflow problems. Costs are
also reported for preliminary sewer analysis and a detailed sewer system
evaluation survey.
Category IIIB. Major Rehabilitation of Sewers. Requirements f
replacement and/or major rehabilitation of existing sewage collection
systems are reported in this category. Costs are to be reported if
corrective actions are necessary to maintain the total integrity of the
system. Major rehabilitation is considered extensive repair of existing
sewers beyond the scope of normal maintenance programs, e.g. where sewers
are collapsing or are structurally unsound.
Category IVA. New Collector Sewers. This category consists of
the costs of constructing new collection systems in existing communities,
and appurtenances designed to correct violations caused by raw discharges
The cost of protecting public health from such things as malfunctioning
septic tanks is also included.
Category IVB. New Interceptor Sewers. Included in this catego
are costs for new interceptor sewers and transmission pumping costs
necessary for bulk transport of wastewaters from collector sewer systems
treatment facilities.
Category V. Control of Combined Sewer Overflow (CSO). Costs
reported for this category are to prevent periodic bypassing of untreatec
wastes from combined sewers to an extent violating water quality standarc
or effluent limitations. This*category does not include treatment and/or
control of stormwaters in separate storm and drainage systems, nor costs
for flood control or drainage improvement.
Category VI. Control of Stormwater Runoff. Costs in this
category are for abating pollution in urbanized areas from stormwater
runoff channeled through sewers and other conveyances used only for such
runoff. The costs of abating pollution from stormwaters channeled throuc
combined sewers that also carry sewage are included in Category V.
Category VI was added so the survey would provide an estimate of all
eligible facility costs, as explicitly required by P.L. 93-243.
The estimates were reported in January 1982 dollars, and the
present population was defined as the U.S. population as estimated by the
1980 Census. The future population was projected for the year 2000 by th
Bureau of Economic Analysis.
Results of the Survey. The results of the 1982 Needs Survey ar
presented in Table W2.3 in aggregate national totals, by category. Varic
subtotals are presented to give an indication of needs versus priorities.
State-by-state data for the same categories may be found in the
aforementioned separate report. '
Assessment of Backlog. An addition to the Needs Survey in 1976
was the assessment of need for present populations (the backlog of need).
W2-8
-------
Table W2.3. Summary table of national estimates for construction
of publicly-owned wastewater treatment facilities
(billions of 1981 dollars)
Needs category
I (Secondary Treatment)
IIA Advanced Secondary Levels
I IB Advanced Treatment Levels
IIIA (Infiltration/Inflow)
1 1 IB (Replacement/Rehabilitation)
IVA (New Collector Sewers)
IVB (New Interceptor Sewers)
V (Combined Sewer Overflows)
Total Treatment (I, II)
Total I, II, IIIA and IVB
Total I-V
2000 EPA
assessment
29.67
4.64
.83
2.44
4.47
19.69
16.99
34.06
35.14
54.57
112.79
Backlog
estimate
19.18
3.10
.50
2.44
4.47
15.98
8.51
34.06
22.79
33.74
88.25
Source: U.S. EPA 1982 Needs Survey - Cost Estimates for Construction of
Publicly-Owned Wastewater Treament Facilities, December 31, 1982
p. 6.
W2-9
-------
This assessment was retained in 1982r and the needs for the present
population, Categories I-V, are estimated to be $92.60 billion. Note the
because combined sewer systems are no longer built, Category V needs are
exclusively backlog needs.
The costs reported for the backlog are sufficient only for the
facilities necessary to serve the 1980 population. They do not include e
costs for the reserve capacity which would be required by the Act to be
included in these facilities for population growth beyond 1980. They als
exclude estimates for treatment and sewers that were not necessary in 19£
but are projected to be necessary for populations in the year 2000.
Aggregate Costs
The aggregate costs reported in Table W2.4 include the followir
components:
t Federal and state program expenditures as listed in Table
W2.1, which are taken as operating costs
• Municipal expenditures as listed in Table W2.2, divided
between Capital Investment (including construction grants) c
O&M costs as shown in that table.
W2-10
-------
^O p» vo r-l
OOOOO ^ OOOOO (N OOOOO ^ (N
ooooo
z
01
01
z
01
H
z
ji
»
r* (1*
^
a 2
a
z
5-
u
ci
C-i
Ci2
i
r
'«*.
ai :n
^ z
03 cn
— 0,
03
••
cn
Q
o
^ ••
r- <
O =
T^
<£
03
03
O 03
O c-
_ Z
*c — •
r" a*
^
s. -J
< z
« «
^ 1Q C«
< - C
2 X
Z —
z
tf£
01
a.
01 &•
z «
— M
tn s
2 W
< r
j^ a! ~
< Ol O3
a 2 a z
a cn cn
2 - -
03
03
O
32
j
C
< —
r" *C
O «
c- 2
2
<
CO
2
-J
a.
CJ
Z
M« vrt
va a*
—* ^2
X
™
cn
—
w
z
CO
2
<
^
r- O.
<;
M 3
^
Z
5
j3
3J
»•
CJ
2*
i.
^^
01 CO
^ z
cn (jo
— . 2.
o
^
^J
i—
m*
o.
^;
O
^
< _I
S <
? Z
Z
01
03
W2-11
-------
-------
Chapter W3. Energy Industries
For the purpose of this report, the broad category "Energy
Industries" was defined to include those industries that gather, transfer,
process, and deliver energy to the ultimate user. These include:
• Coal Mining
• Oil and Gas Extraction
0 Petroleum Refining
• Steam-Electric Power Generation
Costs for the reduction of water pollution for these industries
are summarized in Table W3. These costs and other data are repeated below
in the appropriate sections together with the assumptions specific to the
industry and other details.
W3-1
-------
in
o
vo m
o oo
o
en
i
O in » CN m
o -« oo o in m
en o ••* m ^ en
i -« \e o <*i o
— «• CN
00
ON
j,
^
IX
U
Z
u
•
en
en
O
U
O
a:
E-
z
o
u
z
H*
£
MM
J
o
a*
£
Ct]
1*
<
s
03
U
M
OS
^ fl 0 09
f1* O O O\ ^O
oo o ^1*1 r*
*y fM c^ —4 r*
GO in ^ \o
i
Cft
-* t^»
ca ^
as *^
dj
MM &*
u z
HCd
2
fr*
—4 CO ^« or-—*
oa Ji ^r o O ^
CM *«o \f\ en c^
i/> ^ 09 09 r*
<"1 I/1! ^** i— •
«-*
-^ rn ^ t/1 r^
(N fN ^- ^ i/l
03 f*l tj% PM CM
r^ oo un O oo
CN **o \& on ^
-N (N I/)
ISI
o
i
(N
— in -•
n m
03
r*
I
•» o
CN —
ao —
as rn
o 1*1
in
in
'.O 03
-o o
03
a*
03
01
as
a
r*
in
1*1 r- as
co a «r
os
6-
en
3
a
Z
en
&» 5«
z o z z
«cn«2O< cd
z-> a:
en
O
U
cj O
cj O
a. o z
C" <
<
CJ
— (N
m ro
o.
232 2
wa-a
-------
Chapter W3.1 Coal Mining
Regulations
Regulations affecting this industry were revised under the
provisions of the NRDC Consent Decree. EPA promulgated BPT, BAT, and NSPS
in November 1982 for the coal mining industry. However, revision of this
chapter was limited to adjusting pollution control costs to 1981 dollars.
The effect of any changes in the regulations affecting the coal mining
industry is not reflected in the text of the chapter or the cost estimates
included in Table W3.1.1. The cost estimates represent the impact of BPT
regulations promulgated and BAT and NSPS regulations proposed in 1975.
Industry Characteristics
Control costs are based on the assumption that industry capacity
will grow from its 1976 level of 735 million metric tons (820 million short
tons) to 920 million metric tons (1.03 billion short tons).
Pollutants and Sources
The disruption of the earth's surface by mining operations causes
chemical and physical modifications that often adversely affect both
surface- and ground-water resources. The major causes of concern are
sedimentation from disturbed areas and acid mine drainage discharges.
Although coal mining activities exist in numerous states, acid
mine drainage is a more critical problem in the eastern coal fields.
Because of limited coal production, variations in mining practices, lack of
precipitation, abundance of limestone, high natural alkalinity of surface
water, and scarcity of acid-forming materials in some coal producing areas,
the distribution of acid mine drainage varies markedly from state to state
and within the states. While significant areas of disturbed land may be
identified in most states, the estimated costs of abating acid mine water
pollution developed for this report are based on the treatment of water
from active operations, assuming compliance with all promulgated (BPT) and
proposed (BAT, NSPS) regulation.
Costing Methodology
Bituminous and Lignite Coal Control Costs. Mine water must be
pumped out to allow mining to continue.This technique is also used to
prevent aquifers from being polluted by metals in solution, COD, and acid
formation (although flooding the mine may also prevent acid formation). To
develop costs for BPT, BAT, and NSPS compliance, "Economic Document" model
plants and costs were used for BPT and NSPS compliance levels. For BAT
compliance costs, neutralization equipment, chemicals, and distribution
piping and pumps remained the same but the settling pond was doubled in
size and cost, and limited amounts of flocculation agents were added. To
W3.1-1
-------
determine costs for BPT and BAT level compliance, production for 1976,
1982, and 1986 was split into Targe, medium, and small model mines. It w<
assumed that all mines will require treatment at least for suspended soli<
and pH.
Anthracite Coal Control Costs. Anthracite coal is showing a lo
term decreasing production trend. Control costs were estimated using modi
facility costs as in the previous section. In estimating mine pumpout
treatment costs it was assumed that 42 percent of yearly production is
surface mined and 10 percent is deep mined (the remainder is assumed to t>
comb, bank, and auger mined). Because the production rate of anthracite
decreasing, it was assumed that treatment facilities equivalent to 6.4
million metric tons (7 million short tons) per year capacity would be
required to install water treatment facilities.
This methodology has overstated costs in that many cleaning
plants are at the "mine mouth", and mine pumpout is often used as process
water in the cleaning plant (the effluent then needs treatment only once)
The resulting estimated costs of compliance are listed in Table
W3.1.1.
W3.1-2
-------
<*i in C* o o
.....
o m CN o o
•-« o o o co
..... •
c* ^o o o —i
co
Sfl
w< o ^"
in ui 03 o o
co -4 *£
*r —i CN
co
o
c~-
oo
t^
Ch
r— i-Hm
vo .-4 o o o
co
.
co
O — * co
— » -«aa33iaz
x acncn
a.
<
cj
O
cj
J
z
z
W3.1-3
-------
Chapter W3.2 Oil and Gas Extraction
Regulations
Proposed regulations for NSPS, BAT, and pretreatment for the
industry covered in this chapter were revoked. In addition, existing BPT
standards have been revoked for some subcategories. The Agency is
developing guidelines for NSPS and investigating the need for BAT
requirements. Because of the uncertainty regarding future pollution
abatement requirements this chapter has not been updated. The costs shown
are for the BPT requirements.
Industry Characteristics
The extraction of gas and oil through the use of conventional
wells, the subject of this chapter, constitutes all of the commercial
activity in SIC category 1311 since the other activities (producing oil
from oil sands and oil shale) are at the present time only in the research
and development stage in the United States. The extraction of oil and gas
consists of the production from wells onshore and offshore. The largest
number of wells are onshore or in coastal waters. Most of the far-and
near-offshore platforms are located in the Gulf of Mexico off the coast of
Louisiana. The offshore wells beyond the historic state limit, in what is
known as the Outer Continental Shelf (or Far Offshore) Waters are under
Federal jurisdiction. Wells in Offshore waters inside the State limit are
classified as being in Near Offshore Waters. The bayous and estuaries of
Louisiana and Texas are known as Coastal Waters. In the Coastal Waters,
things are complicated because water from a well onshore may discharge its
formation water to a nearby bayou or a platform built out in the water may
pipe its formation water onshore for treatment followed by dumping or
injection. The onshore wells can be subdivided into stripper wells, wells
with beneficial use of formation water, and other nonstripper wells.
Stripper wells are those that produce 10 barrels of oil per day or less.
Wells that produce water that is sufficiently low in salinity that it can
be used for agricultural or livestock watering purposes constitute the
beneficial use category. The balance of the onshore wells in the United
States can be categorized as other nonstripper onshore wells. The
pollution regulations discussed below are grouped by these categories.
The interrelation of gas and oil production is complex. When oil
and gas are found together, the usual case, the gas is spoken of as being
associated gas. Gas from wells having no oil production is called
nonassociated gas. However, the nonassociated gas has a high content of
vapors of petroleum liquids; before the natural gas is put into the
pipeline, these vapors are condensed and sold as natural gas liquids.
(This activity is discussed in the section of the Clean Air Report on
W3.2-1
-------
Natural Gas Processing). Some oil wells have so little associated gas the
it is not economical to bring this gas to a pipeline.
Gas wells have been included for the offshore region since these
data were readily available and the costs of the proposed regulations are
high. Nonassociated gas wells onshore have been ignored in this study as
well as in the EPA studies done previously since the pollution problems
involved are minor.
Pollutants and Control Technology
The chief pollutant from the operation of oil and gas wells
onshore is the brine that is produced with the oil and gas. (In certain
areas of the West, the water is low in salts and is acceptable for wateri
stock.) There are a number of ways to handle brine produced onshore. It
can be stored in a pit and allowed to evaporate, or it can be reinjected
beneath the surface. The last is by far the most common disposal
technique.
Although the salts in the brine are nonpolluting when added to
ocean water, the oil dispensed in the brine is a potential pollutant. Th'
oil-laden water can be treated with coalescents and dissolved air flotati'
equipment to lower the oil content to an acceptable level before discharg
to the ocean. If complete elimination of oil discharge is desired,
injections into underground strata can be used, although this is expensiv
especially if the well is in deep water. In the regions close to shore,
is also possible to send the water ashore by pipeline for treatment
followed by dumping, reinjection, or by evaporation from a pit area.
One way to increase the total amount of oil that is recovered i
to inject water into the formation, a process known as water flooding.
Very frequently, the production water is reinjected. Since this is an
economic use of the water and is not related to the pollution abatement
that is obtained as an incidental by-product, the cost of reinjection for
purposes of secondary recovery is not included in this report.
Another source of pollution is oil from drill cuttings and from
spent muds that are discharged. Water-based muds and drill cuttings can
washed before dumping offshore. Onshore, they can be landfilled.
Oil-based muds used offshore can be collected and hauled ashore and then
disposed of in a landfill. Hauling to shore is also used to dispose of
refuse and toxic chemicals from platforms. Water running off the deck of
platform is another possible source of pollution since the deck is
frequently spotted with oil. Deck washings and rainwater can be collecte
and treated in the same manner as the produced water. Another potential
source of water pollution is the sanitary sewage water. This can be
treated, chlorinated and discharged. All of the above potential sources
pollution are from activities that are more or less expected in everyday
operations. The prevention of blowouts and catastrophic spills is not
treated here.
W3.2-2
-------
Costing Methodology
Each of the states where oil and gas is produced has its own set
of regulations governing the discharge of water, casing depth, and
reinjection of water, as well as the disposal of solid waste from drilling
and operation of the well. Since the coastal states have jurisdiction out
to their historic boundary (usually 3 miles, but in the case of Texas, 9
miles offshore), they also promulgate regulations concerning possible
pollutants from offshore oil and gas rigs and platforms in the coastal and
near offshore waters. The State of California has a limit of 20 parts per
million for the long-term average of oil and grease. Louisiana's limit is
30 ppm. In Texas, a permit is issued for each platform based on the
potential impact on the local water quality. Some of the permits in
sensitive areas have a limit of oil and grease as low as 25 ppm. In the
area of Federal control, the outer continental shelf, the U.S. Geological
Survey (USGS) has the authority to issue regulations designed to protect
the environment and to make navigation safe. For example, the USGS's
regulations limit the average oil and grease discharge to no more than 50
ppm.
The costs given in the Development Document were used for the
contiguous 48 states. The Alaskan offshore platforms pipe their produced
formation water to shore where it is treated and dumped. The costs for
Alaska are assumed to be about three times as high as they would be for the
contiguous 48 states. (The water is treated and dumped even though the
fields use water for secondary recovery. This is because the produced
formation water is incompatible with the seawater that is used for the
repressurization of the reservoir.) No costs for disposal of oil from
onshore wells in Alaska were included because of a lack of data.
EPA requirements concerning the disposal of trash, drill
cuttings, spent mud, and sanitary wastes from offshore platforms duplicate
requirements that were in the various state or U.S. Geological Survey
Regulations. Hence, no incremental costs are occasioned by the Clean Water
Act. The cost of extra casing to meet the Clean Drinking Water Act's
provisions have not been included in this analysis.
Growth of Unit Numbers. The growth of the number of discharge
points in the offshore region was estimated as follows. For the coastal
and near offshore regions, it was assumed that the number of abandonments
would equal the number of new wells so that there would be no net growth.
For the far offshore, the historic rate of growth of platforms was used as
an approximation of the growth with the number of discharge points, using
data from Offshore (June 20, 1977). For 1977-1978, a 10 percent increase
was assumed; for 1979-1985, 15 percent per year. These percentages include
expected growth in the Gulf of Alaska and offshore Atlantic. The growth
rate for onshore well numbers is based on the Project Independence Report
using the "Business-as-usual" scenario.
The cost of abatement of pollution problems in oil and gas
extraction has been calculated to be as shown in Table W3.2.1.
W3.2-3
-------
o
in
I
CO
en
m o o o o m
— a o o o •«
r- r-
<*l C S O O
9 O O O O
O
a
o
o o o
in
00
in
CO
CO
o
a o o o o
o o o o o
o
o
•-H o o o o
CB o O O O
o
m
o o a o o
CD
a
y
to
X
0)
•a
e
CO
I
en
o o o o o
o o o o o
o
o
— o o o o —
en a a a o on
o o
in in
o o a a o
•» a o a o
r—
o
3
OJ
cn a a
en
o o o o o
cn
a
en
o o o o
> o a o a
en
in
o o
— o o a a —
r- O O
a
en
O r- O
o —
cn ~i
CO
o
•I 25
O O O O
O 3 O O
— o o o e= r-
e»> o o o o ei
— o o o o
o
o r-
VJ
O
CJ
O c/5 —
=: c: a.
r- < i-
2 -3 IS
c -- ~*
cj c
a a
2 CJ
O i. <
— * 2*
^ C/l
• T ***
- O w
c ^
rt » «
— «c
— *" 5^
— S "~*
— M
'< -z. <
- — CJ
V]
2
<
o!
^
2
— —
2 =. 5-
= W S
c- X
en u
;j
^
^
— i
^M
«
O.
VI c-
2 <
in S
^ ^.
h i;
«s a
•^ Z«
^- Gri ' .
«: vi in
a 3 a =
Jl VS V)
2 — i.
V)
VI
C in
CJ r*
Z
— • <
< —
r** £*
.••
en a. o
5- < 2
en cj •—
C r- r-
cj — en i.
< _: 2 x —
^ < 2 i:
O =2
r- 2 <
2
«»
VJ
2*
en =•
2 <
— a
en e
£-1 £-(
2 M
_^ ^
S-* Cat "**
•^ VI
z: 3 i:
—3 'f\
Z —
CJ 0.
2
^ >-•
O ai a.
— a
— x
< CJ
in
en r>
•* cu
2 '-J
p
r- O.
en en
*J
W3.2-4
-------
Chapter W3.3 Petroleum Refining Industry
Regulations
The costs of the petroleum refining industry for water pollution
control were based on regulations promulgated by EPA on October 18, 1982.
These regulations provide effluent limitations guidelines for BAT, new
source performance standards (NSPS), pretreatment standards for existing
sources (PSES) and for new sources (PSNS) (47FR46434). BAT was promulgated
at the same level as BPT (40FR419). NSPS, PSES and PSNS regulations were
left at existing cost levels (42FR15684). BPT regulations are detailed in
the Code of Federal Regulations (40CFR419).
Industry Characteristics
As of January 1, 1979, the petroleum refining industry comprised
174 firms operating 308 refineries in 42 states and Puerto Rico, the Virgin
Islands and Guam. (In addition there are some small asphalt plants that
are shut down in the winter.) All refineries are necessarily multiproduct
but range from simple to complex. The size distribution of these
refineries is shown in Table W3.3-1. As of January 2, 1979 the 16 largest
firms accounted for 74 percent of the industry's operating capacity. The
number of refineries and capacity for refineries operated by the large
firms are shown in Table W3.3-2.
The- petroleum industry produces hundreds of different products in
refineries, which can be grouped in six major categories: gasoline (44%),
jet fuel (6.5%), middle distillates (21%), residual fuel oil (11%),
liquefied refinery gases (2.5%) and others, such -as lubricants, waxes,
asphalt and petrochemical feedstocks (15 percent). (Percentages are by
volume for 1979.) Although crude oil is the most important refinery feedstock.
natural gasoline and other natural gas liquids provide about 7 percent of
hydrocarbon refinery inputs.
Although a typical oil refinery is technically complex, the
process is conceptually simple. Crude oils, which are liquid mixtures of
many carbon-containing compounds, are first separated into several
fractions of varying molecular size The chemical composition of some of
these fractions is then altered by changing the average molecular size
and/or the structure of the molecules. Many of the intermediate fractions
are "treated" to make the impurities innocuous or to remove them
completely. These are then blended to produce finished products, to which
various substances, known as additives, may be added to impart certain
desirable properties.
In general, the number and complexity of refining operations
increases with increasing refinery size. Most of the simple topping
refineries are small while the petrochemical and integrated refineries are
generally large. There are some fairly small lube oil refineries.
W3.3-1
-------
Table W3.3-1. Refinery distribution by size, operating as
of Jan. 1, 1979, US and territories (in thousands
of cubic meters per calendar day with thousands
of barrels per calendar day in parentheses)
Capacity
Range
(Up to 4.9)
Up to 0.078
(5 to 24.9)
0.079 to 3.96
(25 to 74.9)
3.97 to 11.8
(75 to 149.9)
11.9 to 23.7
(150 to 449.9)
23.8 to 71.4
(450 and over)
71.5 and over
Totals
Number of
Refineries
44
113
80
40
28
3
308
Total
Capacity
(111)
17.6
(1,378)
219
(3,577)
569
(4,173)
663
(7,121)
1,132
(1,840)
293
(18,200)
2,894
Total
Industry
Capacity (%)
0.6
7.5
19.7
22.9
39.2
10.1
100.00
Avera
Capaci
(2.5
0.4
(12.2
1.9
(44.7
7.1
(104.
16.
(254.
40.
(613.
97.
(59.1
9.'
W3.3-2
-------
Table W3.3-2. The refinery inventory—operating capacity,
Jan. 1, 1979 by operator (capacity in thousands
of cubic meters per calendar day with thousands
of barrels per calendar day in parentheses)
Exxon
Chevron
Amoco
Shell
Texaco
Gulf
Mobil
Atlantic Richfield
Amerada Hess
Sun Oil
Marathon
Union Oil
Sohio/BP
Ashland
Conoco
Phillips
Subtotal
Remaining Finns
Total
Number of
refineries
5
11
10
8
12
8
7
5
2
5
4
5
3
6
8
5
104
204
308
Crude
capacity
250
230
197
179
168
218
143
135
116
90
85
78
72
58
58
48
2125
777
2,902
(1,574)
(1,450)
(1,238)
(1,123)
(1,059)
(1,371)
(901)
(847)
(730)
(569)
(533)
(490)
(452)
(365)
(363)
(302)
(13,367)
(4,884) '
(18,251)
Crude
capacity (%)
8.6
7.9
6.8
6.2
5.8
7.5
4.9
4.6
4.0
3.1
2.9
2.7
2.5
2.0
2.0
1.7
73.2
26.8
100
M3.3-3
-------
Pollutants and Sources
Wastewater pollutants generated in the various refining
processes, such as BOD, COD, total organic carbon, total suspended solids,
oil and grease, phenols, ammonia, sulfides, chromium, and acids or bases,
are present in untreated refinery effluent. Some pollutants enter the
wastewater directly from processing, while others enter the waste stream
from washing tanks, equipment catalysts, etc., from cooling water blowdowr
and from leaks and spillage. Additional flows and waste loads are createc
by storm water runoff from the refinery grounds and from the disposal of
tanker ballast water.
The following parameters are covered under the effluent
limitations guidelines: BOD,., total suspended solids, COD, oil and grease.
phenolic compounds, ammonia (as N), sulfide, total chromium, hexavalent
chromium, and pH. The effluent limitations for each pollutant vary with
the type, size and complexity of the refinery.
Control Technology
Wastewater treatment processes currently used in the petrol ei
refining industry include equalization and storm water diversion; initial
oil and solids removal (API separators or baffle plate separators); furth'
oil and solids removal (clarifiers, dissolved air flotations, or filters)
carbonaceous waste removal (activated sludge, aerated lagoons, oxidation
ponds, trickling filter, activated carbon, or combinations of these); and
filters (sand or multi-media) following biological treatment methods.
BPT-guidelines are based upon both in-plant and end-of-pipe
control practices widely used within the industry. These include the abo'
listed end-of-pipe technologies plus:
•
t Installation of sour water strippers to reduce the sulfidi
and ammonia concentrations entering the treatment plant.
• Elimination of once-through barometric condenser water by
using surface condensers or recycle systems with oily water
cooling towers.
• Segregation of sewers, so that unpolluted storm runoff an>
once-through cooling waters are not treated, along with the
process and other polluted waters.
• Elimination of polluted once-through cooling water by
monitoring and repair of surface condensers or by use of wet
and dry recycle systems.
NSPS includes discharge flow reduction of from 25 to 50 percent
of average BPT flow, depending on subcategory, achieved through greater
reuse and recycle of wastewaters in addition to BPT treatment.
The reduction of oil and grease and ammonia based on oil/water
separation and steam stripping technologies is the basis for both PSES an
U3.3-4
-------
PSNS. Also a mass limitation for ammonia is included for both for indirect
dischargers consists solely of "sour" waters.
Costing Methodology
All costs were estimated exogeneously using published EPA cost
estimates (EPA 440/1-79/0246, Dec., 1979) and the October 18, 1982 Federal
Register. Due to reductions in world petroleum markets no additional new
grass roots refineries will be built after 1982.
The aggregate costs developed on this basis are given in Table
W3.3.3.
W3.3-5
-------
o
en
I
CO
O»i
o o o o o
o o o o o
on
vo
o o o o o
o o o o o
o o o o o
o o o o o
03
o
T O
00 f*l
in o
00
o
o
o
CD
•a
00
I
en
o o o o o
m
m
o o o o o
00000
O O3 O O O —i
o o o o o
VO
o
o
m
00
m
o
m
oo
m
C
•H
C
01
0)
0-
ao
I
on
o o o o o
o o o o o
o
o
o o o o o —•
O O O O O (•»
ooooo on rt -—
OOOOO —< on on
in in in
m vo vo
I
(N
t—
en
ooooo <-i
OOOOO O
in
i O O O en
OOOOO T
VO
O O O O C
OOOOO
00
o
03
00
o
OOOOO
OOOOO
vO
-a
ooooo
OOOOO
o
00
OOOOO
OOOOO
on co
in on
en
E-
en
tj
0 en —
a: a: a.
=. < M
Z — X
O J ~
CJ O
a w
z o
C h <
1-1 C ^
S-i a
z; en
J z z
J C n
O *••
a. J J
M <
a « e-
ii S "H
E" kl*
<: z <
en
e>
^
a.
sT
2
6-1 f
Z c- E-»
a en a*
SMS
— X
en M
u
>
z
en
Cu
en
z
••^
en
^
z
j
J- a.
<
m z
^j
2
E-
a
a
E-
M
C
0.
^
en en
M Z
en en
a. c.
en
zi
en
C
^
< —
5 3
=- Z
Z
en
en
O en
0 6.
z
— <
< J
E- 0.
M
d. CJ
< Z
'° S E-
— en 04
< M 03
3 X
z
<
en
a.
en E-
z <
•^w cd
en ix
E- =•
Z M
< -
_: o<
E- D. ^
<£ en en
2 Z a z
i: en en
z ^» a.
en
E-
en
0
u
£
ji
C
-------
Chapter W3.4. Steam Electric Power Generating Industry
Regulations
Regulations affecting this industry were revised under the
provisions of the NRDC Consent Decree. EPA promulgated BAT, NSPS, PSES,
and PSNS in November 1982 for the steam electric power generating industry.
However, revision of this chapter was limited to adjusting pollution
control costs to 1981 dollars. The effect of any changes in the
regulations affecting the steam electric power generating industry is not
reflected in the text of the chapter or the cost estimates included in
Table W3.4.2. The cost estimates represent the impact of regulations as
proposed in 1980.
Industry Characteristics
The steam electric power industry can be subdivided according to
the type of fuel consumed in the production of electricity, i.e., fossil
fuels (coal, gas, and oil) and nuclear fuels. Table W3.4.1 illustrates the
recent and projected distribution of steam plants and capacity among the
major fuel types.
Table W3.4-1. Capacity categorization by fuel type
(Capacity in gigawatts)
1978
1985
1990
1995
Coal Capacity
Number of Plants
Oil/Gas Capacity
Number of Plants
Nuclear Capacity
Number of Plants
227.4
352
170.1
429
53.8
38
301.8
467
173.5
438
139.0
98
365.1
565
157.4
397
173.1
122
473.9
734
100.4
253
281.0
198
Pollutants and Sources
Effluent guidelines promulgated October 8, 1974
(39 FR 36186-36207) control the following pollutants:
pH
PCB
TSS
Oil and grease
Total copper
Total iron
Free available chlorine
Total residual chlorine
Corrosion inhibitors
Zinc
Chromium
Phosphate •
W3.4-1
-------
Main sources contributing to the total waste load are:
• Low volume wastes which include scrubber waters, discharge
from ion exchange treatment systems, water treatment,
evaporator blowdown, laboratory and sampling streams, floor
drainage, cooling tower basin cleaning wastes, and blowdown
from recirculating house service water systems
• Metal cleaning wastes
• Ash transport water
• Boiler and cooling tower blowdown
• Area runoff from material storage and construction areas.
Control Technology
A variety of control and treatment technologies are in use by o
available to the steam electric power generating industry. Thus water
management programs vary among plants.
The amount of heat rejected to available waters is reduced by
in-process means, use of cooling towers, and by dissipating the heat in
on-property cooling ponds or lakes.
Clarification, flotation, and filtration are common methods of
removing suspended solids. Chemical reduction, ion exchange, and
chemically induced precipitation are among the methods used to control
metals in wastewater. Oil and grease are removed by skimming, flotation,
,demulsification, and coagulation.
Approaches to controlling chlorine in effluents involve reducin
dosage frequency, amount, and/or duration, splitting the effluent into tw
streams and chlorinating one stream at a time, use of feedback control
systems, dissipation, and aeration.
The following technologies were considered in the economic
analysis made recently of the revised effluent guidelines of BAT, NSPS,
PSES and PSNS.
Dry fly ash handling
Chemical precipitation (fly ash transport water)
Dechlorination (cooling water)
Chlorine minimization (cooling water)
Dechlorination a-nd chlorine minimization (cooling water).
Costing Methodology
Compliance costs were adapted on an empirical basis from econorr
analyses performed for EPA by Temple, Barker, and Sloane, Inc. Costs
associated with recent revisions of regulations were taken from the repor
dated August, 1980. Costs for compliance with regulations not covered by
the August, 1980 report were based on the prior similar study of May 1976
W3.4-2
-------
The aggregated costs, as developed from those documents and
updated to 1981 dollars, are given in Table W3.4.2.
W3.4-3
-------
en
co vo en in in
o ooooo s> ooooo r- ooooo o co oo
Cn .... .
I OoOOO VO OOOOO ro O O O O O Cn -a1 *r
CO
^ O ^o r"t en on
,± f oooooen ooooo— oooooo— —
C i oooooc-i oooooo oooooencn en
50 on — — —
C --
OJ
C
a;
so
r- o in in
t, — ooooo ^r oooooo ooooo o en
S oo
^ I OOOOOCO OOOOO— OOOOOO —
Or- CN v« en
O. en
^^
a
T*
u
4J
o
01
Eoo ooooo
M S
c^
Z
M
CO
en
6-
Z
<
j
6- a.
CQ 3
r.l
Z
6-
6-
a
K
Ci.
*^»
id Z
01 C/3
Cu CU
05
gH
C/3
O
J ;
^ J
6- <
O 3
6- Z
z
<
CAPITAL
W
O
w
^3
1— t
<
^3
z
z
<
'LANTS
M*
O
^4
5- 6-
— 03
5^
Cd
cn
Cu
5- 6-
Z Cd
< 3S
-3 ZU
6- a. ^.
ca 3 cd z
Cd c/3 C/5
z o, a,
_;
^
S-1
o
en en +
5- a, o
"Z U3 "*
^ z ^ +
J — Cd
c- ^ <
U 2 Cd =-
M H4 C* t±4
c" £-• £•* ^ "**• *C
^H 2 03 3 Cd Z «3
x cd en en tf H
£ u z a. a. 5- <
+• 5- Z
O <
O
CJ
j
<
z
z
J
_:
<
W3.4-4
-------
Chapter W4. Chemicals Industries
For the purpose of this report, the Chemicals Industries are
defined as those establishments which manufacture products primarily by
chemical modification of raw materials and for which the final product is a
chemical. These include:
Organic Chemicals Industry
Inorganic Chemicals
Plastics & Synthetics
Rubber Manufacturing
Soaps and Detergent Industry
Carbon Black Industry
Explosives Industry
Pesticides and Agricultural Chemicals
Fertilizer Manufacturing Industry
Phosphorus Chemicals Industry
Paint Formulating
Printing Ink Formulating
Photographic Processing
Textiles Industry
The textiles industry has been included in this grouping
primarily because it is largely the chemical operations within that
industry which are responsible for water pollution. Costs associated with
the implementation of the FWPCA for the Chemicals Industries are summarized
in Table W4.
W4-1
-------
O 04 33 r-
04 (•) O O HI m
ON in O4
^ 3 ON —
a
i
93
o -»
in
^- o
— vc
on —>
o o i"> » v
O in 04
CM in
— 03
03
ao
ON
m r-
o <->
03 —
—* P-
1*1 \a
10 O4 04 ** m 04 in
r- vo ON m m 10 o
143 r^ 93 (*1 "-I fl
»-* ON ON in 93
2
in
O
u
o
m
in 93 o o
a\
<~i
ON
Cd
o a* i1
m vo -<
a CM
in o o r*
o
as
— Z
M ->
M tj
S OS J
E- M
H.Z
a a z
-•
r- 3 04 in 04
I m
O4
ui o — r~ flo
o 1*1 o
04 O4
-a
in
04
-O
00 -"
r> -w
I -i
04
in
04
aft
ON
m 00
04 93
ON O 93
m m ^
ON
-a -i o
ON T T '
m
—' 04
ao
ON
in
o
r"
cn
£
= en
u u -:
en •
'^Jg
O •
Du U
* Z i.
w u z
e-i < 01 en a:
Z -1 U U Cd U
Cd ffi > Q M 5-
'J * O U
Z Z Z 1-1 O
« M >- = Z
5- r* 0. M
< U < < -J5 W
— Z — K t/5 Cd
6-
S"
X
en
=
z
U •
Cb U
^ S Cu
en cj Z
5- < en en CK
Z — U Cd M Cd
u a > a fi £•
a *: e
z z z
a:
Cd
a.
32 2 22 332223
2 2
Cd — 04
a.
<
r- 93 ON o —•
33 223222 3
W4-2
-------
Chapter W4.1 Organic Chemicals Industry
Regulations
Regulations affecting this industry were revised under the
provisions of the NRDC Consent Decree. In 1983 EPA proposed new
regulations for BPT, BAT, NSPS, PSES, and PSNS. However, revision of this
chapter was limited to adjusting pollution control costs to 1981 dollars.
The effect of any changes in the regulations affecting the organic
chemicals industry is not reflected in the text of the chapter or the cost
estimates included in Table W4.1.2. The cost estimates represent the
impact of the regulations as originally promulgated.
Industry Characteristics
The organic chemicals industry includes a vast number of products
and processes. The Phase I effluent limitations guidelines cover only part
of the organic chemicals industry. At the time of this report, no Phase II
regulations had been proposed for other parts of the organic chemicals
industry. Primary petrochemical processing (i.e., chemicals produced at
petroleum refineries), plastics, fibers, agricultural chemicals,
pesticides, detergents, paints, and Pharmaceuticals are not included.
These are discussed elsewhere in this report.
Synthetic organic chemicals are derivative products of naturally
occurring raw materials (petroleum, natural gas, and coal) which have
undergone at least one chemical conversion. The organic chemicals industry
was initially dependent upon coal as its sole source of raw materials.
However, during the last three decades it has moved so rapidly from coal to
petroleum-based feedstocks that the term "petrochemicals" has come into
common use.
The basic raw materials are usually obtained by physical
separation processes in petroleum refineries. The raw materials are then
chemically converted to a primary group of reactive precursors; these
precursors are then used in a multitude of specific chemical conversions to
produce both intermediate and final products.
Processing of organic chemicals usual-ly involves four stages:
• Feed preparation -- vaporization, heating, compressing, and
chemical or physical purification of raw materials
t Reaction — the reaction of the raw materials, frequently in
the presence of a catalyst
t Product separation -- condensation, distillation, absorption,
etc., to obtain the desired product
W4.1-1
-------
• Product purification — distillation, extraction,
crystallization, etc., to remove impurities.
Processing methods may be carried out either in continuous
operations or in individual batches. Facilities using the continuous
processing method manufacture products at much greater volumes and at low*
unit costs than those using batch methods.
The effluent limitatinns guidelines promulgated to date by EPA
(for Phase I) apply only to those products of the organics chemicals
industry produced in continuous processing operations. These operations
have been divided into seven subcategories, based first upon the degree o-
process water used, and second upon the raw waste loads generated; Table
W4.1.1 lists the seven subcategories and the products and processes
included.
Pollutants and Sources
Water is used in many production processes as a reaction vehicl
and also as a vehicle to separate or to purify the final products by
scrubbing, steam stripping, or absorption. In addition, a considerable
amount of water is used for heating (steam) and cooling, and for washing
reaction and storage vessels, etc.
The effluent limitations guidelines for the organic chemicals
industry cover the following pollutants: BOD, COD, total suspended solid:
phenols, and pH. The limitation placed upon pH in all cases is between 6
and 9.0. It should be noted that process wastewaters subject to
limitations include all process waters exclusive of auxiliary sources, su<
as boiler and cooling water blowdown, water treatment backwash,
laboratories, and other similar sources.
Control Technology
Technologies employed in the organic chemicals industry for the
control of wastewater pollutants include in-process modifications,
pollution control equipment, and end-of-pipe wastewater treatment. From
pollution-control standpoint, the most significant change that can be mad
in process chemistry is from a "wet" process to a "dry" process; that is,
the substitution of some other solvent for water in which to carry out th
reaction or to purify the product. Other in-process technologies observe
or recommended for the organic chemicals industry include the substitutio
of surface heat exchangers for contact cooling water, the substitution of
mechanical pumps for vacuum pump steam jet ejectors, the recycle of
scrubber water, and the regeneration of contact process steam from
contaminated condensate.
Biological treatment systems are the most common end-of-pipe
technologies used in the organic chemicals industry today. These systems
include activated sludge, trickling filters, aerated lagoons, and anaerob
lagoons. Other systems used include stripping towers, deep-well disposal
physical treatment, activated carbon, and incineration. Where phenols ar
W4.1-2
-------
Table W4.1.1.
Organic chemicals manufacturing industry
products and related processes
Subcategory A
Products
BTX Aromatics
BTX Aromatics
Cyclohexane
Vinyl Chloride
Subcategory B
Bl Products
Acetone
Butadiene
Ethyl benzene
Ethylene and propylene
Ethylene dichloride
Ethylene oxide
Formaldehyde
Methanol
Methyl amines
Vinyl acetate
Vinyl chloride
B2 Products
Acetaldehyde
Acetylene
Butadiene
Butadiene
Styrene
Subcategory C
Cl Products
Acetic acid
Acrylic acid
Coal tar
Ethylene glycol
Terephthalic acid
Terephthalic acid
Nonaqueous Processes
Process Descriptions
Hydrotreatment of pyrolysis gasoline
Solvent extraction from reformate
Hydrogenation of benzene
Addition of hydrochloric acid to acetylene
Process with Process Water Contact as Steam
Diluent or Absorbent
Bl Process Descriptions
Dehydrogenation of isopropanol
Co-product of ethylene
Alkylation of benzene with ethylene
Pyrolysis of naphtha or liquid petroleum gas
Direct chlorination of ethylene
Catalytic oxidation of ethylene
Oxidation of methanol
Steam reforming of natural gas
Addition of ammonia to methane
Synthesis of ethylene and acetic acid
Cracking of ethylene dichloride
82 Process Descriptions
Dehydrogenation of ethanol
Partial oxidation of methane
Dehydrogenation of n-butane
Oxidative-dehydrogenation of n-butane
Dehydrogenation of ethylbenzene
Aqueous Liquid Phase Reaction Systems
Cl Process Descriptions
Oxidation of acetaldehyde
Synthesis with carbon monoxide and acetylene
Distillation of coal tar
Hydrogenation of ethylene oxide
Catalytic oxidation of p-xylene
Purification of crude terephthalic acid
Continued...
W4.1-3
-------
Table W4.1.1 (Continued)
C2 Products C2 Process Descriptions
Acetaldehyde Oxidation of ethylene with oxygen
Caprolactam Oxidation of cyclohexane
Coal tar Pitch forming
Oxo chemicals Carbonylation and condensation
Phenol and Acetone Cumene oxidation and cleavage
C3 Products C3 Process Descriptions
Acetaldehyde Oxidation of ethylene with air
Aniline Nitration and hydrogenation of benzene
Bisphenol A Condensation of phenol and acetone
Dimethyl terephthalate Esterification of terephthalic acid
C4 Products C4 Process Descriptions
Acrylates Esterification of acrylic acid
p-cresol Sulfonation of toluene
Methyl methacrylate Acetone cyanohydrin process
Terephthalic acid Nitric acid process
Tetraethyl lead Addition of ethyl chloride to lead amalgair
Source: EPA Development Document, April 1973, pp. 28-29
W4.1-4
-------
present in wastewaters, they may be removed by solvent extraction, carbon
absorption, caustic precipitation, or steam stripping. Cyanide may be
removed by oxidation.
In-process controls commensurate with BPT include segregation of
waste streams, the substitution of nonaqueous media in which to carry out
the reactions or to purify the products, recycling or reuse of process
water, and the recovery of products and byproducts from the wastewaters by
solvent extraction, absorption, or distillation. End-of-pipe treatment
commensurate with BPT is based on the use of biological systems as
mentioned above. These systems include additional treatment operations
such as equalization, neutralization, primary clarification with oil
removal, nutrient addition, and effluent polishing steps, such as
coagulation, sedimentation, and filtration. Phenol removal is also
required in some cases.
Technology commensurate with BAT includes the additional of
activated carbon to the BPT biological systems to achieve substantial
reductions of dissolved organic compounds. In-process controls applicable
to BAT include:
• Substitution of noncontact heat exchangers for direct contact
water cool ing
• Use of nonaqueous quench media
t Recycle of process water
• Reuse of process water as a make-up to evaporative cooling
towers
• Use of process water to produce low pressure steam by
noncontact heat exchange
t Recovery of spent acids or caustic solution for reuse
• Recovery and reuse of spent catalysts
• Use of nonaqueous solvents for extraction products.
End-of-pipe technology for NSPS is defined as biological
treatment with suspended solids removal via clarification, sedimentation,
and sand or dual-media filtration. In addition, exemplary in-process
controls, as previously enumerated, are also assumed to be applicable,
particularly where biotoxic pollutants must be controlled.
Costs
A summary of the costs to the organic chemicals industry
associated with the implementation of regulatory provisions is given in
Table W4.1.2.
W4.1-5
-------
in oo TOCO — in o in o--
cooo ^4 Tomoo o rro—oo vo vo
cr\ in <*•> o o
\o 03 *o
•-* ^r -^ — < o o r-
• ..... •
-^ •fmtvioo-«
o ^O-^O 03
GO r*^r — *
Cfl
-a
03
M r^aain ^ro> CN inm o
^ ^ -wooooao rMomooas cno'viooi*i
e- 03 ...... ...... .
^ (3> CO*-* O O3!^ fN OCA
-C f*. r^os coin^'^'csi
U en -i
U
^-1
C
00
U
O
O4 P» '
I r-O iTiOOOO in OOOOO
* en c*i <^i
-<
*4zz J- -i —3. cnisiM — — -i _; a. a, _:
-3O« zs-e-frJO.--. Ort^E-6-a,^ r-E-r-a.^ <: <
Oi-1 uwa.<:tntn uJu50. £-.Z< c-+ 5-ZJ
< Z < Z Z Z J
O <<
W4.1-6
-------
Chapter W4.2 Inorganic Chemicals
Regulations
The inorganic chemicals industry is a large and complex industry
which is covered by numerous regulations. The industry as defined by EPA
includes 63 chemical product subcategories of which 44 are covered by some
level of effluent control regulations. The level of regulation for each
subcategory can vary from BPT only to a full set of BPT, BAT, NSPS, PSES,
and PSNS regulations. BCT limitations have been set equal to BPT
(FR 47, 120) and will not generate additional costs. While regulations
exist for 44 subcategories, the specific regulations will not generate
costs in all cases as control requirements may be minor.
The inorganics chemicals industry has been covered in previous
Cost of Clean reports. It has received major attention in this edition
because of the potential magnitude of costs and the extensive amount of
revisions that have occurred in the regulations. The regulations are too
extensive to be summarized in this chapter and interested readers are
referred to the Federal Register, Vol. 45, No. 144, January 24, 1980, p.
49450-49501 and Vol. 47, No. 125, June 29, 1982, p. 28260-28303 for current
information on revisions and regulatory status.
Industry Characteristics
The inorganic chemicals industry comprises establishments that
process ores or other chemicals through refining or purifying into useful
inorganic chemical products. Most of the establishments are included in
one of four major Standard Industrial Classification groups:
SIC 2812: Alkalies and Chlorines
SIC 2813: Industrial Gases
SIC 2816: Inorganic Pigments
SIC 2819: Industrial Inorganic Chemicals, Not Elsewhere
Classified (N.E.C.)
In 1977, these industries included 1,281 establishments that
shipped $12.8 billion of inorganic and related chemical products.
Employment in 1977 for these establishments was over 109,000 with an
average of 85 employees per plant. The highest share of the establishments
(44%), shipments (67%), and employment (71%) is accounted for by the SIC
2819 group, Industrial Inorganic Chemicals N.E.C. which encompass a large
number of the specific inorganic chemical products, many of which are
covered by the regulatory subcategories.
Some of the major products for the industry and their 1977 value
of shipments are listed below:
W4.2-1
-------
Product (SIC group) Value of shipments, 1977
(S million)
Chlorine (2812) 590
Sodium hydroxide (2812) 997
Oxygen (2813) 375
Nitrogen (2813) 279
Titanium pigments (2816) 627
Chrome pigments (2816) 454
Sulfuric acid (2819) 427
Aluminum oxide (2819) 827
Potassium and sodium compounds (2819) 1,103
Phosphorus (2819) 461
It should be noted that the Department of Commerce lists over 230 inorgan'
chemical products as being covered by the four major SIC codes comprising
the industrial inorganics industry.
Only part of the industry will be impacted by water quality
regulations. However, because of the complexity and size of the industry
and lack of data, it was not practical to segment the general industry
characteristics into "affected" and "not affected" segments. Nonetheless
a review of Development Documents and other data suggests that between 75<
and 900 plants will be required to comply with effluent regulations and
indicates the general level of industry coverage of the regulations.
Inorganic chemical plants tend to be located in industrial area1
Leading states in terms of plant numbers include California,- Texas, Ohio,
Pennsylvania and New Jersey.
Most of the plants will tend to be direct 'dischargers. Of a
sample of 711 plants, only 11 percent were'on sewers or generated no
discharge.
The industry growth has been sporadic in recent years. Dependi
on use and economic conditions, individual products have experienced real
annual growth in the magnitude of +_ 20 percent. Trends seem to suggest,
however, that overall a small positive long-term growth should occur in
most segments.
Capacity utilization will vary by-company, plant and year
reflecting wide combinations of management, marketing, and economic
conditions. In 1978, the capacity utilization for the four major SIC
groups ranged from 76 percent (SIC 2819) to 90 percent (SIC 2812).
Pollutants and Sources
Most of the steps involved in inorganic chemicals production" wi
produce wastewater. Depending on the plant and manufacturing 'complex,
these wastewaters may then be combined with wastewater from other chemica
and related production or discharged separately. Water is used for
cooling, process operations, scrubbing towers, product washes, waste
W4.2-2
-------
transport and other uses; and water use for products range from zero to 17
million gallons per day.
The industry wastewaters contain a broad range of pollutants.
Toxic pollutants include, but are not limited to, chromium, nickel, lead,
mercury, copper, cadmium, zinc, and cyanide. Conventional pollutants, TSS
and pH also occur, as do such nonconventional pollutants as COD, fluoride,
iron, and ammonia. The wastewater and chemical constituents also cause
additional problems such as equipment corrosion, hazardous gas generation,
treatment plant malfunctions, and problems in disposing of sludges
containing toxic metals.
Again sources and pollutants will vary extensively depending on
the product or industry subcategory. For additional information on this
subject, subcategory summaries on pollutants and sources are provided in
the appendix.
Control Technologies
The EPA has recommended several distinct control and treatment
technologies for potential use in the inorganic chemicals industry. These
can include combinations of neutralization, precipitation, settling,
clarification, flocculation, oxidation, reduction and others. While
technologies are recommended, such technologies may not be required if a
plant can achieve effluent limitations with the operation of alternative
technologies. Specific recommended technologies for each of the affected
subcategories are not presented here due to the large number of
subcategories but they are summarized in the appendix.
Costing Methodology
Water pollution costs for compliance with effluent limitations,
pretreatment standards and new source performance standards were estimated
by one of two methods. The first used model plant costs as presented in
the Development Documents and developing cost equations for each of the
subcategories and regulations for.which model plant costs were available.
A power equation of the form y=Ax was used where:
y = investment costs or 0 & M costs, and
x = plant capacity
The second used exogenous costs as presented in the Development
Documents and Federal Register notices.
A detailed explanation of the costing methodology is presented in
the appendix.
The resulting cost of compliance for the inorganic chemicals
industry is presented in Table W4.2.1. These costs are based on the
methodologies described above and data from various Development Documents,
economic impact analyses, Federal Register notices, and other industry
related sources.
W4.2-3
-------
9 O O 9 O
9 9 9 O 9
9 O 9 O 9
9 9 9 O 9
99999 -a
99999 —
-s
-o
00
I
Cfv
99999
9 O 9 O 9
99999 r.
99999 —
99999
99999
-D
r^
33
O
•H
9 9 O 9 9
99999
9
9
9 O 9 9 9
9 O 9 9 O
00
O
99999 —
99999 i-
e
to
so
t-i
o
e
H
00
I
9 O O 9 9
9 9 9 O O
9 O 9 9 9
9 O 9 9 9
99999 —
99999 coa3uz
< -4 z? X ui en en
H •< Z u z a. a.
O 9 z
r- z <
Z
o
u
en a.
— aa
6-
O
e-
< i
9
-J a.
a. ^
en en
3 a z
u en en
z a. a.
W4.2-4
-------
Chapter W4.3 Plastics and Synthetics
Regulations
Regulations affecting this industry were revised under the
provisions of the NRDC Consent Decree. In 1983 EPA proposed new
regulations for BPT, BAT, NSPS, PSES, and PSNS. However, revision of this
chapter was limited to adjusting pollution control costs to 1981 dollars.
The effect of any changes in the regulations affecting the plastics and
synthetics industry is not reflected in the text of the chapter or the cost
estimates included in Table W4.3.1. The cost estimates represent the
impact of regulations as originally promulgated.
Industry Characteristics
The plastics and synthetics industry comprises 13 product
subcategories in Phase I (for which the promulgated effluent guidelines and
standards were revoked on August 4-, 1976) and eight product subcategories
in Phase II. The subcategories in Phase I include polyvinyl chloride,
polyvinyl acetate, polystyrene, polypropylene, polyethylene (high-density
and low-density), cellophane, rayon, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS)
and styrene-acrylonitrile (SAN), polyester fiber, nylon 66, nylon 6,
cellulose acetate, and acrylics. Those in Phase II include ethylene-vinyi
acetate copolymers (EVA), polytetrafluoroethylene, polypropylene fibers,
alkyds and unsaturated polyester resins, cellulose nitrate, polyamide
(nylon 6/12), polyester resins (thermoplastic), and silicones. Other
products covered in the Development Documents but for which there are no
effluent limitations guidelines include epoxy, phenolic, melamine and urea
resins, cellulose derivatives (ethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose,
methyl cellulose, and carboxymethlcellulose), polyvinylindene chloride,
polyvinyl butyral, polyvinyl ethers, nitrile barrier resins, and Spandex
fibers.
Production of the various resins and plastics materials involves
a variety of chemical polymerization processes in which large synthetic
polymers are formed from monomers. Organic fibers, such as polyester,
polypropylene, the nylons, rayon, and cellulose acetate, are produced by
adding a spinning process after the polymer has been produced.
Waste Sources and Pollutants
In order to set effluent limitations guidelines, the dimension of
wastewater characteristics was chosen as a basis for subcategorization.
The four major subcategories are defined as:
• Major Subcategory I: Low waste load (< 10 kg/metric ton), low
attainable BODr concentration (< 20 mg/1). Products affected:
polyvinyl chloride, polyvinyl acetate, polystyrene,
W4.3-1
-------
polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylenevinyl acetate,
fluorocarbons, and polypropylene fiber.
• Major Subcategory II: High waste load (> 10 kg/metric ton),
low attainable BOD- concentration (< 20 mg/1). Products
affected: ABS/SAN, cellophane, and rayon.
• Major Subcategory III: High waste load (> 10 kg/metric ton)
medium attainable BODr concentration (30-75 mg/1). Products
affected: polyesters, nylon 66, nylon 6, cellulose acetates
alkyd and unsaturated polyester resins, cellulose nitrate,
polyamides, saturated thermoplastic polyesters, and silicone:
• Major Subcategory IV: High waste load (> 10 kg/metric ton),
low treatability. Product affected: acrylics.
The main sources contributing to the total waste load are spill
leaks, and accidents. Other sources include: washdown of process vessel
area housekeeping, utility blowdown, and laboratory wastes. Waste stream
from cooling towers, steam-generating facilities, and water treatment
facilities are generally combined with process wastewater and then are se
to the treatment plant.
In order to define waste characteristics, the following basic
parameters were used to develop guidelines for meeting BPT, BAT, and NSPS
BODc, COD, TSS, zinc, pH, phenolic compounds, and total chromium.
Control Technology and Costs
Waste treatment methods in the plastics and synthetics industry
include the following: biological treatment, single- or double-stage
aeration, adsorption, granular activated carbon systems, chemical
precipitation, anaerobic processing, air stripping, chemical oxidation,
foam separation, algal systems, incineration, liquid extraction, ion
exchange, reverse osmosis, freeze-thaw, evaporation, electrodialysis, and
in-plant controls.
BPT guidelines for existing point sources are based on the
application of end-of-pipe technology, such as biological treatment for B
reduction by activated sludge, aerated lagoons, trickling filters,
aerobic-anaerobic lagoons, etc., with preliminary treatment typified by -
equalization, dampening of shock loadings, settling, and clarification.
BPT also calls for chemical treatment for the removal of suspended solids
oils, and other elements, as well as pH control and subsequent treatment
typified by clarification and polishing processes for additional BOD and
suspended solids removal, and dephenolizing units for phenolic compound
removal when needed. In-plant technology and other changes that may be
helpful in meeting BPT include segregation of contact process wastewater
from noncontact wastewaters, elimination of once through barometric
condensers, control of leaks, and good housekeeping practices.
W4.3-2
-------
BAT standards call for the segregation of contact process waters
from noncontact wastewater, maximum wastewater recycle and reuse,
elimination of once-through barometric condensers, control of leaks, good
housekeeping practices and end-of-pipe technology, further removal of
suspended solids and other elements typified by multi-media filtration,
chemical treatment, etc. Also included are further COD removal as typified
by the application of adsorptive floes, and incineration for the treatment
of highly-concentrated, small-volume wastes, as well as additional
biological treatment for further BOD removal when needed.
New Source Performance Standards are based on BPT and call for
the maximum possible reduction of process wastewater generation and the
application of multi-media filtration and chemical treatment for additional
suspended solids, other element removal, and additional biological
treatment for further BOD removal as needed.
Control costs are detailed in Table W4.3.1.
W4.3-3
-------
o cn o f*"1 o o <*i ^orainoo 1/1 m o — o o ^
OS
I CDCN^OO ^ ."NvntNoo o in P"» cr» o o P»
— co u"> r* — — — cr» r-i p* o — en
aa rsi tn cr> r-j — co m —as eft
CT\ (N O4 —I PM
CTN V f^ P- O *fl
o co P* o o ^o OODQOOO
CD
u
c
^
ooooo— —or-oo^o o
-^ co ...... . ..
C a, coco en eo co - -:a. c. _:
~O« Z5-5-E-a.-^ oe=-E-a.^ =-f-J-a.-^ < <
O i-1 a en a. < en en cj — en — < en en O en c. < en en -j 3
o.^j Zwaaasaz — < — cnca~cdz — — a =: 3 a z — z
J< =-x cdencn < — = x Mencn < —x a en en < — z
as — e- entd z a. o. r- -z< 5-z r- z —
-------
Chapter W4.4 Rubber Manufacturing
Regulations
Regulations for the control of effluents from the production of
tires and inner tubes and emulsion crumb, solution crumb, and latex rubber
were proposed October 1, 1973 (Federal Register, Oct. 11, 1973) and
promulgated February 8, 1974 (Federal Register, Feb. 21, 1974), to become
effective April 22, 1974.
Regulations for the control of small, medium and large plants
producing general molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber products;
reclaimed rubber; latex-dipped products; and latex foam were proposed
August 9, 1974 (Federal Register, Aug. 23, 1974) and promulgated December
30, 1974 (Federal Register, Jan. 10, 1975), to become effective January 10,
1975.
Pretreatment standards for emulsion crumb rubber and solution
crumb rubber were revoked, effective March 16, 1978 (Federal Register, Feb.
14, 1978).
In addition, a regulatory amendment to revoke the BAT limitations
for producers of tires and inner tubes and to revise the BAT limitations
for emulsion crumb rubber solution crumb rubber; latex rubber; general
molded, extruded and fabricated rubber products; latex-dipped products; and
latex foam was proposed on November 30, 1979 (Federal Register, December
18, 1979). The promulgated regulations as well as the proposed regulations
are analyzed in this chapter.
Industry Characteristics
The rubber processing industry includes the manufacture of tires
and inner tubes; synthetic rubber; general molded, extruded, and fabricated
rubber products; reclaimed rubber; latex-dipped products; and latex foam.
Plants that produce tires and inner tubes are classified in SIC
3011. The typical tire manufacturing process includes the following:
t Preparation or compounding of the raw materials,
• Transformation of these compounded materials into five tire
components—tire bead coating, tire treads, tire sidewall ,
inner liner stock, and coated cord fabric,
0 Building, molding, and curing the final product.
The raw materials used include a variety of synthetic and natural
rubbers; three categories of compounding materials: filler, extenders, and
reinforcers (carbon black and oil are two common examples); and other
chemicals that are used as antioxidants, pigments, or curing and
accelerating agents. Compounding is usually carried out in a batch-type,
W4.4-1
-------
internal mixing device called a Banbury mixer. After mixing, the compounc
is sheeted out in a roller mill, extruded into sheets, or pelletized. The
sheeted materials are tacky and must be coated with a soapstone solution •
prevent the materials from sticking together during storage. The
compounded rubber stock is transformed into one of the tire components by
molding, extruding, calendering, and a variety of other operations. The
tire is built up as a cylinder on a collapsible, round rotating drum by
applying the inner layer, then by adding layers of cord, beads, belt, and
tread. Finally the "green" tire is molded and cured in an automatic press
and the excess rubber is ground off. Inner tubes are produced using the
same basic processing steps.
Tire and tube products are produced in fifty-six major plants ar
several smaller plants in the United States. Tire plants vary widely in
capacity, the largest produce approximately 30,000 tires per day, and the
smallest produces less than 5,000 tires per day. In 1972, the industry
produced 233 million tires and by 1981 production decreased to 195 millio
tires. Long-term trends indicate that future growth in production will bi
closely related to annual growth rates in domestic and foreign vehicle
registrations which are estimated at a combined rate of 1.5 percent.
The production of synthetic rubber is classified in SIC 2822.
For the purpose of establishing effluent limitations guidelines, the
synthetic rubber industry was divided into three subcategories: emulsion
crumb, solution crumb, and latex. Crumb rubbers, generally for tires, ar
sold in a solid form, and are producted through two different processes:
emulsion polymerization and solution polymerization. Latex rubbers,
generally for specialty products, are sold in latex form, and are produce
through emulsion polymerization.
Emulsion polymerization is the traditional and dominant process
for producing synthetic rubber. The raw materials (monomers) are usually
styrene and butadiene, to which a catalyst, activator, and modifier are
added in a soap solution to produce an emulsion in an aqueous medium;
polymerization proceeds step-wise through a train of reactors. The produ
rubber is formed in the emulsion phase of the reaction mixture, which is
milky white emulsion called latex. Unreacted monomers are then recovered
from the latex by vacuum stripping; the production process ends at this
point for latex rubbers. If crumb rubber is desired, sulfuric acid and
sodium chloride are added to the latex to coagulate the crumb rubber, whi
is then dewatered, rinsed, filtered, and finally dried with hot air to
produce the final product.
The production of synthetic rubbers by solution polymerization
a step-wise processing operation very similar to emulsion polymerization.
For solution polymerization, the monomers must be extremely pure, and the
solvent (hexane, for example) must be completely anhydrous. The
polymerization reaction is more rapid (1 to 2 hours) and is taken to over
90 percent conversion as compared to 60 percent conversion for emulsion
polymerization. Both monomers and solvents are generally passed through
drying columns to remove all water. After reaction, the mixture leaves t
reactor as a rubber cement; i.e., polymeric rubber solids dissolved in
W4.4-2
-------
solvent. As with emulsion polymerization, coagulation, washing,
dewatering, and drying processes produce the final product.
Thirteen companies operating twenty-eight plants produce most of
the crumb synthetic rubber in the United States. Most of these plants are
part of diversified complexes that produce other products, such as rubber
processing chemicals, plastics, and basic intermediate organic chemicals.
Latex is produced by seventeen plants owned by eight companies, three of
which are not included in the preceding listing.
Annual production of synthetic rubber increased from 2.45 million
metric tons in 1972 to a peak of 2.72 million metric tons in 1979.
Production dropped to 2.15 million metric tons in 1980 and has begun to
recover in 1981 on the uptick of a cyclical growth pattern. The industry
will continue to follow short-term cyclical production patterns and
long-term growth is projected at an annual rate of one percent.
General molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber products include
such disparate items as rubber footwear (SIC 3021), rubber hose and belting
(SIC 3041), fabricated rubber products not elsewhere classified (SIC 3069),
and rubber gaskets, packings, and sealing devices (SIC 3293). The
manufacturing processes for these rubber products include compounding of
the rubber stocks, then forming of the compounded stock by a variety of
means, such as molding, extrusion, lay-up, or other fabrication means.
There are approximately 1,355 plants in this subcategory with the
largest number in SIC 3069, fabricated rubber plants not elsewhere
classified. The value of shipments from plants in SIC 3069 has increased
at an annual adjusted rate of 1.7 percent (in 1972 dollars) and the growth
rate is expected to increase to a 2.4 percent annual rate reflecting
growing manifests, including the automotive markets. Competition from
foreign products has severely hampered the growth in domestic manufacturing
establishments classified in SIC 3021 as evidenced by the decline in
domestic product shipments from $500 million in 1972 to $300 million in
1981. No significant changes are projected and future levels of shipments
should remain constant. The value of shipments from firms producing hoses
and belting (SIC 4031) has increased at an annual rate of .9 percent from
1972 to 1978 and is projected to increase with economic activity at an
annual rate of 3.5 percent. Firms producing products classified in SIC
3293 (rubber gaskets, packings and sealing devices) experienced a 2.2
percent adjusted annual growth in value of shipment from 1972 to 1979 and
this annual growth rate is projected for the future.
Reclaimed rubber is classified in SIC 3031, although some of the
establishments in which rubber is reclaimed may be classified in SIC
3011—Tires and Inner Tubes. The promulgated regulation specified two
subcategories of this industry--(l) wet digestion and (2) pan, dry
digestion or mechanical. Scrap separation and size reduction steps are
common to all reclaim rubber processes. In wet digestion processes, the
ground rubber is partially depolymerized by heating with reclaiming agents
and water in an autoclave, followed by digestion with defibering agents to
remove fibers. In the pan process, the ground rubber scrap is further
W4.4-3
-------
reduced in size and defibered by additional grinding. It is blended with
reclaiming oils and heated in open pans in a pressure vessel. In the
continuous mechanical process, the finely ground, fiber-free scrap is fed
continuously into a heated, high-shear screw machine in the presence of
reclaiming agents and depolymerization agents. The reclaimed products ar
shipped in slabs or bales.
The annual adjusted value of shipments from the eleven reclaime
rubber plants in the U.S. has declined from about $30 million in 1972 to
$20 million in 1981. Future production in the industry is projected to
remain constant at the 1981 level.
Latex-based products are included in SIC 3069, Fabricated Rubbe
Products not Elsewhere Classified, and in SIC 3021, Rubber and Plastics
Footwear. There are approximately eighty-four plants in the U.S. produci
latex-dipped, extruded and molded rubber products and zero plants produci
latex foam products.
Pollutants and Sources
The pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by effluent
guidelines and standards for the rubber processing industry are presented
in Table W4.4.1. The major sources of the regulated pollutant are also
included. Certain pollutants are contributed by dischargers unrelated to
the primary production operations. These nonprocess effluents result fro
utility and water treatment discharges, and from domestic wastewater
discharge generated within the plant boundaries. These nonprocess relate
'dischargers are not regulated by effluent guidelines and standards.
However, when process and nonprocess effluents are combined, nonprocess
related pollutants may contribute to the quantity or quality of pollutant
or pollutant properties controlled by effluent guidelines and standards.
The major process wastewater streams of the subcategories of the rubber
processing industry are summarized below:
The primary water usage in the tire and inner tube industry is
for noncontact cooling and heating. The process wastewaters consist of
mill area oily waters, soapstone slurry and latex dip wastes, area washdc
waters, emission scrubber waters, and contaminated storm waters from raw
material storage areas, etc. For the purposes of establishing effluent
limitations guidelines for manufacturers of tires and inner tubes, the
following pollutant parameters have been designated as significant:
suspended solids, oil and grease, and pH.
The principal waste streams from synthetic rubber manufacture c
steam and condensate from the monomer recovery stripping operation,
overflow of coagulation liquors, and overflow of the crumb rubber rinse
waters. Area washdown and equipment clean-out wastewaters are also major
sources of pollutants, particularly in latex rubber plants where cleanup
more frequent because of smaller production runs. For manufacturers of
synthetic rubbers, the following pollutant parameters have been designate
as significant: chemical oxygen demand, biochemical oxygen demand,
suspended solids, oil and grease, and pH.
W4.4-4
-------
Table U4.il. 1. Pollutants and sources
Subcategory
Pollutant a/
Source
A. Tires and inner cubes
Synthetic Rubber Industries:
3. Emulsion crumb rubber
C. Solution crumb rubber
0. Latex rubber
General Molded, Extruded and
Fabricated Ruober Product?
E. Small
F. Medium
G. Large
Declaimed Ruober
H. Wet digestion
I. Pan , dry digestion,
and mechanical
TSS
Oil and grease
PH
COD
30DS.
TSS
Oil and grease
pH
TSS
Oil and grease
pH
Lead
COD
TSS
• Washdown and runoff 'rom compounding areas
• Discharges of soaostone solution
• Nonprocsss boiler Slowdowns
• Water treatment wastes
• Washdown, runoff, spills, and leakage in
process areas wmch pick up lubricating
and extender oils
• Process wastewaters
• Organic compounds which contact process
wastewater
• Organic compounds which contact process
wastewater
« Uncoagulated rubber (emulsion crumb and latex
rubber subcategories
• Rubber crumb fines (emulsion crumb and
solution crumb subcategories
• Insoluble monomers
• Solvents and extender oils (emulsion crumb ar,c
solution crumb suocategones)
• Miscellaneous machinery and hydraulic oils
• Acidic coagulation liouors (emulsion crumb
subcategory)
• Strong caustic soda solutions bled into
effluent where monomer inhibitors are removed
• Washdown and runoff from compounding areas
t Discharge from anti-cack solutions
• Nonprocess boiler blowdowns
• Water treatment wastes
• Washdown, runoff, spills, and leakage in
process areas which pick up lubricating,
process, and fuel 01 Is
» Process wastewaters
• Vulcamzer conaensate and contact cooling
waters from nose proouction facilities using
a lead sheath cure
Qewatering wastewaters (wet aigest'.on sub-
category)
Condensed vapor streams for depolymenzation
Anti-tack solutions
Oi 1 and grease
Washdown and runoff from compounding areas
Discnargers of anti-tack solutions
Nonprocess boiler blowdowns
Water treatment works
Dewatering liquor when fibrous stock is fed
to digesters (wet digestion subcategory)
Continued ...
W4.4-5
-------
Table W4.4.1. (Continued)
Subcategory
Pollutant a/
Source
Latex Based Products
J. Latex dipped, extruded
and molded rubber
Oil and grease « Digester arocess oil in dewatering liquor
(wet digestion subcategory)
• Organics scrubbed from vapor streams
• Lubricating oil leakage
pH • Dependent on formula used in wet digestion
3005_ • Organic compounds which contact process
~ wastewater (dependent on product washing
technique employed)
TSS • Uncoagulated latex from washdown and clean c
waste
Latex foam
pH
Chromium
Zinc
pH adjustment made in process wastewaters f(
chemical coagulation treatment process
When chromic acid is used in form-cleaning
solution (latex dioped, extruded and molded
rubber subcategory)
Foam wash waters when zinc is used (latex
foam subcategory)
a/ Pollutants listed include only tnose regulated oy erfluent limitations guidelines ana standards.
Source: Development Documents EPA-440/l-74-013-a, pp. 65-31 and £PA-440/l-74-030-a, pp. 91-116.
W4.4-6
-------
The major process wastewater streams from the production of
general molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber products are spills,
leakage and washdown, from processing areas, and runoff, from outdoor
storage areas; vulcanizer condensate and contact cooling water from the
curing of lead-sheathed and cloth-wrapped hoses; and vulcanizer condensate
from the curing of cement dipper items. Process wastewaters evolved from
sources within the general molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber plants
subcategories are to be treated for suspended solids (TSS), oil and grease,
lead (from lead-sheathed hose production) and pH.
The primary sources of process wastewater streams for the
reclaimed rubber industry are dewatering liquor and defibering scraps from
the wet digester process; spills, leaks and washdown from processing areas;
and vapor condensate collected by air pollution control devices. The
effluent guidelines and standards for the reclaimed rubber subcategories
have designated chemical oxygen demand (COD), suspended solids (TSS), oil
and grease, and pH as the contaminated constituents to be controlled.
The major wastewater streams from the production of latex based
products are product washwaters (which will contain zinc when zinc oxide is
used in late foam manufacture); spills, leaks, washdown and run-off from
latex storage, compounding and transfer areas; discharges from foam
cleaning operations. The effluent guidelines and standards for the latex
based products subcategories regulate the quantity or qualities of
biological oxygen demand (BOD5_), suspended solids (TSS), pH, chromium (from
chromic acid cleaning operations), and zinc (from zinc oxide curing).
Control Technology
Various control technologies used to meet BPT, and NSPS were
recommended and costed in the rubber processing industry's Development
Documents. Various control technologies were also recommended to meet
pretreatment standards for new sources but were not costed. Existing
source pretreatment standards have not yet been promulgated and all of the
BAT limitations are less than or equal to BPT. The recommended
technologies for this industry are summarized below:
BPT, NSPS. The technologies recommended to meet BPT
regulations, and NSPS consist of:
t Elimination of any discharge of soapstone solution by:
- Recycling soapstone solution;
- Installation of curbing and sealing drains around the
soapstone dipping area; and
- Reuse of recirculating system washwater as makeup for
fresh soapstone solution.
• Elimination of any discharge of latex solution by:
- Installation of curbing and sealing drains around the
latex dipping area; and
- Containment of all wastewaters in the area.
W4.4-7
-------
• Segregation, control and treatment of all oily waste streams
by:
- Isolation of process wastewaters from nonprocess
wastewaters;
- Treatment of process wastewaters with API-type gravity
separation; and
- Additional treatment through an absorbant filter.
The control and treatment technology recommended to meet BPT an<
NSPS guidelines for emulsion crumb and latex plants is chemical coagulatii
and clarification; biological treatment by activated sludge processes;
improved housekeeping and maintenance practices; and in-plant modificatio
for crumb plants such as the use of crumb pits to remove crumb rubber fin>
from coagulation liquor and crumb rinse overflows.
Because solution crumb wastewaters do not contain uncoagulated
latex solids, the chemical coagulation step is not necessary. BPT and NS
technology for solution crumb plants have been defined as comparable to
primary clarification and biological treatment, with the use of crumb pit:
to catch crumb rubber fines before treatment.
The control and treatment technology recommended for general
molded, extruded, and fabricated products plants to meet BPT and NSPS
guidelines consists of eliminating anti-tack or latex solution discharge
and isolation, control, and treatment of all oily waste streams. The
discharge of anti-tack and latex solutions can be eliminated by recycling
of soapstone solution, installation of curbing around the soapstone dippi
area and latex storage and transfer areas, sealing of drains in the dippi
area and latex use areas, reuse of the recirculating system wash water as
makeup for fresh soapstone solution, and the containment of all
latex-contaminated waste streams. Control and treatment of oily waste
streams involves segregation, collection, and treatment of runoff from oi
storage and unloading areas and leakage and spills in the process areas.
For plants manufacturing hose via lead-sheathed processes
additional control technology for the control of lead is required. The
recommended treatment for lead is accomplished by segregation and precoat
filtration and lead-laden waste water.
None of the wet-digestion reclaim rubber plants discharge
directly, and no new plants will use the wet-digestion process.
Waste from the pan, mechanical, and dry digestion reclaim
processes are comparable to those from the general molded rubber plants.
The technology recommended for meeting BPT and NSPS guidelines includes
eliminating anti-tack solution discharge and segregation, control, and
treatment of all oily waste.
The control and treatment technology recommended for latex-dipp-
products to meet BPT, BAT and NSPS guidelines includes chemical stream
segregation of process wastewater from nonprocess wastewater; coagulatio
W4.4-8
-------
and clarification; and biological treatment of the clarified waste stream
in an aerated lagoon and subsequent settling and removal of the settled
solids. Additional control and treatment techniques are required for latex
dipping operations which use chromic acid as a form cleaning agent. These
wastes can be eliminated by use of alternative cleaning techniques. If the
chromic acid cleaning technique cannot be replaced, chemical precipitation
and sedimentation is required.
PSNS. For latex foam, the technologies recommended to meet BPT
and NSPS guidelines include chemical coagulation and clarification of
latex-bearing wastewaters and chemical precipitation of zinc ^rom the rinse
waters. The clarified wastewaters from these two streams are combined in a
neutralization tank and the pH is adjusted to a level suitable for
biological treatment.
A minimum level of pretreatment must be given to wastewaters that
will be discharged from new production facilities to publicly owned
treatment works, and pollutants which would inhibit or upset the
performance of such treatment works must be eliminated. Pretreatment
recommendations for process wastewaters from the tire and inner tube
industry include the separation of oils and solids in an API gravity
separator and the use of an equalization basin to prevent shock loads of
oil, suspended solids, or batch dumps of dipping solutions. For nonprocess
wastewaters, such problems as acidity, alkalinity, solids, oils, and heavy
metals may require control at the plant to conform to local ordinances for
discharge to publicly owned treatment works.
Pretreatment standards for emulsion crumb rubber and solution
crumb rubber were revoked February 14, 1978. The pretreatment requirements
for wastewater discharges to publicly owned waterworks from latex rubber
plants are chemical coagulation of latex-laden wastewaters and
neutralization or equalization of utility wastes.
Pretreatment recommendations for process wastewaters from
facilities producing molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber products
including latex-dipped products and latex foam; wet-digestion reclaimed
rubber; and pan, mechanical, and dry digestion reclaimed rubber include the
separation of oils and solids in an API gravity separator, and the use of
an equalization basin to prevent shock loads of oil, suspended solids, or
batch dumps of dipping solution from upsetting the performance of treatment
works. In addition, lead-laden wastewaters from general rubber products,
latex-laden wastewater from latex-based products, chromium from
latex-dipped products, and zinc from latex foam products must be treated.
If fibers are digested with rubber scrap, a large sedimentation lagoon may
be required.
Costing Methodology
Waste pollution control costs to the rubber processing industry
for compliance with effluent limitations, pretreatment standards, and new
source performance standards were presented by EPA in the two Development
Documents for the rubber processing industry. These costs were developed
W4.4-9
-------
for one plant of typical size for each of the industry subcategories. T
analysis used these costs and typical plants to derive cost regulations
the total capital and O&M costs of the regulations. These costs of
compliance for the rubber industry are presented in Table W4.4.2.
W4.4-10
-------
o
a*
in o *r o so
«•* o ~* O CN
ao
in
^ co
co eo
— ' o cn
in o « CN
o O ^ O ^"
?M o sr\
a
o
SO
c
o
•o
co in
cn «-i
co
i
ON
O O O O O
O O CO O O
o
CO
in **
O O CO O
CM
VO
o
O
in
O
in — t
C£ Z
&•
< Z
2 t
m
o
4-
cn m
< o
CO —
•
as
<2
U
^
«4
S
•• O
> a
6- a
H- !—
CJ
a. ••
< z
cn
O
4-
Cd
«n —
cn
»H
aT
h-t
^
^
Ed
CJ
a.
•z.
*-4
~Z
*£
r"
O4
^
tj
cn
£*
Z
^
O4
c
C- k—
Z :-
Z *-
r- x:
en Cd
a
^
z
^
O O cn
O O c—
^^
en
a.
en
z
en
z
^
=- 5- 04
—4 <
» c2 r^
:j
Z
o o
0 0
g*
<
Cd
y
QJ
a.
-^
en cn
i3 Z
en cn
^
cn
r-'
^
<
E«
i.
U
en c
r- U
en »
O it
'J —
— •<
<; ^^
~-
eh
< x
S s a
^ ^.
"
c
j"l ^1
ca o *r
— . O T
.^
cn
0.
U3
•v
yi
is
,j
r- r- a.
CM ^
£ — ,3
^
2
m
<^i O
oa o
s^
ig
^2
21
ii
•y
i.
-^,
cn cn
cn OT
2* CM
en
en
3
W4.4-11
-------
Chapter W4.5 Soap and Detergent Industry
Regulations
The costs included in this chapter are for BPT, BAT and NSPS
regulations promulgated in 1974 and 1975. Little regulatory activity has
occurred since that time. This industry has been exempted from additional
federal guidelines under Paragraph 8 of the 1976 settlement agreement with
NRDC.
Industry Characteristics
Soap and detergent industry establishments are engaged in the
manufacture of soap, synthetic organic detergents, inorganic alkaline
detergents, or any combination of these processes. The term "soap" refers
to those cleaning agents which are derivatives of natural fat. The term
"detergent" is generally restricted to cleaning compounds derived largely
from petrochemicals.
Soaps and detergents are produced by a variety of manufacturing
processes. For the purpose of establishing effluent limitation guidelines
and standards of performance the industry has been divided into 19
subcategories based on processes and products:
Soap Manufacture
Soap Manufacture—Batch Kettle and Continuous
Fatty Acid Manufacture by Fat Splitting
Soap from Fatty Acid Neutralization
Glycerine Recovery
Glycerine Concentration
Glycerine Distillation
Soap Flakes and Powders
Bar Soaps
Liquid Soap
Detergent Manufacture
Oleum Sulfonation and Sulfation (Batch and Continuous)
Air- Sulfur Trioxide Sulfation and Sulfonation (Batch ana
Continuous)
Sulfur Trioxide Solvent and Vacuum Sulfonation
Sulfamic Acid Sulfation
Chlorosulfonic Acid Sulfation
Neutralization of Sulfuric Acid Esters and Sulfonic Acids
Spray Dried Detergents
Liquid Detergent Manufacture
Detergent Manufacturing by Dry Blending
W4.5-1
-------
• Drum Dried Detergents
• Detergent Bars and Cakes
The leading products for each class are toilet bars in the soa
segment and laundry detergents in the detergent segment. Household laum
detergents also account for a large percent of the total value of shipme
of soaps and detergents made by all industries.
The largest fraction of the industry's establishments,
approximately one-third, is located in the North Central region of the
United States. Although there are a large number of producers, the soap
and detergent industry is an oligopolistic industry. About 2 percent of
the establishments account for 47 percent of the industry's value of
shipments, 5 percent account for 69 percent of the industry's value of
shipments. The "big three" companies in the soap and detergent industry
are Proctor & Gamble, Lever Brothers, and Colgate-Palmolive.
Production has been maintaining a 4.6 percent growth, and is
expected to continue.
Pollutants and Sources
The manufacturing of soaps and detergents represents a minor
source of water pollution. Approximately 98 percent of the plant efflue
go to municipal treatment plants with the remaining 2 percent of the
industry discharging as point sources. Raw waste loads from the soap an
detergent manufacturing process vary considerably.
The processes that are heavy effluent generators are: (1) bat
kettle, (2) fatty acid manufacturing by fat splitting and distillation,
glycerine recovery, (4) bar soap manufacture, (5) spray drying of
detergents, and (6) manufacture of liquid detergents. The major polluti
sources for these processes are: washout of equipment, leaks and spills
discharge of barometric condenser water, cooling tower blowdown, and
discharge of scrubber waters from air pollution control equipment.
Constituents of these wastewater streams are fats, fatty acids, glycerin
oil and grease, salts, lye, and the soap or detergent produced in the
plant.
The other processes are able to recycle their wastewater or us
dry cleanup process. Therefore, they have virtually no water pollutants
The pollutants covered by the effluent limitations guidelines
the soap and detergent industry are BOD5, COD, suspended solids,
surfactants, oil and grease, and pH.
Control Technology and Costs
The largest reductions in the pollution load from this industr
can be made through lower process water usage. One of the biggest
improvements would be either changing the operating techniques associate
with the barometric condensers or replacing them entirely with surface
W4.5-2
-------
condensers. Large reductions in water usage in the manufacture of liquid
detergents could be achieved through the installation of additional water
recycling, and by the use of air rather than water to blow out filling
1i nes.
BPT guidelines call for plants to adopt good housekeeping
procedures, adopt recycling where appropriate, and install biological
secondary treatment (bioconversion). BAT guidelines assume improvement in
manufacturing processes such as the replacement of barometric condensers by
surface condensers, installation of tandem-chilled water scrubbers (for
spray-dried detergents), and the use of a batch counter current process in
air-sulfur trioxide sulfation and sulfonation. In addition, improvements
in end-of-pipe treatment are expected including the addition of sand or
mixed-media filtration or the installation of a two-stage, activated sludge
process. New source performance standards are the same as BAT for most
product subcategories. Improvements over the old BAT requirement are
expected as some plants are installing new, lower polluting processes, such
as continuous processes instead of batch processes.
Since approximately 98 percent of the soap and detergent
manufacturers discharge into municipal sewers, the total cost to the
industry of meeting these guidelines is low. For the purpose of estimating
annualized control costs, three model plants were created. These models
contain principally those processes to be heavily impacted by the effluent
guidelines recommendations. The models are:
(1) A small soap company
(2) A small liquid detergent company
(3) A very large integrated soap and detergent company.
The control costs for the industry are shown in Table W4.5.1.
These costs represent the situation as determined by consultation with
cognizant EPA staff as of February, 1982.
W4.5-3
-------
a
«n
i
o va in o o
00*00
o r— so ui
«n >^ ci o o <•"
• .....
m o m o o — >
» o f-
in <•! m o o
o so
— — CM o o
o — o o
m o a* o o in
— oooo —
0 r- r-
cj -: cn a.
- < — a
< _: s x
r- < Z M
C = Z
r- Z <
Z
<
.«•,
cn
a.
cn «•
Z •£
— a
cn et
1- CM
Z id
4 21
^,
r- O. ~-
•s cn cn
a 3 a z
— V3 VI
S — i.
cn x
cn t- a.
r- Z cn r-
cn < 2 a:
2 Z -ji a
r cj 5 3
z < a
O cn s. < cn cn
— x ~ "~ 2 cn cn
< Cu Z — —
cn
O
CJ
z
=- Z
W4.5-4
-------
Chapter W4.6 Carbon Black Industry
Costs in this report are based on nine non-conforming plants
(38.6 percent of industry capacity) of a total population of 30 plants.
The other plants were in conformance with EPA water regulations before the
regulations were promulgated.
Regulations
On January 9, 1978, the proposed guidelines for BAT, NSPS, and
pretreatment for this industry were promulgated without modifications, and
BPT regulations for the furnace process were withdrawn. Most of the plants
were in compliance before the regulations were promulgated. The withdrawal
of the BPT regulations effectively gave the remaining 9 furnace plants
until July 1, 1983 to achieve no discharge of wastewater pollutants.
Industry Characteristics
Carbon black is a black, fluffy, finely divided powder consisting
of 90 to 99 percent elemental carbon. Carbon black is uniquely different
from other bulk carbons, such as charcoals and cokes, both in terms of
properties and applications., Although there are many different grades of
carbon black, it is generally treated as a single product.
In essence, carbon black is manufactured by producing carbon from
either liquid or gaseous hydrocarbon materials. Depending upon the
process, the production is achieved either by thermal degradation or
incomplete combustion. In the United States, four different manufacturing
processes have been employed, including the furnace, thermal, channel, and
lampblack processes. The furnace process accounts for about 95 percent of
U.S. production, the thermal process about 5 percent, and the lampblack
process for a very small fraction. The last U.S. channel" carbon black
plant closed in 1976.
Seven companies operate 30 furnace black plants, two of which
also contain facilities for the production of thermal black. The
capacities of these 30 plants range from 23,000 to 130,000 metric tons per
year. In addition, two small plants produce lampblack, one small plant
produces bone black, and one small plant produces acetylene black. All
establishments producing furnace or thermal black are classified in
SIC 2895. This establishment classification accounts for about 99 percent
of all U.S. carbon black production.
The major end uses of carbon black are in the manufacture of
rubber, printing ink, paint, paper, and plastics. Typically, more than 93
percent of total carbon black consumption is in rubber applications, and
W4.6-1
-------
the rubber tire industry is by far the principal consumer. Printing ink
represents the second largest use of carbon black. The United States is
net exporter of carbon black (typically 5 percent of total production).
Recently installed overseas production capacity has resulted in a trend
toward shrinking U.S. exports, however.
The U.S. production of carbon black has fluctuated considerably
since 1967. Average growth in the period 1967 to 1978 was 1.85 percent
year. The various pressures on the automotive industry are expected to
reduce future growth of the carbon black industry to about 1.6 percent p>
year. U.S. carbon black production was 1.497 million metric tons in 197v
and should be about 1.755 million metric tons in 1988.
Pollutants and Sources
The thermal black process produces an inherent process wastewa
stream. It consists of recirculating cooling-water purge contaminated w
carbon black. In the thermal black process, furnace gas is quenched wit
water to reduce its temperature before it is passed through bag filters
where the product carbon is removed. The hydrogen-containing exit gas t
contains an appreciable amount of water vapor, which must be removed bef
recycling the hydrogen back into the process as fuel. The water vapor i
the gas stream is removed by cooling the gas stream with water sprays, t
lowering the gas temperature below the boiling point of water and thereb
condensing out most of the moisture. The spent spray water undergoes a
temperature rise caused by the liberated heat of condensation and must,
therefore, be cooled prior to reuse. Typically, the spray water is part
a cooling water circuit in which fresh makeup water is added to replenis
inevitable losses within the system. As with most cooling circuits, it
necessary to purge or "blow down" a certain fraction of the total
circulation to prevent the buildup of undesirable contaminants. In the
thermal black process, this blowdown stream is contaminated with small
amounts of carbon black lost from the process. Thermal black plants may
eliminate this blowdown stream by using it to quench the hot gases leavi
the furnaces. Otherwise, the purge stream forms a point-source discharg
The two thermal black plants still in operation are located on the same
sites as two furnace black plants, and had achieved no discharge of proc
wastewater contaminants by 1976. No further consideration will be given
thermal plants.
Carbon black manufacturing plants employing the furnace black
process do not produce an inherent process wastewater stream. Certain
furnace black plants, however, do have small plant washdown streams and
stormwater runoff streams. The local rainfall/evaporation relationship
plays a large role in determining whether there is, or is not, a
point-source discharge from the plant. Of a total of 30 furnace black
plants, 21 do not have point-source discharges. Some plants have no
discharge primarily because of favorable climate conditions, while other
are able to use excess water as quench water. Nine furnace black plant;
were found to discharge process wastewaters in 1976, whereas the remain'
furnace plants had no discharge.
W4.6-2
-------
Control Technology
The control technologies recommended and costed by EPA in the
Development Document consist of two wastewater treatment steps: Step 1
consists of sedimentation and Step 2 consists of filtration. It is
anticipated that certain plants will require only Step 1, while other
plants will require both Step 1 and Step 2. In any case, the cost model
provides for the treated effluent to be totally recycled back to the
process. This treatment is intended to reduce the discharge of total
suspended solids (TSS) from an average of 0.97 kg/metric ton of product to
zero.
Costing Methodology
Water-pollution control costs are given in 1974 dollars in the
EPA Economic Analysis of the Carbon Black Industry for a thermal black
plant having a capacity of 214 metric tons per day (74,900 metric tons per
year). The capital cost is given as $279,900 and annual operating and
maintenance costs as $11,200 for control involving both sedimentation and
filtration. Costs were applied to the nine plants that were discharging
process wastewaters in 1976. The average capacity of these plants is
77,800 metric tons per year. In 1974 dollars, the investment cost averages
$286,350 per plant, or total investment costs are $2,577,150. The annual
operating and maintenance cost is $11,640 per plant, or $104,760 for all
nine plants.
The BPT regulation was withdrawn in 1978 for these plants,
although one plant was scheduled to be in compliance by July 1, 1977. It
is estimated that about 50 percent of these plants will have made their
investments by 1981 and the remaining 50 percent by 1983.
The costs estimated on the above basis are given in Table W4.6.1.
As stated above these costs are based on achievement of zero discharge by
nine plants.
W4.6-3
-------
e
s*
i
a
9 m r> 9 9
9 4 I-N 9 9 V
i i-M 3 3 3
9 in 3 9 3
o o o 3 3
in
.a
"O
C
o
CO
a
i
CO ->
z J a:
O -3 —
w o
a u
z -o
O Eh <
=- a
D cn
-! Z Z
J O —
o « _,
"" I; <
5 s w
< z <
3 - CJ
en en
=- a.
z ais-
< z
z
—
<
=^
^>
r«
cn
C«
cn —
O cn en
O s- a.
z cn e,
— < Z 4
< ^ — U
=- a. en e
M c« i.
cn a. a 2 a
r- «= Z < =
cn cj - J a.
O 5- e. e, o, ^
•j J en a. < en cn
_: _ x M cn cn
< z a z a. a,
= z
z <
z
<
en
cn 5.
w <
r a
±e M
v. «
Owe.
< — x
j. < i:
«• ^
^
<
cn
W r-
Z <
— U
cn =
z S
^ 2j
— £ ^
< en en
i: en cn
•* • ai — <
O =
r- Z
Z
z
W4.6-4
-------
Chapter W4.7 Explosives Industry
Regulations
Effluent limitations were established for this industry in 1976
for BPT and BAT. The non-military sector of this industry was exempted
under Paragraph 8 of the 1976 settlement agreement with the Natural
Resources Defense Council. This sector will not be affected by any
national effluent limitations other than the BPT.
Industry Characteristics
The U.S. explosives industry includes over 600 plants.
Explosives plants generally are evenly distributed in the eastern portion
of the United States, away from large population centers. Plant sites
range from a few hundred to several thousand acres. The general production
process for the manufacture of explosives involves the nitration of an
organic molecule, such as glycerine, toluene and cellulose. Raw materials
used in this process are nitric acid, acting as a nitrate source, and
sulfuric or acetic acid, acting as a dehydrating agent. Nitration products
include nitroglycerin, dinitroglycerin, trinitrotoluene, dinitrotoluene,
trinitroresorcinol, nitromannite, and nitrocellulose.
For the purpose of establishing effluent limitations guidelines,
the explosives industry has been divided into the following four
subcategories based upon the raw material used and the process employed:
• Explosives - Category A
t Propel!ants - Category B
» Load, Assemble, and Pack plants (LAP) - Category C
t Initiating-Compound Plants - Category D.
Pollutants and Sources
The wastewater sources associated with each subcategory are
presented in the following sections.
Manufacture of Explosives. The wastes from this category are
characteristically high in BODr, COD, nitrates, sulfates, and TOC. Highly
variable pH is also characteristic of the wastewater from the explosive
industry. The major waste loads generally come from the finishing area
where the crude explosive becomes the finished product.
Manufacture of Propel!ants. The waste loads associated with the
manufacture of propellents are usually higher than those associated with
the manufacture of explosives. Suspended solids are a troublesome problem,
especially in the manufacture of nitrocellulose. Wide variation in pH is
also a problem. High BODr, COD, and TOC levels can be attributed to the
organic compounds and solvents involved in the processes, while high
W4.7-1
-------
nitrate and sulfates can be attributed to the use of nitric acids and
sulfuric acids, respectively.
Load, Assemble, and Pack Plants. Waste loads from this cate<
are the mildest in the explosive industry but the most variable. BODr,
COD, nitrates, sulfates, TOC, and TSS are in the effluent waste loads.
Im'tiatin^-Compound Plants. The waste loads associated with
manufacture of initiating compounds are the highest of any category in th
explosives industry, due to the highly concentrated waste streams and sma
volumes of production. Because of the small quantities, batch processes
are used in this category and recovery of spent materials is not attempte
Waste loads are high in the following parameters: BODr, COD, nitrates,
sulfates, TOC, TSS, and TKN (Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen).
For the purpose of establishing effluent guidelines for the
explosives industry the following parameters have been defined to be of
major significance: BOD5, COD, TSS, pH, and oil and grease.
Control Technology and Costs
The technology for the control and treatment of waterborne
pollutants in the explosives industry can be divided into two broad
categories: in-process and end-of-pipe. In-process depends on two major
conditions.
• Altering the processes that generate water pollutants
• Controlling water use in non-process as well as process a
Specific in-process control practices applicable to the
explosives industry include good water management, which, with recycling
of process cooling water, can have a significant effect on hydraulic
loading and would reduce treatment costs. Separation of process and
noncontact waters is a first step in economical pollution abatement. Pri
to end-of-pipe treatment, the following plant control measures will be
mandatory: neutralization facilities, catch tanks on finishing explosive
lines, and other pretreatment facilities.
The recommended technology for achieving BPT guidelines reli
upon the use of an activated sludge treatment plant for Categories A, 8,
and D. For Category C an extended aeration package system was recommende
Also, since many of the waste streams have extreme pH values,
neutralization is necessary.
Costs for this industry are summarized in Table 4.7.1.
W4.7-2
-------
a
3v
I
a a a a a
a a a o o
a
o
a a a a a
o a o o o
a <"^
a a a a a •» &
a o o
^
CO
o o o a o
o o o o a
a
a
a a a a a
a a a o o
a a a a a
a a a a a
CTV
~J
•a
TJ
tn
ai
a a o a a
a a a a a
a
a
rM
a a a a a a-
a a a a a •»
a a a a a — -•
a a a a a
a
a
a
a
CO
O
a,
x
W
i
fN
r*-
sr\
a a a a a oa
a a a a a —
a
a a a a a
a a a a a
a a a a a
a a a a a
35
3
01
l-t
J3
a a
s*
a a a a a
a a a a a
a
a
a a a a a
a a o a a
a a a a a
a a a 3 a
3
-
Z - ^
83"
a u
Z sj
^3 w -,
Ilj
" - ?
— ^ ^*
-i G.
< S <
,wn>
StISN) S.
en
x
<
• ~L
- —
en e75
en
O en
cj &•
_; -c
r- ^
'ji a. c
r- •< Z
en CJ -
n e
z «c
— a
en a
<
en
x =-
&• Z
03 <
ej —
r -,r
n =-
z <
en ^
z 3
< 2
•J)
C en :
-; x
W4.7-3
-------
-------
Chapter W4.8. Pesticides and Agricultural Chemicals
Regulations
Regulations affection this industry were revised under the
provisions of the NRDC Consent Decree. In November 1982 EPA proposed
regulations for BCT, BAT, NSPS, PSES, PSNS, and expanded BPT to include
active ingredients which were excluded from the original BPT regulations.
However, revision of this chapter was limited to adjusting pollution
control costs to 1981 dollars. The effect of any changes in the
regulations affecting the pesticides and agricultural chemicals industry is
not reflected in the text of the chapter or the cost estimates included in
Table W4.8.3. The cost estimates represent the impact of the regulations
as originally promulgated.
Industry Characteristics
The pesticide chemicals manufacturing industry is classified
under SIC 2879 and has been subdivided for pollution control purposes into
six subcategories. Five of these relate to the type of product, and the
sixth to a specialty operation concerned with formulating and packaging.
The subcategories are as follows:
Subcategory A—Halogenated organics production
Subcategory B~0rgano-phosphorus production
Subcategory C—Organo-nitrogen production
Subcategory D--Metallo-organic production
Subcategory E--Formulation and packaging
Subcategory F—Miscellaneous pesticides not otherwise
classified.
The products of the pesticide industry have generally been
divided into three basic classes—herbicides, fungicides, and insecticides.
The largest group in terms of value is the herbicides.
The products of this industry are highly varied and over 400 have
been identified according to the various subcategories. Note that
separate, more strict standards have been enacted for several pesticides as
toxic pollutants.
The chemistry involved in the production of pesticides is highly
varied and complex, so that many different chemical operations are used.
In addition, the plants which formulate rather than produce the pesticides
usually employ a number of operations. The five production subcategories
are discussed below.
Halogenated Organic Compounds. Ninety-eight products were
identified in this Subcategory.These have been further broken down into
five groups, and are related to their major use as shown in Table W4.8.1.
W4.8-1
-------
Table W4.8-1. Halogenated organic pesticide
groupings and use
Group Compound
Al DDT*
Dithiocarbamates
Methoxychlor
Use
Insecticide
Fungicide
Insecticide
A2
2.4-0
2.4.5-T*
MCPA
Herbicide
Herbicide
Herbicide
A3
Toxaphene
Chlordane/heptachlor
Endosulfan
Endrin
Insecticide
Insecticide
Insecticide
Insecticide
A4
Methyl bromide
Lindane
Fumigant (insects,
weeds, rodents, etc.)
Insecticide
AS
Dicamba*
Amiben*
Propanil
Herbicide
Herbicide
Herbicide
'Representative of the subcategory and used in the economic impact anal
of the prepared standards on this subcategory.
W4.8-2
-------
Orqano-Phosphorus Compounds. This category contains 93 compounds
used primarily as insecticides.Some widely used materials in this group
are listed below:
Methyl parathion
Fenthion
Ronnel
Diazinon
Guthion
Malathion
Oisulfoton
Qrgano-Nitrogen Compounds. Two-hundred-nine (209) compounds were
identified as belonging to this group which contains some of the largest
selling pesticides produced. These have been further classified into seven
groups, as shown in Table W4.8.2. Most of the large selling items are
herbicides, with minor production of insecticides and fungicides.
Table W4.8.2. Nitrogen-containing pesticide
groupings and use
Grouping Primary Use
Cl) Aryl and alky!carbonates Insecticides, herbicides
C2) Thiocarbamates Herbicides
C3) Amides and amines Herbicides
C4) Ureas and Uracils Herbicides
C5) s-Triazines Herbicides
C6) Nitro compounds Herbicides
C7) Other ' Fungicides, herbicides
Metal!o-organic Compounds. This is the smallest category of
pesticides in both volume and value. Products are primarily fungicides and
herbicides.
Formulations. In addition to the many pesticides directly
manufactured, there are also many products on the market produced by
formulation of combinations of pesticides or other chemicals. Good
statistics are not readi-ly available on the distribution of establishments
belonging to this classification.
Pollutants and Sources
The pesticide chemical manufacturing industry is involved in the
production of many complex organic materials utilizing sophisticated
processes. Wastewater pollution is therefore highly variable from plant to
plant.
W4.8-3
-------
Halogenatad Organic Pesticides. The manufacture of this type
pesticide, usually results in wastewaters that contain high loadings of
organic materials from operations such as decanting, distillation, and
stripping. Spillage, washdowns, and runoff can also be significant if
suitable operational control is not maintained. The most significant
pollutants are BOD, COD, suspended solids, phenol, and the pesticide
product.
Organo-Phosphorus Pesticides. There are many sources of
wastewater from the manufacture of organophosphorus pesticides. These
include decanter units, distillation towers, overhead collectors, solver
strippers, caustic scrubbers, contact cooling, hydrolysis units, and
equipment washing.
The most significant pollutants are considered to be BOD, COD,
suspended solids, ammonia, nitrogen, phosphorus, and the pesticide prodi
Organo-Nitrogen Pesticides. In the manufacture of this type
pesticide, the principal sources of wastewater are decanting,
extractor/precipitator unit operations, scrubbing, solvent stripping,
product purification, rinsing, and runoff of spillage. The significant
pollutants are the same as those identified for organo-phosphorus
pesticides.
Metallo-Qrganic Pesticides. The primary wastewater sources f
the production of organo-metallic pesticides are product stripping,
washing, caustic scrubbing, and cleaning operations. The significant
pollutants are dissolved solids, suspended solids, BOD, COD, and the
pesticide product.
Formulation and Packaging. Washing and cleaning operations a
the principal sources of wastewater in the establishment.
MuHi category Producers. Previous discussions were related tt
plants for which the production was restricted to one category of
pesticide, or to plants for which the waste from one category was
identifiable. However, there are plants which produce more than one
category of pesticide and, for these, the individual wastes are not rea<
separated.
Control Technology
The plants producing pesticides are highly variable in nature
therefore, the control technology in plants producing essentially the s.
product can also be highly variable. Factors such as economics, pollut.
concentration, and wastewater flow have to be considered when choosing •
control and treatment technology to be used.
As is the case for other industries, treatment technologies c,
conveniently be divided into (1) in-plant control and treatment and (2)
end-of-pipe control and treatment.
W4.8-4
-------
In-Plant Control and Treatment. In-plant control and treatment
includes steps to reduce wastewater strength and/or volume. Important
in-plant techniques include proper wastewater segregation in the plant, use
of dry housekeeping equipment, replacement of steam jet ejectors and
barometric condensers by vacuum pumps and surface condensers, and
replacement of process water by an appropriate organic solvent.
End-of-Pipe Control and Treatment. The recommended methods for
end-of-pipe treatment basically involve various clean-up steps such as
setting, skimming, equalization, or other treatment, followed by
detoxification, usually with carbon absorption, followed by biological
treatment. However, because of the highly variable nature of this
industry,- it is difficult to generalize about the advantages and
disadvantages of the various treatments. Rather, the approach used has
been to handle each on an individual basis, and to provide case histories
from background information which has been obtained.
Costing Methodology
For the purpose of this report the approach used to estimate
control costs was to develop model systems which would meet the wastewater
guidelines and then make cost estimates for implementing those model
systems in actual plants.
Model systems were planned (1) for end-of-pipe treatment to a BPT
level of Subcategories A, B, and C only. Plants in Subcategories D and E
should not have a wastewater discharge if properly operated. All three
model plants are similar in that each waste stream contains separable
organics which must be removed by an oil separator of the API type.
Wastewater streams for Subcategory C also contain considerable quantities
of suspended solids which can be removed in combination with the organic
material. Some wastestreams contain materials from distillation tower
bottoms which need to be removed and incinerated. Wastewater from
Subcategory A can be detoxified by carbon absorption, while hydrolysis is
the most satisfactory method for detoxification of wastes from
Subcategories B and C.
The basic biological treatment consists of an activated sludge
system. This should include aeration basins, flocculator-clarifiers, and
sludge handling facilities.
Cost data are summarized in Table W4.8.3.
W4.8-5
-------
u
3
iJ
•u
en
r-
o o o o o
o o o a o
o
o
o o o o o
o o o o o
o o o o o
o o o o o
in
so
r-
m
cn
a)
IX,
a
r—
o o o o o
o o o o o
O O O O O CO
o o o o o •»
o o o o o
o o o o o
ri as
— (N
2
01
03
C-l
33
Tl
Q O O O O
o o o o o
o o o o
o o o o
o o o o o
a o o o o
ON CONTROL COS
V DOLLARS)
ACE (KIP) :
M O J
5- a.
3 cn
•4 Z Z
J 0 «
O >-i
a. j j
j <
iJ JT h*4
5- a.
< z <
3 « CJ
PLANTS
CJ
Z
Z 5-
z >•*
r" X
cn a
>
z
-<
05
a.
cn
z
05
r*
^;
j
5" r" CU
- <
ffl ffl 2
CU
z
S.
a
3S
a*
^,
05 OJ
a z
cn cn
a. a.
-
cn
C-i
in
p
„;
^ a
"^ ^
C 3
&• Z
Z
CAPITAL
PLANTS
a cj
a z
•^ »*
>— t C-t i*
_: ch a.
< — a
3 X
Z W
z
^
cn
a.
cn s«
z <
— a
cn a:
C^ C-t
z a
^ «
j ^
f- a. -^
< cn cn
M ^ a z
a cn cn
z a, a.
cn
6-
a,
CJ
z
r-M
c- S-
cn a.
M —• S
< X
=- S a
o
8* *•
o
S(NSPS)
&*
z
<;
»
r- Ot
<
M 2
U
2
<
U
c-
a
«
3^
-^,
cn cn
jj z
yi cn
£
O
<;
5-
•^
i,
<;
^.j
M
< —3
9- <
C 3
-• Z
z
<
cn
th
O
CJ
^
*£
3
Z
Z
K^
M
M
<
W4.8-6
-------
Chapter W4.9 Fertilizer Manufacturing Industry
Regulations
Effluent guidelines and standards for fertilizer manufacturing
were published in 1974; amendments were published in 1975 and 1976. The
regulations covered BPT, BAT, NSPS and pretreatment for new sources. BCT
regulations were promulgated in 1979. This report, however, does not
include the effects of-the amendments and regulations which were made in
1979 and 1980.
Industry Characteristics
The fertilizer industry can be divided into the production of
phosphatic and nitrogenous fertilizers and the production of mixed N-P-K
fertilizers. The following products are included in this sector of the
chemical industry:
Nitrogenous Fertilizers
Ammonia
Ammonium nitrate
Urea
Ammonium sulfate
Phosphatic Fertilizers
Phosphoric acid
Ammonium phosphate
Triple superphosphate
Mixed Fertilizers.
The manufacture of these fertilizers involves a variety of
chemical processes. Three of the processes—phosphate rock grinding,
phosphoric acid concentration, and phosphoric acid clarification—do not
require process waters. The remaining processes are summarized in Table
W4.9.1.
Sulfuric acid and nitric acid are intermediate products in the
basic fertilizer chemicals industry. Approximately 25 percent of the
plants produce these chemicals as part of the production of the final
products listed earlier; they are not considered as separate plants for the
purposes of this report. Plants which produce'sul furic acid or nitric acid
as end products are covered under the inorganic chemicals industry.
Because fertilizers are traded in a worldwide market, and the raw
materials used are also used in a wide variety of markets, the fertilizer
market is subject to many outside influences. These influences include
worldwide agricultural demand, the use of nitrates in explosives, and hence
pressures from the international military situation, and the world market
for synthetic fibers.
W4.9-1
-------
Table W4.9-1. Basic fertilizer chemicals
manufacturing process
Product
Raw Material
Process
Wet process
Phosphoric acid
Normal super-
phosphate
Triple super-
phosphate
Ammonium
phosphates
Sulfuric acid
Ammonia
Urea
Ammonium
nitrate
Ammonium
sulfate
Nitric acid
Phosphate rock, sulfuric
acid, water
Sulfuric acid, ground
phosphate rock, water
Ground phosphate rock,
phosphoric acid, water
Ammonia, wet process
phosphoric acid
S02, CL, pelletized
vanadium oxide catalyst,
water
Natural gas or other
hydrogen source,
nitrogen from air,
catalysts
Ammonia, carbon dioxide
Ammonia, nitric acid
Ammonia, sulfurfc acid
Ammonia, air, water,
platinum-rhodium gauze
catalyst
Mixing
mixing, curing
for 3-8 wee^s
Run of pile
process mixing, curinc
or
Granular triple
superphosphate process
(GTSP) = mixing into «
slurry, drying
Similar to GTSP above
Sulfur-burning process
SO- catalyzed to form
SOj, water added to fc
final product
Hydrogen production •
followed by reaction v
nitrogen to form arnmor
Ammonium carbamate for
is dehydrated to prodi
urea.
Formed by neutralizat-
then prilled or evapo
to concentrate the pn
Neutralize sulfuric a<
with ammonia
Ammonia oxidized
catalytically by air,
nitrogen pentoxide
absorbed in water
W4.9-2
-------
Pollutants and Sources
The major fertilizer waste components include the following: pH,
phosphorus, fluorides, total suspended solids (TSS), total dissolved solids
(IDS), high temperature, cadmium, total chromium, zinc, vanadium, arsenic,
uranium, radium-226, COD, oil and grease, ammonia, ammonia nitrogen,
organic nitrogen, nitrate nitrogen, iron, and nickel.
The main waste sources contributing to the total waste load can
be identified as coming from the following processes in each production
area:
Phosphate Fertilizers
• Water treatment plant effluent including raw water
filtration and clarification, water softening, and water
deionization
Closed-loop cooling tower blowdown
Boiler blowdown
Contaminated water (gypsum pond water)
Spills and leaks
Area-source discharges including surface runoff from rain
or snow that becomes contaminated
Nitrogen Fertilizers
• Water treatment plant effluent including raw water
filtration and clarification, water softening, and water
deionization
Closed-loop cooling tower blowdown
Boiler blowdown
Process condensate
Spills and leaks that are collected in pits or trenches
Area sources collected from rain or snow.
Mixed Fertilizers
0 Wet scrubbing of drier and/or ammoniator exhaust gases
• Spills and leaks from pumps and plant wash-ups that are
collected and recirculated
« Dry product from conveying equipment, when dissolved by
precipitation.
In order to define waste characteristics, the following basic
parameters were used to develop guidelines for meeting BPT and BAT:
Phosphate Fertilizers
t Phosphorus
• Fluorides
t Total Suspended
sol ids and pH
W4.9-3
-------
Nitrogen Fertilizers
t Ammonia
• Organic Nitrogen
• Nitrate
• pH
Mixed Fertilizers
Ammonia nitrogen
pH
Phosphorus
Fluorides
Nitrate
Organic nitrogen.
Control Technology
Waste treatment practices in the fertilizer industry include:
monitoring units, retaining areas, cutoff impoundments, reuse, recycling
atmospheric evaporative cooling, double-liming (two-state lime
neutralization) surrounding dikes with seepage collection ditches, sulfi
acid dilution with pond water, evaporation, ammonia stripping (steam anc
air), high-pressure air/stream stripping, urea hydrolysis, nitrificatior
and denitrification, ion exchange, cation/anion separation units, select
ion exchange for ammonia removal, oil separation, and ammonium nitrate
condensate reuse.
BPT guidelines for the phosphate segment call for limitations
pH, TSS, phosphates, and fluorides by installing the following:
double-lime treatment of gypsum pond water, pond design to contain a
10-year storm, monitoring system for sulfuric acid plant control, and
facilities for contaminated water isolation. BPT guidelines for the
nitrogen segment can be met by installing the following: ammonia steam
stripping, urea hydrolysis, leak and spill control, containment and reu:
and oil separation. BPT guidelines for the mixed fertilizer segment
include manufacturing process control, use of recycle water systems,
recovery and reuse of wastewater, and use of dry collectors for airborm
sol ids.
The estimates of the cost to comply with BAT are based on
installation of pond water dilution of sulfuric acid for the phosphate
segment and by installation of one of the following for the nitrogen
segment: continuous ion exchange followed by denitrification, advanced
hydrolysis followed by high-flow ammonia air stripping or ammonia steam
stripping followed by either high flow ammonia air stripping or biologic
nitrification-denitrification. Because the latter two technologies wen
required in the 1980 amendments to BAT limitations, costs to meet BAT
guidelines may be different than those shown here. BAT and BPT guide!i
are identical for the mixed fertilizer segment.
NSPS standards call for the following process improvements fo
the nitrogen segment (NSPS standards for the phosphate and mixed fertil
segments are the same as the respective BAT standards):
W4.9-4
-------
• Integrate ammonia process condensate steam-stripping column
into condensate boiler feed water systems of ammonia plant
• Use centrifugal rather than reciprocating compressors
• Segregate contaminated water collection systems so that common
waste streams can be treated more efficiently and cheaply
• Locate cooling towers upwind to minimize chance of absorbing
ammonia in tower water
t Design low-velocity airflow prill tower for urea and ammonium
nitrate to minimize dust loss
• Design lower pressure steam levels in order to make process
condensate and recovery easier and cheaper
• Install air-cooled condensers and exchangers to minimize
cooling water circulation and blowdown.
Costing Methodology
Capital costs and annual operating and maintenance costs for
control were estimated for model plant sizes for the various manufacturing
processes on the basis of cost data presented in EPA publications. Costs
for the production of ammonium sulfate and mixed fertilizers were based on
cost data in 1973 dollars presented in the Economic Analysis, Phase II.
Costs for all of the other products were based on cost data in 1971 dollars
presented in the Development Document, Phase I. The resulting estimates of
the costs of compliance are given in Table W4.9.2.
W4.9-5
-------
O
a>
i
33
cn
CN 5* CN
O <*> P" O O —
o a\ » o o in o
<•"! V
30
r~ <
moo
m so o -> CN CN
r^o^oo in 30 30
CN v —4 oo ^ »
^ CN en in CN CN
—< CN CN
CD
3
•O
C
33
I
cr>
O 00 — O O
o
o
i in o
30 O O —4
03 -4 o O
00 ^ ^O O O
in
r—
CO
in
ao
a
co
U-l
3
30
I
oo r-
o cr» <•» o o
o <*> $*
a to o.
2 M S3
US Cd
Cil
^
Z
HH
LANTS(NSPS)
PRETREAT
g- a. •».
< en us
a 3 a z
Cd US US
2 a, Oa
j
<
5
STS
ZED CAPITAL
ING PLANTS
0 >-• 6- 5-
cj — us a.
< -i 32
-5 3 X
< z a
= z
z <
z
<
us
a.
us
z
en
z
_:
r* 04
a^
ca 3
a
z
PRETREAT
^^
en us
a z
us us
o. -.
^
<
^
r"
ING PLANTS
LANTS(NSPS)
=- c- r- a.
us — <
w 22 a 3
•X *H
S M Z
>
o
PRETREAT
--*,
us us
a z —
vs us <
a, 04 —
O
£
4*
O
•t-
<
tj
^
<
^
Z
z
<
us
th
O
o
z
z
W4.9-6
-------
Chapter W4.10 Phosphorus Chemicals Industry
Regulations
Effluent limitations for the six subcategories in this industry
have not changed substantially since they were originally adopted in 1974
and 1976. Control level for BPT, BAT (old), NSPS and pretreatment for new
sources were specified and subsequently challenged. Portions of the
regulations involving specialized definitions and new source performance
standards were remanded for further study in 1976. No new guidelines for
BAT or NSPS have yet been promulgated.
On October 5, 1978 the pretreatment standards for the phosphorus
producing, phosphorus consuming, and phosphate subcategories were revoked.
BCT and non-conventional BAT limits were proposed on August 23, 1978 for
the Phase II subcategories. In 1981, the Fourth Circuit Court of Appeals
remanded BCT requirements because it found that the basis for setting them
was unsound. This chapter does not reflect this change, and this includes
costs for both BPT and BCT.
Phosphorus Chemicals (Phase I)
Industry Character!stics. Establishments included in the
phosphorus chemicals manufacturing industry as defined by the Phase I
effluent limitations guidelines are manufacturers of the following
chemicals:
Phosphorus
Ferrophosphorus
Phosphoric acid
Phosphorus
Phosphorus
Phosphorus
Phosphorus
(dry process).
pentoxide
pentasulfide
trichloride
oxychloride
Sodium tripolyphosphate
Calcium phosphates (food grade)
Calcium phosphates (animal feed grade).
This industry is almost entirely based on the production of
elemental phosphorus from mined phosphate rock. Elemental phosphorus and
ferrophosphorus (a by-product) are manufactured by the reduction of
phosphate rock by coke in very large electric furnaces, using silica as a
flux. Because elemental phosphorus is relatively low in weight compared to
phosphate rock and phosphoric acid, the elemental phosphorus is produced
near the mining site and shipped to locations near the final markets for
further processing.
W4.10-1
-------
Over 87 percent of the elemental phosphorus is used to
manufacture high-grade phosphoric acid by burning liquid phosphorus in a
the subsequent quenching and hydrolysis of the phosphorus pentoxide vapo
and the collection of the phosphoric acid mist.
The manufacture of the anhydrous phosphorus chemicals--phospho
pentoxide (P205), phosphorus pentasulfide (Po^c). and phosphorus
trichloride fPCl^)— is essentially the direct union of phosphorus with t
corresponding element. Phosphorus oxychloride (PQCU) is manufactured f
PCU and air or from PCU, PO^KJ an<^ chlorine.
Sodium tripolyphosphate is manufactured by the neutralization
phosphoric acid with caustic soda and soda ash in mix tanks. The result
mixture of mono- and disodium phosphates is dried and the crystals calci
to produce the tripolyphosphate.
The calcium phosphates are similarly made by the neutralizatio
of phosphoric acid with lime. The amount and type of lime used and the
amount of water used in the process determine the final product-- anhydr
monocalcium phosphate, monocalcium phosphate monohydrate, dicalcium
phosphate dihydrate, or tricalcium phosphate. Animal feed grade
dicalcium phosphate is produced by almost the same process as the other
calcium phosphates. Because of the lower purity needed in the final
product, defluorinated, wet process phosphoric acid is normally used and
the reaction may be conducted without excess water.
For the most part, the products included in the phosphorus
chemical industry are produced by divisions of large chemical or petrole
companies. The derivatives of phosphorus are generally manufactured by
same companies that produce elemental phosphorus, but in different
locations. Furthermore, a large proportion of the products are used
internally by the producing company for the production of other products
and, hence are not sold on the open market.
The biggest factors determining the future of the industry are
government regulations and technological innovations. The declining
production of phosphorus, for example, is the result of government bans
phosphate detergents. In addition, the TVA plant was shut down in 1976,
a shift to production of wet phosphoric acid was accomplished.
Pollutants and Sources. Water is primarily used in the
phosphorus chemical industry for eight principal purposes: non-contact
cooling water, process and product water, transport water, contact cooli
or heating water, atmospheric seal water, scrubber water, auxiliary proc
water, and water used for miscellaneous purposes. Very large quantities
non-contact cooling water are used for cooling the electric furnaces use
in phosphorus production. Contact cooling water is used to quench the s
from the phosphorus furnaces. Process or product water contacts and
generally becomes part of the product, such as the hydrolysis and diluti
water used in phosphoric acid manufacture and the water used as a reacti
medium in food-grade dicalcium phosphate manufacture. Because yellow
phosphorus spontaneously ignites on contact with air, air is kept out of
W4.10-2
-------
reaction vessels with a water seal. Liquid phosphorus is protected by
storage under a water blanket; these seal waters are considered process
waters. Auxiliary process waters include those used in such auxiliary
operations as ion exchange regeneration, equipment washing, and spill and
leak washdown.
The following pollutant parameters have been designated for the
industry's process wastewaters: total suspended solids, phosphate and
elemental phosphorus, sulfates and sulfites, fluoride, chloride, dissolved
solids, arsenic, cadmium, vanadium, radioactivity, temperature (heat), and
pH. The primary parameters, i.e., those which need to be used to set
effluent standards, are total suspended nonfilterable solids, total
phosphorus, fluoride, arsenic, and pH. The remaining pollutants are either
adequately treated when the primary parameters are treated, or are present
only in waste streams for which a no-discharge standard has been set.
The effluent limitations guideline for most of the phosphorus
chemical industry is no discharge of process wastewater pollutants to
navigable waters. Process water is defined as any water that comes into
direct contact with any raw material, intermediate product, by-product, or
gas or liquid that has accumulated such constituents.
The only exceptions to these standards are the BPT guidelines for
phosphorus and ferrophosphorus, phosphorus trichloride, phosphorus
oxychloride, and food-grade calcium phosphates.
Control Technology. Control and treatment of wastes are of the
chemical variety.These include neutralization, precipitation, ionic
reactions, filtration, centrifugation, ion exchange, demoralization,
evaporation and drying. In-process abatement measures include segregation
of waste streams, recycling of scrubber water, dry dust collection,
containment of leaks and spills, and minimization of the quantity of wash
water. Many of the manufacturing establishments currently have no
treatment installed, while others have already achieved a no-discharge
status.
The technology recommended to achieve zero discharge of
wastewaters in the phosphorus chemical industry consists of:
• Recycling atmospheric seal ("phossy") waters, scrubber
liquors, and other process waters following lime treatment and
sedimentation (or alternative methods of reducing water flow,
such as the use of dilute caustic or lime slurry instead of
pure water in the process)
• Use of dry dust collectors
• The return of process waste streams and blowdown streams to
the process.
Zero discharge of arsenic-rich still residues from the
manufacture of phosphorus trichloride can be achieved through treatment
with trichloroethylene.
W4.10-3
-------
For those industry subcategories where some discharge is allow
the recommended treatment consists of waste-reducing steps such as those
above, but with some discharge following lime treatment and sedimentatio
sometimes with flocculation. Additional treatment to achieve no-dischar
for these subcategories consists of:
• Total recycling of all process waters by the phosphorus
producer
• Control of PCU vapors by installation of refrigerated
condensers, minimization of wastewaters with treatment
by lime neutralization followed by evaporation to dryness
(for manufacturers of phosphorus trichloride and phosphorus
oxychloride)
• The addition of vacuum filtration of treated wastewaters
followed by total recycling (for producers of food-grade
calcium phosphates).
Phosphorus Chemicals (Phase II)
Industry Characteristics. Establishments included in this
industry sector manufacture phosphate products by processes that include
defluorination step. The specific products included are defluorinated
phosphate rock, defluorinated phosphoric acid (both in SIC 2874, Phosphe
Fertilizers), and sodium tripolyphosphate (STPP, in SIC 2819, Industrial
Inorganic Chemicals, n.e.c.) produced from wet-process phosphoric acid.
The one plant that produces STPP by this process was included in the Phe
I report with the 17 plants that use furnace process phosphoric acid, sc
STPP will not be considered here.
The defluorination of phosphate rock is accomplished in a rote
kiln or fluid-bed reactor. The rock is blended with sodium-containing
chemicals, wet-process phosphoric acid, and silica then defluorinated ir
the reactor at 1200-1400C (2200-2600F).
Wet-process phosphoric acid is defluorinated by either of thre
processes. In two of the processes, wet process phosphoric acid is
dehydrated by evaporation to produce superphosphoric acid, and
defluorination is accomplished adventitiously. The evaporation may be
accomplished by either vacuum or submerged combustion processes.
Defluorinated phosphoric acid can be produced by an aeration process in
which fine silica is added to wet-process phosphoric acid and is removec
ultimately, along with fluoride, as volatile silicon tetrafluoride under
conditions that do not remove water.
The major use for defluorinated phosphate rock is as an
ingredient of animal feeds. Production of this product has been increas
at a rate of nearly 4.5 percent per year since 1968, and is expected to
show a similar growth rate through 1986. A large fraction of defluorin<
phosphoric acid is used to produce dicalcium phosphate for animal feeds.
Increasingly large quantities are being used in liquid fertilizers and c
W4.10-4
-------
an intermediate in the production of dry mixed fertilizers. The production
of superphosphoric acid from wet-process phosphoric acid is expected to
increase at about 9.5 percent per year. Defluorinated phosphoric acid
other than the super acid is expected to increase at about 4 percent per
year.
Pollutants and Sources. The major source of water pollution in
these processes is the water used to scrub contaminants from gaseous
effluent streams. Process conditions are such that recirculated
contaminated water can be used for this purpose. Spills and leaks are
collected and added to the contaminated water pond.
The proposed effluent limitations guidelines specify no discharge
of process wastewaters except under certain chronic or catastrophic
precipitation events. If wastewaters must be discharged under such events,
they must be treated so they do not exceed the following limitations:
Daily 30-Day
Maximum, Average,
mg/1 mg/1
Suspended solids 150 50
Phosphorus 105 35
Fluoride 75 25
pH Within the range 6.0 to 9,0
Control Technology. The major control technology is the use of
ponds of adequate size. To accommodate rainfall incidents for BPT, at
least 60 cm (24 inches) freeboard is required (150 cm or 60 inches in
Florida). For SAT, additional dike height is required (assumed for cost
purposes to be 15 cm or 6 inches).
To achieve the necessary reduction of contaminants for discharge
of waters, pond water can be treated with lime to neutralize the phosphorus
and fluorides. Solids are then settled prior to discharge. Two separate
settling ponds are needed for contaminated water treatment -- one each for
calcium fluorides and calcium phosphates. Most of the existing plants
already meet BAT guidelines.
Industry Cost Model
The approach to estimating the costs of compliance for the above
categories of operations consisted of developing model plant populations
and cost functions for each of the subcategories defined by the
regulations. Data were obtained from the EPA Development and Economic
Analysis Documents, and modified or updated with information from the NCWQ
study of 1975, the 1976 NBER study for EPA, and data from the 1979
Directory of Chemical Producers. Although BAT guidelines have been
remanded, permit writers may still impose BAT level discharge limitations.
W4.10-5
-------
The costs indicated under the BAT category refer to the costs incurred
beyond BPT which are imposed by individual permit conditions. The
estimated costs developed on the above basis are given in Table W4.10.1,
W4.10-6
-------
CN in r^ f*li—« ^ CN v£ GO
o moooo m moooo in ooooo o
I ^ O O O O I1 vo CNOOOO
^
a*
U3
3
yi
s-»
*•*
<
_i
5- 5-i a.
a. <
&
•z
6-
Cd
as
g^
Cd
2£
a.
cn cn
cu z
« cn
a. a.
j
<
fr-
O
cn
O cn
CJ 6-
< ^
r4 A.
|H
cn a. cj
6- «e z
cn cj w
0 *<*•
U J cn a.
« « S3
J 3 X
< Z M
3 Z
Z
-------
-------
Chapter U4.ll Paint Formulating
Regulations
New regulations were proposed in January of 1980 (45CFR912) for
BPT, BAT, NSPS, PSES and PSNS for this industry. Subsequently, this
industry was excluded from Paragraph 8 under a settlement agreement. These
proposed regulations and their impacts are not reflected in the text of
this chapter nor costed along with other regulations. Regulations
established through 1975 are costed and discussed in the text of this
chapter.
The original regulations published in 1975 cover only
solvent-based production operations. The regulations established in 1980
are based on the premise that water-based production operations would also
be required to achieve no discharge of process wastewater pollutants.
Pretreatment is required in cases where the discharge of water-based paint
wastes could cause sewer maintenance problems because of solids settling in
low spots or adhering to sewer walls.
Industry Characteristics
The manufacturing of paint involves the mixing or dispersion of
pigments in oil, resin, resin solution, or latex. Mixing is then followed
by the addition of specified portions of organic solvents or water to
obtain the desired viscosity.
In 1972 there were 1,599 plants manufacturing paint and allied
products in the United States. Production is not divided evenly among
these plants. Roughly 40 percent of the plants, each employing fewer than
10 persons, shipped only 3 percent of the total value of shipments for the
industry. Plants employing 250 or more workers accounted for less than 10
percent of the number of plants, and 33 percent of the industry's total
value of shipments.
A historic trend in the industry toward fewer and larger plants is expected
to continue.
In 1976, total production is estimated at 4,644 million liters
(1,227 million gallons), with about 22 percent water-based. It is
estimated that total production will be about 7,525 million liters (1,988
million gallons) in 1986, 29 percent of which is expected to be
water-based. Production of water-based paints was 754.4 million liters
(199.3 million gallons) in 1972, about 1,022 million liters (270 million
gallons) in 1976, and should be about 2,184 million liters (577 million
gallons) in 1986.
Pollutants and Sources
The products of the paint industry are either solvent-based or
water-based. The production of solvent-based paints produces little
W4.11-1
-------
wastewater effluent. The bulk of the wastewater from the industry is the
result of clean-up operations in the manufacture of water-based paints.
Most paint plants are located in highly industrialized urban areas near tf
markets, and most of the wastewater is discharged to municipally operated
sewer systems, with or without pretreatment.
The major wastewater contaminants in paint plants are pigments
and latex. Other significant water pollutants are driers and wetting
agents, oils, resins, and caustics (used in cleaning). There may also be
some contamination by fungicides (including mercurials), heavy metals, anc
solvents. Recent State and Federal regulations are forcing the paint
industry to find substitutes for mercurial biocides. Cadmuim, lead, and
other heavy metals should appear mainly as insoluble pigments and should t
readily controllable as suspended solids. Furthermore, the Lead-Based
Paint Poisoning Prevention Act of 1973 has forced the search for suitable
replacements for lead pigments and drying agents. The quantities of
organic solvents that reach wastewater streams are very small.
Control Technology and Costs
For solvent-based paint production, good housekeeping, with
control of spills and leaks, will allow all wastewater pollutants to be
collected in sumps, placed in drums, and periodically disposed of in a
landfill. The base level of practice is already no discharge of process
waste liquids, so BPT, BAT, and NSPS can be achieved at no cost.
Negligible cost would be required to insure good housekeeping and prevent
leaks and spills from being discharged to surface waters.
The added cost of achieving no discharge of water pollutants in
manufacturing oil-based paints is zero. Most oil-based paints are produc
for trade sales, not industrial finishes. Data extrapolated from a surve
conducted by the National Paint and Coatings Association (NPCA) shows tha
only 44 plants producing trade sales paints were discharging water
pollutants to surface water. All other plants producing trade sales pain
were discharging wastewaters in some apparently approved manner and shoul
have no compliance costs for meeting EPA standards. Of these 44
nonconforming plants, 22 were large, 10 medium, 6 small, and 6 very small
For water-based paints, the control technology selected to
minimize costs is greatly affected by plant size. Small plants, averagin
about 7,600 liters per day (2,000 gallons per day) of paint production, c
best achieve zero discharge by minimizing water use and recycling wash
waters through a packaged system for settling and sludge collection.
Larger plants, averaging about 19,000 liters per day (5,000 gallons per
day) production, would be better off installing a mechanical automatic
high-pressure spray-cleaning system with recycle.
Based on the anticipated production of approximately 2,200
million liters (575 million gallons) of water-based paints in 1986, new
W4.11-2
-------
capacity above the 1972 level will be required to produce about 1,400
million liters (f370 million gallons) per year, or about 5.5 million liters
(1.1 million gallons per day). This new production can be achieved with
240 new large plants, producing an average of 23,000 liters (6,000 gallons)
of paint per day. These new plants will be required to meet New Source
Performance Standards.
Control costs based on the above condition are summarized in
Table W4.11.1.
W4.11-3
-------
60
C
•H
(0
03
H
UJ
o
o
co o vo o o
.....
<"i o o o o
-< o oo o o
.....
— o «•< o o
erv o 03 o o
o o
. .
03 — >
ui
o
ao
I
03
o o in o o
OOODOO
co
in
io
o T o o
1/1O^OO •-* ^
— I IN
o
•
^O
(N
i
00
i
an
O
oocooo
001*100
O
co
cn
-3 2 z
JOM
Ow
a. j _;
2 «S
cn
EH
z
<
j
cu
a
z
=- «
6* x
M ea
cn
O.
cnoi
5- 6<
zu
zao,
J
^
C-t
p
Sf
55
o
,j
<
3
Z
<
< cn
E-> 6-
a. <
< J
o o<
Q CJ
N S
M =- 6-
< w a
2 X
z a
z
U3
a,
z
•«~
en
z
_:
r- O.
S3 3
U
Z
,
<
U
a:
5"
a.
~^
u z
en en
a. a.
j
<
8
en
c*
<
J
a.
u
5
r" 6<
i-H B3
X
£ ^
O
en
a>
z
«
en
=-t
z
j
J" a,
ffl 3
cu
z
<
a
K
&4
Id
a.
^
u z
en en
a> —
^
O
•t-
j
<
t-
2
<
_; ^
•i h^
•* <
9 =
z
<
en
en
Q
_;
<
z
<
.3
<
W4.11-4
-------
Chapter W4.12 Printing Ink Formulating
Regulations
New regulations were proposed in January of 1980 (45FR928) for
BPT, BAT, NSPS, PSES, and PSNS for this industry. Subsequently, this
industry was excluded from Paragraph 8 under a settlement agreement. These
proposed regulations and their impacts are not reflected in the text of
this chapter. The costs shown here are based on documentation associated
with the regulations originally promulgated.
Industry Characteristics
The ink manufacturing industry resembles the paint manufacturing
industry, although it is considerably smaller in size. The industrial
sector described here is contained in SIC 2893 with captive shops appearing
in SIC 27.
Printing ink production in the United States exceeds 450 thousand
metric tons (one billion pounds) per year. The major components include
drying oils, resins, varnish, shellac, pigments, and many specialty
additives.
The profile of the paint industry is applicable to inks also.
Many of the raw materials are the same and the methods of producing ink and
the equipment used are nearly identical to those for producing paint.
Milling is used more extensively in the ink industry as a method of
dispersing pigments.
Printing inks can be either water- or oil-base. Many of the raw
materials are the same regardless of the vehicle. The waste
characteristics are similar to the paint counterpart.
A check of the Refuse Act Permit Program applications and
consultation with industrial representatives led to the conclusion that
there are no ink manufacturing plants in the country discharging process
wastes to surface streams.
Many of the plants that are on municipal systems practice no
discharge of wastewater pollutants. Ink process wastewaters are either
sent to sanitary landfills for disposal or the wastewaters are recycled and
reused with the plant. A limitation of "no discharge of process wastewater
pollutants" would have little, if any, effect on the industry.
Pollutants and Sources
Oil-base ink discharges contain substances whose entry into most
municipal sewer systems or surface waters is prohibited. Most cities have
waste ordinances which have attempted to deal with the release of these
W4.12-1
-------
substances. Due to the highly volatile nature and the odor of these
materials, the source of any substances that do find their way into the
sewer system through accidental spills could quickly be located.
Water-base ink discharges would generally be classified as
acceptable to municipal treatment systems. The possibility of solids
causing sewer maintenance problems depends on the pipe size and hydraulic
load in the sewer. Some of the organic pigments have colors that are
highly persistent, and therefore they are not removed by existing treatmer
methods.
The general practice of the ink formulating industry is to
discharge only to municipal sewers. There are no known discharges of
process wastes directly to waterways.
Control Technology and Costs
As ink formulators do not discharge wastes to water courses <
their wastes are generally considered to be compatible with municipal
treatment except for problems of brilliant colors and solids, few data an
available on the waste characteristics. The practices of recycling
wastewater and water conservation can reduce the quantity of ink waste
discharged to the sewers.
The significant parameters for measuring the pollution poten'
of ink wastes are BOD5, COD, pH, total suspended solids (TSS), heavy
metals, and color.
As the ink manufacturing plants discharge only to municipal
systems, there is little sophistication in the treatment methods. The
complexity of the treatment process is a function of the restrictions
applied by the municipality. In areas where high surcharges are placed o
BOD and TSS, there is a trend toward strict water conservation, reuse, am
disposal of ink solids to landfills.
Sedimentation is the most common treatment method employed d1
the high level of suspended solids in the wastewater. Flocculation is al
used to increase the effectiveness of removing suspended solids.
Neutralization, principally of caustic cleaning solutions, is employed to
some degree. The only wastewaters requiring control in the ink industry
are the wash and rinse solutions resulting from cleanup.
A summary of the costs for the printing ink industry is show
Table VJ4.12.1.
W4.12-2
-------
o
ff>
I
03
Cft
O O 3 O O
O O O O O
O
O
O O O O O
o o o o o
O O O O O CN
O O O O O -H
33
I
o o o o o
o o o o o
o
o
o o o o o
o o o o o
o o o o o
o o o o o
f-
o
00
c
erl
rH
3
60
c
CO
1
r-
o o o o o
o o o o o
o
a
•9
O O O O O -<
O O O O O -H
O o O O O
o o o o o
M
2 6-1
a cn
S M
E- X
en Cd
Cd
>
cn
a.
en
z
cn
^
<
j
EH 9- 3,
3 m 2
Cd
2
CH
<
U
CS
E-
Cd
Eu
en en
Cd 2
en tn
en
CH
cn
O
CJ
-3
< J
c- <
O 3
£* 2
J
< en
6- 6-
M 2
a. <
< ^
cj a.
a cj
Cd Z
N M
J en a.
< M 03
3 X
Z M
Z
<
cn
CU
01 61
2 <
— Cd
en a:
r- =-
2 Cd
< X
-3 i.
61 Oi ~»
< en en
03 3 M 2
u cn en
2 a. a.
tn
6-
Z
<
J
a.
O
z
-H
-- * E-1
en a.
J M C
<: x
6- S ta
o
tn
Cu
en
z
•— •
en
61
Z
<
J
5-i cu
<
S3 ?
Cd
Z
Ml
<
Cd
a:
^
Cd
X
a.
>^
en cn
u z
cn en
a. a.
j
«c
p
r
o
4-
^
j^
c*
~t
a.
<^
CJ
^
<;
^
Z
01
1*
en
p
j
^
^
z
z
M
W4.12-3
-------
-------
Chapter W4.13 Photograph Processing
Regulations
The Photographic Processing industry comprises a single
subcategory for which only BPT level controls have been promulgated (41 CFR
29078, July 14, 1976).
Industry Characteristics
The photographic processing subcategory of the photographic point
source category is defined to include all film processing activities listed
under SIC 7221 (Photographic Studios, Portrait), SIC 7395 (Photofinishing
Laboratories), and SIC 7819 (Developing and Printing of Commercial Motion
Picture Film).
Of the estimated 12,500 processing plants in the United States
approximately 3,000 are amateur operations, 3,000 are "captive"
laboratories in business and industrial firms, 650 are major laboratories
specializing in work for professional and industrial photographers, and the
remaining plants are portrait and commercial studios.
The photographic processing subcategory serves the photographic
trade, the military establishment, the scientific community, the medical
profession, the dental profession, and the general public in the developing
of films and in photoprinting and enlarging. Only 650 major laboratories
have significant wastewater discharges. Approximately 5 percent of all
major photoprocessing plants are classified as existing point sources and,
therefore, are subject to the
effluent limitations discussed here. The remaining 95 percent of the
plants discharge their wastewater to municipal treatment systems.
Plant sizes range from small amateur operations to the major
laboratories which may process as much as 9,000 square meters (100,000
square feet) of film and paper daily. Many plants process between 2,000
and 5,000 square meters (between 25,000 and 50,000 square feet) per day.
These plants are located in urban areas throughout the country.
The products produced by the industry are primarily finished
color and black and white films and prints, produced in a wide variety of
photoprocessing machines used to finish a specific film or paper. The
nature, basic principles and waste characteristics of the photographic
processing are the same in all facilities regardless of size and age. The
quantity of waste per unit of production shows a consistent relationship.
Pollutants
Parameters of major concern are BODc, COD, silver and cyanides in
various forms including complexes (ferrocyaniae and ferricyanide).
W4.13-1
-------
Control Technology
After varying degrees of in-plant pollution abatement measures
which serve as a pretreatment step most photographic processing plants
discharge their effluents to municipal sewer systems. Certain constituen
(i.e., silver and cyanide) which could exert toxic effect on a biological
system and various non-biodegradable material may also be present.
Therefore, in-plant measures or pretreatment to reduce the concentrations
of such contaminants to levels acceptable to local authorities must be
utilized.
To avoid substantial economic injury to small business concerns
a size exemption for photographic processing plants handling less than 15
square meters (1,600 square feet) per day of film was established.
Implicit in the recommended guidelines for the photographic processing
subcategory of the photographic point source category is the use of
in-plant control measures to reduce silver and cyanide. In-plant
modifications will lead to reductions in wastewater flow, increasing the
quantity of water used for recycle, and improving the raw wastewater
quality. In-plant treatment technologies should be utilized by the
photographic processing subcategory to achieve BPT effluent limitations a
guidelines.
The selection of technology options depends on the economics of
that technology and the magnitude of the final effluent concentration.
Control and treatment technology may be divided into two major groupings:
in-plant pollution abatement and end-of-pipe treatment. Applicable
technologies are outlined as follows:
In-plant Pollution Abatement—Regeneration and Reuse
• Silver Recovery
-Metallic Replacement
-Electrolytic Recovery
-Ion Exchange
-Sulfide Precipitation
0 Regeneration of Ferricyanide Bleach
-Persulfate Regeneration
-Ozone Regeneration
• Developer Recovery
-Ion Exchange
-Precipitation and Extraction
• Use of squeegees (to inhibit carry-over from one tank to the
next)
• Use of Holding Tanks (for slow release rather than dumping)
W4.13-2
-------
End-of-PIpe Treatment
• Biological Treatment
-Activated Sludge
-Lagoons
• Physical/Chemical Treatment
-Ozonation
-Activated Carbon Adsorption
-Chemical Precipitation
-Reverse Osmosis
Costing Methodology
Capital investment and Operating and Maintenance cost functions
were taken from the Development Document, which gave estimated costs for
two plant sizes: 128.3 and 1283 thousand square meters per year
production. Only 650 plants have significant wastewater flows, and 95
percent of these are on sewers. Capital and O&M costs for BPT standards
for a 128.3 thousand square meters per year plant (5,000 square feet per
day) are $112,370 and $12,540 respectively (in 1979 dollars). These BPT
costs represent the minimum-cost technology: in-plant changes to achieve
control of silver and cyanide.
Since BPT regulations were effective upon promulgation in July
1976, and called for BPT compliance for July 1, 1977, 100 percent
compliance was achieved in twelve months. The Development Document points
out, however, that in reality, a great degree of treatment has been
practiced by industry for some time for economic reasons.
This report assumes an industry growth corresponding to the
growth of GNP--approximately 4 percent. This is a departure from previous
estimates, which assumed an 8.5 percent growth.
A summary of costs for the treatment of photographic wastes
appears in Table W4.13.1.
W4.13-3
-------
S-i
ao
o
4_l
O
£
cu
-Q
co
en o o o o
•«r O O o O
o o o o o
r-' o O O O
-oooo - .-i
•v O O O O •» —
33
1
e^
r*
r-
rsl O
O O
O O
O O
f* O O O O
^- O O O O
r-OOOO
00
c
•H
en
en
OJ
o
o
00000
00 000
0
O
O O O O
-00 00 -
O O O O
r-,0000
r- «3 O o o r-
<-i o O O O <-i
01 O O O O
— oooo
O
— oooo
o o
— «n
rl o O O O 1*1
o o o o o
o o o o o
o
o
•JJ O O O O
o o o o o
rvi o O O O
— oooo
en
Q
CJ
O en —
a. A a.
?2*
5 j —
r_) t^
u 5 u
Z CJ
O Cs, «S
— o —
=-. 0,
a efi
— z z
— O 1-1
O "
— _: —
-— <
es jj =->
Ci *. H^
=- i
< Z <
en
Cl
z
<
a!
ej
Z c-
2 w
s- X
en a
>
z
en
en 6-
z <
-— ^ fjj
en a:
c- J»
z a
< —
=• =- a! C
— . < _ '-n'-n
"" 2 en 55
2 a. a,
eh
o w
rj c^
°Z
^ <
< —
j- a.
en
a«
en s-
z <
— u
en »
en
en s-
th «S
0 J
^_) Cw
tn
a.
en 5-
z
-------
Chapter U4.14 Textile Mills
Regulations
Regulations for the Textile Mills Point Source Category were
promulgated in July 1974 and covered BPT, BAT, NSPS, and pretreatment
standards for new sources (PSNS)(Ref. 1). In January 1975, the BAT
regulations were challenged in the courts with the result that EPA was
required to reconsider BAT in light of technological and economic data
developed by the textile industry. In May 1977, regulations were
promulgated for PSES and, two years later, proposed for BCT and revised
BAT. These latter regulations were also proposed to supercede prior NSPS,
PSNS, and PSES. In September 1982, regulations were promulgated to
supercede all existing regulations, except BPT. These regulations, which
establish nine subcategories, set BAT limitations equal to the previously
promulgated BPT and based NSPS on the median performances of the best
biological treatment systems currently used to treat textile mill
wastewaters; the regulations do not establish categorical pretreatment
standards for existing or new source indirect dischargers.
Industry Characteristics
The textile industry, which is classified in SIC Major Group 22,
Textile Mill Products, comprises establishments primarily engaged in
receiving and preparing fibers; transforming these materials into yarn and
web into fabric or related products; and finishing these materials at
various stages of the processing. The entire industry includes
approximately 7000 mills and plants. However, of this total less than 1500
are engaged in finishing (or scouring) which involves the generation of
process-related wastewater discharge. These establishments are the point
sources to which the proposed regulations apply. The subcategories of the
Textile Mills Point Source Category are listed below along with the numbers
of direct and indirect dischargers for each of the subcategories.
W4.14-1
-------
Number of Number of
Subcategory Direct Dischargers Indirect Dischargers Tot;
Wool scouring 6 10 It
Wool finishing 8 26 3^
Low water use processing I/ 69 227 2St
Woven fabric finishing 2/ 85 243 321
Knit fabric finishing 3_/ 46 385 43'.
Carpeted finishing 11 45 5(
Stock and yarn finishing 36 178 21<
Nonwoven manufacturing 5 26 3!
Felted fabric processing 1 15 If
Total 267 1155 142;
I/ Includes water jet weaving subdivision.
?/ Includes 3 subdivisions: Simple processing, complex processing, and
desizing.
3/ Includes 3 subdivisions: Simple processing, complex processing, and
hosiery products.
Most of the facilities in the nine subcategories are concentrated along t
Eastern Seaboard--80 percent are located in the Mid-Atlantic and Southern
regions while the remaining are distributed about equally between New
England and the North Central and Western regions. The mills and plants
New England are generally the older facilities in the industry while thos<
in the Southern states are, in most cases, its newer ones.
The value of shipments for the textile industry have increased
from $31 billion in 1975 to over $56 billion in 1981 for an average annua
increase of over 10 percent. The largest increases occurred in the
mid-1970s. Since 1977 the annual increases have been less than 10 percen
with a 9.2 percent change occurring between 1979-1980 and 3.7 between 198
through 1981.
Pollutants and Sources
Many textile plants are integrated and perform dry, low water
use, and major wet-processing operations. Principal dry operations inclu
spinning, tufting, knitting, and weaving. Principal low water use
operations include slashing, web formation (nonwoven manufacturing only),
bonding, adhesive processing, coating, and functional finishing. Major w
operations include scouring, carbonizing, fulling, desizing, mercerizing,
bleaching, dyeing, and printing. It is in these major wet operations tha
the major waste effluents are produced. Table W4.14.1 lists those
pollutants generated by the major wet operations in the textile industry.
The most significant pollutants and pollutant parameters in ter
of occurrence and concentration include:
W4.14-2
-------
Table W4.14.1. Wastewater pollutants and their sources
for the textile industry \f .
Process
Wastewater Pollutants
1. Raw Wool Scouring
2. Carbonizing
Fulling
4. Desizing
5. Scouring
Significant quantities of natural oils,
fats, suint, and adventitious dirt. Also
includes sulfur, phenolies, and other
organic compounds brought in with wool.
Residual sulfuric acid and neutralizing
agents (generally sodium carbonate).
Acid bath must be dumped when it becomes
too contaminated for efficient
carbonization. Wastewater is high in
total solids.
The two common methods of fulling are
acid and alkali. The wastewater from
acid fulling will contain sulfuric acid,
hydrogen peroxide, and small amounts of
metallic catalysts (chromium, copper, or
cobalt). The wastewater from alkali
fulling will contain soap or detergent,
sodium carbonate, and sequestering agents
(phosphate compounds).
Desizing contributes a significant amount
of organic load, some oil and grease, and
most of the suspended material found in
woven fabric finishing wastewater.
Enzymatic removal generates starch
solids, fat, wax, enzymes, sodium
chloride and wetting agents. Sulfuric
acid removal generates starch solids,
fat, wax, and sulfuric acid.
The nature of the scouring operation is
highly dependent on the fiber type thus,
the hydraulic and organic load of the
wastewater will contain detergents,
wetting agents, emulsifiers, alkali, and
ammonia. Cotton and cotton-synthetic
fiber blend wastewaters will contain
significant quantities of oil and grease,
some suspended solids, sodium hydroxide,
phosphate, chelating agents, and wetting
agents. Synthetic fibers wastewaters
will contain weak alkalis, anti-static
agents, lubricants, and soap or
detergents.
Continued.
W4.14-3
-------
Table W4.14.1 (Continued)
Process
Wastewater Pollutants
6. Mercerizing
7. Bleaching
8. Dyeing
9. Printing
Wastewater contains high levels of
dissolved solids and may have a pH of li
to 13. Also may include small amounts <
foreign material and wax.
Primarily accomplished with hydrogen
peroxide. Hydrogen peroxide bleaching
contributes very small waste loads, mos
of which are inorganic (sodium silicate
sodium hydroxide, and sodium phosphate)
and organic (surfactants and chelating
agents) dissolved solids. Also include
a low level of suspended solids when
goods containing cotton are bleached.
Wastewater contains dyestuff and other
auxiliary chemical such as acids, bases
salts, wetting agents, retardants,
accelerators, detergents, oxidizing
agents, reducing agents, developers, an
stripping agents. Color is an obvious
adverse pollutant and high levels of
dissolved solids are present.
Waste water constituents are similar to
dyeing although the volumes are much
lower and the concentrations greater.
The thickeners contribute to the BOD, a
solvents used to prepare pigments and
clean pigment equipment are often -
present.
II Source: Reference (6)
W4.14-4
-------
Chapter W5. Metals Industries
For the purpose of this report, the Metals Industries are defined
as those establishments which are primarily engaged in the mining,
refining, extracting, processing, fabricating or recovering of ferrous and
nonferrous metals, and processes performed by establishments in direct
support of these operations. The industries included are:
Ore Mining and Dressing Industries
Iron and Steel
Ferroalloys Industry
Bauxite Refining Industry
Primary Aluminum Smelting Industry
Secondary Aluminum Smelting Industry
Electroplating and Metal Finishing Industry
Coil Coating
Porcelain Enameling
Costs are associated with the implementation of the FWPCA for the
metals industries are summarized in Table W5.
W5-1
-------
oo «a* v o (*» o P* ^ M co o o o M fN
IN -v f*i oa in -* in
dicnb.3 f- 2 5- > Ucnb.= r- Z O
D ZM JU5H<
-------
Chapter VI5.1 Ore Mining and Dressing
Regulations
Regulations affecting this industry were revised under the
provisions of the NRDC Consent Decree. In November 1982, EPA promulgated
BAT, NSPS, and minor amendments to the existing BPT regulations. However,
revision of this chapter was limited to adjusting pollution control costs
to 1981 dollars. The effect of any changes in the regulations affecting
the ore mining and dressing industry is not reflected in the text of the
chapter or the cost estimates included in Table W5.1.1. The cost estimates
represent the impact of the regulations as originally promulgated.
Industry Characteristics
The Ore Mining and Dressing Industry category is defined as
including the mining, milling, and beneficiation of the following:
1) iron ore 7) ferroalloys ore*
2) copper ore* 8) uranium, radium, and vanadium ores
3) lead/zinc ore* 9) titanium ore
4) gold ore* 10) platinum ore*
5) silver ore* 11) antimony ore*
6) bauxite ore 12) mercury ore.
Regulations have been revoked for those subsectors marked with an asterisk.
Compliance costs for those subsectors were based on meeting the equivalent
of the revoked regulations.
The production of ore in the U.S. is closely associated with the
rise and fall of the Gross National Product. Many subsectors have a small
production rate in the U.S. due to competition with high grade foreign ores
(e.g., ferroalloys) or environmental concerns (e.g., mercury). Gold and
silver prospecting activity has increased and, since gold and silver
are allowed to be sold on the open market now, mining activity may
increase.
Iron Ore. There are presently a total of 58 iron ore mining
operations (39 of these are major operations) in the United States that
mine about 200 million metric tons (200 million long tons) of crude iron
ore annually. These operations are located in the states of Wyoming,
California, New York, Wisconsin, Alabama, Minnesota, Utah, Pennsylvania,
Michigan, Texas, Georgia, Missouri and Colorado. Sixteen of these mines
are in Minnesota and five are in Michigan—these account for the major part
of the ore produced in the United States.
Copper Ore. Open pit mines produce 83 percent of the total
copper output with the remainder of U.S. production coming from underground
W5.1-1
-------
operations. Ten percent of the mined material is treated by dump (heap)
and in-situ leaching. Recovery of copper from leach solutions by iron
precipitation accounted for 87.5 percent of the leaching production;
recover of copper by electro-winning amounted to 12.5 percent.
Lead and Zinc Ores. Lead and zinc ores are produced almost
exclusively from underground mines. There are some deposits which are
amenable to open pit operations; a number of mines during their early
stages operated as open-pit mines and then developed into underground
mines. The most common lead mineral mined in the U.S. is galena (lead
sulfide). This mineral is often associated with zinc, silver, gold, and
iron minerals. There are, however, numerous other minerals which contain
zinc. The more common include sphalerite (zinc sulfide), zincite ("zinc
oxide), willernite (zinc silicate), and franklinite (an iron, zinc,
manganese oxide complex). Sphalerite is often found in association with
sulfides of iron and lead. Other elements often found in association wit
sphalerite include copper, gold, silver, and cadmium.
Silver Ore. Current domestic production of new silver is deriv'
almost entirely from exploitation of low-grade and complex sulfide ores.
Only one-fourth of this production is derived from ores in which silver i:
the chief value and lead, zinc, and/or copper are valuable byproducts.
About three-fourths of the production is from ores in which lead, zinc, a
copper constitute the principal values, and silver is a minor but importa
byproduct. Free-milling--simple, easily liberated--gold/silver ores,
processed by amalgamation and cyanidation now contribute only 2 percent o
the domestic silver produced.
Primary recovery of silver is largely from the mineral
tetrahedrite, (Cu, Fe, Zn, Ag^Sb^S,.,. A tetrahedrite concentrate
contains approximately 25 to 32 percent copper in addition to the 25.72 t
44.58 kilograms per metric ton (750 to 1300 troy ounces per short ton) of
silver. A low-grade (3.43 kg per metric ton or 100 troy oz. per short to
silver/pyrite concentrate is produced at one mill. Antimony may comprise
up to 18 percent of the tetrahedrite concentrate and may not be extracted
prior to shipment to a smelter.
Gold Ore. The domestic production of gold had been on a downwa
trend for the last 20 years, largely as a result of the reduction in the
average grade of ore being mined and ore depletions at some mines.
However, large increases in the free market price of gold during recent
years has stimulated a widespread increase in prospecting and exploration
activity.
In the United States, this industry is concentrated in eight
states: Alaska, Montana, New Mexico, Arizona, Utah, Colorado, Nevada, an
South Dakota.
Gold is mined from two types of deposits: placer and lode, or
vein, deposits. Placer mining consists of excavating gold-bearing gravel
and sands. This is currently done primarily by dredging but, in the past
included hydraulic mining and drift mining of buried placers too deep to
W5.1-2
-------
strip. Lode deposits are mined by either underground or open-pit methods,
the particular method chosen depending on such factors as the size and
shape of the deposit, the ore grade, the physical and mineralogical
character of the ore and surrounding rock, and the depth of the deposit.
Bauxite Ore. Bauxite mining, for the eventual production of
metallurgical grade alumina, occurs in two operations near Bauxite,
Arkansas. Both operations are associated with bauxite refineries, at which
purified alumina (Al^CU) is produced. Characteristically, only a portion
of domestic bauxite Ts refined for use in metallurgical smelting; one
operation reports that only about 10 percent of the alumina it mines is
smelted, while the remainder is destined for use as chemical and refractory
grade alumina. A gallium byproduct recovery operation occurs in
association with one bauxite mining and refining complex.
Ferroalloy Ores. The ferroalloy ore mining and milling category
embraces the mining and beneficiation of ores of cobalt, chromium,
columbium (niobium) and tantalum, manganese, molybdenum, nickel, and
tungsten. SIC 1061, although presently including few operations and
relatively small total production, covers a wide spectrum of the mining and
milling industry as a whole. Sulfide, oxide, silicate, carbonate, and
anionic ores all are, or have been, mined for the included metals.
Open-pit and underground mines are currently being worked; placer deposits
have been mined in the past and are included in present reserves.
Operations vary widely in scale, from very small mines and mills
intermittently worked with total annual production measured in hundreds of
tons, to two of the largest mining and milling operations in the nation.
Geographically, mines and mills in this category are widely scattered,
being found in the southeast, southwest, northwest, north central, and
Rocky Mountain regions. These operate under a wide variety of climatic and
topographic conditions. Historically, the ferroalloy mining and milling
industry production has undergone sharp fluctuations in response to
variations of the prices of foreign ores, government policies, and
production rates of other metals with which some of the ferroalloy metals
in the U.S. are found. Ferroalloy ores in the U.S. are usually of lower
grade (or more difficult to concentrate) than foreign ores and consequently
are only marginally recoverable or uneconomic at prevailing prices. At
present, ferroalloy mining and milling (with the exception of molybdenum)
is being conducted at a very low level of production. Increased
competition from foreign ores, the depletion of many of the richer
deposits, and a shift in government policies from stockpiling materials to
selling concentrates from stockpiles has resulted in the closure of most
of the mines and mills that were active in the late 1950's. For some of
the metals, there is little likelihood of further mining and milling in the
foreseeable future; for others, increased production in the next few years
is possible.
Uranium Ores. Uranium mining practice is conventional. Special
precautions for the ventilation of underground mines reduce the exposure of
miners to radon, a shortlived gaseous radioactive decay product of radium
which can deposit daughter decay products in miners' lungs. Because of the
small size of pockets of high-grade ore, open-pit mines are characterized
W5.1-3
-------
by extensive development activity. At present, low-grade ore is being
stockpiled for future use. Ore stockpiles on polyethylene sheets are
heap-leached at several locations by percolation of dilute sulfuric acid
through the ore. Because it is uneconomical to transport low-grade urani
ores very far, -mines are closely associated with mills that yield a
concentrate (yellowcake) containing about 90 percent uranium oxide. This
concentrate is shipped to plants that produce compounds of natural and
isotopically enriched uranium for the nuclear industry.
Titanium Ores. The principal mineral sources of titanium are
ilmenite (FeTi02) and rutile (Ti02). The United States is a major produc
of ilmenite but not of rutile. Most of the U.S. mining of titanium ore
occurs in New York and Florida.
Platinum Ores. The geologic occurrence of the platinum-group
metals as lodes or placers dictates that copper, nickel, gold, silver, ani
chromium will be either byproducts or coproducts in the recovery of
platinum metals, and that platinum will be largely a byproduct. With the
exception of occurrences in the Stillwater Complex, Montana, and producti<
as a byproduct of copper smelting, virtually all the known platinum-group
minerals in the United States come from alluvial deposits in present or
ancient stream valleys, terraces, beaches, deltas, and glaciofluvial
outwash. The other domestic source of platinum is as a byproduct of
refining copper from porphyry and other copper deposits and from lode and
placer gold deposits, although the grade is extremely low.
Mercury and Antimony Ores. Mercury and antimony ore are
currently produced at two respective mines in the U.S. Antimony product!
has fallen because of the state of the current market and availability of
foreign supplies. Mercury production has increased due to the opening of
large mine in Nevada, currently the only significant mercury mining
operation in the U.S.
Pollutants and Sources
Effluents are generally from two distinct sources: mine
dewatering and ore-dressing operations (milling, washing, and separation
of ore). The effluent from dressing operations is usually higher in
suspended solids. Effluents from this industry are generally high in
suspended solids, dissolved metals (depending on the solubility of the
specific ores), and small quantities of flotation and flocculation
reagents. The suspended solids result from the opening of geological
structures to seepage and erosion, and from the milling of the ore for
beneficiation.
Control Technology
The wastewaters are generally discharged to a tailings or
settling pond in which the suspended solids are allowed to settle. A
portion of the water is recycled if possible, and a portion discharged.
Raw tailings wastewater contains on.the order of 70,000 to 500,000 mg/1
suspended solids. The settling rates of solids in tailing ponds vary.
W5.1-4
-------
Ninety-eight percent of the solids settle rapidly. However, graillaceous
materials present in raw ore and fines produced in grinding operations
settle very slowly.
The principal method of water effluent treatment consists of
settling ponds. Almost all mines and beneficiation plants use settling
ponds and recycle water. The wastewater currently discharged could be
treated by further retention to reduce the suspended solids content. The
retention times in many of these pond systems, however, are not sufficient
to reduce the level of suspended solids adequately, particularly during
periods of heavy surface run-off. The basic differences between the
operation of present tailings systems and that proposed as BPT are the
increased retention time achieved by additional ponds, or clarifiers,
coagulation flocculation systems, and the use of lime neutralization. Some
cases will require the destruction of cyanides and the selective
precipitation of specific metals. Where settling ponds are not sufficient,
filters can be used to augment treatment.
Costing Methodology
Table W5.1.1 contains a summary of BPT compliance costs for all
the above categories of ore mining, based on the models and costs
identified in the Guidelines Development Document for the 1975 Interim
Final Rulemaking.
W5.1-5
-------
m co -^
o ooooo o ooooo —< ooooo vo co
en . • • •
I OOOOO O OOOOO CO OOOOO 3 --O
~« r^- r* in
CO 03 C- ^
-< T VO O O
•T ooooo ^o ooooo T ooooo n oo co
03 ..... • ..... • .....
I OOOOO fN OOOOO P- OOOOO ^O f~) r^
en — — • ^o oo 03
QQ p- CN in ^ en en
C *
T-4 ""
CO
CO
2
"a
•a
5 — i o *a vo vo
«3 _ OOOOOvO OOOOOO OOOOOt~-r- t~
CO •*... . •..•• • ..... i . *
SO I OOOOO(N OOOOOT OOOOOSNVO \O
C en -"i in f*i co 03
^H r* (N rsi (N *T •«•
G &
1-1 -1
E
QJ
u
o
" o •*
CO OOOOOO OOOOOP* OOOOO
p> ...... ......
~"* i oooooirt oooooin ooooo^o
(N m —I O
u^ r- «r -« — i
3 2
0)
C— t
.a
— t— 03
OOOOOO OOOOO X OOOOO COVO
— ooooo o ooooo r— ooooo r-
03 GO P^
en
en
en
O
U
o en —
o. ai 04
E- «C w
z - a;
O J —
0 O
o cd
z u
Ofc.<
M O J
6- a.
=3 en
— z z
J O w
O M
Ou J J
J <
as w s-
Cd £ HH
S- a.
< z <
s 1-1 a
en
c->
Z
<
hj
04
a
z
8" w
Z E-«
Ed en
S w
e-i x
en cd
Cd
>
Z
^»
en
O4
en &«
z <
— Cd
en a.
£- 5-
Z U
< K
J 04
EI e- 04 -^
04 < en en
a: a S Cd z
cd en en
z a> a.
j
< en
S- 5-
M Z
04 <
< J
CJ O4
en o ej
e-i cd z
tn N «
O i-1 r*
U — en
•J <£ ^
4iC J 3 X
c- < Z Cd
O 3 Z
S Z <
Z
^»
en
04
en e*
Z <
— Cd
cn as
6- 6-
Z Cd
< 0.
J 04
6- r> 04 ^
04 < en en
3 ffl 3 Cd Z
Cd cn U3
z a. 04
cn cn +•
5^ O, O
z en e-
—1 J O4 &4 J
£- 6- 8- o. --v . < <
en o- < en cn o 3
w a a 3 w s -: z
x cd cn en < J z
; Cd Z i 04 f- < <
O 3
E-> z J
z J
W5.1-6
-------
Chapter W5.2 Iron and Steel
Regulations
Promulgated regulations have established effluent limitations
guidelines for best practicable technology (BPT) and best available
technology (BAT), performance standards for new sources (NSPS) and
pretreatment standards for new and existing sources (PSNS, PSES) for firms
in the iron and steel manufacturing point source category. These final
regulations were published in the Federal Register on May 27, 1982. These
regulations contained specific guidelines and standards for twelve
subcategories of the iron and steel industry. These subcategories are:
A. Cokemaking G. Hot Forming
B. Sintering H. Scale Removal
C. Ironmaking I. Acid Pickling
D. Steelmaking J. Cold Forming
E. Vacuum Degassing K. Alkaline Cleaning
F. Continuous Casting L. Hot Coating
Industry Characteristics
The manufacture of steel involves many processes which require
large quantities of raw materials and other resources. The iron and steel
production processes can be segregated into two major components: basic
Steelmaking; and forming and finishing operations.
In the first major process, coal is converted to coke which is
then combined with iron ore and limestone in a blast furnace to produce
crude iron (pig iron or cast iron). The crude iron is then converted into
steel in either open hearth, basic oxygen or electric arc furnaces.
Finally, the steel can be further refined by vacuum degassing.
Following the Steelmaking processes are the hot forming
(including continuous casting) and cold finishing operations. Hot forming
primary mills reduce steel ingots to slabs or blooms and secondary hot
forming mills reduce slabs or blooms to billets, plates, shapes, strip, and
various other products. Steel finishing operations involve a number of
other processes that do little to alter the dimensions of the hot rolled
product, but which impart desirable surface or mechanical properties.
The steel industry is included within the United States
Department of Commerce, Bureau of Census Standard Industrial Classification
(SIC) Major Group 33 - Primary Metal Industries. The parts of the industry
covered by the regulations are the SIC subgroups - 3312, (except coil
coating), 3315, 3316, and 3317. These include all processes, subprocesses
and alternate-processes involved in the manufacture of intermediate or
finished products in the above categories.
W5.2-1
-------
Steel facilities range from comparatively small plants engaging
in one or more production processes to extremely large integrated complex
engaging in several or all production processes. Even the smallest steel
facility, however, represents a fairly large industrial complex. The
Agency estimates that there are about 680 plant locations containing over
2,000 individual steel making and forming and finishing operations. The
1980 revenues of the United States steel industry were about 72 billion
dollars and total employment was approximately 570,000 employees. The
fifteen largest steel corporations provided approximately 87 percent of t
total annual U.S. steel ingot production.
Domestic steel shipments in 1981 were estimated to be about 87
million tons, an increase of 3.7 percent over the depressed level of 83.9
million tons in 1980, when the high interest rates that curbed demand in
major steel-consuming sectors, as well as the relative cost advantage of
foreign steel, kept shipments at low levels. Because of uncertainty
surrounding future domestic steel shipments, the Economic Impact Report
derived two growth scenarios for domestic steel shipments and analyzed th
economic impacts of wastewater pollution control regulations under both
scenarios. This chapter presents the costs associated with growth scenar
1 in which the industry is assumed to recover from the current recession
1982 and grow at an annual rate of 2 percent through 1990.
Pollutants and Sources
Water is essential to the iron and steel industry and is used i
appreciable quantities in virtually all process operations. An average o
40,000 gallons of water is used in the production of every ton of finishe
steel, making the industry one of the highest water users of any
manufacturing industry.
Total process water usage in the steel industry is about 5,740
million gallons per day. The untreated process wastewaters contain about
43,600 tons per year of toxic organic pollutants, 121,900 tons per year c
toxic inorganic pollutants and 14.5 million tons per year of conventional
and nonconventional pollutants.
The following wastewater pollutants have historically been
regulated in the steel industry. Suspended solids, oil and grease,
ammonia-N, cyanide, phenols, fluoride, iron, total and hexavalent chromii
tin, lead, and zinc. Other pollutants are found in the industry's
wastewaters; however, the Agency did not limit these pollutants in the
regulations because the technology for their removal is presently
considered beyond the scope of BPT and BAT for the industry.
Control Technologies
Many different wastewater treatment technologies are currently
employed in the iron and steel industry. Generally, primary wastewater
treatment encompasses physical/chemical methods of treatment, including
neutralization, sedimentation, flocculation and filtration. Treatment fc
toxic pollutants requires advanced technologies such as biological
W5.2-2
-------
treatment, carbon adsorption, ion exchange, reverse osmosis, and
sophisticated chemical techniques.
Within the cokemaking subcategory, organic pollutant removal is
accomplished by biological treatment in bio-oxidation lagoons and activated
sludge plants; and, physical/chemical treatment in ammonia stills,
dephenolizers and activated carbon systems. Sedimentation and filtration
are also used in this subcategory.
Treatment facilities at plants in the sintering, ironmaking and
steelmaking subcategories rely heavily upon flocculation, sedimentation and
recycling of treated wastewaters. Clarifiers and thickeners are
principally used in connection with polymers and coagulants such as lime,
alum, and ferric sulfate.
Wastewaters from nearly all hot forming operations are treated in
scale pits followed by lagoons, clarifiers, filters, or combinations
thereof. Polymers and coagulants such as lime, alum, and ferric sulfate
are normally used in conjunction with clarifiers. The filters employed are
usually either gravity or pressure type with sand or other media.
Treatment techniques at cold finishing operations include
equalization prior to further treatment; neutralization with lime, caustic
or acid; flocculation with polymers; and, sedimentation. Central or
combined treatment systems are common for these operations.
Advanced control measures for the toxic pollutants include
two-stage (i.e. extended) biological treatment (cokemaking); granular
activated carbon; powdered carbon addition; pressure filtration; pressure
filtration accompanied with sulfide addition; and, multi-state
evaporation/condensation systems.
A summary of the model treatment system by subcategory and a more
detailed description of the systems are presented in the appendix.
Costing Methodology
The water pollution control compliance costs for the iron and
steel industry were obtained exogenously from the Economic Analysis Report.
The costs of compliance for the iron and steel industry are presented in
Table W5.2.1.
W5.2-3
-------
as ^e v - r"
"Z
Ci
i -
tn
ING PLANTS
— •— i
tn a. <
X
a
I.AH'i'S (NSPS
PRETREAT
« a. -^
: tn tn
z a. a.
S
? 2
, z
6- £
tn a. c
r- < Z
O ^ p 5-
•j ^ tn a.
— z x
«S Z M
tn
a.
tn
z
tn
2
— a,
<
a
z
PRETREAT
^.
tn tn
tn en
a. a.
<
5"
tn
tn &•
r- Z
tn <
C J
U a.
^" t-D
-s —
r* r" :
O tn i. <
^ X
<: u
].AMTS(NSPS
PRETREAT
M a> -*.
: tn tn
a tn tn
z a. a.
£.
r1 _ a, •> r- Z <
3 — U — 2
W5.2-4
-------
Chapter W5.3 Ferroalloy Industry
Regulations
BAT regulations for the industry covered in this chapter are
currently under review by EPA. It is anticipated that the review may
result in some change in the regulations, with subsequent effects on the
estimated cost of compliance. Because of possible changes in the BAT
regulations following the review, this chapter has not been updated. The
costs shown here are based on documentation associated with the regulations
as originally promulgated, and the costs for compliance with BAT are
subject to change if the BAT regulations are modified.
Industry Characteristics
The ferroalloy industry produces most of its products through
electric-furnace smelting, exothermic refining, and electrolytic
processing.
The products of electric-furnace smelting and/or exothermic
refining include such products as ferrosilicon, silicon metal,
ferromanganese, silicomanganese, ferromanganese-silicon, ferrochromium,
ferrochrome-silicon, calcium-silicon, ferrotitanium, ferrovanadium,
ferrocolumbium, and silicomanganese-zirconium. The products of the
electrolytic process are primarily manganese, manganese dioxide, and
chromium.
Since electric-furnace smelting is also the manufacturing process
for calcium carbide, and the largest producers of calcium carbide are
ferroalloy companies, calcium carbide is considered with the ferroalloy
industry (rather than the inorganic chemicals industry) for pollution .
abatement consideration. The products of the ferroalloy industry are
classified in SIC 3313 (Electrometallurgical Products); calcium carbide
appears in SIC 2819 (Industrial Inorganic chemicals, Not Elsewhere
Classified).
Pollutants and Sources
For purposes of establishing water effluent limitation guidelines
and standards of performance, the industry has been divided into the
following categories:
• Ferroalloy Smelting and Refining Segment
-Open Electric Furnaces with Wet Air Pollution Control
Devices
-Covered Furnaces and Other Smelting Operations with Wet Air
Pollution Control Devices
-Slag Processing
W5.3-1
-------
• Calcium Carbide Segment
-Covered Calcium Carbide Furnaces with Wet Air Pollution
Control Devices
-Other (i.e., Open) Calcium Carbide Furnaces
• Electrolytic Segment
-Electrolytic Manganese
-Electrolytic Manganese Dioxide
-Electrolytic Chromium
Most of the water usage by this industry is for noncontact
cooling purposes. From 700 to 5000 gallons per minute (or 3,000 to 11,00(
gallons per megawatt-hour) may be used to cool the furnace and components
of the electrical systems. The largest source of water-borne pollutants •
the ferroalloy smelting and refining segment and the calcium carbide
segment is related to the use of wet methods (e.g., wet scrubbers and
precipitators) to control air pollution. Scrubbers are the principal wet
air pollution control device (APCD) presently used in the industry.
Scrubber water usage ranges from about 500 to 3500 gallons per
megawatt-hour.
The ferroalloy and calcium carbide segments are further divided
and categorized based upon the furnace operation being of the open or
closed type. In the open furnace operation, the carbon monoxide rich
off-gas is combusted at the top of the furnace mix and the burned gases
plus excess air are subsequently ducted to the air pollution control
device. In the closed-type operation, the furnace is covered to exclude
air from the furnace interior. However, as the closed furnace gases to bi
cleaned are uncombusted, they contain components such as cyanide and
phenols, which are not found in appreciable amounts in the open-furnace
off-gases. Additional water treatment is required for the effluent from
wet air pollution control devices (APCD) serving closed furnaces.
Slag processing is an additional source of water pollution in
several of the ferroalloy plants. As it represents an additional source
water pollution, slag processing is introduced as a separate subcategory.
Thus, in the case of the ferroalloy and calcium carbide smelting and
refining segments, the preferred categorization factor for water effluent
considerations is the type of furnace equipment (i.e., open or closed
furnace, dry or wet APCD) and the auxiliary processing (i.e., slag
processing) utilized.
The preferred basis for water effluent characterization and
treatment for the electrolytic segment of the industry is by product, i.e
manganese (Mn), manganese dioxide (MnO^) or chromium (Cr).
It should be noted and appreciated that many of the large
ferroalloy plants have concurrent in-plant operations which fall in sever
of the water effluent categories and subcategories. Thus, as proposed by
EPA, the water guidelines and performance standards may be applied to
specific plants on the basis of a "building block" or unit operation
approach, with the total plant effluent limitations based on the summatio
W5.3-2
-------
of each pollutant in each category. The same approach is taken for costing
the required water treatment systems for a multi-operation plant. As
expected, the costs associated with the treatment of a particular plant's
wastewater are best determined through detailed engineering and cost
analysis for the specific plant and operation.
Control Technology
The water pollutants to be controlled for each segment are
presented in Table W5.3.1. The achievement of BPT limitations for all
segments is based upon physical/chemical treatments, while BAT limitations
require physical/chemical treatment plus partial recycle of water.
Table W5.3.1. Ferroalloy industry pollutants
Open electric
air pollution
devices
furnaces with
control
Covered electric furnace
and other smelting operations
with wet air pollution
control devices
Slag processing
Closed calcium carbide furnace
Electrolytic manganese
TSS
Chromium total
Chromium VI
Manganese total
TSS
Chromium total
Chromium VI
Manganese total
Cyanide total
Phenols
TSS
Chromium total
Manganese total
TSS
Cyanide
TSS
Manganese
Chromium
NH3-N
Costing Methodology
The estimates of water pollution control costs reported here were
developed on the basis of a plant-by-plant review to determine the type of
air pollution control device (wet or dry) in use, and the use of published
costs of water pollution control for some specific plants. Where published
data were not available, engineering estimates of costs based on cost
factors from Guidelines Development Documents were applied. The costs
listed in Table W5.3.2 are largely those of the portion of the industry
using wet air pollution control devices.
W5.3-3
-------
o o o a o —i
o o o o o vo
a o o o o
o o o o o
03
^
O
o o o o o
o o o o o
-i O
0-v •»
CO
cri
03
I
SH
r^
o>
o o o o o —•
a o o o o in
o o o o o
o o o o o
o o o o o
o o o o o
CO
3
T3
C
CO
o
CO
I
01
O O O O O 00
o o o o o —
O O O O O vO
o o o o o -<
o o o o o
o o o o o
(N
CN
CO
00
oo
00
3
CU
09
r»
I
t—
O O O O O
o o a o o
•J5
00
o o o o o 1-1
o o o o o t*i
o o o o o f>
o o o o o --
p-
'+0
CD
o
O o O O O m
O O O O O —i
o o o o o
o o o o o
o o o o o
o o a o o
cn
O
CJ
ON CONTRO1
F DOLLARS
ACE (KIP)
M O J
I- a,
3 tn
Ml Z Z
J 0 M
O 1-1
a, _: _:
J <
05 M 61
cd s M
£• a.
< z <
3 w CJ
PLANTS
CJ
z
5-1 i— t
Z 6-1
cd tn
S M
9-i X
tn u
Cd
>
Z
I— »
S(NSPS)
Cri
Z
<
^
5-i E-i a,
a. «e
a a 3
Cd
z
<
a
6-1
Cd
35
a.
-•^
en en
a z
tn en
a. a.
j
£*
O
CH
CAPITAL
PLANTS
en Q o
6- Cd Z
en N M
O w 6^
CJ J en
^ 1—4
J 3 X
-------
Chapter W5.4 Bauxite Refining Industry
Regulations
The regulations for BPT, BAT, and NSPS are essentially zero
discharge of process wastewaters to navigable waters (39 FR 12811, April 8,
1974).
In addition there is a pretreatment standard for new bauxite
plants (40 CFR 421) which calls for the treatment of incompatible
pollutants except that if the publically owned treatment works is committed
to remove some percentage of any incompatible pollutant, then the bauxite
refinery may be less stringent in its treatment.
Industry Characteristics
There are nine bauxite refineries in the United States; one of
the plants is located at St. Croix, Virgin Islands. Modest capacity
increases are believed to be occurring by minor process changes that do not
in reality constitute a new source with respect to emission control. These
plants produce alumina from bauxite which is subsequently used in the
manufacture of aluminum. Although the refineries are categorized as being
a part of the Miscellaneous Inorganic Chemicals Industry, Not Elsewhere
Classified (SIC 2819), they are integral with the Primary Aluminum
Industry.
Pollutants and Sources
Major pollutants arising from a bauxite refinery are the
suspended solids and dissolved solids contained in the discharged waste in
"red mud" after the alumina values have been leached from bauxite.
Although other pollutants are produced, the relative magnitude of the
problems imposed are incidental.
Control Technology
Total impoundment of the red mud and all other process
wastewaters was proposed by the regulations to achieve zero discharge of
all pollutants. Liquids are recycled to the refineries while the red mud
solids settle in the impoundment areas.
Costing Methodology
Empirical cost data based on the plant-by-plant analysis in the
Development Document were used in costing because several of the plants
were already impounding either their total flow or the red mud slurries
before the Act and, thus, a model plant combined with cost function
methodology was not appropriate. All plants within the contiguous United
W5.4-1
-------
States were included in the costs. Total industry costs (in 1973 dollars
for capital were 52.8 million and for annual operating were 5.64 million
per year.
Costs are tabulated in 1981 dollars in Table W5.4.1.
W5.4-2
-------
o
01
I
O O O O O
o o o o o
o
o
o o o o o
o o o o o
O O O O O
O O O O O
o
\o
O
O
<*
in
o
*r
m
CD
I
ON
O O O O O
o o o o o
o
o
o o o o o *r
o o o o o r-
o o o o o
o o o o o
3
•o
00
c
•H
C
1-1
u-i
01
0)
GO
I
O O O O O
O O O O O
o
o
o a o o o
o o o o o
O O O O O CD
O O O O O -I
(N
m
o
r-
«
ea
2
(U
O O O O O —I
O O O O O CO
sn
O O O O O -I
o o o o o m
o o o o a -i
o o o o o r^
^J r-t
— 30
O O O O O
o o o o o
o
o
o o o o o
00000
00000
00000
O
O
crt
o
u
o tn —
cc cs a,
e- < w
Z J U!
O J —
u o
a u
z o
O Cn <
M O J
- cu
D '^3
J Z Z
j o M
o M
a, J J
J <
~ M CJ
cn
6-
CJ3
z
co 2;
E- &-
ZM
1:3:
_: a,
« 61 Q. -^
J
<< tn
e- &-
C/5QO
=-az
en
04
— Cd
< z.
-; —
£
+
O
.
Swz j E->
-------
-------
Chapter W5.5 Primary Aluminum Smelting Industry
Regulations
Regulations affecting this industry were revised under the
provisions of the NRDC Consent Decree. In January 1983, EPA proposed new
regulations for BAT, NSPS, BCT, and PSNS. EPA did not propose a PSES
regulation because there are no indirect dischargers. BPT was not revised.
However, revision of this chapter was limited to adjusting pollution
control costs to 1981 dollars. The effect of any changes in the
regulations affecting the primary aluminum smelting industry is not
reflected in the text of the chapter or the cost estimates included in
Table W5.5.1. The cost estimates represent the impact of the regulations
as originally promulgated.
Industry Characteristics
The primary aluminum industry has three production stages:
bauxite mining, bauxite refining to produce alumina (aluminum oxide), and
the reduction of alumina to produce aluminum metal; this last state is
commonly known as aluminum smelting.
The reduction of alumina to produce aluminum metal is carried out
in electrolytic cells', or pots, that are connected in series to form a
potline. The facility containing a number of potlines is referred to as
the potroom. The electrolysis takes place in a molten bath composed
principally of cryolite? which is a double fluoride of sodium and aluminum.
Alumina is added to the bath periodically. As electrolysis proceeds,
aluminum is deposited at the cathode, and oxygen is evolved at the carbon
anode. The oxygen reacts with the carbon to produce a mixture of carbon
monoxide and carbon dioxide while the anode is consumed.
Two methods of replacing the anodes are practiced; these are
referred to as the prebaked anode (intermittent replacement) and the
Soderberg anode (continuous replacement). For either system, the anode
preparation begins in the anode paste plant, where petroleum coke and pitch
are hot-blended. For prebaked anodes, the anode paste is pressed in molds,
and the anodes are baked.in the anode bake plant. The baked anodes are
used to replace consumed anodes, and the anode butts are returned to the
anode preparation area. In the Soderberg anode system, the anode paste is
not baked initially, but is fed continuously through a tubular steel sleeve
into the pot. As the paste approaches the hot bath, the paste is baked in
place to form the anode. Soderberg anodes are supported in the sleeves by
vertical or horizontal studs.
The continuous evolution of gaseous reaction products from the
aluminum reduction cell yields a large volume of fumes that require
ventilation systems for removal from the potroom. The ventilation air must
W5.5-1
-------
be scrubbed to minimize air pollution and both dry and wet scrubbing
methods are used for this purpose. Water from wet scrubbers, used for ai
pollution control on potroom ventilation air, is the major source of
wastewater in the primary aluminum industry.
The liquid aluminum produced is tapped periodically, and the
metal is cast in a separate cast-house facility. The molten metal is
degassed before casting by bubbling chlorine or a mixed gas through the
melt. The chlorine degassing procedure also produces a fume which must bi
scrubbed for air pollution control.
A few aluminum smelters have metal fabrication facilities, such
as rod mills, rolling mills, etc., on the primary reduction plant site.
Since these metal fabrication operations will be covered under separate
effluent limitations, they are not covered by this report.
Pollutants and Sources
As mentioned previously, the major source of wastewater in the
primary aluminum smelting industry is the water used in air pollution
control equipment (scrubbers) that are installed on potline and potroom
ventilation air systems. Scrubbers are also used on anode bake furnace
flue gas, and on cast-house gases. Other significant sources of wastewat
include: cooling water used in casting, rectifiers, and fabrication;
boiler blowdown; and storage area run-off, especially water contaminated
with fluoride from spent cathodes.
Significant pollutants from the primary aluminum smelting
industry for the purposes of establishing effluent limitations guidelines
are: fluoride, total suspended solids, and pH. Other wastewater
pollutants identifiable with the industry, but not considered significant
include: oil and grease, cyanide, dissolved solids, chloride, sulfate,
chemical oxygen demand, temperature, and trace metals.
Control Technology
BPT includes the treatment of wet scrubber water and other
fluoride-containing effluents to precipitate the fluoride, followed by
settling of the precipitate and recycling of the clarified liquor to the
wet scrubbers. A holding pond or lagoon might also be necessary to
minimize the discharge of suspended solids. Precipitation methods
currently available use lime. Alternate control technologies which can b
employed to achieve the required effluent levels include dry fume
scrubbing, total impoundment, and reuse of effluent water by a companion
operation.
The application of the BPT described above results in a
relatively low-volume, high-concentration bleed stream from the recycling
system. BAT is lime or calcium chloride precipitation treatment of the
bleed stream to further reduce the discharge of fluorides. Use of this
technology assumes that the volume of fluoride-containing effluent is
reduced to approximately 5,000 liters per metric ton (1,200 gallons per
W5.5-2
-------
short ton) of aluminum. Alternatively, volumes as high as 50,000 liters
per metric ton (12,000 gallons per short ton) may be possible if the
effluent is treated by absorption methods (activated alumina or
hydroxyapatite).
NSPS technology assumes the application of dry fume scrubbing
systems or, alternatively, wet scrubbing equipment together with total
impoundment or total recycling of the scrubber water. The treatment for
fluoride and suspended solids removal is essentially the same as for BPT
above. The NSPS require the restriction of the discharge volume to 835
liters per metric ton (200 gallons per short ton) of aluminum with a final
fluoride concentration of 30 mg per liter; or an equivalent combination of
fluoride level and volume. Alternatives for reducing water use and
pollutant levels include air-cooled, solid state rectifiers; non-chemical
methods of molten metal degassing; and careful cleaning of the anode butts
before recycling.
Approximately two-thirds of the primary aluminum smelting plants
in the United States are currently operating with discharge levels of
pollutants within the July 1977 guidelines.
Costing Methodology
Nationwide costs of the primary aluminum smelting industry were
estimated from model plant costs and are summarized in Table W5.5.1. Model
plant numbers and sizes, compliance costs and other data were taken from
the Development Document. No costs are indicated for new sources as new
plants are using the dry gas-scrubbing process which uses no water in the
control of pollutants.
W5.5-3
-------
o
X
I
CD
CO *H O O O
—i r- O o o
ao
IN
in (N
-i CTi O O O
< o o o
o
o
r~ es c o o
o in o o o
co ao
O
r»
'-O
r~
CO
"O
O >
in
I
CT>
1—
o o o
o o o
o o o o
o
-o
en \
m <
i O O O
i O O O
o
i—
oo
c
CU
en
a\
r-
a o
in P- o o o
o in o o o
(N
o
IN
TT VO
ao r» o o o
o
vO
<•*! rt
W CN O O O
o o o —
^
u
CU
a
r-
I
o o o o
o o o o
in o o o o
oo o o o o
—* CN
O
CJ
O en .11
OS OS 0.
e- < w
Z J *
O J —
0 O
a a
z o
O Eu <
M O J
5- O.
3 en
- Z Z
J O M
O 1-1
04 ij j
j <
CS M E-i
a s M
8- o.
-i
Z c-
a en
S 1-1
5- X
en a
a
^,
z
.M
en
a.
en 6-
z <:
— a
en -
5- e
z a
4 «
J 0.
e-i s- a. ^
a. < en en
m m 3 a z
a en en
z o. a.
•
j
< en
s- e-
i-l Z
0, <
< ^
u o<
en a o
t- u z
en N M
O i- 6-
u - w
< J 3 X
E- < z a
O 3 Z
E" Z <
z
.A
en
o,
en E-
z <
— a
en st
E- 5-
z a
< s
-} 04
C-t ^4 O« ^
a, < en en
m a 3 a z
a en en
z o. —
en
e^
Z
<
J
04
0
Z
hH
5- 6-
en o.
J w m
< X
=1 £ U
b
£-* +
o
«K
en
o.
en &-
z 4
— w
en at
6- EH
z a
< IX
J 04
E" o< ^
< en en
a 3 a z
a en en
z a. a.
S
O
^
-
E-
O4
«c
J
*c »
~* 4
b 3
E- Z
z
<
en
C-l
en
0
U
J
<;
3
Z
z
<
^
J
<
W5.5-4
-------
Chapter W5.6 Secondary Aluminum Smelting Industry
Regulations
Regulations affecting this industry were revised under the
provisions of the NRDC Consent Decree. In January 1983, EPA proposed new
regulations for BAT, NSPS, PSES, and PSNS. BPT was not revised. However,
revision of this chapter was limited to adjusting pollution control costs
to 1981 dollars. The effect of any changes in the regulations affecting
the secondary aluminum smelting industry is not reflected in the text of
the chapter or the cost estimates included in Table W5.6.1. The cost
estimates represent the impact of the regulations as originally
promulgated.
Industry Characteristics
The secondary aluminum industry comprises an estimated 54 firms
with 66 plants. Other sources list the industry as having more plants, but
these numbers include sweaters, scrap dealers, and non-integrated
fabricators. For purposes of this report, the number of plants reported
excludes these portions of the industry as they do not employ any of the
processes included in the effluent limitations guidelines.
The secondary aluminum smelting industry is a subcategory of the
aluminum segment of the nonferrous metals manufacturing category. This
subcategory recovers, processes, and remelts various grades of
aluminum-bearing scrap to produce metallic aluminum or an aluminum alloy as
a product. This product is used primarily to supply the following
industries: construction, aircraft, automotive, electrical equipment,
beverage cans, and fabricated metal products (which includes a wide variety
of home consumer products). The largest user of secondary aluminum ingot
is the automotive industry.
Secondary aluminum ingot is produced to specifications; melting
to specification is achieved mainly by segregating the incoming scrap into
alloy types. The magnesium contained in the scrap is removed, as desired,
by a chlorine-gas treatment (demagging) in a reverberatory furnace.
Pollutants and Sources
Wastewaters are generated by the following processes: (1) ingot
cooling and shot quenching, (2) scrubbing of furnace fumes during
demagging, and (3) wet milling of residues or residue fractions.
The following are the primary wastewater pollutants discharged by
the above processes: oil and grease, suspended and dissolved solids, and
salts of aluminum and magnesium.
W5.6-1
-------
In metal cooling, molten metal in the furnace is usually either
cast into ingot or smaller (sow) molds or is quenched into shot. Ingot
molds are sprayed while on conveyor belts to solidify the aluminum and
allow its ejection from the mold. Shot is solidified by having metal
droplets fall into a water bath. The wastewater generated is either
vaporized, discharged to municipal sewerage or navigable waters, recycled
for some period and discharged (6-month intervals), continuously recycled
with no discharge, or discharged to holding ponds.
Fume scrubbing is necessitated when aluminum scrap contains a
higher percentage of magnesium than is desired for the alloy produced.
Magnesium removal, or "demagging", is done either by passing chlorine
through the melt (chlorination) or with aluminum fluoride. When magnesiu
is extracted, heavy fuming results; this requires passing the fumes throu
a wet scrubbing system. Water used in scrubbing picks up pollutants,
primarily in the scrubbing of chlorine demagging fumes.
Residue processing takes place in the industry since residues a
composed of 10 to 30 percent aluminum, with attached aluminum oxide fluxi
salts (mostly NaCl and KC1), dirt, and various other chlorides, fluorides
and oxides. The metal is separated from the non-metals by milling and
screening (which is performed either wet or dry). In wet milling, the du
problem is minimized but the resulting waste stream is similar in make-up
to scrubber waters but more concentrated in dissolved solids.
Pollutant parameters for wastewater from wet milling of residue
include total suspended solids, fluorides, ammonia, aluminum, copper, COC
and pH. Pollutant parameters for wastewater from fume scrubbing include
total suspended solids, COD, and pH.
Control Technology
Approximately 10 percent of the industry is currently dischargi
directly to navigable waters. The majority of the industry discharges
effluents to municipal treatment works, usually with some pretreatment.
Currently, some plants are utilizing various control alternativ
for each of the three major wastewater sources. The control technologies
required to meet BPT and BAT are as follows:
BPT. Metal Cooling. Air cooling or continuous recycling of
cooling water with periodic removal, dewatering, and disposal of sludge.
Fume Scrubbing. Chlorine Fume Scrubbing (for magnesium removal
using chlorine): pH adjustment and settling. Fluoride fume scrubbing (f
magnesium removal using aluminum fluorides): pH adjustment, settling, ar
total recycling.
Residue Milling. Adjustment of pH with settling and water
recycle.
W5.6-2
-------
BAT. Metal Cooling. Air cooling, water cooling (for complete
evaporation), and total use and recycle of cooling water by use of settling
and sludge dewatering.
Fume Scrubbing. Use of aluminum fluoride for magnesium removal,
and entrapment of fumes without major use of water, using alternatives such
as the Alcoa process, Derham process or the Tesisorb process.
Residue Milling. Dry milling, and a water recycle evaporation
and salt reclamation process.
Costing Methodology
The costs for compliance were developed on the basis of the plant
numbers, sizes, processes, air pollution control status, and treatment and
discharge status as given in the Development and Economic Analysis
Documents published in 1974. Three cost sectors were modeled: one for
each of the three operations generating wastewaters; the models thus
reflect the population of these unit operations rather than the total
number of plants. The aggregate costs of compliance developed on this
basis are given in Table W5.6.1.
W5.6-3
-------
0
c*
1
33
cn
r— co
1*1 -H
m <*i o
va o «» o o
03
O
-• — r-> o o
(N
•-D
!N
o O O «•»
(N 1*1
O «»• iNt
O CT\ O O O
i m o< o o
t— MI
cn
o
o
CN
m
o
cn
3
•a
c
oo
C
O r"> O O O
I
e'-
en
in
cn
^O-TGOOO
0)
£
ca
£
C
•H
£
oo
i
cn
r—
O r- co o O
o -H
z
cn cn
EH Cu
z cn E"
< z <
j — a
& cn a:
cj z a
z < as
EH EH E« CU ^
cn o. < cn cn
M 03 03 3 a Z
x: cd cn cn «
U Z Cu Cu E
/•
s
cn
CH
cn
O
CJ
j
< *J
<
- Z
z
ZED CAPITA!
ING PLANTS
M EH S-l
J cn a,
< HH a
o x
z a
z
< .
LANTS(NSPS
EH C.
K^
a 3
a
z
PUETREAT
-«^.
cn cn
a z
cn cn
a. a.
^
<
CH
b
EH
cn
6H
SI
O
Z
? E-
cn a.
HH CD
X
S a
4>
cn
a.
cn
z
cn
EH
Z
E-1 CU
<2
a 2
a
z
PUETREAT
-s^
cn cn
a z
cn ;n
i. a.
-
H
<
CH
O
•H
O
4-
0.
^
CJ
*
<
ZJ
z
z
cn
o
CJ
W5.6-4
-------
Chapter W5.7 Electroplating and Metal Finishing Industry
Regulations
The regulations analyzed in this chapter are based on the final
rule amendments promulgated on January 28, 1981 and new proposed
regulations on August 31, 1982, specifying pretreatment standards for
existing sources (PSES) of the Electroplating Point Source Category and
BPT, BAT, NSPS, PSES, and PSNS for the Metal Finishing Point Source
Category. The effluent limitations guidelines for BPT for the
electroplating industry were suspended indefinitely on December 3, 1976 and
were then revoked on January 28, 1981. In addition, the effluent
limitations guidelines for BAT, new source performance standards (NSPS) and
pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS) for the industry were revoked
on December 3, 1976.
Under the regulations which were proposed on August 31, 1982, the
PSES guidelines which were promulgated January 28, 1981, will apply to all
indirect discharging electroplaters. All electroplating facilities, other
than indirect discharging, job shops and independent printed circuit-board
manufacturing, will subsequently be subject to the regulations for Metal
Finishing point source category and will comply with regulations proposed
for this category.
Industry Characteristics
The Electroplating and Metal Finishing Categories consist of
13,000 plants. These establishments apply surface treatments by
electrolytic deposition and other methods. The treatments provide
corrosion protection, wear or erosion resistance, antifrictional
characteristics, lubricity, electrical conductivity, heat and light
reflectivity, or other special surface characteristics,
In the economic impact analyses, the universe of electroplating
and metal finishing firms was defined in terms of the following three
production sectors:
• Job shops — Independent operations performing the metal
finishing processes covered by the regulations as their
primary line of business.
• Printed board manufacturers — Independent producers of wire or
circuit boards whose products involve copper and electroless
plating.
Captive shops— Production centers, found within manufacturing
firms, that provide finishing services to the products of the
•
parent company
The number of plants by category are presented in Table 5.7.1.
W5.7-1
-------
Table W5.7.1
Job shops and IPCBM* (3470) Nonintegrated Integrate*
Indirect dischargers
(10,561):
3061 3,750 3,570
Job & IPCBM Nonintegrated Integrate'
Indirect Captive Captive
Direct Dischargers
(2,909):
409 2,500
Job & IPCMB Captive
Directs Directs
*Independent Printed Circuit Board Manufacturers.
W5.7-2
-------
Independent job shops are classified in SIC 3471 (Plating and
Polishing) and 3479 (Metal Coating and Allied Services, n.e.c.)« Firms in
SIC 3471 are major consumers of common plating metals (i.e., copper, zinc,
nickel, chromium) whereas firms in SIC 3479 are distinguished by their
technical production processes (anodizing, phosphating, precious metal
plating, etching, etc.). Output charges in real constant dollars (1982)
increased to $3.2 billion in 1979 from $2.16 billion in 1972 for a growth
rate of 5.8 percent per year.
Printed board manufacturers, which are classified in SIC 3679
(electronic components, n.e.c.) had a value of $1.5 billion in 1980. A
growth rate of 20 percent per year was assumed based on projected, trends of
the U.S. semiconductor industry.
Captive operations are classified in SIC 34 through 39. Average
plant sales of metal finished goods was approximately $10.9 million in 1976
according to the most relevant information sources. Total industry sales
are approximately $109 billion, of which $11 billion or 10 percent of sales
account for the total value added by metal finishing. Annual growth in the
industry is expected to amount to 3 percent per year.
Pollutants and Sources
Wastewater from this industry comes from pretreatment and post-
treatment operations as well as the actual metal finishing and
electroplating steps. Table W5.7.2 lists the major types of wastes
generated by these operations. The known significant pollutants and
pollutant properties from these operations include pH, total suspended
solids, cyanide, chromium, copper, nickel, zinc, cadmium, lead, alumin^,,,,
and various precious metals and organic compounds. The present EPA study
indicates that many of these pollutants may occur together and that their
individual concentrations may exceed 100 mg/1.
Wastewater results from the following operations in this
industry: rinsing to remove films of processing solution from the surface
of work pieces at the site of each operation; rinsing away spills;
scrubbing ventilation exhaust air; dumping of spent solutions; washing of
equipment; and discharging cooling water used in heat exchangers to cool
solutions in metal finishing processes.
Approximately 90 percent of the water consumed is in rinsing.
That used as cooling water is usually recycled for rinsing.
Many of the pollutants which are generated are toxic pollutants
which have potential for environmental or POTW damage. Therefore, the most
important pollutants associated with the electroplating industry which are
controlled by PSES regulations are:
1. Toxic pollutants—cyanide, lead, cadmium, copper, nickel,
chromium, zinc, silver, and toxic organics (lumped together as
total-toxic organics); and
W5.7-3
num,
-------
Table W5.7.2. Major wastes and their sources generated by the electroplating and metal finishing industr
Waste
source
Proprietary solutions
Catalysis and accelerators
Concentration acid and pickling
waste
Strong acid rinse waters
Concentrated alkalies
Cvanide concentrates
Chromates
These are mainly cleaners or plating process accelerators
of various types of which the chemical composition is
proprietary.
In electroless plating on plastics, a catalyst must be
applied to the plastic to initiate the plating process.
The catalyst consists of tin and palladium, and in the
acceleration process the tin is removed. A chromic acid
surface preparation of the plastic usually precedes the
catalyst application.
Originate primarily from stripping and cleaning of metal.
Usually contain one or more of the following: hydrochloric
acid (most common), sulfuric acid, nitric acid, chromic acid,
fluoroboric acid, and pnospnoric acid. The solution composit
vary according to the nature of the base metals and the type
of tarnish or scale to be removed. These acid solutions
accumulate appreciable amounts of metal as a result of dis-
solution of metal from worx pieces or uncoateo areas of platii
racks that are recycled repeatedly through cleaning, acid
treating, and electroplating baths. As a result, the baths
usually have a relatively short life, and when they are dumpe1
and replaced, large amounts of chemicals must be treated or
reclaimed. These chemicals also enter the waste stream by
way of dragout from the acid solutions into rinse waters.
From rinsing after acid dips, pickling solutions, and strong
acid process solutions.
Cleaning solutions usually contain one or more of the followi
chemicals: sodium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium meta-2
silicate, sodium phosphate (di- or trisodium), sodium silicat
sodium tetra phosphate, and a wetting agent. The specific
content of cleaners varies with the type of soil being remove
For example, compositions for cleaning steel are more alkalin
and active than those for cleaning brass, zinc die castings,
and aluminum. Waste waters from cleaning operations contain
not only the chemicals found in the alkaline cleaners but als
soaps from the sapomfication of greases left on the surface
polishing and buffing operations. Some oils and greases
are not saponified but are, nevertheless, emulsified. The
raw wastes from cleaning process solutions and dissolution
of basis metals show up m the rinse waters, spills, dumps
of concentrated solutions, wash waters from air-exnaust ducts
and leaking heating or cooling coils ana heat exchangers.
The concentrations of dissolved basis meta! in rinses follow-
ing alkaline cleaning are usually small relative to acid aip
rinses.
Includes cyanide plating solutions ana cyanide plated or dipp
metal parts.
Originate from both plating and rinsing of metals that have
been treated with chromate solutions.
(Ref. 1, 8).
W5.7-4
-------
2. Conventional pollutants—TSS and pH. (Note: These pollutant
parameters are optional.)
Control Technologies
The two general approaches to removing or recovering wastewater
pollutants generated by plating, metal finishing, and printed board
manufacturing processes are in-plant technologies and end-of-pipe treatment
technologies.
The intent of in-plant technology for the overall Electroplating
and Metal Finishing Point Source Category is to reduce or eliminate the
waste load requiring end-of-pipe treatment and, thereby, improve the
efficiency of waste treatment. In-plant technology involves the selection
of rinse techniques, plating bath conservation, good housekeeping
practices, recovery and/or reuse of plating and etch solutions, and process
modification.
For metal finishers, precipitation and clarification of effluents
has been proposed for compliance with BPT. In addition, for cyanide or
hexavalent chromium the technology basis incorporates techniques to destroy
cyanide and reduce hexavalent chromium to trivalent chromium. This
technology is the same as that promulgated for PSES for electroplaters.
BAT for metal finishers is proposed as the same as BPT limitations for
metal finishers. PSES is also the same as BPT.
BPT plus in-plant control of cademium is proposed for NSPS. PSNS
is proposed as equivalent to NSPS.
Costing Methodology
Water pollution control costs for compliance with PSES
electroplating industry and BPT/BAT and PSNS/PSES for the metal finishing
industry were obtained exogenously from the August 31, 1982 Federal
Register. Capital cost estimates are based on the total cost of equipment
that EPA estimates will enable a discharger to meet the regulations. The
O&M costs were estimated by subtracting the estimated capital recovery
costs from the annual costs presented in the Federal Register where all
costs were expressed in 1982 dollars.
Estimated abatement costs are summarized in 1981 dollars in Table
W5.7.3.
W5.7-5
-------
o
cr\
i
O O O O O
o o o o o
CO
o o o o o
o o o o o
ON
CO
o o o o o
o o o o o
—I !N
(N r-l
i(— o
Crt —
o\
o
en
en
3
"O
c
C9
I
en
r—
cr\
o o o o o
o o o o o
o o o o o
o o o o o
o o o o o
o o o o o
r- m
co m
e
T-l
U-l
iH
Z
i— i
0 O O
o o o
^^
en
a.
en
z_
en
z
<
j
E- E« 0.
a. <
a m 2
Cd
Z
O O 0
o o o
EH
<
Cd
o:
E-
Cd
at
c.
^
en en
cd z -;
en en a<
z cn
< z
a. cn
E-
cr z
Z •£
M _;
E- E- E-i 0.
en a. <
M CD 03 3
X Cd
Cd Z
O O
o o
6-
<
Cd
CE
E-
Cd
?**
a«
*-^
cn cn
Cd Z
en cn
2. a.
0 0
0 0
2
-t-
O
•*•
j
^
E-
a.
rj
J
< -
E" <
O —
E- Z
<
O
o
en
g^
cn
0
CJ
j
^
3
Z
Z
J
^
<
W5.7-6
-------
Chapter U5.8 Coll Coating
Regulations
The coil coating industry, which coats large rolls or "coils" of
flat metal with various types of organic polymer coatings and laminates to
give the metal decorative or protective qualities, has not beerr included in
previous Cost of Clean reports. The regulations proposed for this industry
establish effluent limitations guidelines for BPT and BAT, pretreatment
standards for new and existing sources (PSES, PSNS) and performance
standards for new sources (NSPS) (Ref. 2). The proposed regulations do not
require the installation of any particular treatment technology. Rather,
they require achievement of effluent limitations through the proper
operation of demonstrated control technologies or through control
technologies that achieve an equivalent reduction.
Industry Characteristics
EPA developed two sets of subcategories for the coil coating
industry. The first set which was devised for promulgating regulations was
based upon the type of metal coated (i.e., aluminum, cold and rolled steel,
and galvanized steel), since most plants in the industry are capable of
coating more than one type of metal, the first subcategorization scheme was
inappropriate for estimating the economic impacts of the proposed
regulations. Therefore, EPA developed a second subcategorization scheme
which was used in the Economic Impact Report and this chapter, and was
reflective of the three operational modes of coil coating plants:
• Toll Coaters, which coat customer-owned metal (generally do
not perform metal fabricating operations),
• Captive Operations, which are part of a proprietary product
manufacturing process (e.g., building products, food container
packaging),
• Adjustment Operations, which are performed in plants with
rolling mills on the plant site (the metal is coated as part
of the customers' orders).
In 1976, the coil coating industry consisted of seventy plants
which produced a total of 11.4 billion square feet of coil coating. The
number of captive operations was slightly larger than the number of adjunct
operations (26 versus 23), although the annual production volume of the
captives was less than one-half that of the adjunct operations (19 percent
versus 46 percent). Toll coaters, on the other hand, account for
approximately 30 percent of the plants (21) and a comparable 35 percent of
annual production. On an average plant size basis, the square footage of
production for adjunct operations was slightly larger than that of the toll
coaters and almost three times greater than that of captive operations.
W5.8-1
-------
Over 70 percent of the captive plants had annual production
volumes of less than 100 million square feet, whereas over 65 percent of
the adjunct plants and toll coater plants had annual production volumes
greater than 100 million square feet. This disparity in size is explainec
by the nature of the captive operations, which operate as a part of a tot<
product manufacturing process and thus are limited by the end-product
production requirements, as opposed to that of toll coaters and adjunct
operations which produce coil coated metals as a primary product.
The coil coating industry which is classified in SIC 3479, has
enjoyed a healthy growth rate in the past fifteen years. It experienced <
30 percent growth rate from 1976-79 and is projected to grow through 1985
at the rate of 12 percent. Rapid technological change and product
improvement should continue to contribute to industry growth.
Pollutants and Sources
Wastewaters are generated in the cleaning, chemical conversion
coating, and finishing processes of the coil coating industry. Strong
alkaline, mild alkaline and/or acid is used to remove soil, corrosion,
dirt, and oxides that interfere with the conversion coating of the metal
strip. Water is used to rinse the strip after it has been cleaned.
Conversion coating employs one of the following types of coating material;
phosphate, chromate, complex oxides, or no-rinse. Most of these conversi
coating processes are water based and water is used to rinse spent and
excess solutions from the strip. In painting, the final process of the
coil coating operation, water is used to quench the strip after oven curi
the paint. This prevents the development of internal and external
stresses.
The exact composition of the wastewater generated will vary
depending on the options selected for cleaning and for chemical conversio
coating, and the type of base metal coated. The most important pollutant:
or pollutant parameters as recognized by EPA are:
• toxic pollutants—chromium, zinc, nickel, lead, copper, and
cyanide;
• conventional pollutants—suspended solids, oil and grease, a
pH; and
• unconventional pollutants — iron, aluminum, phosphorus, and
fluoride.
EPA did not find significant quantities of toxic organic pollutants in th>
wastewater.
Control Technologies
The control technologies that EPA recommended to meet the
proposed effluent limitation guidelines for BPT, BAT, PSES, NSPS, and PSN
are as follows:
W5.8-2
-------
• BPT—The recommended end-of-pipe treatments as to meet BPT
are: reducing hexavalent chromium, skimming oil, adjusting
pH, allowing sedimentation to remove the resultant precipitate
and other suspended solids, destroying cyanide where used, and
dewatering sludge from the settling tank to facilitate
landfill disposal.
• BAT and PSES—Control technologies for BAT and PSES build on
the technologies established for BPT by adding a mixed-media
filter, to reduce process wastewater generation, and by
recycling quench water.
• NSPS and PSNS—The recommended technologies for NSPS and PSNS
build on the technologies established for BAT and PSES. They
further reduce the generation of process wastewater by
employing countercurrent rinse modes and no-rinse conversion
coating.
Table W5.8.1 illustrates the effectiveness of these technologies
by showing the percentage of the various pollutants removed from the raw
waste load.
Costing Methodology
The costs for compliance were based on information from the 1981
Development Document and 1980 Economic Impact Report (Ref. 3 and 4)
concerning the production process, the number, size, and discharge status
of the plants, and the recommended treatment technologies. As mentioned
earlier, these cost estimates were based on information concerning the
costs of control for toll coaters, captive operations, and adjunct
operations.
The total costs of compliance were estimated for each level of
treatment for each of the three plant types. Compliance costs for BPT,
BAT, and PSES were projected exogenously, while compliance costs for NSPS
and PSNS were projected by using cost estimation equations relating costs
to production. These equations were based on model plant data presented in
the Development Document (Ref. 3).
Technologies costed for BAT and PSES do not reflect the change
EPA made in its proposal. EPA modified the subcategory "BAT 2/Pre 3" (as
presented in the 1981 Development Document (Ref. 3)) to include
countercurrent rinse and no-rinse conversion. EPA estimated in the Federal
Register that this modification could reduce the total BPT and BAT
investment by 20-25 percent.
The underlying assumptions for this analysis are that replacement
capital costs are 90 percent of the original capital investment, O&M costs
for the replacement equipment are the same as those for the original
equipment, and equipment is replaced after 15 years.
W5.8-3
-------
Table W5.8.1 Percent of pollutant removed I/
Parameter BPT NSPS and PSN
Toxic Pollutants
Chromium
Zinc
Nickel
Lead
Copper
Cyanide
Conventional Pollutants
Suspended solids
Oil and grease
Unconventional Pollutants
Iron
Aluminum
Phosphorus
98.7
96.9
0
84.5
0
79.0
91.2
93.1
89.3
99.8
80.2
99.9
99.4
75.2
94.3
0
93.9
99.2
97.5
96.6
99.9
95.0
_!/ These values were calculated using Table X-ll in the Development
Document (Ref. 3).
Note: The percentage of pollutants removed under the BAT and PSES
treatment levels would be approximately the same as those found
under the NSPS and PSNS treatment levels.
W5.8-4
-------
The costs of compliance for the coil coating industry are
presented in Table W5.8.2. These costs are based on a 1976 survey data of
58 plants in the coil coating industry. They have been extrapolated to the
then existing industry total of 70 plants, to plants that have begun
operations since 1976, and to expected new plants.
W5.8-5
-------
o
CT>
I
r»4
CO
o o o o o
o o o o o
o o o o o ^
o o o o o \n
o o o o o
o o o o o
o
•33
o
o
O
30
CO
I
en
o o o o o m
o o o o o
m
CJ
ooooo
ooooo
CO
m
ooooo
ooooo
T m
~H r*j
o
o
00
e
co
eo
en
— o
CO
O
O
eo
I
OOOOO -H
OOOOO -H
ooooo
ooooo
en
(N
ooooo
ooooo
o
o
CO
-H O
CO
3
CO
en
-H O
CO
r-
I
c—
en
ooooo
ooooo
o
o
ooooo
ooooo
o
o
ooooo
ooooo
o
o
o
o
o
:=
a
en
co
en
ooooo
ooooo
OOOOO T
OOOOO -H
ooooo
ooooo
I— m
— vo
o
o
en
O
CJ
O en
at os
EH <
z J
O J
CJ O
a
7*
0 Eb
M O
EH
D en
>_2 Z
J O
O M
& J
as M
C£ £
6"
<•?
a?
M
^J
^^
> a
< CJ
Q A
• a,
EH
CL, Z
• • HI
** (-4
M en «e
CJ EH
A HI
O, .. flu
A Z <
en
EH
"Z
^
J
a.
a
z
EH HI
Z EH £
w en e
SM a
M U
EH X
cn a
a
>
z
^^
en
cu
en E-
Z A
en ec
EH EH
A a
_: a.
H EH O. —
u < en en
Sa en en
z a, cu
<
SH
0
EH
J
< en
EH E-
Hl Z
a. <
< j
Cj a.
en Q a
EH a z
en N M
O HI 5- EH
cj J en 04
A i"H. S3
J O X
A z a
3 Z
Z <
^
en
a.
en EH
z <
— a
en as
SH SH
z a
< as
•] n ,
^H ft. -~-
< en en
a a: en
z a. &
en
z
^
j
a.
a
hH
E- EH
en a.
A X
EH z a
0
EH +
_
en
a.
cn EH
Z A
en K
z a
H— &
c_, ^ -^
< cn 03
ii v3 cn
2 a* a*
*•
^
O
^
kJl
«4
c^
£ri
^
^1
< —
r- <
0 2
^
en
a
'J
CJ HI CJ
en
O
O
z
W5.8-6
-------
Chapter W5.9 Porcelain Enameling
Regulations
The regulatory bases for this chapter are the regulations, as
promulgated by EPA on November 24, 1982, that limit the effluent discharges
to waters of the United States and introductions of pollutants into
publicly owned treatment works (POTWS) from facilities engaged in porcelain
enameling. The purpose of the regulations is to specify effluent
limitations for best practicable technology (BPT), best available
technology (BAT), new source performance standards (NSPS) for direct
dischargers and to establish pretreatment standards for indirect
dischargers.
The regulations specify the effluent limitations guidelines,
performance standards and pretreatment standards for each of the material
basis subcategories defined as: (1) steel, (2) cast iron, (3) aluminum,
and (4) copper.
Industry Characteristics
Porcelain enameling is a metal finishing process that consists of
the application of a glass coating (frit) to steel, cast iron, aluminum,
strip steel or copper. The purpose of the coating is to improve the
metals' resistance to chemical abrasion and corrosion, and to improve
thermal stability, electrical insulation and appearance. The major end
uses for porcelain enameling products are the major home appliances (which
account for approximately 80 percent of porcelain enamel usage); sanitary
ware (which accounts for approximately 10 percent of total usage); and
other products such as cookware, architectural panels, and barbecues.
EPA chose the base metal treated as the basis to subcategorize
the industry in the technical analysis and regulations, since the
pollutants generated in the surface preparation of the metal vary by the
type of metal enameled. While this scheme is appropriate from a technical
standpoint, the economic and financial impacts of the regulations vary with
the type of product enameled, because product market strength, pricing
latitude and the ability of manufacturers to substitute alternate materials
for porcelain enameling vary by end product. Consequently, in the
Economic Impact Report the base metal subcategories were subdivided into
the major end product groups. The major end product groups and the number
of plants represented by each group are as follows:
(1) ranges--27, (2) home laundry—9, (3) dishwashers—4, (4) hot water
heaters—10, (5) sanitary ware—9, (6) cookware—11, (7) architectural
panels —11, (8) job shops—23, and (9) miscellaneous (refrigerators,
barbecues, etc.)—12.
W5.9-1
-------
Company organization within the industry can be defined by two
basic types—captive operations which are located within an integrated
manufacturing facility and independent job shops. Job shops are plants tf
perform porcelain enameling on a contract basis and produce a wide range c
items. These shops represent approximately 20 percent of the plants but
only about 5-3 percent of the production in the industry. The job shops
were defined as a separate end product group because they could not be
classified in any other end product group.
Of the 116 porcelain enamel plants identified by EPA, sufficien-
data to conduct economic impact analyses were available from 106 plants.
Consequently, the economic impact analyses were conducted on these 106
sample plants and projected for the 116 known plants in the industry.
In 1976, the annual production rates of the 108 plants ranged
from 25,000 square feet (of exposed surface area enameled) for a small jot
shop to 62,190,000 square feet (of exposed surface area) for an integratec
appliance manufacturer. All total, the industry enameled 775,000,000
square feet of exposed metal surface area.
Growth in the porcelain enamel industry is highly dependent on
trends in porcelain enamel usage and the demand for porcelain enameled enc
products. The future of porcelain enamel usage depends on whether the
substitutions that took place in the last ten to twenty years substantial'
represent all of the technically feasible and economically viable
substitutes. Current trends indicate a continued, though decelerated,
decline in the usage of porcelain enamel finishes. On the other hand,
porcelain enameled major home appliance demand is highly correlated with
new housing starts. Consequently, utilization in the industry will a!way:
be cyclical, and industry growth will depend on the long-term trends in tl
general economy. Over the 1982 to 1987 period, growth of household
appliances that contain porcelain enamel is expected to range from 3 to 7
percent annually. This compares to 4.2 percent from total durable
manufactures.
The-plants in the porcelain enamel industry are classified in t
SIC Codes 3431 (enameled iron and metal sanitary ware), 3469 (porcelain
enameled products except plumbing supplies), 3631 (household cooking
equipment), 3632 (household refrigerators and home and farm freezers), 36;
(household laundry equipment), and 3639 (household appliances, not
elsewhere classified). Included among these areas are the large appliana
cookware, architectural panel, and plumbingware industries.
Pollutants and Sources
Wastewaters are generated in the surface preparation and coatim
processes of the porcelain enameling industry. In the surface preparatio
process, water-based alkaline cleaners are used to remove oil and dirt.
Acid pickling solutions are used to remove corrosion, oxides, and to etch
the base metal to be coated, and water is used to rinse spent and excess
solutions from the prepared surfaces.
W5.9-2
-------
The coating process includes the ball milling of the frit and the
enamel application. Water is used in the ball milling operation for
flushing the mills between mixing batches and for cooling the mills during
operation. The enamel application operation may employ water as a curtain
device for entrapping waste coating materials from over spray.
The exact composition of the wastewater generated will vary
depending on the process options selected for cleaning and the type of base
metal coated. The most important pollutants or pollutant parameters as
recognized by EPA are:
• Toxic metal pollutants—antimony, arsenic, cadmium, chromium,
copper, cyanide, lead, nickel, selenium, and zinc.
• Conventional pollutants—total suspended solids, pH, oil and
grease.
• Nonconventional pollutants—aluminum and iron.
Toxic organic pollutants were not found in the samples analyzed.
Control Technologies
The control technologies which EPA promulgated to meet effluent
limitations guidelines for BPT, BAT, PSES, NSPS, and PSNS are as follows:
t- BPT--the control technology promulgated to meet this guideline
applies to the steel, cast iron and aluminum subcategories and
consists of flow normalization, hexavalent chromium reduction
(for facilities which enamel aluminum), oil skimming, pH
adjustment, and sedimentation to remove resultant precipitate
and other suspended solids.
• BAT and PSES—the technology basis for the final regulation
includes flow normalization, reuse of treated wastewater in
most coatings water using operations, chromium reduction, oil
and grease removal and lime and settle end-of-pipe treatment.
BAT and PSES requirements apply to the steel, cast iron and
aluminum subcategories.
0 NSPS and PSNS— the recommended control technology to meet
these guidelines applies to all four subcategories and is
based on multi-stage countercurrent cascade rinsing after each
metal preparation operation, reuse of water'for most coating
operations as is required for BAT, oil and grease removal and
lime, settle and filter end-of-pipe treatment technology for
all wastewaters.
Costing Methodology
The costs for compliance were developed on the basis of number of
plants, size, process, treatment and discharge status as given in the
Federal Register, Development Document and the Economic Impact Report.
W5.9-3
-------
As stated earlier, the proposal regulations were subcategorized
on the basis of the type of metal coated because the chemicals and
processes that create the discharged pollutants vary by the metal type.
However, most plants in the industry have the flexibility to coat more th
one metal type, as such, the regulatory subcategories are inappropriate f
estimating costs. Consequently, the cost estimates are based on the majo
end product categories listed below.
• Category 1 (steel)—ranges, home laundry, dishwashers, hot
water heaters, sanitary ware,
• Category 2 (aluminum or steel)--cookware, architectural
panels.
0 Category 3 (steel, copper, cast iron, aluminum, or strip
steel) job shops, miscellaneous.
Compliance costs for BPT, BAT, PSES, NSPS, and PSNS were
projected exogenously from the Development Document. The cost of
compliance for the porcelain enameling industry are presented in Table
5.9.1.
W5.9-4
-------
o
o\
I
••*
CO
o o o o o
o o o o o
o o o o o
o o o o o
o o o o o
o o o o o
in
o
(N
33
in
09
00
I
o o o o o
O O
O O i"!
CN
o o o o o
o o o o o
o
CT\
o o o o o
o o o o o
o
o
er\
03
CO
(N
00
c
01
s
cu
e
1-1
CO
r-l
en
0
O
j — ••
O en —
as a; a,
Z J -i
O J —
u o
Z CJ
O Cu <
M O J
6- a.
S en
» z Z
J 0 M
O w
CU M M
1-4
-------
Chapter W6. Mineral-Based Industries
For the purpose of this report, Mineral-Based Manufacturing
Industries are defined as those establishments primarily engaged in the
gathering or physical processing of minerals into a form suitable for use
by the ultimate consumer. These include:
Mineral Mining and Processing
Glass Manufacturing Industry
Insulation Fiberglass
Asbestos Manufacturing
Cement Industry
Paving and Roofing Materials
Costs for the reduction of water pollution for these industries
are summarized in Table W6.
W6-1
-------
in
en
00
erv
o
en
I
oa
en
en
O
0
_:
O
as
z
o
u —
en
Z IX
o <
» -:
£ c- -3
a 3 o
en J Q
< -
03 O —
1 04 03
J en
< a ->
CC Cd
u e- cu
z < o
HI 3
Z en
•v
00
1
a\
r~
en
^^
5"
Z
a
Z
e«
en
Ed
>
Z
^^ <^
03
1
on
r^
ci •«•
en en
r- in
in oo
CO 9\
in vo
00
I
Ofl
i a r- r»
t so ~* 03
03 CT>
•-O 03
CN
en
en
O
0
_:
<
3
z
z —
< 00
1
03 en
O in
VO "I
rn
03 en v
m ^ o
oo in T
— • m
m
O
o
f*l
,^
^
r»
fN
f-4
en o
3 as j
e. H
a en z
- 3
a a z
< Z HI
o ^
r» r»
r*» in P*
o in in
09
CM
O
en
in en
m r»
—• ^r \o fN r-
o
(N
fN
00
I
IN
•n r- vo
m oo 04
oa
o «a* —*
*r r- -; en
= jze-oo
a «c «c3S5«
z ettuucn
U
^-o —
=>
a
z
a
Z
Z en
« • z en O
ZOO* *"
b. M j en z
J Z E- O O
< < K c- 5-
en
o
a
O
Z
Z O f> < U a. O
S 'J w -SI^IQ. OZ
CJ 333 333
CJ 323 233
W6-2
-------
Chapter W6.1 Mineral Mining and Processing
Regulations
The only regulations that have been promulgated for this industry
are BPT for industrial sand and BPT and NSPS for phosphate rock. The costs
shown here are based on these two subcategories of this industry.
Industry Characteristics
mining.
The mineral mining and processing industry is concerned with the
separation, cleaning, and beneficiation of the following minerals:
dimension stone
crushed stone
construction sand and gravel
industrial sand
gypsum
asphaltic minerals
asbestos & wollastonite
lightweight aggregates
mica
barite
fluorspar
borates
salines
tripoli
garnet
phosphate rock
talc
kaolin
feldspar
potash
trona
sodium sulfate
mineral pigments
lithium
bentonite
diatomite
Frasch sulfur
graphite
jade
magnesite
novaculite
shale and common clay
aplite
attapulgite and montmorillonite
rock salt
kyanite
fire clay
ball clay
The production of minerals in the U.S. is closely associated with
the rise and fall of the U.S. Gross National Product. Many subsectors have
a small production rate in the U.S. due to competition with higher grade or
cheaper foreign minerals, small demand for selected U.S. minerals, or
alternative supplies of minerals, e.g., sulfur, which is a by-product of
many chemical and pollution control processes. Production of minerals from
year to year is a dynamic phenomenon for the separate sectors, showing
great growth and recession. The following discussion includes only the
industrial sand and phosphate rock subcategories, since no final
regulations exist for the other groups.
Industrial Sand. Industrial sands are deposits that have been
worked by natural processes into segregated mineral fractions. Such
deposits are utilized for their contained quartz (S.CL). The deposits are
W6.1-1
-------
found in a broad range of locations and formations, some as loose and
visible as dune sand, others as dense and obscure as the hardest of rocks
buried under a variety of surface materials, and in literally all
intermediate types of formations. They may be found as low-lying
water-bearing sands, as hard-faced bluffs and cliffs, as out-cropped
escarpments on a level plain or as a massive ridge or mountain face. It
believed that there is only one operating underground mine.
Phosphate Rock. "Phosphate rock" is a commercial term for a ro
that contains one or more phosphate minerals—usually calcium phosphate—
sufficient grade and suitable composition to permit its use, either
directly or after concentration, in manufacturing commercial products. T
term "phosphate rock" includes phosphatized limestones, sandstones, shale
and igneous rocks.
Present western phosphate mining operations are open pit.
However, most of the western reserve is deep, requiring selective
underground mining, which will continue to be economically viable only if
future phosphate rock prices are high. The western region accounts for
only 13 percent of domestic phosphate rock production. Due to local
mineral characteristics and corresponding process practices, and because
the favorable rainfall/evaporation balance existing for the western
facilities, all six producers in this region will soon be operating with
discharge of wastewaters. Therefore, they will experience no incremental
costs upon implementation of the proposed effluent guidelines. Producers
in the eastern district must already comply with effluent guidelines clos
to those proposed. Only four facilities are known to be exceeding the
proposed limits; all four are in Central Florida. As far as is known, tf
facilities in North Carolina and Tennessee (each state accounting for on!
about 5 percent of national production) will not be affected.
Pollutants and Control Technology
Effluents from the mineral mining and processing industry are
generally high in suspended solids and mineral content, depending on the
solubility of the specific ores. Typically, treatment technology consist
of settling ponds to remove suspended solids and sometimes lime
precipitation to remove metals and adjust pH. For difficult suspended
solids, flocculant addition and thickeners can be used. Where settling
ponds are not sufficient, filters can be used to augment treatment.
Effluents are generally from two distinct sources, mine dewatering and
beneficiation operations (milling, washing, and separation of minerals).
The effluent from beneficiation operations is usually higher in suspendec
solids than that from mining operations.
Costing Methodology
Table W6.1.1 is a summary of BPT compliance costs for the above
categories of the mineral mining and processing industry. The costs were
developed using model plant treatment technology sufficient to meet the
effluent guidelines.
W6.1-2
-------
o
e*
1
O O O O O *T
O O O O O t*i
o a s o o m
o o o o o in
o o o o o
o o o o o
—i m
in as
CD
en
efl
c
en
tn
o o o o o —
?
•H
ooooo CN ooooo "i m in
OOOOO — OOOOO ?M fi m
t/1 f*l CO CO
OOOOO e* OOOOO — O O
OOOOO T OOOOO -" f \O
CU
c
I
(N
p-
o o o o o r»
o a o o o —•
o o o o a
o o o o o
o o o o a
o o o a o
in
o
M
O
93
cr>
O O O O O CN
O O O O O —
o o o o o r~
o o o o o —
o o o o o
o o o o o
tn
o
CJ
O tn — .
as ss a,
z J *
O J —
o o
Q Cd
Z CJ
O fc4 «C
M o J
E-i . ft-
3 Z Z
•J O M
0 M
0. J J
OS M e-
U 2 M
r- 0.
tf Z tf
3 M CJ
tn
6-
_i
a.
O
z
=- l-l
z s-
a aj
S w
E" X
tn a
>
z
tn
a.
tn
z_
en
CM
z
3
E- E- a.
a. <
a 03 3
u
z
5-
Cd
MM
^4
a
£
•^^
tn tn
M Z
en tn
a. a.
_;
<
E-
0
E-
?
tn
O tn
CJ H
- <
< M
£•* a*
M
tn a, o
H < z
tn o M
O S- 5"
•_> — en —
<: M a
J 3 X
< z a
Z "^
z
<
en
a>
tn E-
Z <£
— a
en x.
S- r-
Z M
< Ct
- a,
s-, a. -~~
^
£• <•
O 3
J- Z
z
<
tn
z
_:
a,
O
Z
>~t
8- =•
tn a.
w ca
X
a
tn
a.
tn 5-
z <
— u
en s:
E- 5-
z a
< as
_: a.
S- a >»
< tn tn
— 3 a z
a tn tn
z a. a.
O
4-
J
<
b
a.
<
CJ
< —
—i ^
b s
=• z
z
<
en
6"
tn
O
CJ
^
3
tr
2
<
«
_Z
<
W6.1-3
-------
Chapter W6.2 Glass Manufacturing Industry
Regulations
The costs presented in this chapter are reflective
of EPA's promulgated regulations that establish effluent limitations
guidelines for best practicable technology (BPT) and best available
technology (BAT), performance standards for new sources (NSPS) and
pretreatment standards for new and existing sources (PSNS, PSES) for firms
in the glass manufacturing point source category. The promulgated
regulations were specified for twelve subcategories of the industry in two
phases. The first phase of regulations addressed firms engaged in the
manufacturing of flat glass and were published in the Federal Register on
February 14, 1974 (Ref. 7). The second phase addressed those firms engaged
in the manufacturing of pressed and blown glass, and were published in the
Federal Register on January 16, 1975 (Ref. 8). Subsequent amendments to
the regulations were published in the Federal Register on February 11, 1975
(Ref. 9) and August 29, 1979 (Ref. 10).
Since the subcategories of the industry were divided into two
groups in the regulations (Ref. 7,8) and contractor's cost reports (Ref. 3,
4, 5, 6), the remaining sections of this chapter are presented separately
for each group—(1) flat glass, and (2) pressed and blown glass.
Industry Characteristics (Flat Glass)
The flat glass industry may be divided into six major
subcategories based on the process employed. These are:
Sheet Glass Manufacturing
Rolled Glass Manufacturing
Plate (or primary) Glass Manufacturing
Float Glass Manufacturing
Automotive Glass Tempering
Automotive Glass Laminating
The sheet and rolled glass manufacturing industries do not
discharge wastewater, therefore, they are not considered in this analysis.
Plate glass is formed by a rolling process; then it is ground and
polished on both sides. Float glass is formed by cooling a layer of molten
glass on a bed of molten tin. Tempered glass is flat glass that has been
toughened by being heated above its strain point and then quickly cooled.
Laminated glass consists of plates of glass bonded to a sheet of plastic to
provide protection against shattering.
The major division within the industry is between primary and
automotive glass manufacturers and the processes they use. Plants that
W6.2-1
-------
produce plate and float glass are classified in SIC 3211 as establishment
primarily engaged in manufacturing flat glass and flat glass products fro
materials taken from the earth in the form of sand (i.e., primary glass
manufacturers). Plants that fabricate glass products (e.g., automotive
window glass) from purchased glass are classified in SIC 3231 (Ref. 3, pp
15, 18).
The flat glass industry is a cyclical industry, heavily affecte
by economic conditions in the construction and automotive industries, the
two largest users of flat glass. Both of these industries were depressed
in 1980 and 1981 but are expected to recover in 1982. Concerns for energ.
conservation will continue to aid the market for double and triple glazin
and for solar products. The rehabilitation and retrofitting of real esta
are other expanding markets for flat glass. Consequently, for the five
years ending in 1985 flat glass shipments are expected to rise at a real
compound growth rate of 4 percent (Ref. 2, p. 21). For the same period,
automotive glass shipments are expected to grow at the same rate as
automotive production, i.e., 1.5 percent.
Pollutants and Sources (Flat Glass)
In the manufacture of sheet and rolled glass, no process
wastewater is produced. Although water is added to raw materials for dus
suppression, the water is evaporated in the melting tank.
In plate glass manufacturing, process wastewater is produced in
the grinding, polishing and washing operations. Most of the wastewater i
contributed by the grinding process. The major waste constituent,
resulting from plate glass manufacturing is suspended solids, although
dissolved solids, BOD, and COD may also be present in the wastewater. Tf
grinding operation contributes most of the suspended solids.
Some plants in the float subcategory wash the glass prior to
packing and this constitutes the only wastewater stream. TSS, oil, COD,
and dissolved solids were identified in the wastewater.
In the automotive glass tempering subcategory, wastewater is
produced in the seaming, grinding, drilling, quenching, cooling, and
washing operations with the washing and drilling operations accounting fc
90 percent of the wastewater. Suspended solids are added by the seaming,
grinding, and drilling wastewaters; oil by the grinding solution carryove
BOD by oil in the coolant solution carryover; and dissolved solids by wat
treatment regenerants and boiler blowdown.
Water is used in the automobile glass laminating subcategory fc
cooling, seeming, and washing. Three or four washes are required when oi
autoclaves are used, and initial vinyl, and postlaminated washes are
required in all cases. Some plants still employ prelamination washes.
Eighty percent of the wastewater is contributed by initial washing, and
final washing. Major wastewater constituents are suspended solids, oils,
COD, BOD and phosphorus. Suspended solids are contributed to the
wastestream by the seeming operation; oil is contributed by the laminatir
W6.2-2
-------
process; COD is contributed by the post!ami nation wash as a result of the
high oil content. Phosphorus results from detergents used in the
preassembly and post!ami nation.
The concentration of pollutants in the wastewater varies by
subcategory. EPA estimated that the concentration of suspended solids was
as high as 15,000 mg/1 in the plate glass subcategory and only 15 mg/1 in
the float glass subcategory. Oil and COD concentrations were estimated to
be 1700 mg/1 in the automobile glass lamination subcategory and
significantly lower in all other subcategories. Phosphorus was found only
in the automobile glass lamination subcategory, although information was
not available for the float glass subcategory.
Control Technologies (Flat Glass)
There are no specific pretreatment standards for new sources
other than to comply with national pretreatment standards. The
pretreatment standards for existing sources in all subcategories except
automotive laminating and float glass specify no limitations. Pretreatment
standards for the automotive laminating and float glass subcategories have
not been promulgated.
Although BPT, BAT, and NSPS effluent limitations for the sheet
glass and rolled glass subcategories call for zero discharge, plants in
these subcategories have no process wastewater, thus, no technologies are
needed to meet these regulations.
For the plate glass subcategory, BPT technology requires
partitioning of existing lagoon cells and polyelectrolyte addition. No BAT
regulations are currently in force. For NSPS, EPA has promulgated zero
discharge limitations, although it does not recommend a specific
technology. The Development Document indicates that it is unlikely that
any new plants will be built, consequently no costs were assigned for new
source plants.
For the float glass subcategory, BPT technology is the
elimination of detergents in the float washer to reduce the discharge of
phosphorus. BAT regulates only phosphorus and at the same level as BPT,
thus, no additional treatment technology is needed. For NSPS, EPA
recommended diatomaceous earth filtration and elimination of detergents.
In the automotive glass tempering, BPT technology is coagulation
- sedimentation with centrifugation of waste sludge. No BAT regulations
are currently in fo-rce. For NSPS, EPA recommended diatomaceous earth
filtration in addition to BPT technology.
For automotive glass laminating, EPA recommended continuously
recycling initial hot water rinse, centrifugation of the recycled hot water
rinse to remove oil, and gravity oil separations. BAT regulations are
currently in force for phosphorus control, however, no end-of-pipe
treatment exists. NSPS standards are diatomaceous earth filtration in
addition to BPT.
W6.2-3
-------
Costing Methodology (Flat Glass)
Model plants are used to estimate the regulatory costs in the
flat glass industry. These model plants for each subcategory were derive-
in the Development Document (Ref. 3). The Appendix summarizes the sizes '
model plants, the costs for each model plant and the resulting equations.
Industry Characteristics (Pressed and Blown Glass)
The effluent limitations guidelines for the pressed and blown
glass manufacturing industry cover manufacturers of glass containers for
commercial packing, bottling, home canning, and the manufacturers of glas
and glassware, which is pressed, blown, or shaped from glass produced in
the same establishment.
The industry has been divided into the following subcategories,
based upon differences in production processes and wastewater
characteristics:
Glass containers
Machine-pressed and blown glass
Glass tubing
Television picture tube envelopes
Incandescent lamp envelopes—forming and frosting
Hand-pressed and blown glass—leaded and hydrofluoric acid
finishing, and nonhydrofluoric acid finishing
Four manufacturing steps are common to the entire pressed and
blown glass industry: weighing and mixing of raw materials, melting of ra
materials, forming of molten glass, and annealing of formed glass product
Further processing (finishing) is required for some products, especially
television tube envelopes, incandescent lamp envelopes, and hand-pressed
and blown glass.
Sand (silica) is the major ingredient of glass and accounts for
about 70 percent of the raw materials batch. Other ingredients may inclu
soda or soda ash (13-16 percent), potash, lime, lead oxide, boric oxide,
alumina, magnesia, and iron or other coloring agents. The usual batch al
contains between 10 and 50 percent waste glass (cullet).
Melting is done in three types of units: continuous furnaces,
clay pots, or day tanks. Methods used to form glass include blowing,
pressing, drawing, and casting. After the glass is formed, annealing is
required to relieve stresses that might weaken the glass or cause the
product to fail. The entire piece of glass is brought to a uniform
temperature that is high enough to permit the release of internal stresse
and then cooled at a uniform rate to prevent new stresses from developine
finishing steps include abrasive polishing, acid polishing, spraying witF
frosting solutions, grinding, cutting, acid etching, and glazing (Ref. 4)
The U.S. Bureau of Census, Census of Manufacturers, classifies
the manufacturers of glass containers in SIC 3221 and the manufacturers c
all other pressed and blown glass products in SIC 3229 (Ref. 6).
W6.2-4
-------
The most promising growth prospects for the glass container
industry are in the beer and soft drink markets. Competition from other
types of containers, however, is expected to keep the annual growth rate in
the glass container industry at approximately 1.0 percent per year (Ref. 4,
p. 73). Indirect competition from plastics will continue to affect the
demand for handmade glassware and glasstubing; however, the adverse affects
are expected to be minimal and growth will be at about the same annual rate
as the GNP, i.e., 3.2 percent. There is no material competitive with glass
for electric light bulbs, as such, demand will grow as electricity demands
increase (Ref. 6).
Pollutants and Sources (Pressed and Blown Glass)
Water is used during the manufacture of pressed and blown glass
for noncontact cooling, quenching of cullet, contact cooling of metallic
forming of cutting devices, batch wetting, abrasive polishing, edge
grinding, washing, and assorted other uses.
For the purpose of establishing effluent limitations guidelines,
the following pollution parameters were determined significant: fluoride,
ammonia, lead, oil, total suspended solids (TSS), and pH. These parameters
are not present in the wastewater from every subcategory, and may be more
significant in one subcategory than in another. Wastewaters from
noncontact cooling and boilers are not considered process wastewaters and
are not covered by the-guidelines.
In the manufacturing of glass containers, process water is used
for cullet quenching, batch wetting, and contact cooling of shears. Water
used for cullet quenching accounts for nearly all of the flow. Principal
pollutants associated with this subcategory are oil, which is present in
the shear spray or is due to leaking lubricants, and TSS, which is present
in the wastewater from cullet quenching.
In the Danner tubing subcategory, the major source of process
wastewater is from cullet quenching while the principal pollutant
discharged is TSS.
In the manufacturing of television picture tube envelopes,
process wastewater originates from many sources. TSS originates in the
cullet quench water, batch wetting, abrasive polishing and acid polishing
discharge streams. Fluoride is contributed to the waste stream by the fume
scrubbers and acid polishing rinse waters. Lead is present in both the
abrasive polishing and edge grinding streams.
In the incandescent lamp envelope subcategory, major pollutants
include oil, TSS, fluoride, and ammonia. Oil is contributed by shear spray
drippage and lubrication leaks, while TSS is present in the cullet quench
water, contact cooling of shears, and the rinse water of frosted bulbs.
Fluoride and ammonia are present only in wastewaters of plants that have
frosting operations. The frosting rinse water contains fluoride and
ammonia. Ammonia is also present in fume scrubber discharge.
W6.2-5
-------
In the production of hand pressed and blown glass, TSS is preser
in wastewaters of all finishing steps including grinding, polishing, and
cutting. Lead is contributed to the waste stream by acid treatment of lee
glass. Acid polishing and etching rinse waters contain fluoride.
The concentration of these pollutants in the wastewater varies t
subcategory. In the sampling of wastewaters from plants in the pressed
blown and glass industry, EPA found that TSS in the raw wastewater was as
low as 24 mg/1 while the concentration of lead varied from 30 mg/1 to 100
mg/1. Oil varied the least from 10 mg/1 to 25 mg/1. Ammonia which was
found only in the wastewater •from frosting operations of incandescent lamf
plants was 650 mg/1.
Control Technologies (Pressed and Blown Glass)
BPT--None of the subcategories need additional treatment to mee'
BPT effluent limitation guidelines although EPA projected that improved
housekeeping techniques may be needed for some glass container and glass
(Danner) tubing plants. However, most plants could meet the guidelines
through normal maintenance and cleanup operations.
For plants in the television picture tube envelope and
incandescent lamp envelope subcategories, EPA also recommended no further
treatment. At the time of promulgation, it was common practice for plant:
in both subcategories to employ lime addition, precipitation, coagulation
sedimentation and pH adjustment. Incandescent lamp envelope plants also
used oil skimmers. Some plants may need to employ stricter housekeeping
to meet the BPT guidelines.
For plants in the hand pressed and blown glass manufacturing
subcategory, EPA did not specify any BPT limitations due to anticipated
serious economic impacts.
BAT—for two subcategories (glass containers and glass tubing),
EPA has revoked BAT standards and no cost estimates were made. For the
remaining subcategories, EPA recommended technologies to meet BAT-standar
are:
TV tube envelopes: sand filtration of lime precipitati
on
• Incandescent lamp envelopes: sand filtration, stream strippi
for removal of ammonia, recarbonation
• Hand pressed and blown glass: batch lime precipitation,
sedimentation, recarbonation, sand filtration. (Plants in
this subcategory with a discharge of less than 50 gallons pe
day of process wastewater are exempted from meeting BAT
guidelines.)
NSPS--For TV tube envelopes, incandescent lamp envelopes and
hand-pressed and blown glass, NSPS is identical to BAT standards and the
same technologies are assumed. For glass containers and glass (Danner)
tubing, the following technologies were costed:
W6.2-6
-------
1. Glass containers: stream segregation, recycling of cullet
quench through a gravity oil separator, treatment of blowdown
by dissolved air flotation
2. Glass (Danner) tubing: recirculation of cullet quench through
a cooling tower with blowdown treated by a diatomaceous earth
filter
PSNS—For PSNS regulations, EPA specified no limitations for the
glass (Danner) tubing subcategory. For the glass container subcategory,
EPA specified standards for oil (mineral) which were identical to the BPT
standards. Since the BPT standards did not require further treatment, it
was assumed that no further treatment would be required for new source
pretreaters. Thus, for glass (Danner) tubing and glass containers, costs
were assumed to be zero. For all other subcategories, PSNS limitations are
identical to BAT limitations for oil (mineral) and fluoride while no
limitations were specified for other pollutants. Because limitations for
oil (mineral) and fluoride were identical to BAT, BAT technologies were
assumed.
PSES—EPA has not promulgated regulations for existing
pretreaters.
Costing Methodology (Pressed and Blown Glass)
For each of the subcategories, capital and O&M costs were
presented for a typical model plant in the Development Document (Ref. 4).
The cost estimating equations for each subcategory are presented in the
Appendix. The costs for each of the model plants as presented in the
Development Document (Ref. 4) are also included.
These costs and model plants are used in this study to estimate
the total regulatory cost, shown in Table W6.2.1.
W6.2-7
-------
o
g^
1
^H
CD
r-»
"
?
O r~
T a\
>, a u ""
CO "" .
3
•a
e
c CD
3 -f r»
.u o a cr>
y *
J Z < Z
JO «aw
2 j > 7^ .
j -* S <
d I-H O ^
MS < M
r- ft. « 0*
< Z < 2 <
^f^r*»r* uno^'"^GN o^tN"^^ r**
or*»f*^OfN rn i/i(NODOO 1/1 cNLnr^o^ '-o ^
Oun^O^ Cft "^r^oo^4 vfi oj^'^oo c\ "*O
**4 W4 ro ^ ^ r*1 co f**>
i^
omojoo r^ ^o^oo o fsinooo oo cs
o •* ^ o o CN o ^o t/i o o <^ <~^ r^ *^ o o ^ ^
'
•v ^o o ^n-^ n m M o\ ^ ^
O^Or^OO ^" ^O^OO ^* \flifif^oO rp tO
O OD 00 O O P» OfSP^OO O O^OOO (*J f*l
SoSoo ? ^oSoo 5 SoSoo a ?
^H ^N ^H
oo o eft in CN o r^ -^ co o en t^
OOOvOOO «• — > O ^O O O C» PM^JOCOO rN 3
OP^OOO pn o— IPNOO m o — i ^3 O O so -i
•r*
-* "4 — * •-» ^.
enen <^enen enen •*"
^••a. ^E^a* ^-ta. o
zens- i-izene-i zenei
-i ja. -* Ja. i.
Z c^ £* r^ a* • — . O^^S^E^E^a.^. £-c^r-a.'^* ^
aena.< enen _ cj — en a.
-------
Chapter W6.3 Insulation Fiberglass
Regulations
The costs of compliance shown in this chapter are based on
documentation associated with the regulations as originally promulgated.
BAT regulations for this industry are currently under review. The chapter
has not been updated since costs for compliance are subject to change if
the BAT regulations are modified.
Industry Characteristics
The insulation fiberglass industry has no subcategories. The raw
materials for fiberglass production are 55-73 percent silica and 45-27
percent fluxing oxides (e.g., limestone and borates) to manufacture the
fiberglass filaments, and a phenolic resin to bind the filaments together.
Four basic types of glass are used: low-alkali lime alumina borosilicate,
soda-lime borosilicate, lime-free borosilicate, and soda-lime.
The basic process for fiberglass manufacture is as follows. The
raw materials batch is melted to form a homogeneous glass stream. There
are two ways that the melting process can be done: direct melting or
marble process. The molten glass stream is then fiberized to form a random
mat of fibers which are bonded together with a thermosetting phenolic
binder or g.lue. The glass is fiberized by either flame attenuation or
rotary spinning. The trend in the industry is toward more direct melting
and rotary spinning.
The primary domestic uses for insulation fiberglass are:
insulating material, noise insulation products, air filters, and bulk wool
products.
There are 19 insulation fiberglass plants owned by three major
companies. Ten of these plants currently have BPT equipment in place. The
typical plant produces 123 thousand metric tons (136 thousand short tons)
per year, and all plants have a wastewater discharge.
Pollutants and Sources
The main sources contributing to total waste load are summarized
in Table W6.3.1.
Control Technology and Costs
Because of the large volume of process waters and because the
chain wash water often contains phenol, formaldehyde, and other
contaminants, total recycling of wastewaters is the most economical
treatment alternative for the insulation fiberglass industry. Sample
W6.3-1
-------
recycling systems consist of coarse filtration, followed by either fine
filtration or flocculation and settling.
Effluent control costs are summarized in Table W6.3.2.
W6.3-2
-------
Table W6.3.1.
Insulation fiberglass industry pollutant
sources waste streams
Air
Pollutants Scrubbing
Phenols
BOD,
CODD
IDS
TSS
Oil and
Grease
Ammonia
PH
Color
Turbidity
Temperature
(Wasted
heat)
Specific
conductance
X
X
X
X
X
_
_
-
X
X
X
X
Boiler
Blow-
down
-
-
X
X
_
_
-
-
X
X
X
Caustic
Blow-
down
-
-
X
X
_
_
X
-
X
X
X
Chain
Spray
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-
X
Gullet
Cooling
-
-
X
X
-
-
-
-
-
X
"
Fresh
Water
Treat-
ment
-
-
X
X
_
-
X
-
X
X
X
Hood
Spray
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-
X
Noncon-
tact
Cooling
Water
-
-
X
-
_
_
-
-
-
X
**
Source: EPA Development Document, January, 1979
W6.3-3
-------
o
en
I
— O a O O
a
i
o a
o a
• o o
• o o
o
a
o a
» a o
(N O •» O O
33 o '-C O O
ca
CO
03
00
1)
-Q
C
O
3
CO
c
O O U1 O O
O O vO O O
— o CO O O
<"> 3 «r o o
o
a
—i vo r- co
.-* O <"*) O O rn <*H
i o O
CN
O O O O O
a o a o O
r-
o
r- a
—• o o i
-* o » o o
•v o ^ o o
2
O O
— o — o a
3 3
a 3
C en —
O •-• ^
f) Q
c a
z "j
S2-
2 « CJ
<
a,
0.
ss
c- — ^ -: c.
a in c. < "" w en
~ x
en a
u S-
< -:
a.
en a.
z <
— a
2 i
en a. o z a
?• < z < s
. < -i a 3 :: a z
~ z a s a. i.
il
•^ f-
6- Z
en <
^ a
cj a.
~ 'J
•z.
en
a.
— a
z a
< x
en
C
-- c- 5- a. -^
O en ;. < _^ en en
_: x "~ ~ 2 en 35
< a = a. a.
W6.3-4
-------
Chapter W6.4 Asbestos Manufacturing
Regulations
Regulations for all eleven industry subcategories have been
promulgated for BPT, BAT (old), NSPS and pretreatment for new sources. BAT
limitations have been revised. In 1981, the BCT requirements, originally
added in 1979, were remanded. Therefore this chapter does not include any
estimate of BCT costs. All other costs are based on the development
documents referenced in the Appendix.
Industry Characteristics
As of 1978, the main asbestos consumers were the manufacturers of
cement pipe (35%), floor tiles (20%), friction products (12%), roofing
products (10%) and cement sheet (6%). Asbestos-cement pipe is used mainly
for sewer lines. Asbestos sheet is used for laboratory table tops and
other structural uses. Asbestos paper and millboard have a wide variety of
uses, but are particularly used for applications where direct contact with
high temperatures occurs. Asbestos roofing and floor tiles are fabricated
products that take advantage of the unique qualities of asbestos. The
primary reasons for the use of asbestos fiber in textile products are its
durability and resistance to heat, fire, and acid. Asbestos is the only
mineral that can be manufactured into textiles using looms and other
equipment. Textile products are primarily used for friction materials,
industrial packing, and electrical and thermal insulation.
Asbestos cement pipe, cement sheet, paper, and millboard are
manufactured with similar methods. The asbestos fibers and other raw
materials are slurried with water and then formed into sheets. Settling
tanks (save-alls) are used in all processes. In roofing manufacture,
asbestos paper is impregnated with asphalt or coal "tar. In floor tile
manufacture, asbestos is added to the tiles for its special structural and
dimension-holding qualities. Textile manufacture involves the coating of
asbestos yarn or cloth. The material is drawn through one or more dip
tanks and the coating material is spread by rollers, brushes, or doctor
blades. The coated textile product then passes through a drying oven where
the solvent is evaporated.
Shipments of asbestos (mostly chrysotile) in 1978 from mines in
the United States increased minimally from those in 1977. Imports were 4
percent higher than in 197-7, but U.S. demand continued to lag well below
the peak year of 1973. The predicted annual growth rate of 2.0 percent for
U.S. asbestos consumption is an average of three predicted growth rates
presented in Table 2 of the Appendix. The apparent consumption for 1974
was about 767,000 MT and for 1978 about 619,000 MT. It is expected to
increase to about 800,000 MT by 1985 and to about 940,000 MT by the year
2000.
W6.4-1
-------
Pollutants and Sources
Asbestos manufacturing wastes include total suspended solids
(including asbestos fibers), BOD-, COD, pH, alkalinity, high temperature,
total dissolved solids, nitrogen, phosphorus, toxic substances, oil and
grease, organic matter, nutrients, color and turbidity. The basic
parameters used to define asbestos plant effluents are COD, TSS, and pH.
The major source of wastewater in the industry is the machinery
that converts the asbestos slurry into the formed wet product. Water is
used as an ingredient, as a carrying medium, as a coolant, and for such
auxiliary uses as pump seals, wet saws, and pressure-testing pipes.
Textile plants use little water in their operations. The addition of
moisture during weaving or braiding and during coating generates small
amounts of wastewater. In all subcategories, water is removed to the
settling tank (save-all system).
Control Technology
The basic treatment technology used by the asbestos industry to
meet BPT guidelines is sedimentation. Neutralization, coagulation, and
skimming are also used in combination with settling tanks to achieve BPT
levels. No discharge limitations, which apply to most BAT and some NSPS
and BPT guidelines, can be met with a complete recycle process.
Costing Methodology
The costs of compliance were estimated using an industry model
for each of the regulated subcategories and a single model for the Phase
portion of the industry. Most of the information for the cost estimate v\
taken from Development Documents, Economic Analysis Documents, or
associated prior studies of economic impact by EPA contractors. The
estimated costs of compliance are listed in Table W6.4.1.
W6.4-2
-------
(•^^•o -* o^ r* -* r- m o eft
o nrj^ioo 03 e* -« o o o — « 9*0000
i o«-
00
C
Lj
3
3
C in *r o oc^o ON
03 -" oapr-oovo ^ovvaoo^
e co ...... ......
t O-*OOOaDin -co
oo r^rsir^oo -»o ^<»>r»oo un —•
" -H OOOOO O OOOOO O OOOOO
in GO
a*
tn
O
O
•3 _—- ••
O tn — tn
OS 25 Cu £••
: . tn
z — is tn tn
O J — E-I O.
O O Z tn 5- _ . _
Q a <£ z «s — < z < tn< z < + tn
u j — a : - -- r • " :
CEu< cu toe HO, tnx ua> tna: — tn
>-iOJ &-:- •- r-r- 5-H &*
< Z < Z
3 w U w
O
'J
tn —
tn u
O
CJ J
J S
-------
-------
Chapter W6.5 Cement Industry
Regulations
BAT regulations for the industry covered in this chapter are
currently under review by EPA. It is anticipated that the review may
result in some change in the regulations, with subsequent effects on the
estimated cost of compliance. Because of possible changes in the BAT
regulations following the review, this chapter has not been updated. The
costs shown here are based on documentation associated with the regulations
as originally promulgated, and the costs for compliance with BAT are
subject to change if the BAT regulations are modified.
Industry Characteristics
The cement industry is divided into two basic manufacturing
processes: wet and dry.
A facility using the wet process grinds up the raw materials with
water and feeds them into the kiln as a slurry.
A facility using the dry process dries the raw materials, grinds
and then feeds them into the kiln in a dry state.
In each of these processes, there are three major steps:
grinding and blending, clinker production, and finish grinding. .Clinker is
a material about the size of a large marble which has been through the kiln
but has not been fine-ground into finished cement.
The raw materials for cement production include lime (calcium
oxide), silica, alumina, iron, and gypsum. Lime, the largest single
ingredient, comes from cement rock, oyster shell marl, or chalk.
Prices have increased due to higher production costs and
pollution abatement costs. Fuel cost increases are also expected to affect
prices.
Pollutants and Sources
In terms of the generation of water pollutants," the cement
industry is divided into three subcategories:
• Leaching plants. The contaminated water is from leaching
systems installed to reprocess collected kiln dust and from
the wet scrubbers that control stack emission.
• Nonleaching plants. The contamination of water is not a
direct function of the water usage.
W6.5-1
-------
• Pile materials. Runoff from piles of kiln dust, clinker, coe
or other materials that are subject to rainfall.
The main sources contributing to the total waste load come from
the following: in-plant leakage, noncontact cooling water, process water,
kiln dust pile runoff water, housekeeping water, and effluent from wet
scrubbers.
In order to define waste characteristics, the following basic
parameters were used to develop guidelines for meeting BPT and BAT: pH,
total dissolved solids, total suspended solids, alkalinity, potassium,
sulfate, and temperature (waste heat).
BPT for plants in the nonleaching subcategory has been defined «
no discharge of pollutants from manufacturing except for thermal discharge
for which an increase of 3°C (5.5°F) is permitted.
For plants in the leaching subcategory, BPT is the same as for
the nonleaching subcategory except for the dust-contact streams where a
reduction of pH to 9.0 and of suspended solids to 0.4 kg/metric ton of du:
leached is required. For plants subject to the provisions of the Materia'
Storage Piles Runoff Subcategory, either the runoff should be contained tc
prevent discharge or the runoff should be treated to neutralize and reduce
suspended solids.
BAT for both leaching and nonleaching plants is defined as zero
discharge of pollutants. For plants subject to the provisions of the
Materials Storage Piles Runoff Subcategory, the definition of BPT is
applied to BAT.
NSPS is the same as BPT except that no discharge is permitted f<
plants with materials storage pile runoff.
Control Technology and Costs
The main control and treatment methods for the cement industry
involve recycle and reuse of wastewater. The devices employed include
cooling towers or ponds, settling ponds, containment ponds, and clarifier
For leaching plants, additional controls are needed for adequat
control of alkalinity, suspended solids, and dissolved solids. Alkalinity
is controlled by neutralization, or carbonation; suspended solids by
clarification, sometimes with the addition of flocculating agents.
Although none of the leaching plants currently uses a treatment method to
control dissolved solids, several processes that might be employed includ>
precipitation, ion exchange, reverse osmosis, electrodialysis, and
combinations of these followed by total evaporation.
In-plant control methods include good maintenance and operating
procedures to minimize solid spillage and to return dry dust to the
process. Solids introduced into storm water runoff can be minimized by
paving areas for vehicular traffic, providing good ground cover in other
W6.5-2
-------
pen areas, removing accumulations of dust from roofs and buildings, and by
building ditches and dikes to control runoff from materials storage piles.
Control costs are summarized in Table W6.5.1.
W6.5-3
-------
O
3\
I
03
— no
V
O
o 1*1 r- o O —i
o in r- o o i~i
03 "^ VO O O
in r-i —i o O
i o o o
CO
O
cfl
3
•a
c
i
o o o o
-. •» o o
09 O
— cr\ o o o
o o o o
CO
o
— in
r- o eo o o
\o m o
— o «f> o o —"
-------
Chapter W6.6 Paving and Roofing Materials
Regulations
The costs included in this chapter are for 8PT, BAT, and NSPS
requirements. This industry has been exempted from additional federal
guidelines under paragraph 8 of the 1976 settlement agreement with NRDC.
The regulations for this industry are cited in 40 CFR 443.
Industry Characteristics, Pollutants and Control Technology
Establishments covered under these guidelines include: (1)
Asphalt emulsion plants (SIC 2951); (2) Asphalt concrete plants (SIC 2951
and 1611); (3) Asphalt roofing plants (SIC 2952) and (4) Linoleum and
asphalt felt flooring (SIC 3996).
Asphalt Emulsion Plants. About 50 plants produce asphalt
emulsions. The chief source of pollutants is water from the wet collection
of waste fumes and the runoff of precipitation.
The costs of meeting the regulations for a typical plant of 5,500
metric tons (6,000 short tons) per day have been developed by EPA for the
BPT, BAT, and NSPS case, and are applied to the 7 plants not in compliance
in 1974, the year the regulations were proposed. Eighteen plants at that
time were meeting the BPT standards, of which 8 met BAT standards. (This
was industry practice, not anticipation of the regulations.) Twenty-five
plants discharge to municipal sewers.
Industry size was static from 1971-75 but was expected to grow at
4 percent per year through 1980 and at 1.65 percent per year from 1981 to
85. These estimates were based qn expected highway construction and
repair.
Asphalt Paving Plants. Approximately 3,180 plants usa wet
scrubbers to remove particulates from the air, thereby creating a potential
water pollution problem. (The rest of the industry group uses fabric
filters.) The BPT, BAT, and NSPS requirements are the same—no discharge
of pollutants. This can be readily achieved by the use of an earthen'
settling basin or lagoon, or by use of a mechanical sedimentation tank.
Costs derived in the EPA Development Document have been used. No
pretreatment costs have been calculated, since, according to a recent
survey, only one plant discharges to a municipal system. Forty percent of
new plants or expansions occurring after 1974 are expected to use wet
scrubbing; the balance will use dry air pollution control methods and thus
will not incur water pollution control costs. The balance are estimated to
have changed to fabric filters to abate air pollution and avoid the costs
of upgrading their water clean-up system. Forty percent of future plants
are expected to use wet systems.
W6.6-1
-------
Asphalt Roofing.. In 1974, 225 plants produced a variety of
asphalt and tar roofing materials including shingles, felts, siding
materials, and coatings. The chief pollution problem arises from oil and
particulate in the cooling water that is used directly on the material.
addition, most plants have a tower for blowing asphalt. The ground
adjacent to this unit is usually saturated with asphalt so that
precipitation runoff becomes contaminated with oils.
The costs for meeting BPT, BAT, and NSPS for a plant of 450
metric tons per day (500 short tons per day) have been developed by EPA a
have been applied to the 21 plants not conforming to BPT regulations and
the additional 21 plants meeting BPT but not BAT standards.
Growth of the industry was assumed to be 3.5 percent per year.
Linoleum and Asphalt Felt Flooring. This industry segment of t
tar and asphalt products industry is quite small (3 plants estimated) and
the costs for conforming to the regulations are small ($6,100 capital
investment and $2,570 O&M for a typical plant). For these reasons, the
costs have not been tabulated or included.
Control Costs
The total costs for asphalt emulsion plants, asphalt paving
plants and asphalt roofing plants are shown in Table W6.6.1.
W6.6-2
-------
o
en
09 •
O I
m o O
| CO O O
VO (N O
F*I in '""i
o o
o o
39
co
in
ej
Z
Z &-i c-*
a en cu
SMS
^ X
en a
u
>
z
.«*
en
o<
en s-
z <
— u
en a:
5- r1
*4 OM
taj Q4
C-. Qi *^
< en en
C3 3 U Z
a en en
z cu cu
a
£->
j
< en
H E-i
Qa 2
*C J
U CU
en Q c
§•" U Z
en N M
O M 5^ &
cj J en s
< w a
J 3 X
< z a
3 Z
Z <
Z
M
en
CU
en £•*
z <
— a
en os
r* £^
z a
"£ Gi
J 04
^ C-t Qi >^
u < en
a en
z o,
z
en eu
J M C3
< X
5- s a
o
£1 +
Z
a 3
z
as
B.
^s.
en en
u z
en en
a. a.
o
+
04
<
u
g |
en
£->
en
O
z
z
W6.6-3
-------
-------
Chapter W7. Forest Products Industries
For the purpose of this report, the Forest Products Industries
are defined as those establishments engaged in gathering and processing
forest products and in the manufacture of consumer goods from these
materials. These are the:
• Timber Products Processing
t Timber Products Process: Wood Furniture and Fixture
Manufacturing
• Gum and Wood Chemicals
• Pulp, Paper, and Paperboard
Costs for the reduction of water pollution for these industrial
sectors are summarized in Table W7. These costs and other data are
repeated below in the appropriate sections together with the assumption
specific to the industry and other details.
W7-1
-------
in CM
in fN
o
0\
I
CO
MS
!N
o
o\
r- >J3
9 in
» O
r- r» ••• o>
in —0
in
vo
=0
co
5-
cn
o
CJ
in a
as
m
01
Sn
Z
O
CJ —
yi
z as
en O <
Si w J
0 6. -
3 3 O
c j a
o -
OS O —
o> a. to
£» as ,-»
Ul Cd
u e- b
as < o
0 Z
GU cn
z
• « O
r- a M
M J
3 « J
a en z
3 a z
< Z M
e- « —
00
1
a>
r-
a\
M«
^«
z
a
z
!•"
a
z
00
1
91
r-
31
~*
oo o — o
o» o <— oj
o
o
IN m ui — o
\o -• ON
— i oo
10
ao
CO
i
o .
<; f*°i o o <** r*
3
Z ^o —• oo r- fN
Z —• VO fN 04 tN ^
< 00 -i ^* vd
I fN fN
I
-------
Chapter W7.1 Timber Product Processing (Nonfumiture)
Regulations
Effluent discharge regulations for the timber product processing
(nonfurniture) subcategories are reported in the Federal Register (Vol.
46, No. 16, Monday, January 26, 1981) and summarized in the appendix. The
regulations apply to fourteen subcategories including:
A. Barking H. Wood Preserving - Boulton
B. Veneer I. Wet Storage
C. Plywood J. Log Washing
D. Dry Process Hardboard K. Sawmills and Planning Mills
E. Wet Process Hardboard L. Finishing
F. Wood Preserving - M. Particleboard
Water Borne or N. Insulation Board
Nonpressure
G. Wood Preserving-Steam
The prior categories cover both processes (i.e., barking and log
washing) and products (i.e., plywood and particleboard) and an individual
establishment may be impacted by more than one category if it is a
multi-product plant or encompasses a regulated process as well as a
product.
Industry Characteristics
The nonfurniture timber product processing industry encompasses
a large, diversified and complex set of establishments and companies. The
industry converts wood raw materials in a wide range of lumber, flat board,
and other wood building and construction materials. Over 15,000
establishments (1979) are covered by this industry category including:
Type of plant No. of plants
Sawmills 11,000
Millwork and finishing 3,000
Veneer and plywood 500
Wood preserving - NP, steam and boulton 476
Particleboard 75
Dry process hardboard (only) 16
Wet process hardboard (only) 11
Insulation board 10
Combined insulation and wet process
hardboard 5
Total (approximate) 15,000 plus
W7.1-1
-------
The plants are located contiguously with the natural range of
timberlands in the Pacific Northwest, Southeast, North Central and
Northeastern United States. Their capacity will vary from small family
operations to facilities employing a thousand workers. Capacity
utilization generally varies from 80 to 95 percent although the recent
housing market recession has dropped utilization rates much lower and
caused several plant closings.
In 1981, industry value of shipments were over $18.5 billion.
Real annual growth rates were growing at 4.1 percent per year from 1972-7
but showed declines of 6.2 percent per year for the 1978-81 period. Grow
is expected to be positive in the near future, if the housing industry
recovers.
Most of the nonfurniture timber processing industry is covered
the following SIC groups.
2421 Sawmills and Planning Mills
2435 Hardwood Veneer and Plywood
2436 Softwood Veneer and Plywood
2491 Wood Preserving
2492 Particleboard
Of these groups, the sawmill and planning mill group is the largest
accounting for about two-thirds of the employment and value of shipment.
Softwood veneer and plywood plants are the second largest group
representing one-fifth of employment and value of shipments. Each of the
other groups accounts for less than ten percent of the industry employmer
or shipments.
The method of waste disposal is highly variable, with some
categories including all or predominately indirect dischargers. Detailec
information on method of discharge is presented in the appendix.
Pollutants and Sources
Water use varies widely among the subcategories in the timber
products processing industry. The major pollutants are chemicals leachec
from wood, particles from washing or cutting operations, and oils, pheno'
and metals from fishing and preserving opera-tions. The major pollution
parameters considered in developing treatment standards are BOD, COD,
suspended solids, oil and grease, phenols, and metals.
Water use and major pollutants in each subcategory are summari;
below.
The barking subcategory includes the operations which remove b<
from logs. Barking may be accomplished by several types of mechanical
abrasion or by hydraulic force. For the purpose of this regulation
"hydraulic barking" means that method of barking wood that utilizes wate
at a pressure of greater than 68.0 atm (1000 psi) as the means of removi
bark from logs. The product from the barking subcategory is normally us<
W7.1-2
-------
as a raw or feed material to other subcategories in the timber products
processing category rather than being sold as a finished product.
Wastewaters generated by the barking operation vary widely. Large volumes
of water are used in hydraulic barking. Abrasion type barkers use less
water and certain type barkers are operated dry. The wastewaters contain
suspended solids and BODS in concentrations ranging up to 3,000 and 1,000
mg/1 respectively.
The veneer subcategory includes the operations used to convert
barked logs or heavy timber into thinner sections of wood known as veneer.
Log conditioning, veneer dryer wash water, and cooling water are the main
sources of wastewaters. The primary parameters contained in raw
wastewaters are BODS and suspended solids. BODS loading may be as high as
2,500 kg/million sq m (515 Ib/million sq ft) of board on a 9.53 mm (3/8 in)
basis, and suspended solids may range as high as 29,000 kg/million sq m
(6,000 Ib/million sq ft) of board on the same basis from log conditioning
steam vat wastewater.
The plywood subcategory includes the operations of laminating
layers of veneer to form finished plywood. Plywood manufacturing is an
almost entirely dry operation using water in significant quantities only
for cleaning the glue mixing and glue application equipment. This
wastewater may contain the various components in protein, urea or phenolic
glues. Principal pollutants include suspended solids, nitrogenous
materials, BOD5, phenols and formaldehydes. Both suspended solids and BOD5
concentrations may be extremely high ranging into hundreds of thousands of
mg/1.
The dry process hardboard subcategory includes all of the
manufacturing operations attendant to the production of finished hardboard
from chips, dust, logs, or other raw materials using the dry matting
process for forming the board mat. Water usage in dry process hardboard
manufacturing is low, and waste dischargers are minimal. Sources of
wastewater are log and chip washing, caul wash water, resin wash water, and
cooling water. Typical wastewater flows are less than 2,000 I/day (500
gal/day).
The wet process hardboard subcategory includes all of the
manufacturing operations attendant to the production of finished hardboard
from chips, dust, logs, or other raw materials using the wet matting
process for forming the board mat. The nature of the wet matting process
in which the fibers are diluted from 40 percent consistency to less than
1.5 percent prior to mat formation, is such as to create volumes of
wastewater in the range of 4.6 to 46 cu m/kkg (1,100 to 11,000 gal/ton).
While the water use may vary from mill to mill, the main sources of
wastewater are log wash, chip wash, and caul washwaters, fiber preparation,
and mat formation (wet matting). The principal pollutants found in these
wastewaters are BOD5 and suspended solids. BODS may reach 50 kg/kkg (100
Ib/ton), and suspended solids loading usually averages under 19 kg/kkg (38
lb/ton).
W7.1-3
-------
The wood preserving—water borne or non-pressure subcategory
includes all wood processes in which steaming or boultonizing is not the
predominant method of conditioning, all non-pressure preserving processes
and all pressure or non-pressure processes employing water-borne salts.
The actual volume of water used at a wood preserving plant is not static,
but varies depending upon the condition of the stock being treated (eithe
green or seasoned) and the size of the individual items. Wastewater
characteristics vary with the particular preservative used, the volume of
stock that is conditioned prior to treatment, the conditioning method use
and the extent to which effluents from retorts are diluted with water fro
other sources. Typically, wastewaters from creosote and pentachlcrophenc
treatments have high phenolic, COD, and oil content and may have a turbid
appearance that results from emulsified oils. They are always acid in
nature and the pH values usually fall within the range of 4.1 to 6.0. Th
COD for such wastes frequently exceeds 30,000 mg/1 , most of which is
attributable to entrained oils and to wood extractives (principally simp!
sugars) that are removed from wood during conditioning. The wastewater
resulting from vat type treatment using water soluble salts is highly
variable in both volume and pollutant content. As the source of this
wastewater is primarily from drips, leaks and minor spills, it cannot be
effectively characterized.
The wood preserving—steam subcategory includes all processes
that use direct steam impingement on the wood as the predominant method c
conditioning. Steam conditioning of wood produces a large volume of
condensate containing extraneous components from the wood in addition to
the wood preserving chemicals. The volume of wastewater may vary widely
from day to day within the same processing facility; value ranges from
6,000 to 150,000 I/day (2,000 to 40,000 gal/day) have been recorded in a
single facility. Pollutants are generally similar to those outlined for
the wood preserving subcategory above.
The wood preserving—boultonizing subcategory covers those wooc
preserving processes which use the Boulton process as the method of
conditioning stock. Boultonizing generates wastewaters similar in
character to those in the steam subcategory. The volume, however, is
substantially lower because the only source of process wastewater is the
water removed from the wood during the conditioning step.
Wet storage includes storage of logs in estuaries and streams,
log ponds, mill ponds and wet decks. Pollutants are washed'off the surfa
of logs and leached from the wood. The principal pollutants of concern c
COD, BOD, dissolved and suspended solids and phenols.
The processing operations of sawmills and planning mills have
very limited process water requirements and the volumes of wastewater
generated are not sufficient, with reasonable process management, to resi
in a process wastewater stream.
Finishing operations include gluing, application of surface
coatings, and the application of sealers, stains, dyes, primers, and
fillers, of either organic or inorganic nature. Pollutants typically
W7.1-4
-------
include mercury and other metals, dissolved solids, phenols and organic
resins, BOD, COD, and pH.
The primary sources of wastewater generation in the particleboard
manufacturing industry are resin blender cleaning water, cleaning of
additive storage tanks, caul cooling sprays, mat sprays, and fire control
water. Pollutants typically include high BOD, COD, dissolved and suspended
solids and phenols, nitrogen and phosphorus.
Insulation board manufacture generates a large volume of process
water. Water may be used in a number of the following operations: chip ~
washing, white water (i.e., water used in processing and carrying the wood
fibers through the insulation board manufacturing process) finishing
operations, cooling, seal water, fire control and housekeeping. Pollutants
typically include BOD, COD, dissolved and suspended solids, and dissolved
organic materials.
Treatment Technologies
Various treatment technologies can be used to achieve BPT, BAT,
and NSPS guidelines. Technologies for the nine subcategories that are to
achieve zero discharge under BPT or BAT include a combination of:
Water conservation
Recycling and reuse
Waste stream segregation
Inplant process changes, and
Disposal processes such as spray irrigation, evaporation,
incineration, and discharge to impoundments
Technologies for the five other subcategories have been chosen to
reduce pollution loadings without completely eliminating discharges under
BPT or BAT. These technologies have been chosen because standards
requiring zero discharge would not be cost effective or economically
feasible. Technologies and standards for these subcategories are
summarized below.
Hydraulic barking, wet process hardboard, and insulation board
plants are required under BPT to achieve numerical discharge limitations
for BOD, suspended solids, and pH based on primary treatment followed by
biological treatment. More stringent BAT standards have been withdrawn.
Wood preserving—steam facilities are required to achieve
numerical discharge limitations for BOD, phenols, oil and grease, and pH,
based on oil recovery, waste stream segregation and water conservation
followed by one or more of the following:
Biological treatment
Oxidation
Soil irrigation
Evaporation; and
Incineration of oil wastes
W7.1-5
-------
More stringent BAT standards have been withdrawn.
8PT and BAT standards for wet storage require minor modificatic
to existing facilities to eliminate discharge of debris.
NSPS treatment technologies are designed to achieve zero
discharge for all subcategories except hydraulic barking and wet storage.
In each of these categories NSPS technologies are the same as BPT
technologies.
PSES for eleven subcategories are based on general pretreatment
regulations. Technologies for these subcategories have not been specifie
The wood preserving—water borne or non-pressure subcategory mi
achieve zero discharge under PSES. This requirement is based on careful
water management and recycling, as specified in the BPT standard.
The wood preserving—steam and wood preserving—boulton
subcategories have PSES requirements which require facilities to meet
numerical standards for oil and grease, copper, chromium and arsenic.
These limitations can be met using in-place oil separation technology.
Costing Methodology
Cost estimates for each subcategory are derived from one or mor
of the following sources:
0 Model plant costs from a Development Document
t Plant specific data from a Development Document
• Exogenous data from an Economic Analysis
• Exogenous data from a Federal Register notice
For each subcategory, the cost estimates reflect the currently
promulgated regulations.
Total costs for each regulation affecting direct dischargers w<
estimated from a cost estimating power equation developed from model plar
data or from exogenous data. Cost estimating equations were presented ir
the form y=Ax , in which:
y = capital or O&M costs, and
x - plant capacity
If more than one model plant was available for a technology, A
and b were calculated using regression techniques. If only one model pl<
was available, values for A were calculated assuming b = .6 for capital
costs and b = .8 for O&M costs.
Cost estimating equations, model plant data, exogenous data, a
costing assumptions for direct dischargers in each subcategory are
presented in the Appendix to this chapter.
W7.1-6
-------
Pretreatment standards more stringent than general pretreatment
levels have been established for:
• Wood preserving - water borne or non-pressure
t Wood preserving - steam
• Wood preserving - boulton
Compliance costs for these subcategories are minimal and have
been assumed to be zero.
The aggregate cost of compliance for all significantly impac
subcategories is presented in Table W7.1.1. These costs are developed
a combination of exogenous and model plant data depending on the
subcategory. Specific cost data and assumptions are presented in the
appendix.
W7.1-7
-------
O OOOOO O OOOOO 3 OOOOO T in O
en
I OOOOO O OOOOO O OOOOO 01 en O
^H f^ o f^
03 fi c*4 in
en
JJ T OOOOOtN OOOOO '-O OOOOO03T O
2 03 . . .
3 I O O O O O !— O O O O O en OOOOOr^M o
4-1 — O* O (N (-1
c
o
c
SO -
_. en
C rt O O O 0 O PM
CO — I O O O O O t—
CD -> en
CU 4- r-
cj f*! a en
O a o -1
jj en m
Q. """I
4-1
CJ
3
T3
o
u ^
Q^ 03 OOOOOO
•H 1 OOOOOO
iJ -t-
OJ 03 oa r- CM
^3 f"* f*" ^
5 22
H
rn r* o O
ooooo m ooooo en en o (*•>
OOOOO V OOOOO O ^ O *-H
O \£ ^-O sO
1— ( ,—(.—«
(-g '•NJ ^* ^r
OOOOO CM OOOCO ^ ^O O ^O
ooooo r^ ooooo -* 03 o ca
•~* \o r^ P*"
— i — ( f^
3
cu
^
OJ
H
en
en
o
CJ
O en
as K
6- <
Z J
O J
O O
a
•z.
O &4
M O
EH
3 en
•4 *S
- O
2 "
^4
as M
ea s
<: s
"* i—4
-
4- —
a a o 03
en m c\
a in ""
•
^
S
M
i4
•™»
a
CJ
a: J
> cu
^^
EH Z
•• Cb M
X
EH 3 J
*"* CJ <
CJ EH
c- •• a.
r i u- 1 r \
en
£^
^
i^
J
cu
ej
z
— » hH
S 6-
a en
ZI ^
=H X
en a
Cd
—
ooooo
ooooo
^.
en
Cb
en 5-
= <
" a
en cs
E- EH
•z a
«c cc
•J Q-T
EH EH CU ^
2. < en en
r^j .*T) ^ T^ ?
a en en
Z Cu i.
o
o
-
•£ en
EH E;
Cu <
< -
a cu
en a u
EH Cd Z
en N HH
O M EH
cj J en
i-^ ^ t^
«S _: 3 x
S- < z a
0 3 Z
c- -z <
z
ooooo
ooooo
*_
en
Cu
en £-1
Z <
— a
en 2:
r- —
z a
^ uX
-: a.
E- 5- a. -^
cu < en en
a: 03 ~ a z
a en c.-.
Z Cu CU
o
— 0
in o
en
EH
Z
J
CU
U
M
c-i e-.
en CM
^ i~i C
<< X
=^ r a
o
E- +•
^-N
O O O O
o o o o
1-fc
en
Cu
en t-t
Z «S
en as
z a
•M CU
EH CU ~^
< en en
ca 3 a z
a vi en
Z CU Cu
en 03
oo en
o in
;N in
^
+
O
+•
j
^
i^
u^
Cu
^J
*
< J
r- <
o =
Z
o
o
en
a
CJ
,*;
•^
^
a
en
CO
_^
_/^
en
£-1
eh
O
j
^
-^
~
^
,
i-
W7.1-8
-------
Chapter W7.2
Timber Product Processing: Wood Furniture
and Fixture Manufacturing
Regulations
The wood furniture and fixture manufacturing industry is subject
to BPT, BAT, NSPS, PSES, and PSNS regulations described in the Code of
Federal Regulations Title 40, Part 429, Subparts 0 and P and as updated in
the Federal Register (January 26, 1981). The two subparts are:
0, Wood Furniture and Fixture Production Without Water Wash
Spray Booth(s) and Without Laundry Facilities
P. Wood Furniture and Fixture Production With Water Wash Spray
Booth(s) or With Laundry Facilities
The specific regulations causing significant costs are BPT and
NSPS for Subpart 0 and BAT and NSPS for Subpart P. Each of these
regulations allow no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into
navigable streams. BAT limitations for Subpart 0 equal BPT and thus
generate no additional costs. BPT limitations for Subpart P are estimated
to generate minimal costs. Dischargers to POTWs meet no special standards
but must conform with general pretreatment standards provided in 40 CFR,
Part 403.13.
Industry Characteristics
The two regulatory subcategories cover a diverse set of
establishments that produce upholstered and nonupholstered wood household
furniture; wood cabinets for televisions, radios, stereos, and sewing
machines; wood office furniture; wood public building and related
furniture; and wood partitions, shelving, lockers, and various other wood
fixtures. Most of these special groups of producers are identified under
the standard industrial classification (SIC) major group No. 25.
The wood household furniture segment has historically accounted
for the majority of production in this industry as well as the largest
number of plants.
The furniture and fixture manufacturers have experienced little
or no growth in demand in recent years. Constant dollar sales for the
period of 1972 to 1980 for wood furniture, upholstered furniture and wood
cabinets have exhibited average annual changes of -0.2, 0.9 and -4.8
percent respectively. Only moderate growth is anticipated for the future
and it is dependent on real economic growth in the U.S., a decline in
interest rates and a recovery in the housing industry.
W7.2-1
-------
The total number of establishments covered by the SIC categoric
6,898, is larger than the number of wood product plants effected by wood
furniture and fixture regulations as some of these plants produce only
metal products. The number that produce only metal products is unknown i
this study will use plant number estimates in development and economic
documents to estimate costs. These sources indicate 6,097 plants would t
covered by the wood furniture and fixture products.
Pollutants and Sources
Wastewater from wood furniture and fixtures manufacturing is
produced primarily by three processes: glue cleanup, water wash spray
booths, and laundry operations. Minor amounts of wastewater may also be
produced by bleaching and steaming operations, and blowdown from air
pollution scrubbers.
The wastewater parameters of primary significance in this
industry include COD, total suspended solids, dissolved solids, pH,
temperature and phosphorus. Parameters of secondary significance include
BOD, phenols, color, oil and grease and inorganic ions.
For the purpose of establishing effluent limitations guidelines
the wood furniture and fixtures manufacturing industry has been divided
into two subcategories, based on water usage. One subcategory includes
those facilities which do not have water wash spray booths or laundry
operations. Facilities in this subcategory typically have small wastewat
loads. The other subcategory includes facilities which have water wash
spray baths or laundry facilities (or both). Facilities in either
subcategory may or may not include glueing, bleaching, steaming, or air
pollution scrubbing operations.
Spray booths are used to filter air from finishing operations t
provide fire and health protection. Dry booths, which use paper or
fiberglass materials to collect overspray, are.used in some plants.
However, water wash spray booths are generally preferred because of safet
and efficiency considerations.
The characteristics of the wastewater discharged from spray
booths is dependent on the amount and type of overspray material capturec
by the water. The amount of material captured is a function of the
efficiency of the booth in removing overspray from the air, the intensify
of usage of the spray booth, and the length of time between drainages. 1
type of material used is dependent primarily upon the particular type of
finishing operation being performed. The pH of these wastewaters is
generally high because of alkaline dispersing agents which are used in
finishing materials. Solids concentrations, COD and BOD are all high.
Wastewater from spray booths are typically drained weekly.
Laundry facilities are used to clean rags used in finishing
operations. Wastewaters from laundry machines have high pH and solids
concentrations from the addition of soda ash, caustics, clay, and strong
detergents to the wash water. The wastewaters are highly colored and
contain high levels of COD and BOD.
W7.2-2
-------
Glueing operations occur during furniture assembly, prior to
finishing. The glues, which may be applied manually or by automatic
machines, may be solvent based or water based. Small volumes of wastewater
may be generated during clean up of glueing operations. These waters have
high COD and volatile solids concentrations, low pHs and low phenol
concentrations.
Bleaching may be included in finishing operations to remove
natural wood coloring by treating furniture pieces with a strong oxidizing
agent such as hydrogen peroxide. Wastewaters from bleaching operations are
generally small in volume, but high in solids concentrations and pH. They
may also contain low concentrations of phenol.
Steaming may be used for wood bending operations. Wastewaters
from steaming, which contain phenols, and high COD, BOD and solids
concentrations, are generally small in volume.
Wet scrubbers are used at some plants to control air pollutant
emissions from boilers. Continuous bleed off of scrubber waters may be
required to avoid high solids build up and a resulting loss of efficiency.
These wastewaters have high COD and solids concentrations.
Control Technologies
Wastewater has not been a major concern in the wood furniture and
fixtures manufacturing industry. The Development Document estimates that
90 to 96 percent of all furniture factories either discharge their
wastewaters to a municipal sewage system, contract to have them hauled away
by a commercial disposal company or use a combination of these disposal
methods.
The Development Document identified existing treatment or
disposal technologies which could be used in this industry to achieve no
discharge of wastewater to surface waters. The designated technologies
are:
1. discharge to a publicly owned treatment works;
2. trucking wastewater to landfills;
3. incineration by spraying on hog fuel;
4. use of evaporation ponds; and
5. spray irrigation.
All of the technologies, except spray irrigation, can be used by
both of the industry subcategories. Spray irrigation was considered
applicable to only facilities with laundry facilities because their
wastewaters are sufficiently biodegradable.
Table W7.2.1 summarizes the technologies required for BPT, BAT,
and NSPS. The effluent limitations guidelines for the two subcategories
are summarized briefly below.
W7.2-3
-------
en
'£
3
O
ro
4-
3
C
2
E
0)
3
X
4-
•O
C
ro
O)
i-
3
•r*
3
M~
•^j
O
O
3
S_
O
4-
(/)
OJ
cn
o
"o
c
.c
cj
01
H-
•
CM
r~.
3
rO
OJ
on
I —
a.
CO
(/)
rO
OJ
E
ro
C
O 3 O J= ro O C
0 3 ••- 0
"O Q 1— r— — 1 JZ UJ
0)
o c
z o • • • •
^
(U
J^ 1
^•^
fO i—
3 0
•M - — • (/I
3 ul ,4-
•r- S_
-i-> a- >,
CJ U1 5-
3 "O
-a -S =
O (^ 3
U ro ra
Q- 3-—
C3
1—
CO
(/)
fO
i
^
3
4-
cn
r— O
C •!-
0 3 4- .C ul
i— -a •»-» -a c
•o o c •>- c o
a) a. ra 3 o •<-
tO r— Q.-P
ro • * O C ro
_o 4- 4_) o o c en
O +J -i- O -t-
(U U -t-> -i— i-
cn ,
(J (JO-r-Q.ro
(/IS- I/I 3 O ra S_
•i- o T- i- c > a.
•a a i— i— i uj oo
O)
o c
z o • • • • •
a>
a> ra
en 3 c
-a o
3 en —
•— C -M
on M— l. d)
en o en
-as- a. s_
0) ro ra
i — -C i- J=
•+-> O Oj O
O) -r- ro -1-
t/i -o 3-0
c
aj ai o aj aj
> S_ -r- i — S_
§o -*-^ ^* o
4- i- 4-> 4-
OJ Oj o <1) 3J
Q£ _O Q.OO J3
* *
i- (/>
GJ <1>
-M *—••> -^
ra LO -M
3 *•— " 'f~
^ ' ' «^"
_^_ ^w *^~
•M O U
•r- O ro
3 -a 4-
c >, >,
O ro S_
•t- S- T3
-M Q. C
O i/l 3
^ fl
T3 .JZ i—
O (/)
S_ ra S_
Q. 3 O
Q_
W7.2-4
-------
BPT. Facilities without water wash spray booths or laundry
facilities are required to achieve no discharge using one or more of the
technologies listed above. Facilities with water wash spray booths or
laundries are required to meet a less stringent standard because of the
adverse economic impact which could be expected from requiring these
facilities to meet a no discharge requirement. Facilities in this
subcategory are required to meet an effluent quality limitation which can
be achieved with existing technology. They are required to minimize the
effect of wastewaters on the environment by removing settled sludge and
allowing the water portion to settle before discharging. Compliance cost
data are not available; however, costs are assumed to be minimal.
BAT. Facilities in both subcategories are required to achieve no
discharge by using one or more of the technologies listed above.
NSPS. Facilities in both subcategories are required to achieve
no discharge by using one or more of the technologies listed above.
PSES and PSNS. Facilities in both subcategories are required to
meet the general pretreatment requirements listed in 40 CFR Part 403.
Costing Methodology
Costs for the furniture and fixture manufacturers were determined
from a model plant approach.
The Development Document presents capital and 0+M costs for four
model plants. One model plant represents the subcategory of facilities
without water wash spray booths or laundry facilities. Three model plants
represent the subcategory of facilities with water wash spray booths or
laundry facilities.
Cost estimating equations of the form y = Ax were used to
estimate total costs (y represents capital or 0+M costs, while x represents
plant capacity). Data relating plant production to wastewater generation
were not available from the Development Document; consequently, plant
capacity has been expressed as gallons of wastewater per day.
The cost estimating equations for each model plant, costing
assumptions, and the method for assigning size categories to model plants
are summarized in the appendix.
The cost of compliance for wood furniture and fixture
manufacturers are presented in Table W7.2.2. They are based on an industry
population of 6,097 plants of which only about 10 percent were estimated to
be direct dischargers.
W7.2-5
-------
CN
O O *sO ~+
03 -i o
5-
3 cn
-i ^
-i O
O •*
3
« H^
a r
— «
< z
3 1-1
cu
M
«£ CJ
a <
cn cu
z
oz
•• J M
X —
t* < J
w C <
CJ S"
< 1-1
a, .. CU
< Z <
CJ - CJ
cn
<
cu
O
z
Z 6- 5- (
s »— i a (
fr- x
cn a
a
>
2
—
cn
a.
cn e*
z <
— a
cn v.
z* e-i
z a
< OS
J 04
••* cu ^-
<: cn cn
a 3 a z
a cn cn
Z CM CU
J
<
CU
<
CJ
cn ^
r- U
CJ J
< J 3
S"< i^ 2
C 3 Z
r- Z «C
z
<
cn cn
e- a.
2 cn 6-
< z <
j — . a
a, cn a:
6- t-
cj z a
z
o
z
M
cn
—4
X
^ a
+
0
cn
cu
cn c-
z <
— a
cn cs
5-1 ^
z a
< «
— a.
6- •- a. -~,
2. < w cn
a a 3 a z
a cn cn
u i« 3rf
S
4-
O
J
<;
c*
s— t
^
^j
_;
< J
r- <:
3 3
s* z
<
cn
a
^
^
—
CJ
2£
a
cn
en
cn
O
CJ
5
—
2
2
^
_;
«
•i
W7.2-6
-------
Chapter W7.3 Gum and Wood Chemicals
Regulations
Effluent regulations for BPT were promulgated in interim final
form on April 30, 1976. On the same date, effluent regulations were
proposed for BAT, NSPS, and pretreatment for new sources. Costs are based
on the promulgated BPT regulations and the other proposed regulations.
This industry has been exempted from additional federal guidelines under
Paragraph 8 of the 1976 settlement agreement with NRDC.
Industry Characteristics
While the majority of products included in this chapter are
classified under SIC 2861, some products are also classified under SIC 2821
or SIC 2899 and some of the establishments producing these products are
almost certainly classified the same way.
The Gum and Wood Chemicals Industry has been divided, for
pollution control purposes, into six categories, as follows:
Charcoal and charcoal briquets
Gum rosin and turpentine
Wood rosin, turpentine, and pine oil
Tall oil rosin, fatty acids, and pitch
Essential oils
Rosin derivatives.
Charcoal and Charcoal Briquets. There are no wastewater
discharges from the industry subsector, and it will not be discussed in
detail, although it represents about 50 percent of the value of shipments
of SIC 2861 establishments.
Gum Rosin and Turpentine. These products are produced by
distillation of crude oleoresin (gum) collected from scarified longleaf and
slash pine trees in southeastern United States. These plants are primarily
located in Georgia or Alabama. It is estimated that 90 percent of the
capacity is in establishments classified in SIC 2861 and 10 percent in SIC
2821.
The annual production of gum rosin and turpentine has been
declining for several years. The collection of gum oleoresin is a
labor-intensive operation, and this industry is expected to continue to
decline.
Wood Rosin, Turpentine and Pine Oil. These products are obtained
by distillation of oleoresin extracted from chipped stumps remaining after
the harvesting of southern pine forests. Plants in this sector are located
W7.3-1
-------
in Florida, Georgia, and Mississippi. It is estimated that 40 percent of
production is in plants classified in SIC 2861, 40 percent in SIC 2899, a
20 percent in SIC 2821.
The annual production of wood rosin and steam-distilled
turpentine (from stumps) has also been declining. The availability of
stumps of a size that is economic for collection is decreasing as the
inventory of sawmill size pine trees is diminishing in the Southeast. Th>
production of natural pine oil from pine stumps is also declining, being
displaced by the production of synthetic pine oil from turpentine.
Tall Oil Fractionation. Crude tall oil is a by-product of the
kraft pulping process, although it is classified by the Bureau of the
Census as a SIC 2861 product. The fractional distillation of crude tall
oil yields tall oil rosin, tall oil fatty acids, and tall oil pitch. It
estimated that about 80 percent of the fractionation of crude tall oil
occurs in establishments assigned to SIC 2861 and about 10 percent each i
establishments assigned to SIC 2821 and SIC 2899.
As long as kraft paper is produced from pine trees, a potential
supply of tall oil rosin and tall oil fatty acids should be available.
This product is gradually replacing both gum rosin and wood rosin.
Essential Oils. These products are obtained by the steam
distillation of scrap wood fines of the appropriate wood. The only
essential oil included in the EPA documentation is cedarwood oil, which i
classified in SIC 2899.
Rosin Derivatives. Most rosin is chemically modified to improv'
some of its properties prior to its ultimate use. The most common chemic
modifications are probably condensation reactions with unsaturated organi
acids or esterification with mono- or polyhydric alcohols. One reason fo
the decline in demand for rosin is that 30 pounds of fortified rosin is a:
effective in sizing paper as is 100 pounds of unmodified rosin. It is
assumed that about 50 percent of rosin derivatives are produced in
establishments classified in SIC 2821 and the remainder in establishments
classified in SIC 2899.
Pollutants and Sources
The pollutant characteristics for the six categories of gum and
wood chemicals are outlined below.
Char and Charcoal. No wastewater discharge has been identified
from this process since it involves high temperature kiln distillation.
One possible discharge is storm water runoff which carries suspended
solids. This discharge can be controlled, however, by proper materials
handling systems that reduce dust and solid materials in the plant area.
Gum Rosin and Turpentine. Three wastewater sources have been
identified in this process. These are (1) rosin washing to remove solubl
impurities, (2) distillate condensation, and (3) brine used to dehydrate
W7.3-2
-------
the gum rosin. This waste load is largely generated during washing
operations.
Wood Rosin, Turpentine, and Pine Oil. Process wastewater
includes stripping as well as vacuum and steam condensates from the
distillation operation. Another possible source of wastewater is from the
washing of stumps for dirt removal. In a properly operated plant, however,
this washwater is returned to a settling pond and reused after the solids
have settled out. The solids are then periodically removed to a land fill.
Tall Oil Rosin, Pitch, and Fatty Acids. This is a highly
efficient distillation process, with the primary source of wastewater being
an acid wash given to the crude tall oil. Additional wastewater is
accumulated during washdowns of process equipment.
Essential Oils. This process generates large amounts of
wastewater since it is based primarily on steam distillation and the use of
separators to recover the desired oils from the steam condensate. Large
amounts of wastewater are involved, with a high waste load in the water.
Rosin Derivatives. These processes produce wastewater from a
variety of point sources, including water of reaction, spray steam, vacuum
jet steam, and condenser cooling water.
Control Technology
The Development Document identified 139 facilities in this
industry category and found that approximately one-third used municipal
sewage plants and were not covered by the final effluent guidelines.
Approximately 20 percent of the plants had treatment ponds with no direct
discharge, while 8 percent used the effluent for land irrigation in remote
areas. Only approximately four percent had point-source discharges, and of
these, eighty percent had no additional requirements to meet the BPT
guidelines.
Treatment of wastewater consists of both in-plant and end-of-pipe
treatment.
In-Pi ant Treatment. In-plant treatment techniques generally
amount to more efficient housekeeping practices such as:
• Separating drainage lines so that effluent not requiring
treatment (i.e. storm water) is handled separately.
0 Improved efficiency of equipment washing procedures such as
the use of several small quantities of rinsewater which can be
recycled into the process.
• Use of techniques such as a squeegee to remove material before
rinsing.
W7.3-3
-------
End-of-Pipe Treatment. Applicable end-of-pipe treatment
processes include the use of primary clarifiers, aerated lagoons, oxidati<
ponds, dissolved air flotation, and combinations of these. Additional
improvement in wastewater quality can be obtained through the use of
filtration or carbon adsorption of the biological treatment plant effluen-
Costing Methodology
The cost of controlling the waste load in the effluent for five
categories of the Gum and Wood Chemicals Industry has been estimated at
three levels of control (BPT, BAT, and NSPS). To obtain the estimate,
model systems were developed for the various subcategories, and cost
estimates made based on end-of-pipe treatment. In-plant costs were not
included because of their highly variable nature depending upon the purpo
for which the plant was constructed.
Costs for end-of-pipe technologies were applied to the model
plants, as applicable. Of the 51 plants included in the five subsectors
when the regulations were promulgated, BPT costs were applicable to only
one producer of rosin derivatives. BAT costs, however, will apparently bi
applicable to two wood chemicals plants, ten tall oil fractionation plant
and eight rosin derivatives plants. All other plants were in compliance
with BAT regulations which were expected to be promulgated in 1980. It i
assumed that all plants will be in compliance by 1984.
Costs derived for this industry are summarized in Table W7.3.1.
W7.3-4
-------
a
ON
i
O O rn
—• «• r— O O
fN
(N
50 -» a* cc
r- r*j m o O « \O T O O
33
in
CO
O
OV
r-
01
—> r-
o — ^o o o
o IN — o o
r>) O in o O
O CM co o O
CO
o
C4 O O -"
f*1 (N in o O —i —
—4 ;N \o
•a
o
o
•a
ca
s
CJ
CO
I
o o -<
o vo m o o -*
O O
-> us — o o
in o fi o o
co o
r- T
o o
o <-• o o
ON -«
o o
o
CO
,3
0)
i
j o O
o o
o
ON
o CN n o o
in o —» o o
m
\a
CM O) CO O O
^* ^ ^
? X
en a
>
z
^
en
Cb
en JH
s <
— a
en s
z a
_: a!
S-i &• ~^
< en en
a 2 a z
a en en
Z CM CM
en
in
O en
y e-
j <
<4 taM
E-i 0.
M
en o< cj
e« H m
H 2 z a
O 3 Z
s- z <
<
en
CM
en s-
z <
en o:
r* &^
z a
< si
J Q,
5- a, ^
< en en
en 2 a z
a en en
z a. cu
en
en E"
s- z
en <
O J
CJ -M
S U
z
u> ^
p4
O en
J M
< _: x
s* < a
0 3
5- Z
••
<
en
en E-
2 <
— a
en —
e- =-
z u
^ iM
&< p" a. ^
CM < en en
Q 03 ~ a z
a en en
z - —
4.
O
+
J
-------
Chapter W7.4 Pulp, Paper and Paperboard
Regulations
Effluent control regulations affecting the pulp, paper and
paperboard industry arise from the Clean Water Act and are codified in the
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40, Chapter 1, Subchapter N, Parts 430
and 431. Amendments to these regulations are announced in the Federal
Register with the following announcements being critical for limitation
guidelines on best practical technology (BPT), best available technology
(BAT), new source performance standards (NSPS), pretreatment standards for
existing sources (PSES) and pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
• 39 FR 18747, May 29, 1974: Promulgated BPT guidelines for
Part 430, Subparts A-E, and Part 431, Subpart A
• 42 FR 1407, January 6, 1977: Promulgated BPT'guide!ines for
Part 430, Subparts F-V
t 47 FR 52006, November 18, 1982: Promulgated BPT guidelines
for certain subcategories of 40 CFR Part 430 and Promulgated
BAT, NSPS, PSES, and PSNS guidelines for 24 of 25
subcategories, (supersedes 46 FR 1430)
t 47 FR 52006, November 18, 1982: Proposed BAT and NSPS
guidelines to limit PCBs where fine and tissue papers are
made from deinked wastepaper.
Effluent control regulations exist for 26 industry subparts or
subcategories within the pulp, paper, and paperboard industry. These
include:
430 CFR
A. Unbleached Kraft
B. Semi-Chemical
C. [Reserved]
D. Unb'leached Kraft-Neutral
Sulfite Semi-Chemical
(Cross Recovery)
E. Paperboard from Wastepaper
F. Dissolving Kraft
G. Market Bleached Kraft
H. BCT Bleached Kraft
I. Fine Bleached Kraft
J. Papergrade Sulfite
(Blow Pit Wash)
K. Dissolving SUlfite Pulp
L. Grounded-Chemical -Mechanical
M. Groundwood-Thermo-Mechanical
N. Groundwood-CMN Papers
0. Groundwood-Fine Papers
P. Soda
Q. Deink
R. Nonintegrated-Fine Papers
S. Nonintegrated-Tissue Papers
T. Tissue from Wastepaper
U. Papergrade Sulfite (Drum Wash)
V. Unbleached Kraft and Semi-
Chemical
W. Wastepaper-Molded Products
X. Nonintegrated-Lightweight Paper
Y. Nonintegrated-Filter and Woven
Z. Nonintegrated-Paperboard
431 CFR
Builders1
Felt
Paper and Roofing
W7.4-1
-------
Industry Characteristics
A total of 674 operating facilities have recently been identifi
as pulp, paper and paperboard producers. The industry is highly
diversified utilizing both wood and nonwood pulp and paper materials to
produce a wide variety of products including pulp, newsprint, printing an
writing papers, unbleached and bleached packaging
glassine, greaseproof papers, vegetable parchment.
papers,
board.
bleached
and
unbleached paperboard, felts
papers, tissue papers,
, special industrial
, and building paper and
For analytical purposes, the industry is divided into three maj
segments: integrated, secondary fibers and nonintegrated mills. Mills
in which pulp alone or pulp and paper or paperboard are manufactured
on-site are referred to as integrated mills. Those mills in which paper
paperboard are manufactured but pulp is not manufactured on-site are
referred to as nonintegrated mills. Mills which use wastepaper as the
primary raw material to produce paper or paperboard are referred to as
secondary fibers mills. While the virgin fiber source is predominantly
wood (98 percent), secondary fiber sources such as wastepaper have gained
increasing acceptance. Wastepaper recently accounted for over 22 percent
of the fiber used in the United States.
In 1980, the value of shipments by the pulp, paper and paperbo?
industry was estimated at $30.7 billion dollars. Total employment was
220,000 and the quantity of shipments was 70.9 million short tons. Basec
on 706 facilities, shipments per plant would average about $43 million or
100,000 short tons in 1980. Shipments per employee would equal $140,000
about 320 short tons.
The plants in the industry are also classified in SIC codes.
These categories and the distribution of plants and shipments are as
follows:
SIC Code Title
2611 Pulpmills
2621 Papermills
2631 Paperboard mills
2661 Building paper & building
% of Plants
6
50
36
8
TOU
% of Shipment
11
54
33
2
TM
Historically, the pulp, paper and paperboard industry has been
a solid performer with stable annual growth rates. The growth has evolve
from a strong domestic market and active exporting. The current recessic
(1981-82) has depressed growth recently, but the overall long-term trend
favorable.
Pollutants and Sources
The production of pulp,
general manufacturing processes:
paper, and paperboard involves four
(a) raw material preparation, (b)
W7.4-2
-------
pulping, (c) bleaching, (d) papermaking. Water is used in each of the four
major manufacturing processes as a medium of transport, a cleaning agent,
and as a solvent or mixer.
Depending on the form in which the raw materials arrive at the
mill, log washing, bark removal, and chipping may be employed to prepare
wood for pulping. These processes can require large volumes of water. The
use of dry bark removal techniques or the recycle of wash water or water
used in wet barking operations significantly reduces water consumption.
Pulping is the operation of reducing a cellulosic raw material
into a pulp suitable for further processing into paper or paperboard or for
chemical conversion. The primary types of pulping processes are:
(a) Mechanical pulping (groundwood); and
(b) Chemical pulping (alkaline, sulfite, or semi-chemical
processes).
After pulping, the unbleached pulp is brown or dark colored due
to the presence of lignins and resins or because of inefficient washing of
the spent cooking liquor from the pulp. In order to remove these color
bodies from the pulp and to produce a light colored or white product, it is
necessary to bleach the pulp.
In stock preparation, the pulp is resuspended in water. Further
mixing, blending, and the addition of non-cellulosic materials are
necessary to prepare the stock for making most paper or board products.
The various papermaking processes have basic similarities regardless of the
type of pulp used or the end-product manufactured. A layer of fiber is
deposited from a di.lute water suspension of pulp on a fine screen, called
the "wire." This layer is then removed from the wire, pressed, and dried.
The two basic types of machines used to make paper or paperboard are a
Fourdrinier machine or a cylinder machine.
As indicated above, the pulp, paper, and paperboard industry is a
high water-use industry. Major uses of water are similar throughout the
industry although the amount used varies from segment to segment. The two
methods of wastewater discharge include direct discharge to navigable
waters and indirect discharge to a publicly owned treatment works (POTW).
At some mills, recycle systems or evaporation techniques are used so that
no wastewater is discharged. It has been estimated that wastewater
discharges from the industry total 4.2 billion gallons per day. The
wastewater characteristics differ from subcategory to subcategory due to
the varying nature of processes employed and/or products manufactured. In
general, the wastes are complex mixtures of natural and synthetic organic
materials and inorganic chemicals. Pulping wastes, which are the major
portion of the industry's water pollution, come from grinding, digester
cooking, washing, bleaching, thickening, deinking, and defibering. These
wastes contain sulfite liquor, fine pulp, bleaching chemicals such as zinc
hydrosulfite and chlorine, mercaptans, sodium sulfides, carbonates and
hydroxides, sizing, casein, clay, ink, dyes, waxes, grease, oils, fibers,
W7.4-3
-------
and chlorophenolics from biocide and slimicide formulations. Papermill
wastes originate in water which passes through the screen wires, showers,
and felts of the paper machines, beaters, regulating and mixing tanks, anc
screens. The paper machine wastes contain fine fibers, sizing, dye, and
other loading material. The most important pollutants associated with the
production of pulp, paper, or paperboard which are controlled by BPT, BAT,
NSPS, PSES, and PSNS regulations are:
1. Toxic pollutants—chloroform, zinc, trichlorophenol, and
pentachlorophenol; and
2. Conventional po!lutants--BOD5_, TSS, and pH.
Control Technologies
The two major technological approaches used to reduce wastewater
and/or wastewater pollutant discharge in the pulp, paper, and paperboard
industry are: (a) production process controls; and (b) effluent treatmen'
technology. Production process controls are those technologies implement*
in-plant to reduce the effluent volume and pollutant loading discharged
from the manufacturing facility. Effluent treatment technologies are tho:
end-of-pipe treatment systems used to reduce the discharge of pollutants
contained in mill effluents. In most instances, pollution abatement
programs developed for use at individual mills include both approaches.
Production Process Controls. Available methods for reduction of pollutan'
discharges by internal measures include effective pulp washing, chemicals
and fiber recovery, treatment and reuse of selected waste streams and
collection of spills and prevention of "accidental discharges." Internal
measures are essentially reductions of pollutant discharges at their
origins and usually result in the recovery of chemicals, by-products, and
the conservation of heat and water.
Effluent Treatment Technologies. Effluent treatment technologies are tho1
processes which are employed after the effluent leaves a mill for the
reduction of suspended solids and BOD5_ and adjustment of pH before it
enters the receiving waters. Many types of wastewater treatment systems
are employed at mills in the pulp, paper, and paperboard industry and can
include:
• Screening
• Pumping stations
• Primary clarification
• _ Sludge lagoon
• ' Biological treatment
- Aerated stabilization basis (ASB)
- Activated sludge
- Oxidation basins
Equalization basins
Secondary clarification
Neutralization
Flotation thickening
Sludge dewatering
Foam control
Outfall sewers
Diffusers
W7.4-4
-------
Control Technologies for Compliance with Regulations
The control technologies are based on regulations in the Code of
Federal Regulations, revised as of July 1, 1981, and promulgated and
proposed regulations in the Federal Register of November 18, 1982. The
regulations promulgated in the Federal Register notice include 8PT and
revised BAT regulations and supersede prior NSPS, PSNS, and PSES
regulations for the pulp, paper, and paperboard industry. The proposed FR
regulations are to control PCBs from deinked wastepaper. Table 1 (in the
Appendix) lists the status of the effluent limitations guidelines,
pretreatment standards, and new source performance standards which were
used in selecting control technologies for compliance.
BPT Control Technology. The control technologies selected for
compliance with BPT effluent limitations are a combination of in-plant and
end-of-pipe control technologies. In-plant technologies can include
additional spill collection, low volume-high pressure cleaning showers,
collection and reuse of vacuum pump waters, and water reduction.
End-of-pipe technologies include bar screens, mechanical clarifiers,
emergency spill basins, one and two stage biological treatment, foam
control, sludge lagoons and sludge dewatering. The specific technologies
used for coating of the various subcategories are listed in the appendix to
this chapter. It should be noted that all of the end-of-pipe technologies
developed for Phase I and II subcategories would probably not be
implemented by a mill. The end-of-pipe technologies developed are merely
guidelines for the types of technologies that work for a subcategory.
The pollutant parameters regulated by BPT are BOD, TSS, and pH
for all subcategories and zinc for those mills using zinc hydrosulfite as a
bleaching agent in the manufacturing process in the Grounded-Chemical-
Mechanical, Groundwood-Thermo-Mechanical, Groundwood-CMN Papers, and
Groundwood-Fine Papers Subcategories.
BAT Control Technology. In general, BAT uses BPT as a basis for
further improvements.With one exception, the additional technology
considered BAT is chemical substitution for the control of toxic
pollutants. Slimicides and biocides containing trichlorophenol and
pentachlorophenol can be replaced with formulations that do not contain
toxic chemicals. The exception is the proposed control of PCBs for the
Deink-Fine and Deink-Tissue subcategories which requires the best
performing existing technology for all Deink subcategory mills.
The pollutant parameters proposed for regulation by BAT are
trichlorophenol and pentachlorophenol for all subcategories; zinc for the
Groundwood Subcategories; chloroform for the Dissolving Kraft, Market
Bleached Kraft, BCT Bleached Kraft, Fine Bleached Kraft, Papergrade Sulfite
(both drum wash and blow pit wash), Dissolving Sulfite Pulp, Soda, and
Deink Subcategories; and PCB (1242) for the Deink Subcategories. In the
Groundwood Subcategories, the proposed BAT limitations for zinc are
identical to BPT limitations for control of this toxic metal. It has been
determined that zinc discharges from mills in the Groundwater Subcategories
have been greatly reduced to levels in compliance with BPT effluent
W7.4-5
-------
limitations guidelines through the substitution of the bleaching chemical
sodium hydrosulfite for zinc hydrosulfite. The control of chloroform is
based on the application and proper operation of biological treatment,
which forms the basis of existing BPT regulations. The necessity for
additional end-of-pipe treatment or production process controls is thus nc
required except for best performing existing technology to control PCBs
from Deink mills.
NSPS Control Technology. The control technology required for
compliance with New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) is the best
available demonstrated technology. These include in-plant and end-of-pin*
treatment technologies for the integrated segment, nonintegrated segment,
and secondary fibers segment of the pulp, paper, and paperboard industry.
The pollutant parameters promulgated for regulation by NSPS are
BOD, TSS, pH, trichlorophenol and pentachlorophenol for all subcategories
zinc for the Groundwood Subcategories, and chloroform for the Dissolving
Kraft, March Bleached Kraft, BCT Bleached Kraft, Fine Bleached Kraft,
Papergrade Sulfite (both drum wash and blow pit wash), Dissolving Sulfite
Pulp, Soda, and Deink Subcategories. NSPS pollutant parameter regulation;
are proposed for PCBs for the Deink Subcategory. Significant costs will
originate only from the control of BOD, TSS, and pH based on information
the November 18, 1982 Federal Register.
PSES Control Technology. The treatment technology for complyin<
with Pretreatment Standards for Existing Sources (PSES) is based on
chemical substitution. Slimicide and biocide formulations containing
trichlorophenol and pentachlorophenol can be replaced with formulations
that do not contain these toxic pollutants. Zinc hydrosulfite, a chemica
used to bleach groundwood pulps, can be replaced with sodium hydrosulfite
The pollutant parameters proposed for regulation by PSES are
trichlorophenol and pentachlorophenol for all subcategories and zinc for
the Groundwood Subcategories.
PSNS Control Technology. The treatment technology required for
compliance with Pretreatment Standards for New Sources (PSNS) is the same
as that for PSES described above. The pollutants controlled are also the
same as those for PSES listed above.
Costing Methodology
Water pollution control costs to the pulp, paper, and paperboan
industry for compliance with effluent limitations and new source
performance standards' were obtained exogenously from the Economic Analyse
Development Documents, and the Federal Register. These documents cover
various guidelines, industry subcategories and specific phases of
regulatory action'including:
• BPT - Phase I Subcategories A-E and Builders' Paper
t BPT - Phase II Subcategories F-V Except Builders1 Paper
• BPT - Four new proposed subcategories
• BAT - Proposed PCB standards for the Deink Subcategory
W7.4-6
-------
t NSPS - BODS, TSS, and pH standards for all subcategories
• BAT except Deink, PSES & PSNS - Regulatory guidelines
generally cause minimal or insignificant costs
The exogenous costs of compliance developed from the reports and
used as input for the ABTRES costing model are presented below. The
exogenous cost data are primarily based on existing plant data that were
obtained from EPA "308" surveys. Model plants were not utilized in cost
aggregation. These data are net costs as costs for capital-in-place were
also deducted on an exogenous basis.
Base year Capital costs O&M costs
Regulations of costs ($ million) ($ million)
Phase I - BPT 1971 368.1 51.3
Phase II - BPT 1975 1,672.0 191.0
Wastepaper molded-BPT 1982 8.4 0.72
Deink-BAT 1982 29.4 3.21
NSPS 1982 27.7 3.51
BAT — insignificant
PSES — insignificant
PSNS — insignificant
The cost of compliance for the pulp, paper and paperboard industry derived
from the previous input data are presented in Table W7.4.1.
W7.4-7
-------
— o oo co a
o ooooov oooooo o o o o o m m in
i o o o o o «»• ooooovo o o o o o en m in
MM cn rn in cn on
crt ^" m co 03
<•" vo m —. -M
T OOOOOO O O O O O —" OOOOOO fN tN
T3 5° •
L4 i ooooovo oooooin o o o o o rn co oo
CO ? m "" !N >0 VJ5
o £• m m os oo
_2 2 ^ IN ^ TT
^ ""
<3J
a.
CO
a.
•a
C
"I -1 I- TT —1 _l
—i ooooo o ooooo r- ooooo in ci ro
)J OS • • . ,
4) i oooooco oooooco o o o o o oo r- r-
Q. °* *° in rM J> OOOOO
OOOOO CO OOOOO ^ OOOOO ^O O O
!N 03 — -.
^ m oo 03
en
o
CJ
0 en —
a. ix a.
E- < M
Z J x
O J —
O O
a a
Z CJ
O Cb <
M 0 J
=- -
3 W
-3 Z Z
J 0 «
0 -
C. — J
— <
<*. M e.
a z M
S z <
s 1-1 cj
en
z
<
—
a.
O
z
— —
Z E- 6-
i: en a
z r- a:
E- X
cn K
a
>
z
M
cn
a<
cn s-
•z. <
•— u
en a:
E- E-i
z a
< —
_; -
6< eu ^.
< w cn
S3 2 U Z
u en en
Z 04 O4
cn
e-i
cn
O to
CJ E"
Z
J <
< —3
E-i c-
M
cn & u
E- < Z
cn cj M
06-6-
u J en a.
_: < — ^
< J = X
r- < Z U
c = z
i- Z <
Z
<
en
a.
cn &
z <
— Cti
en a
Z M
< -
— a.
6- o. ^,
< cn cn
ca 2 a z
a cn cn
z Cu a.
cn
en E-
E- Z
cn <
o -^
cj a.
r u
z
hd I-*
C«
O cn
j -i
< J X
E- < a:
O 3
E- z
<
C/5
ev-
en 5-
Z <
— u
en as
CM CM
z a
< =:
— a.
CM C. CM ^
£. < en cn
cs cs 2 u z
u cn en
z i. a.
£
-t-
O
-t-
!_4
<
r-
!— 1
£M
<
O
< —
S" <
C 3
r- Z
Z
<
cn
en
O
W7.4-8
-------
Chapter W8. Foods and Agricultural Industries
For the purpose of this report the Foods and Agricultural
Industries are defined to include those establishments which prepare or
process farm or ranch products for delivery to an ultimate consumer. Farms
and ranches are specifically excluded; these are discussed in Chapter 10
under Nonpoint Sources. The industries covered in this chapter are:
Grain Milling
Sugar Processing
Canned and Preserved Fruits and Vegetables
Canned and Preserved Seafood
Dairy Products Processing Industry
Feedlots Industry
Meat Products Processing
Leather Tanning and Finishing Industry
Costs for the abatement of water pollution for these sectors are
summarized in Table W8. These costs and other data are repeated below in
the respective sections of this chapter, together with the assumptions
specific to the industry and other details.
W8-1
-------
o
en
1
CO
en
en
en
-a
o
o
r~
CM
,0 r- r«- — -a
\o CD vo oo i1
en •» coon in -.
•» — m en rr in
o —
O CO !N
en 1-1
OS
cn
•v oo en cn (*t r**
v0 co cn cn IN ?*i
CD o "" cn
z
• w c
00 Cd M
00
1
en
p*
en
r*
£4
Z
Cd
£
Jr-
cn
Cd
^
z
>•* "^
CD
1
en
p^.
cn
»-«
3 £ -
cd|5
m a z
< Z M
en
o
o
CD
O
(N
VO »
03
09
\o —• r- (N
in on o en o
(N m -o r- O
va » en o
r-
o
m
p» an in o
vo 03 IN (N a
on on 4
a:
6-
cn
a
z
cn o tn
_: z cu
j M -
z 2;
•J 01
a
a
=- u
C
05 w
E-i Z
o z e-
3 r- Ld
, o z
o a. cd cn
> -: = cd
cn
g*
U
3
a
o
tn
> cn o
as J Z Cd
c- -3 « J
x >-" cn ^ as
3 z cn <
o cd cn
z z as a &« cd
_« W* IM* —• ^^ -*.
a cn i. cj
a
cn z cn
6« cn M e-
U S-i Z «
3 CJ Z C
a a 3 < cj
Cd O Q &.
i > a as cn o
a o a* r- si a:
1 Cd O O 3* Cd
i cn &. » -: s _:
:cd< asae-r-jrf
* 21 CtJ ^^ CcJ ^ tf, ^ ^3
' rt 'n ^J CiJ CiJ U ^ 2
a b. r _: o z
c:
Cb
CL
4
00 03 00 03
23 S3
03 CO CO 03
2=23
a.
oo 00
2 3
00 OD
3 3
CD 03 00 OD
3233
W8-2
-------
Chapter W8.1 Grain Milling
Regulations
In August, 1979, BCT was defined as being equal to BAT for all
but one of the subcategories in this industry. BAT regulations for bulgur
wheat flour milling were found to be unreasonable and were suspended.
Pending revision of these regulations and the publication of new cost data,
this chapter has not been updated. Only BPT and NSPS regulations have been
costed for this chapter.
Grain Milling Industry (Phase I)
For purposes of establishing water effluent guidelines, Phase I
of the grain milling industry was divided into four major subcategories:
wet corn milling, dry corn milling, bulgur wheat flour milling, and
parboiled rice milling. Two other subcategories, normal wheat flour
milling and normal rice milling, have been excluded because they do not use
process water.
Industry Characteristics. Wet corn milling comprises three
basic process operations: mi 11 ing, starch production, and syrup
manufacturing. The finished products of starch and corn sweeteners are
used for paper products, food products, textile manufacturing, building
materials, laundries, home uses, and miscellaneous operations.
Dry corn (Hilling processes separate the various fractions of
corn, namely the endosperm, hull, and germ. These fractions are later
ground and sifted after separation. The final products include: corn
meal, grits, flour, oil, and animal feed.
Bulgur wheat flour milling produces parboiled, dried, and
partially debranned wheat for use in either cracked or whole grain form.
Bulgur is produced primarily for the Federal Government as part of a
national effort to utilize surplus wheat for domestic use and for
distribution to underdeveloped countries.
Parboiled rice milling utilizes rice that is carefully cleaned,
parboiled by soaking in water, and then cooked to gelatinize the starch.
After cooking, the water is drained and the parboiled rice is dried before
milling. The bran and germ are later separated from the milled rice. The
final product has superior nutritive qualities because vitamins from the
bran are forced into the endosperm.
Shipments of wet corn milling products are expected to increase
at an annual rate of 7.5 percent. The use of dry corn milling products
directly in foods has declined significantly over the past 20 years but
this decline has been offset by the growing use of the products as
W8.1-1
-------
ingredients in processed foods. Total production has remained about
constant. Consumption of bulgur wheat flour milling products has been
increasing in developing nations due to the high nutritional values of
bulgur wheat. Rice milling including parboiled products are about 60
percent exported and 40 percent used for domestic trade. An increase in
rice mill products of 2.3 percent is expected annually from 1976 to 1985.
Pollutants and Sources. Principal wastewater sources in wet co
milling are modified starch washing, condensate from steepwater
evaporation, mud separation, and syrup evaporation. Dry corn milling
process wastes originate from washing of corn and infrequent grain rail c<
washing. Bulgur wheat flour milling process wastewater stems from steami
and cooking of bulgur, although these quantities are relatively small.
Parboiled rice milling process wastewater stems from steeping or cooking
operations, and at least one plant uses wet scrubbers for dust control,
which generates an additional source of wastewater.
The basic parameters used to define wastewater characteristics
are BODc, suspended solids, and pH. About one-fourth of the wet corn
milling plants discharge directly into surface water. The majority of thi
plants in the other subcategories discharge into municipal systems.
Control Technology and Costs. Except for wet corn milling,
little attention has been focused on either in-plant control or treatment
of wastewaters. In many instances, the treatment technologies developed
for wet corn milling can be transferred to the other industry
subcategories. Current in-plant control consists of water recycling,
cooling systems (barometric condensers), and some plants use biological
treatment (activated sludge).
Best practicable technology for the four subcategories consists
of the following:
• Wet corn milling—Equalization of flows, activated sludge
treatment, and stabilization lagoon
• Dry corn milling--Primary sedimentation and activated sludge
treatment
• Bulgur wheat flour milling—Activated sludge treatment
t Parboiled rice milling—Activated sludge treatment.
New source performance technology for the four subcategorie.s is
deep bed filtration in addition to BPT.
Since the wet corn milling industry contributes the largest
amount of wastewater discharges, control costs for this industry are of
primary concern.
W8.1-2
-------
Grain Milling Industry (Phase II)
For purposes of establishing water effluent guidelines, the Phase
II segments of the grain milling industry consist of three major
subcategories: animal feed, breakfast cereal (ready-to-eat and hot
cereal), and wheat gluten and starch. Animal feed and hot cereal mills do
not generate any significant process wastewaters.
Industry Characteristics. For the purpose of estimating costs,
the ready-to-eat cereal subcategory has been divided according to average
daily production into plant classes consisting of: small (91 metric tons
or 100 short tons per day), medium (230 metric tons or 250 short tons per
day), and large (540 metric tons or 600 short tons per day). The division
of the wheat gluten and starch subcategory daily production values is:
small (30 metric tons or 33 short tons per day), medium (45 metric tons or
50 short tons per day) and large (60 metric tons or 66 short tons per day).
The animal feed, breakfast cereal, and wheat gluten and starch
industries all utilize products from the basic grain processing mills for
raw materials. Grain and grain milling by-products are the chief
ingredients in animal feed. The manufacture of breakfast cereals utilizes
both milled and whole grain, particularly corn, wheat, oats, and rice.
Wheat gluten and starch manufacturing employs wheat flour as its raw
material.
Animal feed manufacturing comprises: ingredients mixing, meal
production, pelleting, cooling and drying pellets, rolling, and finally,
formation of granules. Of all the cereal grains produced in the U. S.,
only about 15 percent is used directly as food for human consumption. The
vast majority of the grain harvest is used to feed poultry and livestock.
Breakfast cereals can be broadly classified as either hot cereals
or ready-to-eat cereals. Hot cereals require cooking before serving and
are normally made from oats or wheat. Ready-to-eat cereal manufacturing
methods vary depending on the type of cereal. Raw materials include whole
grain wheat and rice, corn grits, oat flour, sugar, and other minor
ingredients. The general processes involved include ingredient mixing,
cooking, drying, forming (either flaking or extruding), toasting or
puffing, and vitamin addition.
The wheat starch industry may be properly termed the wheat gluten
and starch industry, as the gluten presently brings a higher economic
return than the starch. Basically, wheat starch manufacturing involves the
physical separation and refinement of the starch and gluten (protein)
components of wheat flour.
Pollutants and Sources. Animal feed and hot cereal manufacturing
plants utilize little or no process water and generate no wastewaters.
Water is used quite extensively in ready-to-eat cereal manufacturing
plants. The various operations where water is used include: grain
tempering, flavor solution makeup, cooking, extrusion, and coating. Water
is also used for cooling, flaking, and forming rolls; extruders; and for
W8.1-3
-------
wet scrubbers. Most of the unit processes do not result in process
wastewaters. Only the cooking operation in shredded cereal manufacturing
generates a continuous or semi-continuous waste stream. In wheat starch
manufacturing, process water is used for dough making, dough washing,
backwashing of screens, and counter-current washing of centrifuge
discharges. Water is also used for plant cleanup and for auxiliary syster
such as boiler feed water and cooling.
The basic parameters used to define wastewater characteristics
are BODr, suspended solids, and pH. For all practical purposes, all of tt
plants in both the ready-to-eat cereal and wheat gluten and starch
categories discharge to municipal systems.
Control Technology and Costs. The costs for the industry
categories Tn this group include increased user charges for plants
discharging to municipal sewerage. New plants may be expected to pretrea
their process waste before discharging to municipal systems or to provide
secondary treatment.
Best practical technology (BPT) for the ready-to-eat cereal
subcategory is activated sludge treatment and sedimentation. Activated
sludge treatment and equalization is required for wheat gluten and starch
plants.
Abatement costs for Phases I and II of the Grain Milling Indust
are combined in Table W8.1.1.
W8.1-4
-------
O
CT\
I
90
L^ O ^ O O
-« o -• o o
00 O 1/1 O 3
\n o =o o o
,-M o r~ o 3
T O — O O
O
CO
o
CO
cs
o o « o o
u"l O f^ O O
i-l O «>• O O
i o r- o o ^i
I O ~* O O T
CO
o
S3
o
ao
c
C
T-l
CO
M
a
a
i
en
O VO
r* o vo O O
CN o »^ O O * f*l
-« o •» o o • m «
oo
3
0)
oo
r~
I
•J5 O>
^ o r» o o
O en o O v
oo o t— o o
—« o <*> o o
O O O O ^>
*— O '-^ O O ^"
o
o
o
o
CO
o
00
en
o o •» o o •*•
o o CN o o IN
o> o
l/l O CN O O
O O !N o O
T O OO O O
o o — o o
CN —•
CN O
NTROL COSTS
LARS)
KIP) :
O J —
CJ O
2 til
z r cj
« O -
5- a,
3 en
»•! "^ Z
J 0 M
O i-.
M dl
££ *H %*
S3 £ N-I
^- &
< Z <
3 w U
cn
r*
•4
Qw
i
Z £ H
a en a.
z 1-1 a
s- x
w u
5>
z
t— *
en
a.
en
z
•••
en
E-
Z
J
H a.
3 3
Cd
Z
5
Ed
S
C-.
i
2S
O.
en en
fjj 3
cn aa
en
en
O
u
< J
r> <
O 3
5- Z
Z
<
en
en
O en
CJ 6-
Jl
Z
2
<
en
en
O
a
z
W8.1-5
-------
-------
Chapter W8.2 Sugar Processing
Regulations
BPT standards have been promulgated for the seven subcategorles
included in this industry, although they were later revoked for one of the
subcategories. BAT, NSPS, and pretreatment standards have been promulgated
for three of the subcategories but only proposed for the other four. This
chapter has not been updated pending promulgation of the remaining
regulations and publications of applicable cost data.
Sugar Processing, Phase I—Cane Sugar Refining
Industry Characteristics. Raw sugar consists primarily of
crystals of sucrose with small percentages of dextrose and levulose.
Various impurities such as particulates, organic and inorganic salts, and
microorganisms are also present. A film of molasses is contained on raw
sugar. Crystalline raw sugar is washed to remove part of the molasses
film, put into solution, taken through various purification steps, and
finally recrystallized.
The major processes involved in cane sugar refining are: (1)
melting, (2) clarifying, (3) decolorizing, (4) evaporating, (5)
crystallizing, and (6) finishing. Melting is the first step in which raw
crystals are put into solution by heating; this syrup is then fine screened
to remove insoluble materials. In the clarifying step, screened melt
liquor which still contains fine suspended and colloidal matter is treated
chemically to cause these to precipitate. Decolorizing involves the
physical adsorption of impurities; bone char is the primary adsorbent used
to remove color. The object of the evaporating process is concentration of
the decolorized sugar liquor and sweet water (water containing syrup); this
is done in continuous evaporators. Crystallizing of the concentrated sugar
liquor and sweet waters is done in batch evaporators called vacuum pans.
Finishing is a drying or granulation step in which moisture is removed and
the crystals are separated and later cooled and fine screened.
The molasses produced as a by-product of cane sugar refining is
used as a sweetener, as an ingredient in animal feed, for making alcohol,
for organic chemicals, and for other uses.
The cane sugar refining industry consists of two subcategories:
(1) crystalline cane sugar refining, and (2) liquid cane sugar refining.
Liquid sugar production is essentially the same as crystalline sugar
production except that the primary product is not recrystallized.
The domestic sugar industry in recent years has not been very
profitable with the exception of 1974, when the prices of sugar were very
high. Currently, there is very keen competition from foreign sugar
W8.2-1
-------
producers. Although a price-support system has recently been activated,
resurgence of the industry is not expected. Ratner, it is believed that
this will protect the industry as it is and will not encourage increased
acreage of cane or the building of new sugar mills. As a matter of fact,
in a period from 1973 through 1976, three mills closed in Louisiana, thre
in Hawaii, and the rated capacity in Puerto Rico declined. For these
reasons, the study used a zero growth rate.
Pollutants and Sources. Major process wastewaters from cane
sugar refining include char (activated carbon process water from nonchar
refineries) wastewater from decolorization. Most of the waste streams
produced in other processes are recovered as low-purity sweet water.
Wastewater from barometric condenser cooling is usually recirculated and
represents a minor waste stream.
Wastewater contaminating pollutants are associated with (1) the
water used as an integral part of the process (primarily the decolorizing
steps of either bone char or activated carbon washing), (2) the result of
entrainment of sucrose into barometric condenser cooling water, and (3)
the water used to slurry the filter cake.
Parameters under effluent guidelines for meeting BPT, BAT, and
NSPS include BODc, suspended solids, and pH. Additional parameters of
significance to the industry include COD, temperature, sucrose, alkalinit
total coliforms, fecal coliforms, total dissolved solids, and nutrients.
Currently, 50 percent of crystalline sugar refineries and 60
percent of liquid cane sugar refineries discharge into municipal systems.
On an average 38,400 liters per metric ton (9,200 gallons per short ton)
wastewater is discharged from crystalline sugar refineries; the
corresponding figure is 18,800 liters per metric ton (4,500 gallons per
short ton) from liquid cane sugar refineries.
Control Techno!ogy. Current technology for control and treatme
of cane sugar refinery wastewaters consists primarily of process control
(recycling and reuse of water, preventing sucrose entrainment in barometr
condenser cooling water and recovering sweet waters), impoundage (land
retention), and disposal of process water to municipal sewerage systems.
Best Practicable Technology (BPT) consists of a combination of
in-plant changes and end-of-pipe treatment. In-plant changes include: (
collection and recovery of all floor drainage, (2) use of improved
baffling systems, demisters, and/or other control devices in evaporators
minimize sucrose entrainment in barometric condenser cooling water, and (
dry handling of filter cakes after desweetening, with disposal to sanitar
landfills, or complete containment of filter cake slurries. End-of-pipe
treatment consists of biological treatment of all wastewater discharges
other than uncontaminated (noncontact) cooling water and barometric
condenser cooling water.
Best Available Technology (BAT) is essentially the same as BPT
but, in addition to BPT, the following are applicable: (1) recycle of
W8.2-2
-------
barometric condenser cooling water by utilizing either a cooling tower or
pond, (2) biological treatment of the (assumed 2 percent) blowdown from the
cooling system, and (3) sand filtration of effluent from the biological
treatment system. Essentially the same control technology is applicable to
both crystalline and liquid cane sugar refineries.
Sugar Processing, Phase II—Raw Sugarcane Processing
Industry Characteristics. Sugarcane milling (SIC 2061) involves
the conversion of freshly harvested sugarcane into raw sugar and molasses.
Because the quality of the juice drops rapidly after harvest, sugar mills
are located close to the fields in which the cane is grown. On the other
hand, refineries, which convert raw sugar to refined sugar, are typically
located close to the market area. Only a few cane mills are integrated
with a refinery. (Pollution problems in sugarcane refining are discussed
elsewhere.)
The processes carried out in the sugar mill are conceptually
rather simple. The cane is hauled into the mill, weighed, and dumped. In
areas where collection procedures cause large amounts of dirt and rocks to
be included in the material brought to the mill (Hawaii, Louisiana, and
Puerto Rico), the cane is usually cleaned by blowing air through it and
washing it with water. Rocks are removed by passing the material over
grates. (In some regions of Hawaii, it is not unusual for 50 percent of
the gross weight of cane brought to the mill to be rocks, dirt, and field
trash such as leaves.) The clean cane is then chopped or run through a
hammermill and then crushed with rollers that squeeze much of the juice
out. This is followed by 4-6 three-roll mills that squeeze out almost all
the remaining sugar. Water is added at the last mill to help wash the last
of the sugar from the fiber. This juice is then used to wash the fiber in
earlier stages so that a counter-current extraction is achieved. The
bagasse from the last mill has about 50 percent moisture and is sent to the
boiler or to the bagasse house. The bagasse can be used as boiler fuel,
processed to make the chemical furfural, or used in making wallboard or
paper. In some regions where fuel is cheap or where the bagasse exceeds
the needs for the boiler and where no by-product industry exists, unwanted
bagasse is either landfilled or dumped in the ocean.
The fresh cane juice is heated and treated with lime to
precipitate impurities. The precipitate, "mud", is separated from the
clarified juice by decantation and vacuum filtration of the sludge from the
clarifier. The mud, which is mostly inorganic material but which contains
sugar, wax, organic salts, and fine bits of bagasse, is frequently a
disposal problem. The clarified juice is next evaporated using
multiple-effect evaporators to reduce its volume and increase the
concentration of sugar. After the solution is partly evaporated, it is
conveyed to vacuum pans in which it is further concentrated. The final
concentrated sugar solution in the vacuum pans is seeded with crystals of
pure sugar and, because the solution is supersaturated, the sugar grows
around these seeds, excluding the water and impurities. The final product
is raw sugar, which is centrifuged, washed with hot water, and discharged.
It is pure enough to be free-flowing even though it has a light brown
W8.2-3
-------
color. The centrifugate, which Is known as blackstrap molasses, contains
roughly 44 percent sugar but also contains dissolved salts and water. It
Is sold for animal feed or as a starting material for rum or other
fermentation products.
Pollutants and Sources. A number of points in the process can
give rise to water pollution.The greatest problem in areas with dirty
cane is the handling of the cane washings. In the washing process, some
sugar is lost to the wash water and organic particles are suspended in it
each of which gives rise to biological oxygen demand. In addition, ther
are large amounts of suspended dirt and dissolved inorganic solids. In
areas where irrigation is practiced, the cane wash water can be used for
irrigation. In other areas, storage in ponds followed by appropriate
treatment is needed. The solid trash, rocks, etc., are landfilled.
The mud which is removed from the vacuum filters contains about
75 percent water which has dissolved organic and inorganic material in it
To avoid problems some mills dry the mud, which can then be returned to t
fields. In other sugar mills, the filter mud is slurried and discharged
to waterways, which can present a significant water problem.
In the final stage of the multiple-effect evaporator, and in tf
vacuum pans, barometric condensers are used; that is, cooling water is
mixed directly with the steam to condense it and create a vacuum. This
allows sugar particles that are entrained in the steam to become mixed ir
the condenser water, producing a biological oxygen demand when that water
is ultimately discharged. Condenser water can amount to as much as 25
thousand liters per metric ton (6 thousand gallons per short ton) of cane
processed and can have a BODj- loading of up to 1.5 kg per metric ton (3
pounds per short ton) of cane processed. When this water is used for
irrigation, there is no significant problem. On the other hand, in areas
where irrigation is impractical, the water produces a pollution problem i
discharged into navigable waterways. Control can be obtained by
impoundment followed by biological treatment before discharge.
Alternatively, the condenser water can be used in cane washing. If the
cane wash water is collected and treated it can be recycled to the
condenser.
Minor sources of problems are the water from washing the floors
of the sugar mill which contain sugar from the spills and spatters that
continually occur in the mill as well as mud tracked in on boots. The
boiler systems can also give rise to pollutants. The water in which the
ash is slurried for removal from the boiler can cause problems as well as
the blowdown water from the boiler itself.
Control Technology. Recommended BPT, BAT and NSPS control
technologies for cane sugar processing states are discussed below.
BPT Technology for Louisiana. Improved controls and practices
reduce pollution such as the reduction of entrainment of sucrose in the
barometric condenser cooling water are recommended. The use of settling
ponds to remove solids from the wash water and biological treatment for t
W8.2-4
-------
effluent from settling ponds and all other waste streams except barometric
condenser cooler water and excess condensate are recommended.
BAT and NSPS Technology—Louisiana. Recycling of barometric
condenser cooling water and cane wash water and biological treatment of
blowdown and miscellaneous waste streams is suggested.
BPT, BAT, and NSPS Technology—Florida and Texas. The
containment of all wastewaters is required except when rainfall causes an
overflow from a facility designed to contain wastewaters.
BPT. BAT, and NSPS Technology—State of Hawaii except for Hilo
Coast. These are the same as for Florida and Texas.
BPT, BAT, and NSPS Technology—Puerto Rico. These are the same
as for Louisiana.
Costing Methodology. The Economic Analysis Document gives the
expected pollution costs for Louisiana and for Puerto Rico for the
promulgated BPT and proposed BAT and NSPS regulations. These costs were
developed through the use of several model plants. The degree of
conformance of each of the existing mills to a model plant was evaluated
and costs for upgrading each one were developed separately. Current
practices in Florida and Texas and in the portions of Hawaii other than the
Hilo Coast are such (irrigation or recycle) that there is already a full
compliance with BPT and BAT requirements. Therefore there are no costs
involved in these regions. Since the regulations for the Hilo Coast of
Hawaii are in suspense, no costs have been calculated for this region.
No limitations have been proposed for pretreatment before
discharge to municipal sewage systems. No sugar mills are now known to be
discharging to municipal sewers.
Beet Sugar Processing
Production Characteristics and Capacities. The plant size ranges
for beet sugar processing are classified according to production capacity,
small (less than 2,100 metric tons or 2,300 short tons per day), medium
(2.100-3,500 metric tons or 2,300-3,900 short tons per day), and large
(greater than 3,500 metric tons or 3,900 short tons per day).
Typical plant production is estimated to be 3,200 metric tons
(3,600 short tons) of sliced beets per day. The main products from this
industry are refined sugar, dried beet pulp (used for animal feed), and
molasses.
The beet sugar processing industry is a subcategory of the sugar
processing industry. Water is commonly used for six principal purposes:
(1) transporting (fluming) of beets to the processing operation, (2)
washing beets, (3) processing (extraction of sugar from the beets), (4)
transporting beet pulp and lime mud cake waste, (5) condensing vapors from
evaporators and crystallization pans, and (6) cooling.
W8.2-5
-------
Beets are transported into the plant by water flowing in a narn
channel (flume) that removes adhered soil. The beets are then lifted fror
the flume and spray washed. Flume water accounts for about 50 percent of
the total plant water consumption.
Process water is associated with the operations of extracting
sugar from the beets. Diffusers draw the raw juice from the beets into a
solution which contains 10-15 percent sugar. Exhausted beet pulp is late
pressed to remove moisture. This exhausted pulp water is usually recycle-
back to the diffuser.
Lime mud cake waste results when lime is added to the raw juice
and the solution is purged with carbon dioxide gas, causing calcium
carbonate to precipitate. The sludge formed removes impurities which are
suspended in the juice.
Water from barometric condensers is employed in the operation o'
pan evaporators and crystallizers in the industry. Water is used in larg
quantities. Condenser water is usually cooled by some device and recycle*
for use in the plant.
In addition to the above, about 40 percent of the plants employ
the Steffen process to recover additional sugar. In the Steffen process,
syrup remaining from the above processes is concentrated to form molasses
which is then desugared to recover the sugar. In this step, water is use
to dilute the molasses and calcium oxide is added to the solution, causin
a precipitate to form. The precipitation process produces the Steffen
filtrate and recovered sugar; the filtrate may be directly discharged as
waste or it may be mixed with beet pulp to produce by-products.
•
Areas of future growth of beet sugar production are expected to
be along the Red River between northern Minnesota and North Dakota, and i
the Columbia River Basin.
Pollutants and Sources. The major waste sources stem from the
primary production processes.These include: (1) beet transporting and
washing, (2) processing (extraction of sugar from the beets), (3)
carbonating of raw juice, and (4) Steffen processing (for those plants
involved in desugaring of molasses). Barometric condensers are also a
wastewater source. The primary wastewaters resulting from the beet sugar
processing industry are: flume water, lime mud cake from the carbonation
process, barometric condenser water, and Steffen process water used to
dilute molasses for desugarization.
The basic parameters used in establishing water effluent
guidelines to meet BPT are: BODg, total suspended solids, pH, and
temperature.
Control Technology. Current pollution control technology does
not provide a single operation that is completely applicable under all
circumstances. The major disposal methods are: reuse of wastes,
coagulation, waste retention ponds or lagooning, and irrigation.
W8.2-6
-------
BPT and BAT involve extensive recycle and reuse of wastewaters
within the processing operations with no discharge or controlled discharge
of process wastewater pollutants to navigable waters.
BAT permits no discharge of wastewaters. One method of
accomplishing this is to apply the wastewaters to the land after BPT steps
have been taken. It is possible that after sufficient concentration of
wastewaters, only salt-tolerant grasses could be grown. Farm lands may be
taken out of production and no credit is taken for the value of crops grown
on these lands. It is uncertain how long the soil can remain stable under
these conditions.
Control Costs—Sugar Processing
The combined control costs for cane sugar refining, raw sugarcane
processing, and beet sugar processing are summarized in Table W8.2.1.
W8.2-7
-------
m \o •v in en QO en in o 00 en ^o **
o ri 00 <*i o o in -« «n *o o o 03 —> os o o o o en
Cn • ..... . . •
I Cn ^^(N ^ f-H^^ CM ^Hf-* cNinin
I -
cn
• ao sfio^ooo oooasoO
CO r~
3 I -«OinoOc~ (MO<-noO
oo o
oo o
o
O
u
_: — ••
o w —
a- a: a,
c-tfw ^. J^. ^. z
zJss tnui u
3U3 Z<0! 8-MZM j c. CONM _: c. M - i a. -:
JO1-1 Zc-s-S-a,^ O 1-1 fr< EI a< a. ^ j,5-c-o.--. < <
Ow Mcna4x aenen 6-z< ^+ s-i z J
< z < z z z ^
W8.2-8
-------
Chapter W8.3 Canned and Preserved Fruits and Vegetables
Regulations
The canned and preserved fruits and vegetables processing
industry is subject to BPT, NSPS, PSES, PSNS, and BCT regulations described
in the Code of Federal Regulations Title 40, Part 407, and as updated in
the Federal Register (47 FR 49175, 10/29/82).
The regulations causing significant costs are BPT and NSPS.
Point source discharge limitations are defined for the discharge of process
wastewater pollutants. Existing BCT regulations, when they exist, equal
BPT limitations for all subparts. Existing and new dischargers to POTW's
meet no special standards, but must conform to general pretreatment
standards provided in 40 CFR, Part 403. In some instances new dischargers
to POTW's must reduce incompatible pollutant levels to those designated
under NSPS standards.
Industry Characteristics
The fruits and vegetables processing industry includes processors
of canned fruits and vegetables, preserves, jams, jellies, dried and
dehydrated fruits and vegetables, frozen fruits and vegetables; fruit and
vegetable juices, and specialty items. The effluent limitations guidelines
issued by the EPA are limited to processors of apple products (except
caustic peeled and dehydrated products),'citrus products (except pectin and
pharmaceutical products), frozen and dehydrated potato products, and
specialty fruits and vegetables. The principal items in each group are as
follows:
• Apples: slices, sauce, and juice (cider)
• Citrus: juice, segments, oil, dried peel, and molasses
• Potatoes: chips, frozen products, dehydrated products, canned
hash, stew, and soup products.
• Specialty fruits and vegetables.
The manufacturing processes employed after harvesting depend on
the particular product to be manufactured. Specific processes include
receiving, storing, washing and sorting, peeling and coring, sorting,
slicing, segmenting or dicing, pressing or extracting (for juice products),
cooking, finishing, blanching (for potatoes), juice concentrating,
dehydrating, canning, freezing, can rinsing and cooling, and cleaning up.
Many processes previously performed by hand, such as peeling and coring,
have been automated. Peeling, for example, may be performed mechanically
or caustically. In the caustic process the fruit or vegetable is dipped in
a hot lye solution to loosen and soften the peel, which is then removed by
brushes and water spray.
W8.3-1
-------
The fruits and vegetables canning and freezing industry comprise
approximately 1,680 plants that are subdivided into 1,038 canned fruits ar
vegetables plants plus 642 frozen fruits, vegetables, and specialties
plants. These plants are further subdivided into canning plants, freezinc
plants, combination canning and freezing plants, and dehydrating plants.
According to the 1982 U.S. Industrial Outlook, shipments of canned and
frozen fruits and vegetables reached $13 billion in 1981, an increase of ;
percent over 1980. Approximately 70 percent of all these plants are
multiproduct producers, although an equivalent percentage confine their
operations to either fruits or vegetables.
The canning and freezing industry is characterized by a large
number of small, single-plant firms. These firms share a very small
segment of the total market and have very little influence on industry
prices and total supply. Over the past 20 years, there has been a steady
trend in the industry to fewer large plants from many smaller operations.
The four largest firms in the canning, freezing, and dehydrating industrii
account for approximately 20, 25, and 35 percent, respectively, of the
total value of industry shipments. Although a large proportion of the
plants are relatively old, the industry has generally maintained modern
technology through renovation and equipment modernization.
It is likely that the trend toward fewer plants will continue.
New large plants will probably continue to replace the production capacit.
of the small, older plants that will close.
Pollutants and Sources
Water is used extensively in all
industry, it is used as:
phases of the food processing
A cleaning agent to remove dirt and foreign material
A heat-transfer medium for heating and cooling
A solvent for removal of undesirable ingredients from the
product
A carrier for the incorporation of additives into the produc
A vehicle for transporting and hauling the product.
Although the steps used in processing the various commodities
display a general similarity, there are variations in the equipment used
and in the amount and character of the wastewaters produced. For example
caustic peeling produces a much higher pollution load than does mechanica
peeling. Similarly, water transport adds a great deal to a plant's
wastewater flow compared to dry transportation methods.
The pollutant parameters that have been designated by EPA as
being of major significance for apple, citrus, and potato processors are
BOD, suspended solids, and pH. Minor pollutant parameters include COD,
total dissolved solids, ammonia and other nitrogen forms, phosphorus, fee
coliforms, and heat.
W8.3-2
-------
Control Technologies
Control technologies applicable to wastewaters from the fruit and
vegetable processing industry consist of both in-plant (or in-process)
technologies and conventional end-of-pipe waste treatment technologies.
In-plant control methods include field washing of crops; substitution of
dry transport methods for flumes; replacing conventional hot water and
steam blanching methods by fluidized bed, microwave, hot gas, or individual
quick blanching methods; using high-pressure nozzles and automatic shutoff
valves on hoses; reusing process waters in countercurrent flow systems,
recirculating of cooling waters, etc.; and minimizing the use of water and
detergents in plant cleanup.
End-of-pipe treatment technologies used in the fruits and
vegetables processing industry generally include preliminary screening,
equalization, the use of catch basins for grease removal, sedimentation and
clarification, followed by a biological treatment system such as activated
sludge and the use of trickling filters, anaerobic lagoons, or aerated
lagoons. Where necessary, neutralization and chlorination are also
included. Other technologies that are or may be used by the industry
include solids removal by air flotation or centrifugal separation, chemical
coagulation and precipitation, biological treatment (through the use of a
rotating biological contractor), sand or diatomaceous earth filtration,
and other advanced treatment technologies. The liquid portion of cannery
wastes can be "completely" treated and discharged through percolation and
evaporation lagoons or by spray irrigation.
Because the wastes from fruit and vegetable processing plants are
primarily biological, they are compatible with municipal sewage treatment
systems. Therefore, discharge into municipal systems is also a practicable
alternative for fruit and vegetable processors.
BPT guidelines are based upon the average performances of
exemplary biological treatment systems. Thus, the technology includes
preliminary screening, primary settling (potatoes only), and biological
secondary treatment. The use of cooling towers for the recirculation of
cooling water is considered a BPT for the citrus industry. In-plant
control methods should include good housekeeping and water use practices.
No special in-plant modifications are required. Land treatment methods
such as spray irrigation are, of course, not excluded from use.
NSPS guidelines assume the use of BPT, plus additional secondary
treatment, such as more aerated lagoons and/or shallow lagoons and/or a
sand filter following secondary treatment; disinfection (usually
chlorination) is also included. Management controls over housekeeping and
water use practices are assumed to be stricter than BPT. Although no
additional in-plant controls are required, several modifications may be
economically more attractive than additional treatment facilities. These
include: recycling raw material wash water, utilizing low water-usage
peeling equipment, recirculating of cooling water, and utilizing dry
clean-up methods. Where suitable land is available, land treatment is not
only recommended from the discharge viewpoint, but will usually be more
economical than other treatment methods.
W8.3-3
-------
Costing Methodology
Model plants were used to estimate the regulatory costs in the
canned and preserved fruits and vegetables industry. These model plants
for each subcategory were derived in the Economic Analysis and the NCWQ
Report. Control costs are summarized in Table W8.3.1.
W8.3-4
-------
co en ^o va CM CD vo in o
<3t o o o o o o o u"» o o i4~i o> o o o o o
r- O !N O O O n o 01 O O -< O O P~ O O 30
oo
CO ^-— ^•^I
3 oorsiootN tnocrsoo
nl — OOI-OO^1 INO^-OOr-- CO O —i O O
_j O CO —i •• !N
01 — —i O
.a
w
UTION CONTRO;
S OF DOLLARS
PLACE (KIP)
- Z Z
52-
— _• _:
j <
CZ, — H J-
- z r
< z <
3 "i w
02 02
S- o,
Cu 02 S
Z < S
Z 6-1 6- 5- O- ^
a 02 i < 02 02
c-1 x a en 02
•n a z CM M
a
>
-
OJ
CH
O
02 04
C/3 CJ
o
-: <
"~* ^* •?•
C 3 Z
r- Z <
<
C/2
^
8-1 r"
M 5
rj
AHTS(NSPS)
RETREAT
_: a.
c-i C. ^_
as KZ
a M ii
2J £U ii
M
<
^
b
E*
03
O J
CJ 04
Z CJ
hJJ 1— 1
£« K«
0 02 3.
— X
^ —
_^
Z
<
02
02
Z
J
— &
<
S ^?
M
2
RETREAT
0.
— .
il 02
V2 02
-•• ^ i
„;
<
5
E^
•*-
o
+•
<
(— 1
a.
<
j
<
z
<
COSTS
f
<
2
z
«c
™
<
W8.3-5
-------OCR error (C:\Conversion\JobRoot\00000BW9\tiff\20011F7Y.tif): Saving image to "C:\Conversion\JobRoot\00000BW9\tiff\20011F7Y.T$F.T$F" failed.
-------
Chapter W8.4 Canned and Preserved Seafood
Regulations
The canned and preserved seafood processing industry is subject
to BPT, NSPS, PSES, PSNS, and BCT regulations described in the Code of
Federal Regulations Title 40, Part 408, and as updated in the Federal
Register (47 FR 49175, 10/29/82).
The regulations causing significant costs are BPT and NSPS.
Point source discharge limitations are defined for the discharge of process
wastewater pollutants. Existing BCT regulations equal BPT limitations for
all except the following subparts where BCT limitations exceed BPT
limitations: Y - Pacific Coast Hand-Shucked Oyster Processing, Z -
Atlantic and Gulf Coast Hand-Shucked Oyster Processing, AD - Non-Alaskan
Scallop Processing, and AG - Abalone Processing. Existing and new
dischargers to POTW's meet no special standards, but must conform to
general pretreatment standards provided in 40 CFR, Part 403.
Industry Characteristics
There are approximately 1,800 seafood processors located in the
United States, including tuna processing plants located in Puerto Rico and
American Samoa. For the purpose of establishing effluent limitations guidelines,
the seafood processing industry has been divided into 33 subcategories, as
listed in Table W8.4.1. Of these, 14 are in Phase I and 19 are in Phase
II. The groupings are based upon the type of product, the degree of
mechanization, and the location or remoteness of the processing plant.
Remote Alaskan plants have been placed in a separate subcategory because
their isolated locations render most wastewater treatment alternatives
infeasible because of the high cost of overcoming engineering obstacles and
the undependability of access to transportation during extended severe sea
or weather conditions.
In general, the seafood processing industry can be characterized
as possessing many small, underutilized, old plants that in some cases
compete with efficient, low-cost foreign producers. On the other hand, the
tuna industry is dominated by five firms that operate 14 large-scale plants
which account for over 90 percent of the industry production.
Processing seafood involves variations of a common sequence of
operations: harvest, storage, receiving, preprocessing (washing, thawing,
etc.), evisceration, precooking, picking or cleaning, preservation, and
packaging. Many of the operations, such as picking, shelling, and
cleaning, have been mechanized, but much of the industry still depends on
conventional hand operations.
In general, the volume of production is dependent upon the amount
of seafood harvested, both domestic and imported. Analyses by the U.S.
W8.4-1
-------
TABLE W8.4.1 SEAFOOD PROCESSING INDUSTRY SUBCATEGORIES
Phase I
(1) Farm-raised Catfish
(2) Conventional Blue Crab
(3) Mechanized Blue Crab
(4) Non-Remote Alaskan Crab Meat
(5) Remote Alaskan Crab Meat
(6) Non-Remote Alaskan Whole Crab and Crab Section
(7) Remote Alaskan Whole Crab and Crab Section
(8) Dungeness and Tanner Crab Processing in the
Contigous States
(9) Non-Remote Alaskan Shrimp
(10) Remote Alaskan Shrimp
(11) Northern Shrimp in the Contiguous States
(12) Southern Non-Breaded Shrimp Processing in the
Contiguous States
(13) Breaded Shrimp Processing in the Contiguous States
(14) Tuna
Phase II
(1) Fish Meal
(2) Alaska Hand-Butchered Salmon
(3) Alaska Mechanized Salmon
(4) West Coast Hand-Butchered Salmon
(5) West Coast Mechanized Salmon
(6) Alaskan Bottom Fish
(7) Non-Alaskan Conventional Bottom Fish
(8) Non-Alaskan Mechanized Bottom Fish
(9) Hand Shucked Clam
(10) Mechanized Clam
(11) Pacific Coast Hand-Shucked Oyster
(12) Atlantic and Gulf Coast Hand-Shucked Oyster
(13) Steamed and Canned Oyster
(14) Sardine Processing
(15) Alaskan Scallop Processing
(16) Non-Alaskan Scallop Processing
(17) Alaskan Herring Fillet
(18) Non-Alaskan Herring Fillet
(19) Abalone Processing
W8.4-2
-------
National Marine Fisheries Service indicate that a 3.1 percent annual
compound growth rate can be sustained through 1985 by the extension of the
U.S. fisheries jurisdiction to 200 miles, raising additional fish by
aquaculture, and by encouraging the catch and sale of presently
underutilized fish species. A fully operational predictive model to
forecast the effect of the 200-mile limit is not yet available.
The effluent limitations guidelines issued for the seafood
processing industry by the EPA cover all methods of preservation—
fresh-pack, freezing, canning, and curing.
Pollutants and Sources
Pollution sources in the seafood processing industry include both
the fishing boats (mostly their discharged bilge water) and the processing
plants themselves. Water uses in the processing plants include: washing
the seafood, plants, and equipment; flumes for in-plant transport of
product and wastes; live holding tanks; cooling and ice making; cooking;
freezing; and brining.
The solids and effluents from all fish and shellfish operations
consist of:
• Solid portions consisting of flesh, shell, bone, cartilage,
and viscera
• Hot and cold water (fresh or seawater) solutions containing
dissolved materials (proteins and breakdown products)
t Suspended solids consisting of bone, shell, or flesh
t Foreign material carried into the plant with the raw material.
Phase I Subcategories. The major wastes from Phase I seafood
processing include blood, viscera, bits of flesh and other tissues, scales,
slime and cooking liquors. Wastewaters from processing contain heavy loads
of dissolved and suspended fats and proteins. Parameters under effluent
guidelines for meeting BPT and BCT include (I) five-day biochemical oxygen
demand (BOD,-), (2) total suspended solids, (3) oil and grease, and (4) pH
(Table W8.4.2).
Industrial Fishes. There are three primary sources of wastewater
in processing of menhaden and anchovies: (1) the bailwater used to
transport the fish from the boats, (2) the stickwater, which* separates from
the oil after the pressing operation, and (3) washwater from refining of
the fish oil. Stickwater, a mixture of dissolved and suspended proteins,
fats, oil and ash, contributes the heaviest waste!oad. In factories
equipped with a solubles plant, the stickwater and other wastewaters are
evaporated to yield protein concentrate. The barometric condensor of the
evaporator produces large volumes of low-strength wastewater. Factories
without solubles plants dispose of stickwater by barging to sea.
Bailwater, which is commonly recycled, carries a high load of BOD and
suspended solids.
W8.4-3
-------
TABLE W8.4.2. SEAFOOD INDUSTRY RAW WASTE CHARACTERISTICS
Subcategory
Catfish (farm)
Crabs
[STue conventional)
(Slue Mech.)
(Alaska) NR/R
(Dungeness/Tanner)
Shrimp
(Alaska) NR/R
(West Coast)(a)
(Gulf, breaded)
Tuna
Fish Meal
(U solubles)
(W/0 solubles)
Sardines
Herring
rFTTTeting)
Salmon
(Tian~d-butchered)
(Mechanical )
West/Alaska (composite)
Bottom Fish
Alaska
Non Alaska-Conv.
Non Alaska-Mach.
Clams
[Conventional )
(Mechanized)
Oysters
Steamed or canned
Hand-shucked (West)
Hand-shucked (East)
Scallops
(Alaska)
(N. Alaska)
Aba lone
Flow
1/kkg
23,000
1,190
36 ,300
51,700
19,600
73,400
60 ,000
116,000
18,300
35,000
1,900
3,640
8,090
3,960
18,500
13,300
6,230
5,240
13,500
3,700
21,100
65,100
55,300
32,600
11,700
11,700
35,700
30D5
7.9
5.2
22
66
3.1
130
120
84
13
2.96
62.2
10.1
32.0
2.11
50.8
33.3
2.00
3.32
11.9
5.71
13.7
31.0
23.9
14.9
2.85
2.85
17.1
kg/kkg
TSS
9.2
0.74
12
54
2.7
210
54
93
10
0.920
34.3
2.93
22.6
1.21
20.3
13.4
1.61
1.42
8.92
13.6
5.48
29.0
34.2
13.6
0.526
0.526
3.37
O&G
Phase I
4.5
0.26
5.5
13
17
42
5.8
.___pua<:0 TT
0.562
22.8
1.99
6.11
0.153
6.49
4.21
0.084
0.348
2.48
0.141
0.444
1.13
1.55
0.665
0.158
0.158
0.897
8005
343.4
4,369.7
597.3
1,276.5
413.2
1,771.1
2,000.0
724.1
710.3
84.5
32,737
2,747
3,955
532.3
2,746
2,501
321
633.5
881.4
1,543
549.3
476.2
432.2
457.1
243.5
243.5
479.0
mg/1
TSS
400.0
621.8
326.0
1,044.4
137.7
2,361.1
900.0
801.7
546.4
26.2
18,315
304.9
2,793
305.5
1,097
1,008
258.4
270.9
660.7
3,676
259.7
445.5
- 513.4
417.2
45.0
45.0
234.5
0
195
213
r*$
231
70C
31J
16
12, OC
54f
75J
3
35(
3 I'-
ll
61
is:
3
2
1
2
2i
1
1
2
W8.4-4
-------
Finfish. The primary source of wastewater from the processing of
salmon is the wash tank operation, where eviscerated fish are cleansed of
blood, loose tissues and flesh particles. Mechanical processors produce
much heavier wasteloads than manual operations. The same is true for the
mechanical processing of bottom fish, such as whiting. Skinning and
scaling may produce high waste loads in the conventional processings of
bottom fish. For very large bottom fish, i.e., halibut, the primary
wastewater flow and wasteload may result from washing the gut cavity. In
sardine processing the principal wasteloads are contributed by the precook
stickwater and the flume to the packing tables. For the herring filleting
industry the largest percentage of flow and wasteload is produced by the
filleting machine and associated fluming, with a lesser contribution from
the bail water.
Municipal dischargers comprise a small fraction of the total
plants in the industry. Alaskan plants are in an especially difficult
position with respect to this option.
According to the EPA Development Documents, the sludge volumes
from treatment of seafood wastes, although not demonstrated on a
significant scale, are up to 10 percent of raw waste volume from dissolved
air flotation, 10 to 15 percent from activated sludge, 5 to 10 percent from
extended aeration and 2 percent from anaerobic contact processes. These
sludges have a high water content (95-98 percent) and are amenable to
conventional sludge handling except for sludge from air flotation which may
be difficult to dewater.
Waste waters from the seafoods industry contain compatible
pollutants. There is no evidence that toxic pollutants as defined in the
EPA toxic pollutant effluent standards are present in the wastewaters from
any subcategory.
Control Technologies
Control technologies applicable to the seafood processing
industry include both in-plant changes and end-of-pipe treatment. Basic
in-plant changes include:
• Minimizing the use of water by substituting dry handling for
flumes, using spring-loaded hose nozzles, etc.
• Recovering dissolved proteins by precipitation from effluent
streams, enzymatic hydrolysis, brine-acid extraction, or
through the conventional reduction process for converting
whole fish or fish waste to fish meal.
• Recovering solid portions for use as edible product or as
by-products by mechanical deboning and extruding, and by
shellfish waste utilization.
Very few end-of-pipe waste treatment systems are currently
installed in the seafood processing industry. However, the essentially
W8.4-5
-------
biodegradable nature of the wastes allows for the easy application of
conventional treatment methods. These include screening and sedimentatio
to remove suspended solids; air flotation and skimming to remove heavy
concentrations of solids, greases, oils, and dissolved organics; biologic.
treatment systems, such as activated sludge, rotating biological
contractors, trickling filters, ponds, and lagoons to remove organic
wastes; and land disposal methods where land is available.
In general, BPT guidelines call for in-plant "good housekeeping
practices, but do not assume significant equipment changes. End-of-pipe
technologies associated with BPT are represented by simple screening and
grease-trap methods, with dissolved air flotation for tuna plants and
grinders or comminutors, followed by discharge to deep water for remote
Alaskan processors where adequate flushing is available. NSPS guidelines
place much more emphasis on in-plant changes, including in-process
modifications which promote efficient water and wastewater management to
reduce water consumption, recycling some water streams, and solids or
by-product recovery where practicable. End-of-pipe technologies associat
with NSPS guidelines include more extensive use of dissolved air flotatio
for tuna processors in 1983.
Costing Methodology
Model plants were used to estimate this regulatory cost in the
canned and preserved seafood industry. These model plants for each
subcategory were derived from Development Documents and the NCWQ Report.
Control costs are summarized in Table W8.4.3.
W8.4-6
-------
CN ON ^ o o cr»--tr^'OO co fiocnoo
eft •—i f-* rsi c^
J-J
a.
13
C
CO
OJ
C
C
_.
~
oo
CO
C-"
osr^ in —* x o CN ITIONLO x
OTTXOO fn ^TONONOO rM I^IOTOO O
0300 vo
=Ha, cna: cj— encs — en
MOJ E-=- PI r-> -; i. -s — »o, a. ^
~Ow Z &« P?I ri O, ^» Or-E-S-Q.-- i> =-> S- fi. ^- < <
Ow ucna.<: cacn o-2cnc.i 03 a 3 a a -: z
J«s s-ix acncn• &• cna zo,o.>>. c-Z< =-Z r^Z~
-------
Chapter W8.5 Dairy Products Processing Industry
Regulations
Regulations which were published as of February 11, 1975 are the
basis for this chapter. Since publication BAT has been redesignated BCT,
and in 1981, BCT requirements were remanded. Therefore, only compliance
costs for BPT and NSPS regulations are presented in this chapter.
Industry Characteristics
In 1970, there were 5,241 dairy plants reported in the United
States, and by 1977, the number of plants had dropped to 3,731 plants, a 29
percent decline. The size of each plant is determined by the number of
employees required, where a small operation has 1-19 employees, a medium
one has 20-99 employees, and a large plant over 100 employees.
The dairy processing industry comprises 12 product-related
subcategories: (1) receiving stations, (2) fluid products, (3) cultured
products, (4) cottage cheese, (5) butter, (6) natural cheese, (7) ice
cream, (8) ice cream mix, (9) condensed milk, (10) dry milk, (11) condensed
whey, and (12) dry whey.
A great variety of operations are employed in the dairy products
industry. For simplification, they are considered to be a chain of
operations involving: (1) receiving and storing, (2) clarifying, (3)
separating, (4) pasteurizing, and (5) packaging.
Receiving and storing of raw materials is conducted by using bulk
carriers, pumps, and refrigerated tanks. Clarifying is the removal of
suspended matter by centrifuging. Separating is the removal of cream by
centrifuging. Pasteurizing is accomplished by passing the material through
a unit where it is rapidly heated then cooled by contact with heated and
cooled plates or tubes. Packaging involves the final handling of the
finished product prior to storage.
Pollutants and Sources
Materials are lost during direct processing of raw materials into
finished products and 'from ancillary operations. The former group consists
of milk, milk products, and nondairy ingredients (sugar, fruits, nuts,
etc.), while the latter consists of cleaners and sanitizers used in
cleaning equipment and lubricants used in certain handling equipment. All
of these contribute to the release of organic materials, which appear as
high BOD and suspended solids in the process water. Phosphorus, nitrogen,
chlorides, heat, and dairy fat can also be found.
W8.5-1
-------
The major sources of wastes in the dairy products processing
industry are the following: (1) the washing and cleaning out of product
remaining in tanks and piping which is performed routinely after every
processing cycle, (2) the spillage produced by leaks, overflow,
freezing-on, boiling-over and careless handling, (3) processing losses, (<
the wastage of spoiled products, returned products, or by-products such a:
whey, and (5) the detergents used in the washing and sanitizing solutions
The primary waste materials that are discharged to the waste
streams in practically all dairy plants include: (1) milk and milk
products received as raw materials, (2) milk products handled in the
process and end-products manufacture, (3) lubricants (primarily soap and
silicone-based) used in certain handling equipment, and (4) sanitary and
domestic sewage from toilets, washrooms, and kitchens. Other products,
such as nondairy ingredients (sugar, fruits, flavors, and fruit juices) a
milk by-products (whey and buttermilk) are potential waste contributors.
Control Technology and Costs
Dairy wastes are usually subjected to biological breakdown. Jh
standard practice for reducing the concentration of oxygen-demanding
materials in the wastewater has been to use secondary or biological
treatment consisting of: activated sludge, trickling filters, aerated
lagoons, stabilization ponds, or land disposal. Tertiary treatment (sand
filtration, carbon adsorption) is practically nonexistent at the present
time.
BPT consist of in-plant and end-of-pipe controls. In-plant
control includes improvement of plant maintenance, waste monitoring
equipment and quality control improvements.
End-of-pipe control includes biological treatment (activated
sludge, trickling filters, or aerated lagoons). If in-house controls are
not used, end-of-pipe biological treatment must be supplemented by rapid
sand'filtration. Small dairies may be able to meet BPT through land
disposal options.
Based on the Development and Economic Analysis documents, the
industry was modeled in terms of small, medium, and large plants in five
product sectors: (1) butter, (2) milk and cottage cheese, (3) processed
cheese, (4) ice cream, and (5) condensed evaporated milk. Treatment
technologies, costs, and estimates of existing compliance levels were
also obtained from the same documents. The estimated costs of compliance
are given in Table W8.5.1.
W8.5-2
-------
•o
c
u
3
•a
Q
1-4
a
O M
a. -: -2
— H* r«
a s i-^
cn
i^
z
J
3d
'J
Z
7* ^^
Z "••
a cn
IT ^^
r> X
'j\ a
a
cn
a.
cn
z
cn
c"
<
^
^ c4 &•
i- <
= 32
a
z
cn
—
in
^
u
_;
<
2
2
2
•<
,
^ M CJ
W8.5-3
-------
-------
Chapter U8.6 Feedlots Industry
Regulations
The feedlots point source category is comprised of two
subcategories for which BPT, BAT (old), NSPS and pretreatment have been
adopted. These standards are applicable only to large scale feedlot
operations.
Industry Characteristics
Feedlots is a term which applies to many different types of
facilities used to raise animals in a "high density" situation. For the
purpose of establishing effluent limitations guidelines, the term feedlots
has been defined by the following three conditions:
• There is a high concentration of animals held in a small area
for periods of time in conjunction with the production of
meat, milk, eggs, and/or breeding stock; and/or the stabling
of horses;
t There is transportation of feed from other areas to the
animals for consumption and;
• By virtue of the confinement of animals or poultry, the land
or area will neither sustain vegetation nor be available for
crop or forage production.
The effluent limitations guidelines issued to date (Phase I) by
the EPA cover feedlots for beef cattle, dairy cattle, swine, chickens,
turkeys, sheep, ducks, and horses. A variety of facility types are
included within the definition of feedlots. These include: open lots,
housed lots, barns with stalls, free-stall barns, slotted-floor houses,
solid concrete floor houses, a variety of poultry houses, and wet lots
containing swimming areas for ducks.
Raw materials used in the feedlots industry are feed, water, and
in some cases, bedding. The production processes are defined by the type
of facilities employed, and consist mostly of delivering supplies to the
animals and carrying away manure and litter.
Although most of the feedlots are classified as small, for many
animals the bulk of production is accounted for by the very large
producers. Although this concentration is not so dominant in some of the
other animal groups, the trend'toward larger units of production is common
to all segments of the industry.
W8.6-1
-------
•s.
Many producers have diversified into grain production for direc
marketing and production of other livestock and poultry. Some are invo1v<
in feed grain producing, feed-manufacturing, feeder-cattle producing,
and/or meat packaging.
Ownership of commercial feedlots ranges from sole-proprietorshi
to corporate farms, including co-operatives. The feedlot operator may ow
the animals being fed or, (particularly in the case of fed-cattle) may
custom-feed animals owned by others.
Projections of production capacity through 1983 for the cattle,
dairy, and hog segments of the feedlots industry anticipate that the tren
is toward fewer numbers of production units with the very large units
continuing to increase their output volume. Similar projections are not
available for the remaining segments of the feedlots industry. However,
the growth of production of major agricultural commodities for the period
1970-85 has been estimated. The percentage changes are as follows: beef
and veal (33 percent); pork (13 percent); milk (2 percent); chicken (36
percent); turkey (44 percent); eggs (10 percent); and lamb and mutton (65
percent). In all segments of the feedlots industry, it is anticipated th
the trend toward larger feedlots will continue. No substantive growth
projections are available for the duck or horse subcategories.
Pollutants and Sources
Feedlot wastewater originates from two principal sources:
• Rainfall runoff
• Flush or washdown water used to clean animal wastes from per
stalls, milk center areas, houses; runoff from continuous
overflow watering systems or similar facilities; spillages;
runoff from duck swimming areas; runoff from washing of
animals; runoff from dust control; etc.
The amount of wastewater varies considerably, depending upon tf
way manure, bedding, etc., are stored and handled; in the outdoor feedlo'
rainfall and soil characteristics determine wastewater characteristics.
Animal Feedlot wastes generally include the following pollutan'
Bedding or litter (jf used) and animal hair or feathers
Watering- and milling-center wastes
Spilled feed
Undigested and partially digested food or feed additives
Digestive juices
Biological products of metabolism
Micro-organisms from the digestive tract
Cells and cell debris from the digestive tract
Residual soil and sand.
W8.6-2
-------
The primary discharge constituents of concern for pollution
control can be described as organic soils, nutrients, salts, and bacterial
contaminants. The following specific pollutant parameters have been
identified as being of particular importance: BOD-, COD, fecal coliform,
total suspended solids, phosphorus, ammonia and otner nitrogen forms, and
dissolved solids.
With the exception of the duck feedlot subcategory, the EPA has
concluded that animal feedlots can achieve a BPT level of waste control
which prevents the discharge of any wastes into waterways, except for
overflows due to excessive rainfall or similar unusual climatic events (a
10-year, 24-hour storm as defined by the National Weather Service). The
effluent limitations for discharges from duck feedlots have been set at 0.9
kilogram (2 pounds) of BOD5 per day for every 1,000 ducks being fed, and a
total viable coliform count less than that recommended by the National
Technical Advisory Committee for shellfish-producing waters, which is 400
fecal coliform per 100 milliliters. The effluent limitations guidelines
for all subcategories effective July 1, 1984 (BAT), and for all new sources
(NSPS) are no discharge of wastewater pollutants, except for overflows due
to rainfalls in excess of the 25-year, 24-hour storm (as defined by the
National Weather Service).
Control Technology
In-process technologies used for the control of wastewaters from
animal feedlots include: site selection, selection of production methods,
water utilization practices, feed formulation and utilization, bedding and
litter utilization, and housekeeping procedures. All of these are
important in minimizing wastewater flow and pollutants.
The various technologies available for end-of-process treatment
may be classified as either partial or complete. Partial technologies are
defined as those that produce a product or products which are neither sold
or completely utilized on the feedlot. Thus, gasification and incineration
of manure are considered partial technologies because each generates a
significant quantity of ash that must be disposed of. Lagoons, trickling
filters, and other biological systems are classified as partial
technologies because the effluent may not be suitable for discharge, and,
in all cases sludge disposal is necessary. Complete treatment technologies
produce a marketable product or a product that can be entirely reused at
the feedlot, and which has no appreciable by-products, residues, or
polluted water discharge. The dehydration and sale of manure, for example,
is a complete technology. Spreading animal wastes on land for crop
fertilization is also a complete control technology.
The 1977 BPT guidelines for all animal feedlots (except those for
ducks), the 1984 BAT, and the NSPS guidelines all assume the use of
complete control technology. The BPT guidelines are based on the
containment of all contaminated liquid runoff and the application of these
liquids, as well as the generated solid wastes, to productive cropland at a
rate which will provide moisture and nutrients that can be utilized by the
crops. Technologies applicable to BAT guidelines include some of the
W8.6-3
-------
complete technologies, such as wastelage (addition of waste products to
feed), oxidation ditch mixed liquor refeed, and the recycling of wet-lot
water for ducks, which are not yet fully available for general use. The
BPT guidelines for duck feedlots require the equivalent of primary
settling, aeration, secondary settling, and chlorination prior to
discharge.
Costing Methodology
The costs of compliance were estimated using an industry model
based on separate costing sectors for each of the regulatory subcategories
(beef, ducks, etc). Plant sizes and numbers were derived from data in the
Development and Economic Analysis Documents supplemented by other data
sources.
Comprehensive and reliable data were not available on the numbe
of feedlots that will require construction of pollution control facilities
to meet the effluent limitations guidelines. It is generally accepted th<
housed (total confinement) and pasture operations can generally meet the
guidelines without new investment or operating cost outlays.
Furthermore, open or partially open feedlots may be situated so
that they are not point-source dischargers. Finally, some feedlots have
already installed control facilities which meet the guidelines'
requirements. Control costs were developed from the cost functions of
model plants and are summarized in Table W8.6.1.
W8.6-4
-------
o
av
I
O
ao
O O —i
r- o ™ o O
r- o ™ o o
o
ai
CO
o
o
m
3>
LS/PRETRUAT
NS
x a en in
a z a, ai
^
r-
O
en
en
O
CJ
_;
-------
-------
Chapter W8.7 Meat Products Processing
Regulations
The costs discussed in this chapter are associated with the
regulations as originally promulgated. BAT regulations for the industry
are currently under review by EPA; the costs for compliance with BAT are
subject to change if the BAT regulations are modified.
Meat Packing (Phase I)
Industry Characteristics. A total of 90 percent of the
industry's production is accounted for by 15 percent of the plants.
Although the total number of plants in the Development Document
slaughterhouse and packinghouse categories is only 793, it was assumed that
these plants produce 90 percent of the output, and that locker plants (very
small meat packing plants that slaughter animals and may produce processed
meat products which are usually stored in frozen form) account for the
remaining 10 percent.
The meat processing industry comprises four subcategories:
simple slaughterhouse, complex slaughterhouse, low-processing packinghouse,
and high-processing packinghouse. The plants in this industry range from
those that carry out only one operation, such as slaughtering, to plants
that also carry out commercial meat processing.
Simple slaughterhouses have very limited by-product processing
.and usually no more than two other operations such as: rendering, paunch
and viscera handling, blood processing, or hide processing. Complex
slaughterhouses carry out extensive by-product processing with at least
three of the aforementioned operations. Low-processing packinghouses
process only animals killed at the plant; normally they process less than
the total kill. High-processing packinghouses process both animals
slaughtered at the site and additional carcasses from outside sources.
Factors serving to restrain potential growth of the American meat
packing industry include higher meat prices, removal of import quotas, and
the availability of synthetic (soybean protein) substitutes. The trend is
for any new plants to be larger and more specialized (such as large beef or
pork slaughterhouses) and to be located closer to the animal supply
(movement from urban to rural areas).
Pollutants and Sources. Wastewaters from slaughterhouses and
packinghouses contain organic matter including grease, suspended solids,
and inorganic materials such as phosphates, nitrates, and salt. These
materials enter the waste stream as blood, meat and fatty tissue, meat
extracts, paunch contents, bedding, manure, hair, dirt, curing and pickling
solutions, preservatives, and alkaline detergents.
W8.7-1
-------
Water is used in the meat processing industry to cleanse produc
and to remove unwanted material. The primary operations where wastewater
originates are: animal holding pen operations (waste from water troughs,
washdown, and liquid wastes), slaughtering (killing, blood processing,
viscera handling and offal washing, and hide processing), and clean-up.
The basic parameters used to define waste characteristics are
BOD, suspended solids, grease, and ammonia (NSPS and BAT). The total
number of municipal dischargers is 70 percent of the number of plants. T
average wastewater flows for simple slaughterhouse, complex slaughterous
low-process packinghouse, and high-process packinghouse are 1.17, 4,35,
3.41 and 4.54 million liters (0.31, 1.15, 0.90, 1.2 million gallons)
respectively per day. About 70-75 percent'of the total wastewater volume
is discharged to municipal systems.
Control Technology and Costs. Current end-of-pipe treatment fo
direct dischargers assumes that all plants have in-plant controls for
primary treatment, and a secondary treatment system employing anaerobic a
aerobic lagoons. Dissolved air flotation is used for primary treatment,
either alone or with screens; however, 30 percent of the plants use a cat
basin. Since a small percentage of the industry have more advanced
secondary treatment systems (such as activated sludge, trickling filters,
or spray irrigation) and a small percentage of meat packers have no waste
treatment beyond primary treatment, it can be assumed that the typical
plant today is characterized by primary treatment plus anaerobic and
aerobic lagoons.
Best Practicable Technology consists of end-of-pipe treatment
represented by anaerobic-plus-aerated lagoons and aerated lagoons with
efficient solid-liquid separation. Disinfection by chlorination is also
required. Land disposal, when available, may be an economical option,
especially for small plants. End-of-pipe treatment is assumed to be
preceded by in-plant controls; these are: reduction of water use through
shut-off valves, extensive dry cleaning, use of gravity catch basins, blo>
recovery, and dry dumping of paunch waste. NSPS are the same as BPT with
an additional requirement for control of ammonia.
In addition to BPT, Best Available Technology suggests chemical
additions prior to dissolved air flotation, nitrification-denitrification
(or ammonia stripping), and sand filtration following secondary treatment
Meat Products (Phase II) -
Red Meat Products
Industry Characteristics. Plants have been classified by size'
according to the production of finished product. A small processor
produces less than 2,720 kilograms (6,000 pounds) per day while a large
processor produces in excess of that amount. Large processors are furthe
divided into the following product-mix categories: meat cutter, sausage
and luncheon meat processor, ham processor, and canned meat processor.
W8.7-2
-------
Production processes for subcategories in this segment of the red
meat industry are varied but most often include: receiving and storage;
boning and sizing; cooking, preserving, and other preparing of finished
products; packaging; and finished product storing and shipping.
Pollutants and Sources. Wastewaters from meat processing plants
contain organic matter, suspended solids and inorganic materials, such as
phosphates, nitrates, nitrites, and salt. These materials enter the
wastestream as meat and fatty tissues, grease, meat juices, product spil.ls,
curing and pickling solutions, preservatives, and detergents. In order to
define waste characteristics, the following basic parameters were used to
develop guidelines for meeting BPT and BAT: five-day biochemical oxygen
demand (BOD5), total suspended solids (TSS), oil and grease, and fecal
coliforms.
The wastes from the meat products industry contain compatible
pollutants. There is no evidence that toxic pollutants as defined in
the EPA toxic pollutant effluent standards are present in the wastewaters
from any of the meat products industry subcategories.
Control Technology and Costs. Waste treatment practices in the
meat processing industry vary widely according to the age, size, and
location of plants. Many now use primary treatment (including screening
and catch basins) for waste material recovery. Where secondary wastewater
treatment is practiced, anaerobic processes are commonly employed, followed
by a trickling filter, aerated lagoon, or activated sludge process. BPT
guidelines for large plants discharging to waterways call for a major
removal of BOD,-, TSS, and grease through installation of primary treatment
(screening, equalization, dissolved air flotation) followed by secondary
biological treatment, such as activated sludge or extended aeration
combined with a facultative lagoon and disinfection. EPA assumed that BPT
investment for existing plants was limited to chlorination equipment. BAT
guidelines project a further reduction in BODg, TSS, and oil and grease by
means of filtration. In-plant controls for reduction in wastewater volumes
are also assessed. Septic tanks are considered to provide BPT and BAT for
small processors.
The Meat Packing (Phase I) and Red Meat Products (Phase II)
categories were combined for the estimation of control costs.
Meat Processing (Phase II) -
Poultry Processfng"
Industry Characteristics. The size of a model plant is
determined by the number of birds processed per day. Large plants may
process in excess of 120,000 birds in a single day.
This segment of the meat products industry has been divided into
the following subcategories: Chicken processor, Turkey processor, Fowl
processor (mature chickens, geese, and capons), Duck processor, and Further
processor (no slaughtering).
W8.7-3
-------
The production processes for poultry processing include:
receiving birds; killing; bleeding, defeathering including scalding,
picking, singeing and washing; eviscerating, including viscera removal,
giblet processing, and carcass washing; weighing, grading, packaging, and
chilling; and shipping. These steps with minor variations, are used in t
processing of chickens, turkeys, fowl, and ducks.
"Further Processing" includes these poultry plants that conduct
further processing of poultry products only, but do no on-site slaughter.
Further processing of poultry products (chickens, fowl, turkeys, or ducks
includes the following steps: receiving and storage; thawing; cut-up
operations; cooking; battering and breading; cooking; freezing and
packaging; and cold storing; or alternatively, after receiving and storag>
thawing; boning; dicing, grinding, and chopping; mixing and blending;
stuffing or canning; cooking; final product preparing; freezing and
^ v*u i i i i ty u i wui m t 11^ ) v*uw rs, t 11
packaging; and cold storing
The compound annual growth rate over the period 1973 to 1980 ha1
been estimated at between 4.9 and 5.6 percent.
Pollutants and Sources. Materials are generated through direct
processing of raw materials into finished products and from ancillary
operations. The former group consists of blood, viscera, fat, and flesh
scraps, while the latter consists of cleaners and sanitizers used in
cleaning equipment and lubricants used in certain handling equipment. Al
of these contribute to the release of organic materials, which exert a hi
BOD and elevate the oil, grease and suspended solids levels in the proces
water. Phosphorus, nitrogen, and chlorides can also be found.
The most significant single waste source in the poultry product
processing industry is blood from the walls of the blood tunnel which is
washed into sewers.
The following basic parameters were used to define waste
characteristics and to develop guidelines for meeting 8PT: BOD5, total
suspended solids, oil and grease, fecal coliforms, and pH. Poultry
industry subcategories wastes contain compatible pollutants as defined by
EPA Pretreatment Standards, hence pretreatment is not required.
Furthermore, no toxic materials as defined in the Toxic Pollutants Efflue
Standards are present in wastes from this industry.
Control Technology and Costs. Poultry wastes are usually
amenable to biological breakdown.FTew plants in various subcategories
this industry are currently meeting the BPT limitations promulgated by EP
Most plants in all subcategories either discharge to municipal treatment
systems or utilize some form of secondary biological treatment. Either a
three-lagoon system or an activated sludge system, both followed by
chlorination, are suitable alternatives for meeting BPT limitations
provided that in-plant grease and solids recovery are practiced. Spray
irrigation (land application) is practiced by a few plants. The sale of
crops grown on the irrigated acreage can help defray the costs of the lar
W8.7-4
-------
To meet BAT limitations, most plants in all subcategories will
require, in addition to the BPT requirements, in-plant water conservation
practices, dissolved air flotation with pH control and chemical
flocculation for oil and grease removal, an ammonia control process, and a
final sand filter or microstrainer.
Control costs were estimated for the Poultry Processing category
(Phase II).
Meat Products (Phase II) - Renderers
Industry Characteristics. Independent rendering resulting in
inedible products is distinguished from on-site rendering (slaughterhouse
or packinghouse) producing edible (lard) products.
Independent rendering plants range in size from very small plants
having only one to four employees and a value of shipments of about
$150,000 to large plants hiring in excess of 100 employees and having
annual sales of $12 million. Average size plants, according to EPA, employ
23 persons and have annual sales of about $1.5 million. For purposes of
pollution control costing, three plant size are used—1-9 employees, 10-49
employees, and 50 and more employees.
A single product-related subcategory has been deemed adequate to
represent the activities and the pollutants of this industry.
The production steps in independent inedible rendering are as
follows:
Raw material recovery
Crushing and grinding
Cooling and moisture removal
Liquid-solid separation
•Grease clarifying, storing, and shipping
Meal grinding and screening
Blending
Meal storing and shipping
Hide curing.
Variations in the overall rendering process occur depending on
whether batch or continuous systems are used.
Pollutants and Sources. Rendering is a process to convert animal
products, by heating, into fats, oils, and proteinaceous solids. A variety
of waste meat products including fat trimmings, meat scraps, feathers,
offal, bone, and whole carcasses are processed continuously or in batches.
The raw material is crushed, then cooked under pressure as required. Fats
and oils are allowed to drain off, and the solid material remaining is
pressed, ground, and screened to prove a protein-bone meal mixture. Tallow
and greases are separated. The large amounts of moisture released in
cooking are collected by condensation. Plants which process a large number
of dead animals may include facilities for hide curing.
W8.7-5
-------
The principal operations and processes in rendering plants wher«
wastewater originates are raw material receiving, condensing cooking
vapors, plant cleanup, and truck and barrel washing. Wastewaters from
rendering plants contain organic matter, suspended solids, and inorganic
materials, such as phosphates, nitrates, nitrites, and salt. These
materials enter the wastestream as blood, meat and fatty tissues, body
fluids, hair, dirt, manure, tallow and grease, meal products, detergents,
and hide curing solutions (where used).
The wastes from all subcategories in the meat products industry
contain compatible pollutants. There is no evidence that~toxic• pollutant:
as defined in the EPA toxic pollutant effluent standards are present in t
wastewaters from any of the meat products industry subcategories.
In order to define waste characteristics, the following basic
parameters were used to develop guidelines for meeting BPT and BAT:
five-day biochemical oxygen demand (BOD,-), total suspended solids (TSS),
oil and grease, pH, fecal coliform, and ammonia.
Control Technology and Costs. Wastes in the independent
rendering industry are amenable to biological treatment. Off-site
rendering plants are divided nearly evenly between those which discharge
municipal sewer systems and those which treat their wastes. Of the latte
group, half achieve no discharge of pollutants by means of spray irrigati
or ponding. The treatment technology is essentially the same as for meat
processors. BPT guidelines for plants discharging to waterways call for ,
major removal of BODr, TSS, grease, and fecal coliform bacteria through
installation of primary treatment (equalization, screening, dissolved air
flotation, and disinfection). Next is secondary biological treatment, su
as activated sludge or extended aeration combined with a facultative lago
and disinfection. BAT criteria call for further reductions in BOD,-, TSS,
and grease, to be achieved by sand filtration; ammonia control is also
mandated. In-plant controls for reduction in wastewater volume are also
assumed. New source performance standards are the same as BPT for existi
plants with the addition of ammonia limitations.
Control Costs—Meat Packing Industry
Table W8.7.1 shows combined control costs for all sectors of th
Meat Products Processing Industry.
W8.7-6
-------
o
en
I
n en in o o
o rsi ^o o o
CN ft VO
oo
en
Cn
«!•
r- ^
m o o o
^O m CO O O
03 en m
in e? ^D
o m —< o o
in oo o o o
r» o in o o r*^
o in CN o o en
*r m o
o m IN o o
CO
3
0)
in r~
rf O P> O O
CM
ON
ao r-
m o m o o
vn
en
o co o o r—
r? o co o O
=0 o m o o
f> in
en
o
CO
en
O 03 IN O O
r-
en
-D
33
en
en
O
cj
O en —
OS OS 0,
IdH
u o
z o
O Ct4 <
M O J
r" O4
3 en
•4 Z Z
J O ^
o *-*
CU J M
J <
ct M E-.
Ed S M
8-> -
< Z <
3w cj
en
z
j
•J
2;
E* M
Z EI 5-
Cd en Cu
2 1-1 m
5- X
en Cd
Cd
^
Z
pH
en
a.
en E-
z <
— u
en cc
E- E-
Z Cd
< a
- a.
6- a, •>.
< en en
ca 3 cd z
cd en en
Z 04 Cu
< en
E^ E-i
5!
u a.
en a co
9- Cd Z
en N 1-1
O M =-. E-
U J en Cu
j «; M a
z <
— Cd
en ix
i- E-
Z Cd
«e a
•— &
5^ cu ^.
< 71 en
a 3 cd z
Cd en en
Z CU Cu
en
z
5
Cu
CJ
z
M
E-1 J-
en cu
j — a
«£ X
E-i Z M
O
~t +•
0
en
Cu
en E-
z <
— Cd
en ix
E- E^
Z Cd
^ Cfi
» Cu
E-t cu ^*
< en en
03 3 Cd Z
Cd en en
z a. a.
S
O
+
_3
^
r-
>H
Cu
<
r^j
^
«e J
E-* «c
O 3
5- Z
Z
<
en
en
0
u
^
<
3
z
z
-j
<
W8.7-7
-------
-------
Chapter W8.8. Leather Tanning and Finishing Industry
Regulations
Effluent limitations and standards applicable to the leather
tanning and finishing industry were proposed in Federal Register, Vol. 44,
No. 128, July 2, 1979. As a result of comments received from the industry,
EPA reviewed the entire database and all documentation supporting the
rulemaking; it also conducted a program to acquire supplemental data during
and after the comment period. Regulations were promulgated by EPA in
Federal Register, Vol. 47, No. 226, November 23, 1982, which supercede all
previously promulgated BPT and BAT limitations and NSPS, PSES and PSNS.
Industry Characteristics
The Leather Tanning and Finishing Industry (SIC 3111) comprises
establishments primarily engaged in tanning, currying, and finishing hides
and skins into leather. It includes two types of tanneries: regular and
contract. The regular tanneries, which account for about 70 percent of the
establishments in the industry, process purchased hides for shipment (or
sale) to other industries. The contract tanneries, which are generally the
smaller plants, process raw materials owned by others on a fee basis. Both
types of tanneries generate' significant amounts of effluent and are covered
by the proposed regulations on effluent guidelines. In addition to the
tanneries, the industry also includes a small number (less than ten percent
of the industry) of converters, who buy hides and skins for processing by
others on a contract basis. These are nomially small nonmanufacturing
agencies which do not fall within the purview of the regulations.
The 1977 Census of Manufactures indicates that there were a total
of 465 establishments in the industry, 315 regular tanneries, 107 contract
tanneries, and 43 converters. EPA sponsored surveys of the industry
revealed that only 158 of the 422 tanneries (regular and contract) were
generating any significant levels of waste water. The remaining
establishments classified as tanneries were either small nonmanufacturing
agencies or small plants involved in dry-finishing, only.
The 158 tanneries are subcategorized into nine subcategories as
listed below. The'first seven were identified in the proposed regulations.
The eighth and ninth subcategories were established in the recent
regulations.
W8.8-1
-------
Number of
Subcategory , tanneries
1. Hair pulp/chrome tan/retan-wet finish 1TI
2. Hair save/chrome tan/retan-wet finish 7
3. Hair save/non-chrome tan/retan-wet finish 13
4. Retan-wet finish-sides 16
5. No beamhouse 24
6. Through-the-blue 13
7. Shearling 8
8. Pigskin 2
9. Retan-wet finish-splits 14
Total 138
Production in the industry reached a peak in 1965 with total
shipments of 33.1 million equivalent units of cattle hide. Since then,
production has been declining; although, the level has remained, relative
stable over the past five years. Shipments in 1981 amounted to 19.5
million cattle hides. The value of shipments (in current dollars) in 198
was $1.0 billion and increased to $2.2 billion in 1981.
Pollutants and Sources
There are three major groups of standard processing steps
required to manufacture leather:
1. Beamhouse processes in which hides or skins are washed and
soaked and attached hair is removed;
2. Tanyard processes in which the proteinaceous matter in the
hides or skins reacts with and is stabilized by the tanning
agent, primarily trivalent chromium; and
3. Retanning and wet finishing processes in which further tanni
is accomplished by chemical agents; color is imparted by dye
lubrication is affected by natural and synthetic fats and
oils; and related finishing steps are completed to dry the
leather, correct surface irregularities, and apply surface
coatings.
The leather making processes are highly water dependent. Large
quantities of water are used in the leather tanning and finishing industr
for the following purposes:
1. For soaking.and washing unprocessed hides -or skins;
2. As a medium for dissolving chemicals needed for the treatmen
of hides or skins;
3. As a carrier for dyes and pigments, which impart the desirec
color to the final product; and
4. For cleaning processing areas and equipment.
W8.8-2
-------
As indicated above, water is essential to leather-making and is
used in virtually all leather-making processes. Various chemical reagents,
chemicals, preservatives, biocides, coloring pigments, and solvents are
also integral to leathermaking. Characteristics of the wastewater
effluents discharged by tanneries vary depending upon the mix of production
processes at a given plant. General wastewater constituents, which
contribute to numerous problems for POTW and industrial treatment
facilities, include large pieces of scrap hide and leather and excessive
quantities of hair and other solids that clog or foul operating equipment
and cause fluctuations in wastewater flow and pH. The wastewater contains
high levels of suspended and settleable solids, biodegradable organic
matter, and significant quantities of toxic pollutants.
The most important pollutant or pollutant parameters to the
leather tanning and finishing industry are:
1. Toxic pollutants—trivalent chromium, lead, zinc, cyanide,
phenol, substituted phenols, dichlorobenzenes, maphthalene,
benzene, chloroform, ethyl benzene, and toluene;
2. Conventional pollutants—BOD, TSS, pH, and oil and grease; and
3. Non-conventional pollutants—ammonia, total kjeldahl nitrogen
(TKN), sulfide and COD.
These and other chemical constituents contribute to odors,
facility corrosion, hazardous gas generation, and problems in treatment
plant performance and disposal of sludges containing chromium and other
toxic pollutants. Table W8.8.1 lists the major pollutants generated by the
leather tanning and finishing industry and the processes which generate
them.
Control Technologies
The control technologies costed in this analysis are based on the
regulations promulgated in the Federal Register of November 23, 1982.
These regulations specify effluent limitations for BPT, BCT, BAT, and NSPS
for direct dischargers and PSES and PSNS for indirect dischargers.
BPT. The control technology selected for compliance with BPT
effluent limitations is extended aeration activated sludge biological
treatment, including coagulation-sedimentation with equalization.
The pollutant parameters regulated by BPT are BOD, TSS, oil and
grease, total chromium and pH.
BAT. Equals BPT.
NSPS. The control technology required for compliance with New
Source Performance Standards (NSPS) is the same as that for BAT (BPT)
described above. The pollutants controlled are also the same as those for
BPT listed above.
W8.8-3
-------
CO
CO
CO
CO
0)
(J
0
s-
Q.
O>
C
.c
CO
c
•f—
»+-
^5
C
ro
en
c
•r_
c
c
-2
s-
CO
.c
4->
CO
co
T3
0)
s_
0)
c
CO
01
(/)
^J
c
ft3
2
p"^
o
Q.
s_
o
*' ,)
s:
I— 1
«'
CO
2
CO
O1
C
•*~
CO
CO
O
0
a.
i_ CO
o -u
ai
+J E
C ro
•2
o c
a. fo
4_>
S- 3
O •—
'O O
s a.
•a
fO •
4J Oj
!_ -t-
4->
0
O1
T3 rO
CO ^
CO O
3 4"^
en
CO
S- C
ro CO
J=
^— 4—J
o 01
c s=
CO
o +->
O 0
•i— ro
CQ -Q
f— i
CO
CO
•a
•^
.e
<4«
O co
CO •»-
C
t/} TO
i—4
f—
0
c
CO
a.
-a
"O C
•o -i-
c
CO •(-> 4J
••- c
co .C O O
^£ -M
*-> C -C -t->
0) -1- +J C
£ S- C CO
O 3 >, 01
to -a to «
CM cr>
CT
c
•r"
C
c
ft}
-tJ
CO
E
c s-
fHB ^J
J^ 1
O C
•«- o
CM cn
s-
r_
o
0
0
•a
CO
CO
3
CO
ia
i—
Q
g*
CO
a.
01
c
>^>
c
•1—
> CO
a •—
^'
C
• 1—
^
Q
/—
o
^J
^"
c
••- >> >>
CO r— S_
CO CO +->
CO > co
O , -i-3
O co -O
i" C C
O. CO •»••
4J
CO X O1
•i- CO C
^ *^~
+j -a c
0) C
en co to
C ' 3 -M
i- CO i-
3 S_ CO
4-J
"O CO (ti
CO "O CO
"O C r—
T3 3
0.-=
CO E 4->
i- O
3
co E O
•f- • S3
u a. o o
O CO 1- S-
•<-+-> .c _c
CQ CO O 4-J
Lf) ^H
CT
C
O1 •!-
C C
•i- C
4- rO
3
cr co
•^ E
^^ O
4^ g—
ro f~
t i t _t
en ^<
E
3
E
O
S-
.c
<— >
c: co •
•3 § E
3 <— O
IH "^ "*"
O 4->
Q. • C
>, CO
0 S- -—
••- 4J n3
X co >
O 3 •*"
4^ "^ ^
C *->
4J -f-
c ai
CO co ^^
r— -r- 4->
rtj J=
> 4-> C
CO f
i. <+-
g^ O "O
CO
CO S- 3
O CO
£ 4J CO
QJ 3 ^0
_g" ^
4J ^J Ul
wl "O
v^ (T5 C
•r* 3 3
o
£ c a.
£ T3 U
o c
S- 3 •—
-C O i—
U ci_ (O
01
.jE
c
c™
flg
4kj
CO
o**
CM
0
4-> CO
= +J
CO
Q} 1™»
J= O
4-) CO
J2
C O
•f"»
_ >»
3 T
•i^ (O
E co
O C
s-
•C CO
U •<-
+-> CO
C CO
CO CO
1—
O =
co 4^
CO ro
rs ja
01
.^
c
(T3
4->
4^
C
rO
C
co
f1mm
S
3
^
O
i.
J=.
O •
+J CO
C CO
O) 3
'fl 4->
•t- CO
s- en
1— «
o
3 '
CO
co
CO
c -
ro .
4-J
CO
fi
3
CO
CO
•a •
'»— • CO
f— ^
3
CO C
3 2
CO =
C "O
rO C
^ ro
4->
X "
CO "O
o
£ 0
o —
M-
n
-O 4J
> •!—
•r- -a
s.
CO CO
Q ro
»—4
-C
co
ro
2
C
**/
ffl
O
f— 4
a
o
CO
•
5_
*f~
(O
^
—
TD
QJ
a.
r^
3
o
•
s-
o
-a
>
f— •
o
CO
CO
•r-
-^
E
O
s-
M-
-o
>
«^-
S-
co
Q
CM
CTJ
.£E
S_
•TH*
rO
f~
c
•^
CM
,_
ro
-a
•^•»
(/I
^
Sta CJ
*f"
£ -u
0 >,
M- 'o
S-
-O T3
flj >^
> -C
•^
S» £
CO O
•a t.
'4—
CO
•«- T3
c
-C ra
o
•1— C/J
-^ f—
J* (^
u
(T3 -f-
,f £
d OJ
O £
= o
c
£ ••-
0 4->
S- ro
U. JD
CD
O>
C
4.J
rO
.•ys
on
W8.8-4
-------
to
4J
c
co
i
E
O
*— -S
13
CO
3
C
•f"
-M
C
O
0
f— «
oo •
CO
(U
r— Q.
f*i QJ
ro +->
i— to
O^
C
•^
(/I
l/>
OJ
o
o
CL.
S-
i. CO
O 4->
CO
•(-> E
C 03
ro S.
•4—* (Q
3 Q.
'o c
CL (O
4^
S- 3
O •—
ro O
S CL
f
U
3
to
I/I
(U
u
c
4-)
to
3
C/l
*f™
•f- -a
s-
CO 10
r""* (O
r"H
r";
I/I
H3
2
•o
C
(O
^
03
O
^*
Q
O
0
lO
en
ro
(^
^
13
CM
I/I
10
^j
O
CL
O
C
ra
en
S-
o
•1—
•o
c
ro
t03
o o o a>>4->-O'r-rac:
i- 1- i. ••— ai m 4- i- ni o -i—
CL O. CL S- U C 03 Ol E +->
O) C >)•<-> O (— C
U U O CrOOJCroGOrOO
•>— T- -i— c +J -C ra E ^- <— J
C S. C (Q J3 0) • C
en en en 3co"OcnT3-t-
t- V- ^ C^UdraCOE
O O O -i— rOfOCOcO
C C C .* >,.— i. ro 4-
•r— T— •<— 10 4-> CL cu cn.o o
en -M co to
"O "^ "^ •»— (O ^ 3 ^D CO 4^
C C C CLM-OCf— C
ra ra H3 10 O^lroj23
C 13 "O 4J E ro O
O O O T- C CU ra r— 4-> E
•i- T- -i- c: ra +J i. aj •-- co ra
c c c c rocj-aocn
(O ro ro ra £— <— <^* CO *••""•
en en en +-> -i— co 4-> co aj > ,—
S- • i_ • i- • ^^ 1- 03 -— ^: ro
Oio oin oto co co co-t->-Mi_E
I— I — I— I— CL"Or— Ol/l
X ra X ro X (O o CO C C *4—
COO COO COO ro CO ro CO •<- O i— >,
i— -r- , -r- I— "f- 4-> .C .C (0 i-
CLS CLE Q-S -CO in tn i/i4->4J+JECo
Eco Eco EOJ en co r— i/ito-r->
O-C O^= O-C CO >» 4-J -<-OOOC
OU CJO OU > Q < O4->i — Srara
^ LO **O P^» CO *-H CM
en
c
c
en c
C ro
••- -M en
c c
c co en -r-
03 en E c 5_
en +-> c o en •»- o
c ••- s- c to 3
•i— co c j; T- ra cr
i — E c o i-
•r— JS CO O O D O3
Q_ f_1 Q^ 2Z c__1 O ' '
^- LO ^O 1 — CO •— 1 CM
CO
I/)
03
0)
i-
o3
r-*
>r.
o
W8.8-5
-------
^
,*~^
-o
0)
3
C
O
I— 1
«
CO
*
CO
0)
^J
03
1—
to
4->
C
d)
o
r ~\
9
a.
co
4-J
1/1
05
C
•^
to
to
O)
O
o
^
Q-
s-
S- 0)
o +->
"c 1
ro S-
3 Q.
'o c
Q. ro
4"J
i. 3
O i—
ra O
2: a-
•
ai
3
rO
E
•a
c
M
>,j
''O
^_
u
*
•4-*
r~
•^»
l/l
^
•o
c
rO
to
to
0)
-a
^_
0
c
1— 1
1— 1
N^
rO
o
to
TJ
^
rO
r*
(/)
03
,—i
00
1—
CO
a>
•a
u
•t—
t—
f~
rO
4^
0}
gs
O
C
ra
Ol
i_
o
c
QJ -r-
to
• ra I/I
to ai 4->
a. s_ c
ro O) CO
i- E S 3
O ~<3 3 3 4-J
(/) C -f- 'I— •!—
ro E E 4->
a> i- o o to
-a i— •»- s- s- c
•.- ••- ra -G -C O
Z O 3: 0 0 O
csj ro ^f LO <*o P""*
01
c
•r™
to
CD
r^
<4- O>
CI
"T3 *r™
c c
us 01 c
c 01 ra 01
CTI -r- C 4-> C Ol
C 00 •<- -~- C
•r- 03 S- <1J C •<-
£ -C 4. 4-> i —
S- 0) C -C CU 0
H™ O O t— 3 O£ CJ
CM ro <• in to r-.
.
O)
to
03
to C
^3 ro
•r~ 4«J
i— 3
0 f—
O
"O Q.
0)
T3 O
C -f-
O) C
a. ro
to CT
3 i-
oo o
01
t/1
O!
I/)
LO
OJ
u
0
s_
a.
to
3
O
i^
fT3
=*
w
en s_
C O)
•1- >
C (U
C tO
ro
4-> S
O
" S-
tO H—
1)
jz a>
to c
•^ *f*~
C E
•<- o
<4- U
^3 i—
C i—
rO rO
to to
O) O)
>^ ^3
T3 -i-
U
4- 0
O -r-
^
to
4-j -a
c c
O> ro
3
4-> «
•i— tO
4-> 4->
to £
C 0)
O O)
U ^
^,
I*1™
•t- 0)
2 3
^3
y^
C >•}
O •»->
•i— •*—
4.) £
rO ••-
1_ r-
O
X
O) O)
>
ra 0)
j: >
ro
f~ r-
^j
•r- >)
-C r-
2 -Q
!/) *^
4-> i-
C ro
• ro >
i — SZ
Q- •--
^
Ol
C
>t^
s_
.^
rO
.C
g^
=
1—1
a.
•
^
>^M
r—
4—
o
1/1
GJ
•r-
4->
•r"
4-1
C
rO
3
cr
0)
01
s_
tJ
r—
t^—
O
0)
(J
c
0)
to
0)
i_
a.
,
E
ro
O)
^^
t/i
a;
4-J
t/1
^
2
O
«f-»
-o
(J
ro
C
ra
c/1
T3
(—
OJ
•r—
>^
Q.
CO
^J
(/)
t/1
•r"
^
i—
CM
ai
c
•4-J
^O
GQ
C\J
•
, •
E •
ro •
0) •
i- -o
4-> 0)
tr> 3
C
co *'1™"
i > } <
to C
ro O
2 *•— ^
o
•r—
-o
•r*
U
rO
C
ro
i/l
•o
r^
^
a.
0)
4->
to
to
• r~
f^
1—
ro
01
c
• pv
,-w
-ii
o
a.
ro
W8.8-6
-------
,— -N
-o
ITJ
3 Q.
r—
i — -I-J
O C
CL 03
S- 3
o -—
fO O
S 0.
in
0) •!- T3
J= 4- .-O -C (/> C
•MO 4-> S (TJ
•M 4- rO
C C ,-!-> >iT3 O> C 1/1 S-
r— S- i- •!- in V- 0)
^ O OJ 4" ITS X CJ C
>CLCi— OJ-^-CC
•r- C 3 i— E -r- (TJ
in +•> ITJ > O) r— +•>
C C -M i- l/l ITJ
0) ftS Cj l/l ^ 1"
4^ CJ C d) QJ 32 ^™ ~^
X 'r™ •*- Ol -C f— ITJ O
QJ 4~ O ^-* 4) i~»
•r- -D 1. ^ Ol
C >)•»- U •'-•'—
m •»-•»- i: c ^r
3 if> 03 Ol •!—+->
-M O C • ITJ •«-
OK C+J-i- OJ-M 2
S- O 4J S. C
03 U in r— O) O O
•M 3 J= 0 ••-
in in in S» in o. ^
^3 Wl O) O) ^ s/1 ^^ ^^
C O) ^3 ^ i™ O ^3 O
3 (J •<- C S •>- S-
OO4-O • +J 4- •»-»
r"i i. !••• (j t*^ (Q ^« y^
S Q. 3 • 3 rrs
O 1/1 i. CO H m -4-*
O Ol OJ .C ITS
C O) •*-> 3 -M "O O
O) •«- C ITS O C
"O S» 'r— 3 ^" O ITS QJ (/I
•1™ •?"• f*™ 32 O) +•* f^ ^,
4- ITS ITS -M .a -a a>
^— ^ \^ (/I (/I T" CI 2
3 C r"* ITS ^" ITS O ITS OJ
(/") 3 ITS 3 «^ C71 ITS O in
^
<— I
,
Ol
C
s_
.,—
ITS
r*
C
=>
f
OJ
-a
•r—
*^-
3
(/I
Ol
C
•^
^J
(TJ
f~l
+J
C
O)
a.
t/)
>k
f*^
•o
0)
(TJ
^»
ai
c
a; .
01 >>
m 4 r— ••
,
r— t
Ol
C
•1**
+^
(TJ
cn
ITS
•1-*
C
o
e
*c
E
O
S.
4- •
S_
^S "r™
i— (TJ
•r- ^.
i.
ITJ in
S 3
•— o
i. 01
a. o
ITJ
•a c
> a;
• 1*m ±J
s- o
a> s-
-o a.
in -Q
•T- O)
Q.
C i—
0) 3
01 a.
o
SM» Sw
-*-> O
=: T3
OJ
u >
c 'o
-------
PSES. The treatment technology for complying with PSES is
in-plant controls, including stream segregation and water conservation,
chromium recovery and reuse, segregated stream pretreatment, including fi
screening/equalization and catalytic oxidation of beamhouse wastewater; p
control and monitoring (pH and flow) at the combined sewer discharge;
coagulation-sedimentation of tanyard wastewater; and dewatering of sludge
PSES includes control capability for sulfide and chromium.
The pollutants regulated by PSES are sulfide, total chromium, a
pH.
PSNS. The treatment technology for complying with PSNS is the
same pretreatment technology as that for PSES.
Costing Methodology
Water pollution control costs to the leather tanning and
finishing industry for compliance with effluent limitations, pretreatment
standards, and new source performance standards were developed using mode
plants of different sizes for the various industry subcategories. The
models utilized to represent the industry, their respective sizes,
capacities, and mode of discharge are shown in the Appendix. The cost
equations and model plants used in the analysis were developed from data
obtained in the Development Document. Table W8.8.2 summarizes the
compliance costs for the leather tanning and finishing industry.
W8.8-8
-------
a\ ** O v£ ^ in fn co ^
O o co <*i ^o ^ v o o o in <• ~"
en cu
>
z
S(NSPS)
REAT
1- 6-
Z U
< «
M ft.
c- a, ^~
< en en
a 3 i: z
a en en
2 0, ft.
en
6-
en
C
y
~
^ j
E- <
O 3
s- z
z
TAL COSTS
PLANTS
M
a, c
< Z
U w
5- E->
j en a.
< M a
3 X
z a
z
<
en
0,
en
Z
en
^*
2*
<
,j
&H Q,
<
a 3:
a
2
E->
Ed
Ct
CH
U
as
a.
>v.
en tn
u z
en tn
a. a.
M
<£
E-
^
E->
COSTS
PLANTS
S O
z
-a H*
=*
O en
^
J X
< cd
2
z
z
en
a.
en
z
en
E»
2
<
_:
S" E- 0,
a.
-------
-------
Chapter W9. Other Industries
This group of industries contains two point source categories:
• Pharmaceutical Manufacturing
• Hospitals
The costs developed for these two categories are summarized in
Table W9. These costs and other data, assumptions, and details are
discussed in the following subsections.
W9-1
-------
vj T e
a m ^o
a
en
I
a
en
CD SI
(N p»
oo -. en
X. M
a- u
U S- b.
= < O
6* 3
O tfl
Z
• tn O
en id M
M k>4
2Sd
r* "^
M ui r
J 3
oa a z
< Z M
(M k^ ^»
P* *•« ^
•T
03
1
on
r-
on
•^
6-
u
f-
0}
M
>
Z
»* ^M
O3
1
on
r~
en
**t
03
r»
i
aa r^ m
r- v 01
o — ^4
CN r- en
(N fN
00 rt fN
03 *£ in
• • •
(N ~* V
— (N m
•-^ «• «
^ p* rn
09 o en
fN m in
en eh
(N . M
IS 6*
e- =
05 U
3 y
a <
Z £
t/5
J
&•
5- 05
M Cd
a, — >
w < z
= r o &• >-i
c-
05
O
CJ
S £
£ . M J
£ 'J 0. - <
-------
Chapter W9.1 Pharmaceutical Manufacturing
Regulations
Interim final 8PT regulations for the Pharmaceutical
Manufacturing Point Source Category were promulgated on November 17, 1976
(41 FR 50676; 40 CFR Part 439) for five subcategories of the industry.
These BPT regulations set monthly limitations for BODc and COD based on
percent removals for all subcategories; no daily maxifnums were established
for these two parameters. The pH was set within the range 6.0 to 9.0
standard units. Average daily TSS values for any calendar month were
established for three of the five subcategories; no TSS values were
established for the remaining two subcategories. Subpart A, which is
applicable to the fermentation operations, was amended on February 4, 1977
(42 FR 6814) to improve the language referring to separable mycelia and
solvent recovery. In addition, the amendment allowed the inclusion of
spent beers (broths) in the calculation of raw waste loads for Subpart A in
those instances where the spent beer is actually in the wastewater
treatment system. These regulations were never challenged.
Regulations expanding water pollution control requirements were
proposed for the industry on November 26, 1982 (47 FR 53584). In this
round of rulemaking, efforts were directed toward amending BPT based on a
more complete data base and instituting BCT and BAT effluent limitations,
new source performance standards (NSPS), and pretreatment standards for
existing and new sources (PSES and PSNS respectively) that will result in
reasonable further progress toward the national goal of eliminating the
discharge of "classical" and toxic pollutants. The proposed regulations,
however, do not require the installation of any particular technology.
Rather, they require achievement of effluent limitations representative of
the proper application of the recommended or equivalent technologies.
Industry Characteristics
Pharmaceutical manufacturing, using many different methods and
raw materials to create a wide range of products, is one of today's more
profitable industries. Products include medicinal and feed grades of
organic chemicals having therapeutic value, whether obtained by chemical
synthesis, fermentation, extraction from naturally occurring plant or
animal substances, or refining a technical grade product. Pharmaceutical
products, processes, and activities include:
• Biological products covered by the U.S. Department of
Commerce, Bureau of the Census Standard Industrial
Classifications (SIC) Code No. 2831.
• Medicinal chemicals and botanical products covered by SIC Code
No. 2833.
• Pharmaceutical products covered by SIC Code No. 2834.
W9.1-1
-------
t All fermentation, biological and natural extraction, chemica'
synthesis, and formulation products which are considered as
pharmaceutically active ingredients by the Food and Drug
Administration, but are not covered by SIC Codes Nos. 2831,
2833, or 2834. Products of these types, such as citric acid
which are not regarded as pharmaceutically active ingredient!
are included if they are manufactured by a pharmaceutical
manufacturer with processes resulting in wastewaters closely
corresponding with those from the manufacture of
pharmaceutical products.
• Cosmetic preparations covered by SIC Code No. 2844 which
function as a skin treatment. This group of preparations do>
not include products such as lipsticks and perfumes which
serve to enhance appearance or to provide a pleasing odor an<
do not provide skin care. In general, this would also exclui
deodorants, manicure preparations, and shaving preparations
which do not primarily function as a skin treatment.
• Products with multiple end uses which are attributable to
pharmaceutical manufacturing as a final pharmaceutical
product, component of a pharmaceutical formulation, or a
pharmaceutical intermediate. Products which have
non-pharmaceutical uses may also be covered entirely by this
point source category provided that they are primarily
intended for use as a pharmaceutical.
• Pharmaceutical research includes biological, microbiological
and chemical research, product development, clinical and pil<
plant activities, but excludes farms which breed, raise and/'
hold animals for research at another site. Also excluded an
ordinary feedlot or farm operations utilizing feed which
contains pharmaceutically active ingredients.
EPA has identified 464 potential pharmaceutical facilities in t
United States and its possessions. Approximately 70 percent of the plant
with significant wastewater discharges are.located east of the Mississipp
River. Older plants are located in the Northeast and Midwest while newer
facilities tend to be located in the nation's "Sun Belt." Puerto Rico
contains almost ten percent of the total-number of pharmaceutical
facilities and is developing into a major center for pharmaceutical
manufacturing.
Pharmaceutical manufacturers use four major kinds' of
manufacturing activity in the production of their products: fermentation
biological and natural extraction, chemical synthesis, and formulation.
Over half of the pharmaceutical facilities surveyed (271) perform only
formulation, a smaller number (47) are involved only in chemical synthesi
and a total of 42 plants use both chemical synthesis and formulation. Th
remainder of the plants perform fermentation, biological, or natural
extraction, or a combination of activities.
W9.1-2
-------
Ten percent of the pharmaceutical facilities are direct
dischargers, 53 percent are indirect dischargers, 21 percent are zero
dischargers, and 16 percent utilize more than one mode of wastewater
discharge.
The industry was first subcategorized during the development of
the 1976 BPT guidelines into five product or activity areas based on
distinct differences in manufacturing processes, raw materials, products,
wastewater characteristics, and treatability. These subcategories were
defined as:
Subcategory A - Fermentation Products
Subcategory B - Biological and Natural Extraction Products
Subcategory C - Chemical Synthesis Products
Subcategory D - Fermentation Products
Subcategory E - Pharmaceutical Research
Fermentation is the basic method used for production of most
antibiotics and steroids. It is accomplished by preparing a seed, allowing
the seed to ferment a batch of raw materials, and then recovering the
desirable product by solvent extraction, precipitation, or ion exchange.
Biological and natural extraction involve the removal of
pharmaceutical products from natural sources such as plant roots and
leaves, animal glands, or parasitic fungi.
Chemical synthesis is used in the production of most drugs. They
are prepared in batch reactors which can be used for many processes
including heating, chilling, mixing, condensation, vacuum evaporation,
crystallization, and solvent extraction. These reaction vessels are often
constructed of stainless or glass-lined steel for corrosion resistance.
This type of construction with the appropriate auxiliary equipment enables
these vessels to be used for multiple functions. Since these reactors are
versatile, many different compounds can be produced in any one vessel.
Formulation is the process by which Pharmaceuticals are prepared
into forms useable for consumers. These forms include tablets, capsules,
liquids, and ointments. The active ingredients are mixed with filler,
formed into a useable state (dosage quantities), and packaged for
distribution.
Pharmaceutical research covers research in any of the active
ingredients areas.
EPA reevaluated the 1976 subcategorization of the industry in
light of newly acquired information to confirm the conclusions of the
previous studies and to determine the possibilities of further subdividing
or combining existing subcategories. As a result, EPA decided that no
W9.1-3
-------
additional subcategories were needed and, in fact, there was no need to
distinguish among the original subcategories. This decision was made aft*
consideration of the following points.
• Most of the industry subject to regulation is composed of
plants using more than one process. Wastewaters from all the
processes are routinely combined before treatment for
conventional and nonconventional pollutants. Additionally,
the relative volumes of wastewater from the various processes
are subject to considerable variation. Thus, since wastewate
in most plants is not normally distinguishable by process, it
is difficult to apply different limitations to different
subcategories.
t The product/process diversity within each subcategory tends 1
obscure the distinctions between subcategories. In some
cases, differences in pollutant loadings for plants within a
subcategory may be greater than for plants from different
subcategories. Subcategorization schemes along different
product/process lines were considered, but were rejected as
being too complex and not necessarily more accurate.
• Wastewater treatability at plants within each subcategory is
not characteristically related to the product/process engagec
in by each manufacturing subcategory. Conventional pollutan
loadings for BOD,- and TSS are generally amenable to reductior
by biological treatment, regardless of their subcategory
source. It has also been demonstrated that reduction to
identical pollutant levels is achievable for wastewater from
each of the different subcategories. Pollutant loadings may
vary within each subcategory and across subcategories, but
such differences may be addressed by design and operating
modifications to the biological systems. This conclusion is
evidenced by the fact that the current BPT regulation
establishes identical limitations for each subcategory
covered. The costs of treatment are a function of flow, raw
waste load, and effluent level to be achieved and not process
per se.
t The existing Subcategorization scheme is irrelevant to the
regulation of toxic pollutants for this industry. The
occurrence of toxic pollutants in a plant's wastewater is no'
dependent on its process subcategory designation(s), but on
the particular mix of individual product/processes.
t Available performance data as well as screening and
verification sampling results for toxic pollutants suggest
that the industry can be equitably regulated by a single set
of limits. Therefore, one set of limitations and guidelines
is proposed for the entire industry, excluding facilities
which only perform research.
W9.1-4
-------
Pollutants and Sources
Wastewater discharges from pharmaceutical manufacturing
facilities are not entirely related to the particular processes used. A
significant portion of the wastewater from all four general process
operations may consist of washwater from floor and equipment cleaning,
spills from bulk processing, spent raw materials, and noncontact cooling
water. Some wastewater may be generated as a result of the specific
requirements of a particular process, e.g., air scrubber wastewater from
some extraction processes.
The most commonly found pollutants or pollutant parameters in the
effluent of pharmaceutical manufacturing facilities are:
a. toxic pollutants (cyanide, benzene, methylene chloride,
toluene, chromium, copper, lead, mercury, nickel, and zinc),
b. conventional pollutants (BOD,-, TSS, and pH), and
c. the nonconventional pollutant parameter COD.
In addition to their adverse effect on water quality, aquatic
life, and human health, these and other chemical constituents contribute to
equipment corrosion, hazardous gas generation, treatment plant
malfunctions, and possible problems in disposing of sludges containing
toxic chemicals.
Following are the pollutants to be regulated by the 1983 proposed
regulations for the pharmaceutical industry.
• BPT. The conventional pollutant TSS and the toxic pollutant
cyanide will be controlled through implementation of the
revision to the BPT regulation. TSS limitations replace
existing limitations and will apply to all plants covered in
the existing BPT regulation. Cyanide limitations are new and
will apply to all plants covered in the existing BPT
regulation except for pharmaceutical research facilities.
Existing BPT limitations for BODc, COD, and pH are
unchanged.
• BAT. The nonconventional pollutant parameter COD and the
toxic pollutant cyanide will be controlled through
implementation of the proposed regulation. Toxic metal and
organic pollutants may be regulated on a case-by-case basis.
0 BCT. Pollutants controlled by BCT regulation for the
pharmaceutical industry include the conventional pollutants
BODj. and TSS. The pollutant parameter pH is specified again
as a range of 6.0 to 9.0.
• PSES and PSNS. Cyanide is controlled by PSES and PSNS
regulations.
W9.1-5
-------
Control Technologies and Costs
Status of In-place Technology
Current treatment practices in the pharmaceutical industry
include both in-plant and end-of-pipe pollution control technologies.
Approximately 72 percent of direct dischargers have some type of
end-of-pipe treatment system in place, 17 percent of direct dischargers
utilize in-plant technology, and ten percent of direct dischargers have
both end-of-pipe and in-plant control technologies in place.
The majority of those using end-of-oipe systems employ
equalization and neutralization followed directly by biological treatment
In addition, some facilities use primary treatment, physical-chemical
treatment, and other methods, e.g., polishing ponds and filtration.
The majority of plants utilizing in-plant controls rely on
solvent recovery. In addition, some plants use cyanide destruction,
chromium reduction and metals precipitation, steam stripping, and other
allied treatment techniques. Solvent recovery techniques are widely
practiced in the industry because of the economic value of reusing
solvents. Some plants, in order to make reuse possible, try to use a sma
number of different solvents. When recovered solvent mixtures are too
complex to be separated and reused, they are disposed of by incineration,
landfill ing, deep well injection and contract hauling. Wastewater
containing significant amounts of volatile organic solvents may be treate
by steam stripping. Preliminary studies indicate that steam strippers in
use by the industry may reduce such commonly used solvents as benzene, 1,
2-dichloroethane, chloroform, ethylbenzene, methylene chloride, and tolue
to a concentration level of 50 ug/1 and achieve a 55 percent reduction in
the concentration level of phenol. Cyanide is destroyed by using chemica
oxidation (alkaline chlorination or ozonation) and thermal/pressure
techniques. Cyanide destruction systems in the pharmaceutical industry c
achieve a long term average effluent concentration of 200 ug/1 total
cyanide. This performance is confirmed by the results of similar studies
in the metal finishing industry. Metals are treated by chromium reductio
and either hydroxide or sulfide precipitation with concentration levels
ranging from 100 to 500 ug/1 being achieved for various toxic metals.
Many new pharmaceutical plants are being built with in-plant
source controls which may reduce the need for additional controls further
downstream. Examples of in-plant source controls include modification of
production processes, separation of wastes as they are produced, use of
automatic pollutant detection equipment within the process, chemical or
solvent substitution, material reclamation, and water reduction or recycl
Pharmaceutical manufacturers, however, cannot practice substitution of
solvents or use of recovered chemicals as easily as other chemical
manufacturers. FDA requirements specify that any recycled chemicals or
solvents must meet the same specifications as virgin chemicals or solvent
to be used in an FDA approved drug (active ingredient) manufacturing
process. The substitution of a different solvent or chemical in an FDA
approved manufacturing process may reopen the approval process for the dr
W9.1-6
-------
involved. If contaminants are present in the recycled solvents, the
manufacturer must prove to FDA that no deleterious effects result in the
active ingredient and final product. Pharmaceutical manufacturing plants
also are required by FDA to track by lot number all chemicals used in each
process.
Cost Data
Capital and O&M costs were estimated exogenously using values
reported in the 47 FR 53584 and the recent Development Document
(EPA440/1-82/084). These costs are for BPT, BCT, BAT, PSES and NSPS and
are as follows (in 1982 dollars):
BPT
BCT
BAT
PSES
NSPS
Total
Capital costs
S 2,000,000
21,800,000
0
1,000,000
na
$24,800,000
Annualized costs
$ 723,000
8,500,000
0
379,000
na
$9,602,000
The annualized cost includes both capital related costs and
make these costs compatible with ABTRES it was necessary to
costs from the annualized estimates. This was accomplished
the detailed costs presented in the Development Document.
O&M costs. To
separate O&M
by reviewing
Equipment is assumed to be replaced in 15 years and should
represent 90 percent of the original capital costs. O&M costs are not
expected tg change significantly due to equipment replacement as reflected
in the ABTRES input file.
Costs-are summarized in Table W9.1.1.
W9.1-7
-------
o
cn
I
O O O O O
o o o o o
o
m
ooooo
o o o o o
o
o
ooooo
ooooo
CD
CO
IN
03
CO
I
cn
O O 3 O O
O O O O O
o
OJ
o o o o o -«
O O O O O m
ooooo
OOOOO m
O ("I
O —
U
CO
3
C
03
I
cn
ooooo
ooooo
09
00
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
cn
VO
o
o
o
o
3
CO
ooooo —
ooooo —
OOOOO 00
ooooo —
cn
(N
_a
5
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
o
(N
ooooo
ooooo
cn
m
31
m
cn
cn
O
u
J MM ••
O cn -M
ce a: a.
&* •«
z >J -c
O J —
CJ O
z u
O '* <
» o -
5- a,
3 cn
— z z
-5 O i-
c «
a. J .-
a: M s-i
-J S w
r- a.
< z <
2 M CJ
cn
E-
Z
M4
a.
c
z
^> h^
Z 5- 6-
cd cn o.
S >- CO
r" X
cn u
>
z
^«
cn
a,
cn 6-
z <
cn K
5- 6-
Z W
< K
N^ a«
S-i a, ^
< cn cn
a: 3 a z
cj cn cn
z a. a.
cn
cn
O cn
U 6-
_ Z
< -
r- a.
r^
cn a. cj
s- < z
cn o —
O 9«
u -: cn
< -: 3 x
5" < Z U
0 3 Z
5- Z <
<
MM
cn
a.
cn s-
z <
— Cd
cn s.
z S
« a<
&• e" S* -»
a. < ai cn
25 S3 3 M Z
a cn cn
z a. a.
cn
cn e-
5- Z
cn <
O J
O a,
r a
z
^ H«
M ^M
O cn a.
M »— • 33
4 MX
!• < M
O 3
r-i Z
Z
<
MM
cn
a.
cn s-
z <
cn —
^a -4
Z S3
< S
-: a.
c- a, ^
< w cn
a 3 a z
u cn cn
z a. a.
cn
O
cj
a.
'J
W9.1-8
-------
Chapter W9.2 Hospitals
Regulations
Only BPT regulations have been promulgated for hospitals,
although other regulations have been proposed. The costs of compliance are
based on promulgated and proposed regulations and have not been updated
since it not known when BAT and NSPS regulations will be promulgated.
Industry Characteristics
The U.S. Hospital industry includes over 7,000 hospitals
primarily engaged in providing diagnostic services, extensive medical
treatment, surgical services, and other hospital services as well as
continuous nursing services. Specific hospital types are:
• General medical and surgical hospitals
• Psychiatric hospitals
• Specialty hospitals except psychiatric hospitals; childrens
hospitals; orthopedic hospitals; chronic disease hospitals;
maternity hospitals; geriatric hospitals; eye, ear, nose, and
throat hospitals; tuberculosis hospitals.
The vast majority of hospitals are nonprofit institutions in
which expenses are recovered by charges for hospital services. Most
hospitals are located in densely populated areas and discharge into
municipal sewers. The Development Document estimated that approximately 90
percent of all hospitals discharge into municipal sewers. Table W9.2.1
presents estimated numbers of hospitals that have their own treatment
facilities.
Table W9.2.1. "Direct discharger" hospitals*
Bed Size
Category
50-99
100-199
200-299
300-399
400-499
500 or more
Total Number
of Hospitals
1,748
1,533
766
444
291
634
Estimated Number of Hospi
With Own Treatment Facili
175
153
77
44
29
63
tals
ties
*Assumption: Only 10% of all hospitals in each size category will have
their own wastewater treatment facilities.
Source: "Hospital Statistics: 1975 Edition".
W9.2-1
-------
Pollutants and Sources
The primary sources of wastewater streams from hospitals includ*
sanitary wastewaters, discharges from surgical rooms, laboratories,
laundries, X-ray departments, cafeterias, and glassware washings.
Wastewaters from hospitals can be characterized as containing BOD,;, COD,
and TSS concentrations comparable to normal domestic sewage and riadily
amenable to biological treatment.
Specific contaminants in hospital wastewater include mercury,
silver, barium, beryllium, and boron. Mercury is used in laboratories,
silver and boron result from X-ray development. Barium is used in
diagnostic work and beryllium is used in dental clinics.
Control Technology and Costs
The technology for the control and treatment of waterborne
pollutants in the hospital industry can be divided into two broad
categories: in-plant control and end-of-pipe control.
Specific in-house control practices that are applicable to the
hospital industry include: recovery of silver from spent X-ray developer
prevention of discharge of volatile solvents and toxic chemicals into
drains, and restriction of the discharge of mercury-containing compounds
into the sinks and drains.
To meet the proposed NSPS and BAT regulations, end-of-pipe
treatment technologies equivalent to biological treatment followed by mul
medi filtration are recommended.
Relatively few hospitals treat their wastewater since most
hospitals are located near urban areas. Of the hospitals that treat thei
own wastewaters, the most prevalent end-of-pipe wastewater treatment syst
is the trickling filter plant; however some hospitals used activated slud
treatment systems.
Treatment costs are summarized in Table W9.2.2.
W9.2-2
-------
o
en
I
00
Cn
00 (— en
— ^- 00 o o
— « CD (N O O
r- as r-
00 CO o o
en
o
03
on
oo
en
m
vo
en
i—i
03
Q.
tn
o
CO
I
en
I—
en
o o ^> o o
O O ~« O O -H
CM CN
^ en co
m ^r en o o
o T —< o o
(*•> rN en
—< en o o
-H 00
3
OJ
r- o o
en —4 o o o
r-
o
^* O O fO
in en
*r oo en o O
o T r— o o
tn ^ o o
-^ in
oo —i
en —i
IN
en
en
r-
oo —i
-i oo
en
o o <•> o o
o o <•"> o o
—1 rf (N O O
O O3 *B O O
—I <•>
m
^r
in
i o o
i o o
en
O
u
J — ••
o w —
as as Oa
z J S
0 J —
0 O
a u
z tj
O ft. <
M O J
r- Oi
3£z
J O M
O M
a. J J
J <
as >-< E-
Cd Z M
E- 04
< z <
SM U
en
EH
Z
J
O<
C5
'-> — .
Z SH E-
U en 04
S M 03
EH X
en td
u
>
z
h-l
^^
en
04
en SH
z <
" Cd
en os
EH EH
Z Cd
< *
»J 04
^ Od ~^V
< en tn
33 3 U Z
a en en
j
< en
HH Z
04 <
< -J
(J 0.
en Q C3
5- Cd Z
en N 1-1
O M EH EH
U J en o.
J < IH 03
-------
-------
Chapter W1Q. Nonpolnt Sources
During the 1979 oversight hearings on the Clean Water Act,
Congress concluded that: "the attainment of a goal of 'fishable'
swimmable' waters is highly dependent on the degree to which nonpoint
pollution can be controlled...". However, controlling nonpoint sources,
primarily agricultural runoff, urban runoff, silvicultural runoff, and mine
drainage is extremely difficult, both technically and politically.
Technically, controlling pollutants carried from the surface of the land
into waterways by rain and snowmelt requires careful consideration of such
site-specific factors as soil type, crop type, slope, and proximity to
water body. Politically, an effective control program must consider how
implementation will be achieved; through regulation, technical assistance
education, or cost-sharing.
The need to tailor both control techniques and implementation
strategies to the particular needs of specific sites makes the use of a
nationally uniform technology based standard, such as those mandated by
Congress to control pollution emitted from point sources, (i.e. industrial
and municipal discharge pipes) impossible. Instead, in 1977 Congress
mandated that each state develop and implement a plan for achieving state
water quality goals. State water quality plans were supposed to provide
states with a vehicle for addressing the nonpoint source problem on a
site-specific basis. However during the formulation of these plans states
discovered a serious lack of information concerning the effectiveness of
the various control options. Due to this lack of information, and a lack
of incentives and financial resources, very few states have actually
implemented their water quality plans. As a result nonpoint source
pollution was identified as the most serious cause of water quality
problems in six out of ten EPA Regions (1983 Environmental Management
Reports).
The lack of verifiable cause-and-effect information, and the
necessity for control programs to be individually designed, also makes it
difficult to estimate the national cost of controlling nonpoint source
pollution. Nevertheless, a variety of governmental agencies and private
organizations have attempted to provide national cost estimates. This
chapter provides an overview of these estimates. Although it is the best
available information, in many cases-the data are unverified-and further
work remains to be done. Thus, this report should be viewed as
illustrating the range of costs for implementing a variety of control
strategies—not as projected estimates of actual investments. A single
estimate of non-point source control costs will not be presented.
The benefits associated with each cost estimate also vary. The
lower level, less expensive control options will achieve state water
quality goals either to a limited extent in the near term or fully over a
greater length of time. The higher level, more expensive options are
designed to fully comply with water quality goals in a shorter time frame.
W10-1
-------
However, the lower level options are expected to achieve greater reductio
in pollutant loads per dollar spent and will result in improved water
quality, if not meeting the standards in all cases.
The following sections present and compare the costs of differe
options for controlling water pollution from agricultural, silvicultural,
and urban nonpoint sources. This chapter also contains a section
discussing the cost of administrating and implementing a nonpoint source
program. All costs are in 1981 dollars.
Agricultural Control Costs
Runoff from agricultural lands is the largest and most pervasiv
contributor to the nonpoint pollution problem. Over half of the total
man-made sediment load results from agricultural activities. Agricultura
activities also contribute significant amounts of nitrates, phosphorus,
various pesticides, and salts. Most techniques for controlling
agricultural runoff require the farmer to alter current management
practices.- For example, the most commonly used erosion control practice
'best management practice1 (BMP) is conservation tillage; a technique
whereby the farmer reduces land disturbances by reducing the amount of
plowing and discing. Other techniques, such as building a detention basi
to catch runoff, require the farmer to make structural changes. Structur
techniques are usually extremely expensive while nonstructural techniques
may even increase farm profits.
In 1980 the U.S. Department of Agriculture completed a Soil anc
Water Resources Conservation Act (RCA) Appraisal. Based on the results c
this study it is possible to estimate the cost of controlling agriculture
pollution in three different ways. The first is to install all the
practices necessary to prevent soil erosion. The second is to modify the
erosion control program to focus on water quality problems. The third is
to install only nonstructural control techniques.
It is also possible to estimate the cost of implementing a
national conservation tillage program. This would be the least expensive
manner of controlling agricultural pollution short of leaving fields in
uncultivated, unforaged pasture. The national conservation tillage
estimate is based on a demonstration program recently completed in the
western basin of Lake Erie.
1980 Soil and Water Resources Conservation Act Appraisal
According to the 1980 Soil and Water RCA appraisal, a nationwic
program to control agricultural nonpoint source pollution would cost aboi
$7.3 billion over ten years (see Table W10.1). All water quality probler
resulting from agricultural nonpoint sources would be well controlled by
this option. This estimate includes the application of both structural c
nonstructural control practices to control erosion throughout the nation.
Cost-sharing and educational and technical assistance would be utilized t
ensure BMP implementation.
W10-2
-------
Table W10.1
Cost of 10 year program to control agricultural NFS pollution
(RCA projections in billions of 5)
Program Segment Billions of 1981 dollars
Problem Identification*
Planning*
Research*
Technology Transfer*
Application of Controls (BMPs)
Enforcement
Total Federal & State Costs 7.3
Annual Cost .73t
* Federal support programs.
t Costs are not amortized for this estimate or any of the options.
1980 RCA Appraisal Modified to Focus on Water Quality
The $7.3 billion RCA erosion control projection can be modified
by focusing implementation on only those areas needing controls to improve
water quality, as opposed to controlling all erosion problems. This would
reduce the cost for application of controls to approximately $5.8 billion
over the ten year life of the program. Application would be ensured
through a program of cost-sharing. Identification of the critical areas
requiring nonpoint source controls to protect water quality is based on a
1980 evaluation of the 105 agricultural producing areas completed by
Resources for the Future (RFF)(See Figure 1).
The procedures and estimates used by USDA for the RCA appraisal
and the delineation of critical areas were combined to arrive at the
modified estimate below (See Table W10.2). These figures are based on
observed field values for the cost per critical acre to control selected
pollutants. Sediment control figures are based on the expenditure required
to reduce sediment reaching streams to .2 tons/acre.
As sediment is controlled, so is a portion of the toxics and
nutrients which are attached to soil particles. To compensate for this
overlap factor, the costs for nutrient and toxics control are reduced by
50%.
W10-3
-------
FIGURE 1
Critical areas where potential for degraded water
quality is high due to agricultural NFS pollutants
* Source: USDA. "1980 RCA Appraisal Part II."
W10-4
-------
Table W10.2. Annual costs to control agricultural NFS pollutants
Pollutant
Sediment
Nutrients
Toxics
Organic
wastes
Critical areas
70 million acres
10 mil lion acres
85 million acres
1 ,550 systems/yr
Annual control
cost
$4.50/acre
$4.50/acre
$5.40/acre
$9k/system
Total
Overlap
factors
N/A
50%
50%
N/A
Annual
Total annual
cost ($000,000)
1981 dollars
5315
23
230
14
Cost $582
1980 RCA Appraisal Modified to Only Nonstructural Techniques
The second way to modify the RCA appraisal erosion control cost
is to limit cost-sharing of management practices to nonstructural control
measures. Structural control techniques, for example terracing, are
expensive and appear to be less cost-effective than nonstructural control
measures. This modification would reduce the cost for application of
controls to approximately $2.7 billion over the ten year life of the
program. However, this type of reduction would also limit the program's
effectiveness.
National Conservation Tillage Program Estimate
In 1973 the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers implemented a program to
provide educational and technical assistance in conservation tillage for
farmers in the western basin of Lake Erie. This demonstration program is
the basis for the development of the Conservation Tillage Program estimates
in Table W10.3. These estimates are based on applying the costs identified
in this project to the critical areas identified in the RFF study.
The demonstration project also found that implementation of an
Integrated Pest Management (IPM)(Column F) program is recommended for 45
percent of the critical areas. Costs for an IPM program involving
educational and technical assistance to farmers were estimated by reviewing
similar cost data. Also, nutrient management was found to be essential for
controlling NFS pollution from 50 percent of the critical areas. Costs for
a nutrient program similar to the IPM program were estimated nationally in
Column G.
State Program Management Costs
The FY 1979 EPA Water Quality Management Needs Survey projected
state needs for implementing an agricultural NFS control program. This
W10-5
-------
8.,=
— u
^— VI
U f
o!
o S
u -^
•w O
v> CM
O
S'S
• o
O -u
4, —
-3 V -^.S—
^ cu S o ^o
. *J aj in *• o
cn c -• »«•—
cu
cn u
— cn —
— «T O
C V»<**0
o oa
o —•
u c >—
«• f
aa vn
V VO
«*
O r-
vn o
oo
o
VO
oa
rs.
0
CM
—
m
"
r~ cn
~ in
m
VO
~-
r-s
O
eg
in
—
S
r^
VO
«•¥
in
CM
CM
m rs.
O «r
CM t*>
m
in
a
CM
O
vn vo
CM cn
is. m
CM
en
m
cn
00
cn
cn
cn
c *•<
•5 D
O
U
•o—»
c u
a 10
o
— c
O.-W O
o u —
T *T 03
O ^ vo
j m CM v
*
CM r-^
CM O
•^
— <
33
en
in
m
in
CO
CM
in
VO
m
CM
o
0
in
i in
t CNJ
v
ci
^
CM
en
m
oo
in
r-
vo
•—
a
o
CM
CM
!•»
CM
T
O
^~
CNJ
CM
o
) in
in r-
T r.
» » r
CM
>, — «
0 vo
CO
00
PS. CM
00 ^
03
§
cn i—
00 CM
CM
CM
u a. _
a a. o
Z <£ 00
a.
c
cu
— -
cu o
a z
C -i-
= u
c
c
«£
H10-6
-------
needs survey estimated that $95* million, over a four year period, or $24
million annually (non-amortized), would be necessary to identify problems,
and develop and administer a nonpoint source program. This would fund
state programs ranging in size from $6,683 to $6.1 million annually. The
average annual program cost is $387,585 and utilizes eleven staff years.
The program size and corresponding management costs are based on the
magnitude of the NFS problem identified in each state.
Comparison of Total Agricultural Program Costs
Total annual NFS control costs are estimated to range from
approximately $58 million for a relatively low-level conservation till-age
educational program to $734 million for a comprehensive cost-sharing
program that includes program management, technical assistance, training,
education, and cost-sharing for BMPs (See Table W10.4).
Table W10.4. Total annual control costs for agricultural NFS
(Costs in millions of 1981 dollars)
State program
Control options management cost* Control costs Total costs
Option 1 - RCA Control
Program Estimate
Option 2 - RCA Control
$24
24
$734
581
$758
605
Costs Modified to Focus
More on Water Quality
Option 3 - RCA Control 24 266 290
Program Estimate for
Nonstructural BMPs
Option 4 - National 24 58 82
Conservation Tillage
Program
* The State Program Management Cost does not take into consideration the
varying control levels of the estimated programs (i.e., higher levels of
control will require higher levels of state program management). Added
management costs are included in some of the higher level control cost
options. Comprehensive evaluation of management costs is beyond the scope
of this assessment.
W10-7
-------
Silvicultural Sources
Forty states have identified silvicultural NFS pollution as a
significant or potential problem (see Figure 2). Most of these states
employ a voluntary approach to encourage the use of best management
practices. The remainder use a regulatory approach; applying existing
water quality regulations to forest lands. Resource requirements for the:
types of programs are modest, usually consisting of the addition of a watf
quality specialist to the State Forester's staff and increasing training
materials and resources.
There are two distinct components of a silvicultural nonpoint
source control program; program management and application of best
management practices. These costs will be discussed individually and the
combined to indicate total program costs.
Program management Costs
The administrative costs associated with the 'start-up1 of a
silvicultural control program, either voluntary or regulatory, will be
significantly higher than costs in subsequent years. Administrative cost
will decrease as voluntary programs are developed and carried out, and as
staff members are hired and trained. Conversely, regulatory programs wil
have higher costs for enforcement, staff, and equipment. These costs are
generally fixed and continuing.
Table W10.5 shows program costs for two levels of effort for th
35 voluntary (and quasi-regulatory) program states. Level 2 provides for
an enhanced program that would result in additional work such as BMP
evaluation and more rapid implementation.
Cost of Applying Controls
Most water quality problems occur when steep- slopes and fragile
soils are disturbed for timber harvesting or road building. Every year
approximately 4 million acres of harvest area are so disturbed that some
application of 8MP--either land treatment or management techniques is
required. Those areas needing controls are defined as critical areas.
The cost of applying controls ranges from $2.25 per acre for
low-level treatment to a high of $12.60 per acre. These costs are for
activities such as seeding unused road beds or constructing water barrier
on skid trails and roads. The high-level treatment also includes operati
and maintenance costs associated with structural control measures.
Table W10.6 identifies the major timber harvesting regions in t
nation, their annual harvest areas, critical acreages within the harvests
the percentage of high and low-cost BMPs in use, and the total cost for
their application.
W10-8
-------
Figure 2
TYPES OF STATE NONPOINT SOURCE CONTROL
PROGRAMS FOR SIIVICULTURAL ACTIVITIES
Hawaii
REGULATORY OR
QUASI-REGULATORY
VOLUNTARY OR
STATE/FEDERAL AGREEMENT
MO PROGRAM
REGULATORY
Alaska
Ca 1 i f o rn i a
Idaho
Oregon
Washington
QUASI-REGULATORY
Hawaii
Maine
Nevada
New Hampshire
Pennsylvania
Massachusetts
Reference:
CONTROL APPROACH
VOLUNTARY
Alabama
Ari zona
Arkansas
Colorado
Connecticut
Florida
Georgia '
IIlinois
Kentucky
Louisiana
Maryland
Michigan
Minnesota
Mississippi
Montana
New Jersey
"Nonpoint Source (NPS) Water Pollution Control
(Draft), C-19-83, prepared by US EPA Office of
Operations, Water Planning Division.
New Mexico
New York
North Carolina
Oklahoma
South Carolina
South Dakota
Tennessee
Utah
Vermont
Virginia
West Virginia
Wisconsin
Wyomi ng
Needs and Costs'
Water Program
W10-9
-------
Table W10.5. Costs of administering voluntary and regulatory
programs for controlling silvicultural NPS pollution
(in millions of 1981 dollars)
Program costs for Program costs for Total national
Year voluntary states regulatory states program cost
Level 1 Level 2
1st $ 1.58 $ 3.78
2nd 1.11 3.33
to 1.11 3.33
20th 1.11 3.33
20 Yr. Total Costs 22.67 67.05
10 Yr. Total Costs 11.34 33.53
Average Annual
Costs $ 1.13 $ 3.35
$ 4.68
4.68
4.68
4.68
93.60
46.80
$4.68
Level 1 Level
$ 6.26 $ 8.'
5.79 8.
5.79 8.
5.79 8..
116.21 160.
58.11 80.
$ 5.81 $ 8.
NOTE: Both levels include the costs of developing an educational and
information training program. For each of the 35 voluntary states
level 1 accounts for one man year per state, and level 2, for thre
man years per state.
W10-10
-------
c
•M
rO
0)
i»
+J
<4_
o
to
-i-i
o
0
-a
re— ^
t/5
(Si S.
ro ro
1. r—
ro O
•—
S- -r-
*o ^
-C-—
S_
OJ
l*"i
E
«r"
I—
O
3
OJ
r^
O
1—
r—
•3 to
o o
h— O
C
O -P to
i— i ro O
S
i ro O
<2J U
i.
•^^
4_J
C
2 OJ
0 S
rO
S-.
^J
^
ro (/)
O ro
•r- OJ
-i-J S.
•r- ro
i.
^_j
1/1
r^J ro
> 0)
S_ 1-
jtj ro
^
O
Ol
a;
ce
^O »-l OO CM
O r-t rH *3-
I— < r-l
Lf3 LO r-( CTl
«?r CM CM o
cn i-^ «-I ^r
(y^ (y^ <>*) (y^
^ B^ 3^ >%
0 LD 0 0
vo CM co cn
ro co to co
r-H CO 0 0
r-* CO
*&• *r> V> *r>
^ ^ ^% ^Q
O U1 O O
»a- p*. CM r-«
o u
ra U ra
rO
i f^ ^\J t ^
CM OO r^ CO
• • • •
t-H CM
U O
i*O ^J ^
(O
^n r*"*
O^ ^O CSJ Cft
• • • •
i— »
c
•r~ +*J
ra i/l
•U ro
C O
•^ 4^ J ^J
(/) (/I O
fO 'O ^^^ ^J
O) O) -1-
JC J= >, <+-
4-J -r«J _y* **•"
S- 3 U U
O O O ro
2
to
I i
I/I
0
CJ
4->
c
O)
S-
t—
p_
ro
3
C
C
o
1—
W10-11
-------
Total Cost for Controlling Silvlcultural NPS Pollution
The estimated cost of controlling silvicultural NPS pollution i
approximately $33.5 - to S35.7 million annually for the 10-year program.
This includes the annual cost of administering voluntary, quasi-depending
on the level of support as well as the annual cost of applying control
measures ($27.2 million) on the 4 million acres of land disturbed by
silvicultural operations.
Costs of Controlling Water Pollution from
Urban Storm-Water and Construction
Storm-water runoff from built-up urban areas and erosion from
urban construction sites are significant nonpoint sources of pollution.
According to the Aquatic Life Survey, (EPA, 1982) urban storm-water affec
about 20% of the river miles across the nation, and construction about 3%
The problems associated with sedimentation from construction sites are
visible, and the control methodologies are well understood and proven. I
contrast there has been some confusion over the exact nature and extent o
water quality problems caused by urban stormwater and the effectiveness o
available control measures. The next two sections examine these threats
water quality and the costs of controlling them.
Controlling Runoff of Urban Storm Water
In light of the unknowns associated with urban runoff, EPA
initiated its Nationwide Urban Runoff Program (NURP) to improve available
information on sources of urban sedimentation and their effects on water
quality. The NURP funded monitoring projects at 28 sites throughout the
nation. Preliminary results indicate that water quality problems arisinc
from urban storm-water runoff, and the control measures to prevent or
alleviate such problems, are heavily site-specific and therefore must be
approached from that perspective (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
"Draft Final Report of the Nationwide Urban Runoff Program: Volume I."
(1982).
A wide range of technologies exists for controlling urban runof
They can be as simple as straw bales to catch sediments in runoff or as
complex as physical and chemical treatment and chlorination. All can be
effective depending on circumstances. However, based on the NURP findinc
it would be difficult to justify a national program to construct separate
treatment plants for storm sewer discharges.
In developing and redeveloping areas, the quality of urban rune
can be controlled easily for a moderate cost. Developments can be desigr
to decrease runoff by using natural drainage systems, greenways,
infiltration trenches, and porous pavement to increase infiltration.
Detention basins have been found to be one of the more cost-effective
practices for the long-term control of urban runoff. This conclusion is
based on actual monitoring over several years of the performance of eleve
detention basins by NURP. Reductions of up to 95 percent of most
conventional pollutants were obtained in these detention basins.
W10-12
-------
The NURP projects also demonstrated that the type of receiving
water body is significant in determining costs. For example, urban runoff
causes the biggest problems in quiescent water bodies, such as lakes.
Lakes are natural sinks that collect and store pollutants. In contrast,
urban runoff is less of a problem in large rivers with moving water or in
the oceans where dilution is great. It follows that less controls are
needed to protect rivers and oceans than lakes.
The level of control necessary is also dependent on the desired
benefit from improving quality: aesthetics, fish and wildlife, and/or
recreation.
The level of control, and consequently the cost of control, is
highly dependent on the effectiveness of the detention basin. One of the
critical factors in the effectiveness of detention basins is the ratio
between the area of drained urban surface to the detention basin's volume.
Generally, the greater the volume relative to the drained urban surface,
the greater the basin's efficiency in removing pollutants. Based on this
finding, a method was developed in the NURP study to determine the level of
control by the basin's volume. Specifically, detention basin costs were
estimated for achieving a 40 percent reduction for aesthetics, 85 percent
reduction for fish and wildlife, and 95 percent reduction for recreation.
Based on the above assumptions, Table W10.7 and W10.8 summarize the cost
estimates for urban runoff control. Table W10.9 breaks down the cost of
treatment based on water body type.
Table W10.7. Option 1 - Total cost of controlling storm sewer discharges
from all urban areas (13.2 million acres)*
(in millions of 1981 dollars)
Beneficial use Capital Annual 0 & M Costs*
Aesthetics $1,141. S 46.
Fish and Wildlife 3,623. 145.
Recreation 11,498. 460.
*Annual 0 & M is 4 percent of capita] costs.
W10-13
-------
Table W10.8. Total capital costs of controlling storm sewer discharges
by receiving water body type (in millions of 1981 dollars)
Beneficial Use Streams <10' Rivers >10' Lakes Estuaries Oceans Tot;
Aesthetics
Fish and Wildlife
Recreation
(includes
disinfection)
$233.
933.
3,273.
$ 318.
1,399.
4,549.
$357.
357.
402.
$ 233.
933.
3,273.
SO
0
0
$ 1,1'
3,5;
11,4!
Since lakes and estuaries are particularly affected by urban runoff, the
above estimates could be modified to emphasize control of urban runoff to
such surface waters.
Table W10.9.
Total cost for controlling urban stormwater runoff
(in 1981 dollars)
Cost
Option 1 - Total Cost of Controlling
Separate Storm Sewer
Discharges from All Urban Areas
Option 2 - Total Cost of Controlling
Separate Storm Sewer Discharges
to Lakes and Estuaries
State Level Program Management
Annual Costs
Local Level Program Management
Annual Costs
$ 1,141. million (Aesthetics)
$ 3,623. million (Fish & Wildli
$11,498. million (Recreation)
$ 590. million (Aesthetics)
$ 1,290. million (Fish & Wildli
$ 3,669. million (Recreation)
$4-$13.2 million
$22.5 million
Urban Runoff Program Management Costs
To oversee the types of storm-water quality controls discussed
above, states would initially need extensive resources. EPA's 1980 Needs
Assessment projected a cost of $13.2 million (in 1981 dollars) for FY 19£
The costs of managing such a program would decrease after a state passes
legislation requiring storm-water quality controls or after major urban
areas adopted local ordinances.
W10-14
-------
Total Costs for UrbanRunoff Control
Table W10.9 summarizes the total cost for controlling urban
stormwater runoff. The program management costs are estimated as annual
costs while the cost of controlling urban runoff is based on total urban
control needs.
Controlling Runoff From Urban Construction
Every year approximately 1.5 million acres of land are disturbed
for constructing houses, factories, and other facilities. Although this
figure is relatively small, the sediment loadings from construction sites
are higher than those from most land uses. Erosion rates of 30-200
tons/year/acre—or 10-20 times that of cropland—are reported in the
literature. Consequently, even small amounts of construction may
significantly affect local water quality.
Sediment is the primary pollutant of concern from construction
sites. In addition, such materials as pesticides, cleaning solvents,
concrete compounds, asphalt, salts, and petroleum products are frequently
washed from building sites and carried to surface waters.
Technical and institutional solutions to construction erosion
problems are relatively straight-forward and well-understood. Many states
have technical manuals explaining how to control erosion from construction
sites. Technical measures include such vegetative or mechanical practices
as seeding and mulching, straw bale barriers, diversion ditches, and
sediment basins installed on site. Institutional laws and ordinances are
necessary because such measures are rarely carried out unless required by
law.
Regulatory programs to control construction runoff have been
increasing gradually in the United States since 1967, when Montgomery
County, Maryland, instituted the first mandatory control program. About
fifteen states, the District of Columbia, and the Virgin Islands have
developed effective regulatory programs. These regulatory programs
typically require local jurisdictions (counties, towns, cities, and
villages) to adopt and enforce local construction erosion ordinances that
meet minimum standards. Several of the state programs predate the Clean
Water Act and are funded largely from state and local revenues and permit
fees.
Cost Estimate for Construction Control Program Management Costs
The estimated program costs for controlling construction erosion
include the program costs of managing the program and applying the needed
controls at the state and local levels.
Cost estimates for state and local program management are based
on the State of Maryland's program for controlling sediment. We choose
Maryland because its program is good and data on manpower was readily
available.
W10-15
-------
In estimating the program management cost we made the following
assumptions:
t The number of staff required in Maryland is the basis for
staff estimates in other states. However, local inspection
personnel were increased by 20 percent, as an evaluation of
Maryland's program indicated that inspection was weak.
• Salaries were estimated at $18,000 for plan reviewers, $15,3
for inspectors, and $9,000 for secretaries, with 35 percent
overhead.
• The populations of States were used to correlate Maryland's
program with those needed for other states.
• Construction erosion control regulatory programs can be part
self-sustaining; program management at the local level shoul
be recovered through construction permit fees.
Given the above assumptions, the number of state and local
program management staff were estimated for each state (see Table W10.10)
A total of $14,499,000 was estimated for state program management staff c
$93,152,700 for local program management staff, totalling $107,651,700 pe
year. Dividing that total by the approximately 1.5 million acres of lane
used annually for construction yields an annual program cost of $72 per
acre. Because a large percentage of the local program costs can be
recovered through construction permit fees, there is no need for any type
of cost sharing. However, state program costs are not similarly
recoverable.
Industry's Costs for Applying Controls
The cost for controlling erosion has been estimated by DOW
Chemical Company at $2,374 per acre. Thus, the annual estimated cost to
the construction industry to control erosion from all of the disturbed
construction sites across the nation is $3,561 million per year. These
costs are typically included in construction prices and are generally not
cost shared by federal, state or local governments.
Table W10.ll summarizes, the total annual costs for constructor
erosion control. The total of $3,669 million includes the annual cost fc
administering construction erosion control programs at both the state anc
local levels and the cost to the private sector for applying control
measures.
W10-16
-------
Table W10.10. Annual state and local program management costs for
NSPS construction regulatory programs
State
MARYLAND*
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
11.
42.
13.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
A1 abama
Alaska
Arizona
Arkansas
California
Colorado
Connecticut
Delaware
District of Columbia
Florida
Georgi a
Idaho
Illinois
Indiana
Iowa
Kansas
Kentucky
Louisiana
Maine
Maryland
Massachusetts
Michigan
Minnesota
Mississippi
Missouri
Montana
Nebraska
Nevada
New Hampshire
New Jersey
New Mexico
New York
North Carolina
North Dakota
Ohio
Oklahoma
Oregon
Pennsylvania
Rhode Island
South Carolina
South Dakota
Tennessee
Texas
Utah
Vermont
Virginia
Washington
West Virginia
Wisconsin
Wyomi ng
Total
State Program Management
(including state project plan
reviewers, program management,
secretaries)
Person
years ' Costs
3
7
1
5
4
33
5
6
1
1
12
10
2
14
10
6
4
7
3
2
3
10
12
3
5
9
2
3
2
2
9
3
22
11
1
13
6
5
15
2
6
]_
7
IB
3
1
10
8
4
9
1
362
S 320
304
36
205
165
1,205
205
229
36
36
484
417
72
531
417
229
165
304
320
72
320
417
484
320
205
364
72
109
72
72
364
109
393
446
36
550
229
205
503
72
229
36
304
721
109
36
417
320
165
364
36
S14.499
,400
,200
,000
,200
,600
,100
,200
,500
,000
,000
,200
,600
,000
,400
,600
,500
,600
,200
,400
,000
,400
,600
,200
,400
,200
,500
,000
,300
,000
,000
,500
,300
,700
,400
,000
,300
,500
,200
,900
,000
,500
,000
,200
,300
,300
,000
,600
,400
,500
,500
,000
,000
Local 3rogram Management
(including plan reviewers,
inspectors, and secretaries)
Person
years Costs
97
39
9
62
52
365
66
71
14
15
150
125
21
176
126
67
54
34
96
25
97
131
143
93
57
113
18
36
18
21
113
30
271
135
15
166
69
SO
183
22
71
16
105
220
34
12
122
95
44
108
11
4,393
$2
1
1
1
7
1
1
3
2
3
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
1
1
2
2
S
z
3
1
r
3
i
2
4
2
2
2
S93
,052,000
,392,700
194,400
,322,100
,112,400
,718,400
,405,300
,512,000
239 ,300
313,200
,176,100
,559,500
452,700
,723,300
,672,100
,417,500
,150,200
,782,000
,045,700
547,200
,052,000
,791,800
,018,600
,984,500
,226,700
,393,100
386,100
711,000
386 , 100
452,700
,401,200
532,700
,724,900
,359,300
313,200
,520,300
,472,400
,280,700
,369,100
460,300
,517,400
335,700
,233,300
,660,200
711,000
248,400
,501,900
,000,700
948,600
,239,600
228,500
,152,700
Program developed from this state.
W10-17
-------
Table W10.ll. Total annual cost for controlling construction NPS
pollution costs (in millions of 1981 dollars)
Types of Cost
State Program Management Costs $ 14.5
Local Program Management Costs 93.2
Costs to Industry for Applying Controls 3,561.3
Total Annual Cost $3,669.0
W10-18
-------